Patran 2008 r1

Interface To ABAQUS
Preference Guide
Main Index
Worldwide Web
www.mscsoftware.com
Disclaimer
This documentation, as well as the software described in it, is furnished under license and may be used only in accordance with
the terms of such license.
MSC.Software Corporation reserves the right to make changes in specifications and other information contained in this document
without prior notice.
The concepts, methods, and examples presented in this text are for illustrative and educational purposes only, and are not
intended to be exhaustive or to apply to any particular engineering problem or design. MSC.Software Corporation assumes no
liability or responsibility to any person or company for direct or indirect damages resulting from the use of any information
contained herein.
User Documentation: Copyright ©2008 MSC.Software Corporation. Printed in U.S.A. All Rights Reserved.
This notice shall be marked on any reproduction of this documentation, in whole or in part. Any reproduction or distribution of this
document, in whole or in part, without the prior written consent of MSC.Software Corporation is prohibited.
The software described herein may contain certain third-party software that is protected by copyright and licensed from
MSC.Software suppliers. Contains IBM XL Fortran for AIX V8.1, Runtime Modules, (c) Copyright IBM Corporation 1990-2002,
All Rights Reserved.
MSC, MSC/, MSC Nastran, MD Nastran, MSC Fatigue, Marc, Patran, Dytran, and Laminate Modeler are trademarks or registered
trademarks of MSC.Software Corporation in the United States and/or other countries.
NASTRAN is a registered trademark of NASA. PAM-CRASH is a trademark or registered trademark of ESI Group. SAMCEF is
a trademark or registered trademark of Samtech SA. LS-DYNA is a trademark or registered trademark of Livermore Software
Technology Corporation. ANSYS is a registered trademark of SAS IP, Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of ANSYS Inc. ACIS is a
registered trademark of Spatial Technology, Inc. ABAQUS, and CATIA are registered trademark of Dassault Systemes, SA.
EUCLID is a registered trademark of Matra Datavision Corporation. FLEXlm is a registered trademark of Macrovision
Corporation. HPGL is a trademark of Hewlett Packard. PostScript is a registered trademark of Adobe Systems, Inc. PTC, CADDS
and Pro/ENGINEER are trademarks or registered trademarks of Parametric Technology Corporation or its subsidiaries in the
United States and/or other countries. Unigraphics, Parasolid and I-DEAS are registered trademarks of UGS Corp. a Siemens
Group Company. All other brand names, product names or trademarks belong to their respective owners.
P3*2008R1*Z*ABAQUS*Z* DC-USR
Corporate Europe Asia Pacific
MSC.Software Corporation
2 MacArthur Place
Santa Ana, CA 92707 USA
Telephone: (800) 345-2078
Fax: (714) 784-4056
MSC.Software GmbH
Am Moosfeld 13
81829 Munich, Germany
Telephone: (49) (89) 43 19 87 0
Fax: (49) (89) 43 61 71 6
MSC.Software Japan Ltd.
Shinjuku First West 8F
23-7 Nishi Shinjuku
1-Chome, Shinjuku-Ku
Tokyo 160-0023, JAPAN
Telephone: (81) (3)-6911-1200
Fax: (81) (3)-6911-1201
Main Index
Cont ent s
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
1 Overview
Purpose 2
ABAQUS Product Information 3
What is Included with this Product? 4
Patran ABAQUS Integration with Patran 5
Configuring the ABAQUS Submit File 7
2 Building A Model
Introduction to Building a Model 10
Coordinate Frames 22
Finite Elements 23
Nodes 23
Elements 25
Multi-Point Constraints 27
Material Library 51
Materials Form 52
Element Properties 90
Element Properties Form 90
Loads and Boundary Conditions 332
Loads & Boundary Conditions Form 332
Load Cases 351
Group 352
3 Running an Analysis
Review of the Analysis Form 354
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide

ii
Analysis Form 355
Translation Parameters 357
Restart Parameters 358
Optional Controls 359
Direct Text Input 360
Step Creation 361
Select Load Cases 362
Output Requests 362
Direct Text Input 363
Solution Types 364
Step Selection 432
Read Input File 433
ABAQUS Input File Reader 435
Input Deck Formats 435
ABAQUS ELSET and NSET Entries 435
4 Read Results
Review of the Read Results Form 454
Upgrading ABAQUS ODB Results Files 454
Read Results Form 455
Flat File Results 456
Translation Parameters 457
Attach Method 457
Translate and Control File Methods 457
Select Results File 458
Results Created in Patran 458
Data Translated from the Analysis Code Results File 463
Key Differences between Attach and
Translate Methods 464
Result Type Naming Conventions 464
Vector vs. Scalar Moment and Rotational Results 464
Reaction Forces 465
Delete Result Attachment Form 466
Main Index
iii CONTENTS
5 Files
Files 468
6 Errors/Warnings
Errors/Warnings 470
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide

iv
Main Index
Chapter 1: Overview
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
1
Overview

Purpose 2

ABAQUS Product Information 3

What is Included with this Product? 4

Patran ABAQUS Integration with Patran 5

Configuring the ABAQUS Submit File 7
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Purpose
2
Purpose
Patran comprises a suite of products written and maintained by MSC.Software Corporation. The core of
the product suite is a finite element analysis pre and postprocessor. The Patran system also includes
several optional products such as advanced postprocessing programs, tightly coupled solvers, and
interfaces to third party solvers. This document describes one of these interfaces. See the Patran User
Manual for more information.
The Patran ABAQUS Application Preference Guide provides a communication link between Patran and
ABAQUS. It also provides customization of certain features that can be activated simply by selecting
ABAQUS as the analysis code preference in Patran.
Patran ABAQUS is integrated into Patran. The casual user will never need to be aware that separate
programs are being used. For the expert user, there are three main components of Patran ABAQUS:
several PCL files to provide the customization of Patran for ABAQUS, PAT3ABA to convert model data
from the Patran database into the analysis code input file, and ABAPAT3 to translate results and⁄or
model data from the analysis code results file into the Patran database.
Selecting ABAQUS as the analysis code under the “Analysis Preference” menu customizes Patran in five
main areas:
1. MPCs
2. Material Library
3. Element Library
4. Loads and Boundary Conditions
5. Analysis forms
PAT3ABA translates model data directly from the .Patran database into the analysis code-specific input
file format. This translation must have direct access to the originating Patran database. The program
name indicates the direction of translation: from Patran to ABAQUS.
ABAPAT3 translates results and⁄or model data from the analysis code-specific results file into the Patran
database. This program can be run such that the data is loaded directly into the Patran database, or if
incompatible computer platforms are being used, an intermediate file can be created. The program name
indicates the direction of translation: from ABAQUS to Patran.
Main Index
3 Chapter 1: Overview
ABAQUS Product Information
ABAQUS Product Information
ABAQUS is a general-purpose finite element computer program for structural and thermal analyses. It
is developed, supported, and maintained by Hibbitt, Karlsson, and Sorensen, Inc., 1080 Main Street,
Pawtucket, Rhode Island 02860, (401) 727-4200. See the ABAQUS User’s Manual for a general
description of ABAQUS’ capabilities.
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
What is Included with this Product?
4
What is Included with this Product?
The Patran ABAQUS product includes all of the following items:
1. A PCL library file, abaqus.plb, contains Patran ABAQUS-specific definitions.
2. The executable programs pat3aba and abapat3 which perform the forward and results
translation of data. Although these programs are separate executables, they are run from within
Patran, and are transparent to the user.
3. Script files are also included to drive the programs in item 2. These script files are started by
Patran and control the running of the programs in Patran ABAQUS.
4. This Application Preference User’s Manual is included as part of the product. An on-line version
is also provided to allow you direct access to this information from within Patran.
Main Index
5 Chapter 1: Overview
Patran ABAQUS Integration with Patran
Patran ABAQUS Integration with Patran
Two diagrams are shown below to indicate how these files and programs fit into the Patran environment.
In some cases, site customization of some of these files is indicated. Please see the Patran Installation and
Operations Guide for more information on this topic.
Figure 1-1 shows the process of running an analysis. The abaqus.plb library defines the various
Translation Parameter, Solution Type, Solution Parameter, and Output Request forms called by the
Analysis form. When the Apply button is selected on the Analyze form, a.jba file is created, and the
script AbaqusSubmit is started. This script may need to be modified for your site installation. The
script, in turn, starts the PAT3ABA forward translation. Patran operation is suspended at this time.
PAT3ABA reads data from the database and creates the ABAQUS input deck. A message file is also
created to record any translation messages. If PAT3ABA finishes successfully, and you have requested
it, the script will then start ABAQUS.
Figure 1-1 Forward Translation
Figure 1-2 shows the process of reading information from an analysis results file. When the Apply button
is selected on the Read Results form, a .jbr file is created, depending on whether model or results
data is to be read. The ResultsSubmit script is also started. This script may need to be modified for
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Patran ABAQUS Integration with Patran
6
your site installation. The script, in turn, starts the ABAPAT3 results translation. The Patran database is
closed while this translation occurs. A message file is created to record any translation messages.
ABAPAT3 reads the data from the ABAQUS results file. If ABAPAT3 can find the desired database, the
results will be loaded directly into it. If, however, it cannot find the database (for example, if you are
running on several incompatible platforms), ABAPAT3 will write all the data into a flat file. This flat file
can be taken to wherever the database is and read in using the read file selections.
Figure 1-2 Results Translation
Main Index
7 Chapter 1: Overview
Configuring the ABAQUS Submit File
Configuring the ABAQUS Submit File
The AbaqusSubmit script file controls the execution of the PAT3ABA translator and the ABAQUS
analysis code. It is located in the Patran directory called
<installation_dir>/patran/patran3/bin/exe/
The information that AbaqusSubmit uses to perform its operations can be categorized as specific to the
job and the site. The job specific information is automatically supplied by Patran as command line
arguments at run time. The site specific information is set within the script file at the time of installation.
Host=LOCAL
Scratchdir=”
Acommand=’abaqus’
The Host parameter defines the machine that is used to perform the ABAQUS analysis. When this
parameter is set to LOCAL, the analysis is performed on the same machine as the Patran session
(PAT3ABA translations are always performed on the same machine as the Patran session.)
The Scratchdir parameter defines the directory on the host machine that temporarily holds the
analysis files as they are created. The advantage of having a scratch directory is that the contents of the
analysis scratch files are never transferred across the network. This benefit is not achieved when the Host
parameter is set to LOCAL, so the Scratchdir parameter is ignored for this condition.
The Acommand is the ABAQUS analysis code executable. If the Host is not LOCAL then the executable
should include the complete pathname.
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Configuring the ABAQUS Submit File
8
Main Index
Chapter 2: Building A Model
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
2
Building A Model

Introduction to Building a Model 10

Coordinate Frames 22

Finite Elements 23

Material Library 51

Element Properties 90

Loads and Boundary Conditions 332

Load Cases 351

Group 352
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Introduction to Building a Model
10
Introduction to Building a Model
There are many aspects to building a finite element analysis model. In several cases, the forms used to
create the finite element data are dependent on the selected analysis type. Other parts of the model are
created using standard forms.
Under Preferences on the Patran main form is a selection for Analysis Settings. Analysis Settings defines
the intended analysis code which is to be used for this mode.
The specified code may be changed at any time during model creation. As much data as possible will be
converted if the analysis code is changed after the modeling process has already begun. The setting of
this option defines what will be presented in several areas during the subsequent modeling steps.
These areas include the material and element libraries (including multi-point constraints), the applicable
loads and boundary conditions, and the analysis forms. The selected Analysis Type may also affect the
allowable selections in these same areas. For more details, see Analysis Codes (p. 426) in the Patran
Reference Manual.
Main Index
11 Chapter 2: Building A Model
Introduction to Building a Model
Supported ABAQUS Commands
The following tables summarize all the ABAQUS commands supported by the Patran ABAQUS
Preference Guide. The tables indicate where in this guide you can find more information on how the
commands are supported
Table 2-1 Supported ABAQUS Model Definition Options
History
Definition
Options Command
Patran Interface to ABAQUS
Preference Guide
Page No.
ABAQUS/
Standard
Section #
Initial Options ∗HEADING • p. 334 7.2.1
Node Definition ∗NODE • p. 18 7.3.6
∗NSET • p. 18 7.3.8
∗TRANSFORM • p. 16 7.3.11
Element
Definition
∗ELEMENT • p. 19 7.4.2
∗ELSET • p. 328 7.4.2
∗RIGID SURFACE • p. 154, p. 155, p. 156 p. 261 7.4.7
∗SLIDE LINE • p. 147 7.4.8
Property
Definition
∗BEAM GENERAL
SECTION
• p. 106, p. 113, p. 121 7.5.2
∗BEAM SECTION • p. 108, p. 115 to p. 119, 7.5.3
*CENTROID • p. 114 7.5.2
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Introduction to Building a Model
12
∗DASHPOT • p. 100, p. 101, p. 128 to p. 131 7.5.5
∗FRICTION • p. 102 to p. 104, p. 132, p. 133, 7.5.7
• p. 136 to p. 145, p. 148 to p. 152
• p. 255 to p. 259, p. 289
Property
Definition
(continued)
∗GAP • p. 132, p. 133, p. 294, p. 298 7.5.8
• p. 300
*GAP
CONDUCTANCE
*GAP RADIATION
• p. 294, p. 298, p. 300
∗HOURGLASS
STIFFNESS
• p. 232, p. 235, p. 238, p. 241, 7.5.13
• p. 244, p. 246, p. 248, p. 251,
• p. 252, p. 254, p. 287
∗INTERFACE • p. 102, p. 104, p. 136, p. 138, 7.5.14
• p. 140, p. 142, p. 145, p. 148,
• p. 150, p. 152, p. 255, p. 257,
• p. 259, p. 289, p. 294, p. 298,
• p. 300
∗MASS • p. 96 7.5.17
∗ROTARY INERTIA • p. 97 7.5.18
∗SHELL GENERAL
SECTION
• p. 238, p. 241, p. 246 7.5.19
∗SHELL SECTION • p. 80, p. 134, p. 135, p. 232, 7.5.20
• p. 234, p. 235, p. 237, p. 244,
• p. 292, p. 293, p. 295, p. 296
∗SOLID SECTION • p. 123, p. 248, p. 251, p. 252, 7.5.21
• p. 254, p. 287, p. 291, p. 297,
• p. 299
∗SPRING • p. 98, p. 99, p. 124 to p. 127
∗SURFACE
CONTACT
• p. 103, p. 136, p. 255, p. 257, 7.5.26
• p. 259, p. 289
Table 2-1 Supported ABAQUS Model Definition Options (continued)
History
Definition
Options Command
Patran Interface to ABAQUS
Preference Guide
Page No.
ABAQUS/
Standard
Section #
Main Index
13 Chapter 2: Building A Model
Introduction to Building a Model
∗TRANSVERSE
SHEAR STIFFNESS
• p. 107, p. 108, p. 110, p. 113, 7.5.27
• p. 115, p. 119, p. 121, p. 232,
• p. 234, p. 235, p. 237, p. 238,
• p. 241, p. 244, p. 246
Material
Definition
∗MATERIAL • p. 44 7.6.2
∗CAP HARDENING • p. 69 7.6.4
∗COMBINED TEST
DATA
• p. 69
∗CAP PLASTICITY • p. 69 7.6.5
∗CONDUCTIVITY • p. 77, p. 78, p. 79 7.6.8
∗CREEP • p. 70, p. 71 7.6.9
∗DAMPING • p. 49, p. 72 to p. 75 7.6.11
∗DEFORMATION
PLASTICITY
• p. 64 7.6.12
∗DENSITY p. 49 to p. 59, p. 72 to p. 79 7.6.13
Material
Definition
(continued)
∗DRUCKER-PRAGER • p. 69 7.6.16
∗ELASTIC • p. 49, p. 72, p. 73, p. 74, 7.6.17
• p. 75
∗EXPANSION p. 49 to p. 59, p. 72 to p. 79 7.6.18
∗HYPERELASTIC p. 51 to p. 56 7.6.22
∗HYPERFOAM • p. 57, p. 59 7.6.23
∗LATENT HEAT • p. 57, p. 59 7.6.27
∗NO COMPRESSION • p. 57, p. 59 7.6.29
∗NO TENSION • p. 57, p. 59 7.6.30
∗PLANAR TEST
DATA
• p. 69
∗PLASTIC • p. 65, p. 66, p. 67 7.6.34
∗POTENTIAL • p. 65 to p. 67, p. 70, p. 71 7.6.37
∗RATE DEPENDENT • p. 65 to p. 68
∗SHEAR TEST DATA • p. 69
Table 2-1 Supported ABAQUS Model Definition Options (continued)
History
Definition
Options Command
Patran Interface to ABAQUS
Preference Guide
Page No.
ABAQUS/
Standard
Section #
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Introduction to Building a Model
14
∗SIMPLE SHEAR
TEST DATA
• p. 69
∗SPECIFIC HEAT • p. 77, p. 78, p. 79 7.6.40
∗UNIAXIAL TEST
DATA
• p. 69
∗VISCOELASTIC • p. 60, p. 61, p. 62, p. 63 7.6.43
∗VOLUMETRIC TEST
DATA
• p. 69
*YIELD • p. 68 7.6.44
Material
Orientation
∗ORIENTATION • p. 80, p. 232, p. 234, p. 235, 7.7.1
p. 237, p. 238, p. 241, p. 244,
p. 246, p. 248, p. 251, p. 287,
p. 295, p. 296, p. 297, p. 299
Kinematic
Constraints
∗BOUNDARY • p. 313, p. 317, p. 318 9.5.1
∗EQUATION • p. 24 7.8.3
∗MPC • p. 25 to p. 42 7.8.4
Initial Conditions ∗INITIAL
CONDITIONS
• p. 316, p. 326 7.9.1
Restart Options ∗RESTART • p. 332 7.10.1
Miscellaneous
Model Options
∗AMPLITUDE • p. 346 7.11.1
∗PSD-DEFINITION • p. 378 7.11.3
∗SPECTRUM • p. 374 7.11.5
∗WAVEFRONT
MINIMIZATION
• p. 334 7.11.9
Table 2-1 Supported ABAQUS Model Definition Options (continued)
History
Definition
Options Command
Patran Interface to ABAQUS
Preference Guide
Page No.
ABAQUS/
Standard
Section #
Main Index
15 Chapter 2: Building A Model
Introduction to Building a Model
The following ABAQUS History Definition options are supported.
Table 2-2 Supported ABAQUS History Definition Options
History
Definition
Options Command
Patran Interface to ABAQUS
Preference Guide
Page No.
ABAQUS/
Standard
Section
No.
Step Initialization/
Termination
*STEP • p. 336, p. 346, p. 382, p. 386, 9.2.1
p. 390, p. 394, p. 402
∗END STEP • p. 336 9.2.2
Procedure
Definition
∗BUCKLE • p. 349 9.3.2
∗DYNAMIC • p. 352, p. 386 9.3.4
∗FREQUENCY • p. 359, p. 366, p. 374, p. 377 9.3.5
∗HEAT TRANSFER • p. 401, p. 402 9.3.7
∗MODAL DYNAMIC • p. 359 9.3.8
∗RANDOM RESPONSE • p. 377 9.3.9
∗RESPONSE
SPECTRUM
• p. 374 9.3.10
∗STATIC • p. 382 9.3.12
∗STEADY STATE
DYNAMICS
• p. 366, p. 370 9.3.13
∗VISCO • p. 390, p. 394 9.3.15
Loading Definition ∗BASE MOTION • p. 359, p. 365, p. 366 9.4.2
∗CFLUX • p. 325 9.4.4
∗CLOAD • p. 313 9.4.5
∗DFLUX • p. 325 9.4.9
∗DLOAD • p. 314, p. 316 9.4.10
∗FILM • p. 324 9.4.12
∗TEMPERATURE • p. 314 9.4.18
Prescribed
Boundary
Conditions
∗BOUNDARY • p. 318 9.5.1
Miscellaneous
History Options
∗CORRELATION • p. 377 9.4.6
∗MODAL DAMPING • p. 359 to p. 364 9.6.6
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Introduction to Building a Model
16
The following ABAQUS element types are supported.
Print Definition ∗EL PRINT • p. 338 9.8.2
∗ENERGY PRINT • p. 338 9.8.3
∗MODAL PRINT • p. 338 9.8.4
∗NODE PRINT • p. 338 9.8.6
∗PRINT • p. 338 9.8.7
File Output
Definition
∗EL FILE • p. 338 9.9.2
∗ELEMENT MATRIX
OUTPUT
• p. 338
∗ENERGY FILE • p. 338 9.9.3
FILE FORMAT • p. 338 9.9.4
∗MODAL FILE • p. 338 9.9.5
∗NODE FILE • p. 338 9.9.6
∗PREPRINT • p. 338
Table 2-3 Supported ABAQUS Element Types
Element Types
Patran ABAQUS
Preference Guide Page
No.
Stress-Displacement Elements
Beam Elements
Two-dimensional B21
B21H
B22
B22H
B23
B23H
• p. 106, p. 108
Three-dimensional B31
B31H
B32
B32H
B33
B33H
B34
• p. 113, p. 115, p. 119
Three-dimensional
Open Section
B31OS
B31OSH
B32OS
B32OSH
• p. 121
Table 2-2 Supported ABAQUS History Definition Options (continued)
History
Definition
Options Command
Patran Interface to ABAQUS
Preference Guide
Page No.
ABAQUS/
Standard
Section
No.
Main Index
17 Chapter 2: Building A Model
Introduction to Building a Model
Stress-Displacement Elements
Beam Elements
One-dimensional C1D2
C1D2H
C1D3
C1D3H
• p. 123
Axisymmetric CAX3
CAX3H
CAX4
CAX4H
CAX4I
CAX4IH
CAX4R
CAX4RH
CAX6
CAX6H
CAX8
CAX8H
CAX8R
CAX8RH
• p. 252
Axisymmetric with
twist
CGAX3
CGAX3H
CGAX4
CGAX4H
CGAX4R
CGAX4RH
CGAX6
CGAX6H
CGAX8
CGAX8H
CGAX8R
CGAX8RH
• p. 253
Plane Strain CPE3
CPE3H
CPE4
CPE4H
CPE4I
CPE4IH
CPE4R
CPE4RH
CPE6
CPE6H
CPE6M
CPE6MH
CPE8
CPE8H
CPE8R
CPE8RH
• p. 248
Generalized Plane
Strain
CGPE5
CGPE5H
CGPE6
CGPE6H
CGPE6I
CGPE6IH
CGPE6R
CGPE6RH
CGPE8
CGPE8H
CGPE10
CGPE10H
CGPE10R
CGPE10RH
• p. 249
Plane Stress CPS3
CPS4
CPS4I
CPS4R
CPS6
CPS6M
CPS8
CPS8R
• p. 251
Table 2-3 Supported ABAQUS Element Types (continued)
Element Types
Patran ABAQUS
Preference Guide Page
No.
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Introduction to Building a Model
18
Stress-Displacement Elements
Beam Elements
Three-dimensional C3D4
C3D4H
C3D6
C3D6H
C3D8
C3D8H
C3D8I
C3D8IH
C3D8R
C3D8RH
C3D10
C3D10HC3
D10M
C3D10MH
C3D15
C3D15H
C3D20
C3D20H
C3D20R
C3D20RH
C3D27
C3D27H
C3D27R
C3D27RH
• p. 287
Membrane Elements
Membrane Elements M3D3
M3D4
M3D4R
M3D6
M3D8
M3D8R
M3D9
M3D9R
• p. 254
Table 2-3 Supported ABAQUS Element Types (continued)
Element Types
Patran ABAQUS
Preference Guide Page
No.
Main Index
19 Chapter 2: Building A Model
Introduction to Building a Model
Stress-Displacement Elements
Shell Elements
Shell S3RF S4RF • p. 244, p. 246
S4R STRI3 • p. 235, p. 237, p. 241
S4R5 S9R5 • p. 232, p. 234, p. 238
S8R • p. 40, p. 41, p. 235,
p. 237, p. 241
S8R5 • p. 40, p. 41, p. 232,
p. 234, p. 238
STRI35 • p. 232, p. 234, p. 238
STRI65 • p. 232, p. 234, p. 235,
p. 237, p. 238, p. 241
Special Elements
Axisymmetric SAX1 SAX2 • p. 134, p. 135
Elbow Elements
Elbow Elements ELBOW31
ELBOW31B
ELBOW31C
ELBOW32
• p. 117
Spring Elements
Spring Elements SPRING1 • p. 98, p. 99
SPRING2 • p. 125, p. 127
SPRINGA • p. 124, p. 126
Dashpot Elements
Dashpot Elements DASHPOT1 • p. 100
DASHPOT2 • p. 101, p. 129, p. 131
DASHPOTA • p. 128, p. 130
Mass Element
Mass Element MASS • p. 96
Rotary Inertia Element
Rotary Inertia Element ROTARY1 • p. 97
Table 2-3 Supported ABAQUS Element Types (continued)
Element Types
Patran ABAQUS
Preference Guide Page
No.
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Introduction to Building a Model
20
Special Elements
Gap Elements
Gap Elements GAPCYL • p. 132
GAPSPHER • p. 133
GAPUNI • p. 132
Small Sliding Contact Elements
Interface INTER1 • p. 136
INTER2 INTER3 • p. 255
INTER4
INTER8
INTER9 • p. 289
Axisymmetric INTER2A INTER3A • p. 257
Rigid Surface Contact Elements
Rigid Surface IRS3
IRS4
IRS9 • p. 259
IRS12 • p. 102
IRS13 • p. 104
IRS21 IRS22 • p. 148
IRS31 IRS32 • p. 152
Axisymmetric IRS21A IRS22A • p. 150
Slide Line Contact Elements
Two-dimensional ISL21 ISL22 • p. 138, p. 147
Three-dimensional ISL31 ISL32 • p. 142, p. 147
Axisymmetric ISL21A ISL22A • p. 140, p. 147
ISL31A ISL32A • p. 145, p. 147
Heat Transfer Elements
Heat Transfer Elements
Axisymmetric DCAX3
DCAX4
DCAX6
DCAX8
• p. 297
Axisymmetric
Convection/Diffusion
DCCAX2 DCCAX2D
DCCAX4 DCCAX4D • p. 297
One-dimensional DC1D2 DC1D3 • p. 291
Table 2-3 Supported ABAQUS Element Types (continued)
Element Types
Patran ABAQUS
Preference Guide Page
No.
Main Index
21 Chapter 2: Building A Model
Introduction to Building a Model
Heat Transfer Elements
Heat Transfer Elements
Two-dimensional DC2D3
DC2D4
DC2D6
DC2D8
• p. 297
Two-dimensional
Convection/Diffusion
DCC2D4
DCC2D4D
• p. 297
Three-dimensional DC3D4
DC3D6
DC3D8
DC3D10
DC3D15
DC3D20
• p. 299
Three-dimensional
Convection/Diffusion
DCC3D8 DCC3D8D • p. 299
Interface Elements DINTER1 • p. 294
DINTER2 DINTER3 • p. 298
DINTER4 DINTER8 • p. 300
Interface Elements,
Axisymmetric
DINTER2A
DINTER3A
• p. 298
Shell Elements DS4
DS8
• p. 295, p. 296
Shell Elements,
Axisymmetric
DSAX1
DSAX2
• p. 292, p. 293
Table 2-3 Supported ABAQUS Element Types (continued)
Element Types
Patran ABAQUS
Preference Guide Page
No.
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Coordinate Frames
22
Coordinate Frames
Coordinate frames will generate different ABAQUS input, depending on the use of the coordinate frame.
Unreferenced coordinate frames will not be translated into ABAQUS.
If a node references a coordinate frame in the Analysis Coordinate Frame field, the nodal degrees-of-
freedom will be rotated into that system through the use of the *TRANSFORM option. All vector type
loads or boundary conditions must reference the same coordinate frame as the node.
If a coordinate frame is referenced for element property orientation, the appropriate *ORIENTATION
option will be created.
Main Index
23 Chapter 2: Building A Model
Finite Elements
Finite Elements
Finite Elements in Patran allows the definition of basic finite element constructs, including the creation
of nodes, element topology, and multi-point constraints.
Nodes
The nodes form will generate the ∗klab option (see Section 7.3.6 in the ABAQUS / Standard
User’s Manual).
The name of the node set to which the nodes will be assigned will be based on the associated analysis
coordinate frame number. For example, creating nodes in analysis coordinate frame “Coord 1" will
generate the ABAQUS option ∗NSET, NSET=CID1.
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Finite Elements
24
Main Index
25 Chapter 2: Building A Model
Finite Elements
Elements
Finite elements in Patran simply assigns element topology, such as Quad⁄4, for standard finite elements.
The type of element to be created is not determined until the element properties are assigned. See Element
Properties Form for details concerning the ABAQUS element types. Elements can be created either
discretely using the Element object, or indirectly using the Mesh object.
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Finite Elements
26
Main Index
27 Chapter 2: Building A Model
Finite Elements
Multi-Point Constraints
Multi-point constraints (MPCs) can also be created from the Finite Elements menu. These are special
element types which define a rigorous behavior between several specified nodes. The forms for creating
MPCs are found by selecting MPC as the Object on the Finite Elements form. The full functionality of
the MPC forms are defined in Create Action (FEM Entities) (Ch. 3) in the Reference Manual - Part III .
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Finite Elements
28
MPC Types
To create an MPC, you must first select the type of MPC you want to create from an option menu. The
types that will appear in this option menu are dependent on the current Analysis Type preference setting.
The following table describes the MPC types that are supported.
MPC Type Analysis Type Description
Explicit Structural
Thermal
Creates an ∗EQUATION option which defines an explicit
MPC between a dependent degree-of-freedom and one or
more independent degrees-of-freedom. The dependent term
consists of a node ID and a degree-of-freedom, while an
independent term consists of a coefficient, a node ID, and a
degree-of-freedom. An unlimited number of independent
terms and one dependent term can be specified.
Rigid (Fixed) Structural Creates a BEAM type MPC between one independent node
and one or more dependent nodes in which all six structural
degrees-of-freedom are rigidly attached to each other. An
unlimited number of dependent terms and one independent
term can be specified. Each term consists of a single node.
Rigid (Pinned) Structural Creates a LINK type MPC between one independent node
and one or more dependent nodes in which only the three
translational structural degrees-of-freedom are rigidly
attached to each other. An unlimited number of dependent
terms and one independent term can be specified. Each term
consists of a single node.
Linear Surf-Surf Structural
Thermal
Creates a LINEAR type MPC between a dependent node on
one linear 2D element and two independent nodes on
another linear 2D element to model a continuum. One
dependent and two independent terms can be specified.
Each term consists of a single node.
Linear Surf-Vol Structural Creates an SS LINEAR type MPC between a dependent
node on a linear 2D plate element and two independent
nodes on a linear 3D solid element to connect the plate
element to the solid element. One dependent and two
independent terms can be specified. Each term consists of a
single node.
Linear Vol-Vol Structural
Thermal
Creates a BILINEAR type MPC between a dependent node
on one linear 3D solid element and four independent nodes
on another linear 3D solid element to model a continuum.
One dependent and four independent terms can be
specified. Each term consists of a single node.
Main Index
29 Chapter 2: Building A Model
Finite Elements
Quad. Surf-Surf Structural Creates a QUADRATIC type MPC between a dependent
node on one quadratic 2D element and three independent
nodes on another quadratic 2D element to model a
continuum. One dependent and three independent terms can
be specified. Each term consists of a single node.
Quad. Surf-Vol Structural Creates an SS BILINEAR type MPC between a dependent
node on a quadratic 2D plate element and three independent
nodes on a quadratic 3D solid element to connect the plate
element to the solid element. One dependent and three
independent terms can be specified. Each term consists of a
single node.
Quad. Vol-Vol Structural Creates a C BIQUAD type MPC between a dependent node
on one quadratic 3D solid and eight independent nodes on
another quadratic 3D solid element to model a continuum.
One dependent and eight independent terms can be
specified. Each term consists of a single node.
Slider Structural Creates a SLIDER type MPC between one dependent node
and two independent nodes which forces the dependent
node to move along the vector defined by the two
independent nodes. One dependent and two independent
terms can be specified. Each term consists of a single node.
Elbow Structural Creates an ELBOW type MPC which constrains two nodes
of ELBOW31 or ELBOW32 elements together. One
dependent and one independent terms can be specified.
Each term consists of a single node.
Tie Structural Creates a TIE type MPC which makes all active degrees-of-
freedom equal at two nodes. One dependent and one
independent terms can be specified. Each term consists of a
single node.
Revolute Structural Creates a REVOLUTE type MPC which defines a revolute
joint. One dependent and two independent terms can be
specified. Each term consists of a single node.
V Local Structural Creates a V LOCAL type MPC which constrains the
velocity components at the first node to be equal to the
velocity components at the third node along local, rotating,
directions. These local directions rotate according to the
rotation at the second node. One dependent and two
independent terms can be specified. Each term consists of a
single node.
MPC Type Analysis Type Description
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Finite Elements
30
Degrees-of-Freedom
Whenever a list of degrees-of-freedom is expected for an MPC term, a listbox containing the valid
degrees-of-freedom is displayed on the form. A degree-of-freedom is valid if:
1. It is valid for the current Analysis Type Preference.
2. It is valid for the selected MPC type.
In most cases, all degrees-of-freedom which are valid for the current Analysis Type preference are valid
for the MPC type.
The following degrees-of-freedom are supported by the Patran ABAQUS MPCs for the various
analysis types:

Universal Structural Creates a UNIVERSAL type MPC which defines a
universal joint. One dependent and three independent
terms can be specified. Each term consists of a single node.
SS Linear Structural Creates an SS LINEAR type MPC which constrains a shell
node to a line of solid nodes for linear elements. One
dependent and an unlimited number of independent terms
can be specified. Each term consists of a single node.
SS Bilinear Structural Creates an SS BILINEAR type MPC which constrains a
shell node to a line of solid nodes for quadratic elements.
One dependent and an unlimited number of independent
terms can be specified. Each term consists of a single node.
SSF Bilinear Structural Creates an SSF BILINEAR type MPC which constrains a
mid-side shell node to a line of mid-face solid nodes for
quadratic elements. One dependent and an unlimited
number of independent terms can be specified. Each term
consists of a single node.
Degrees-of-Freedom Analysis Type
UX Structural
UY Structural
UZ Structural
RX Structural
RY Structural
RZ Structural
Temperature Thermal
MPC Type Analysis Type Description
Main Index
31 Chapter 2: Building A Model
Finite Elements

Explicit MPCs
Creates an *EQUATION option. (See Section 7.8.3 in the ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual). No
constant term is allowed for this type of equation. The A1 multiplier for the dependent term will be set
to -1.0 to create the desired equation.
Note: Care must be taken to make sure that a degree-of-freedom selected for an MPC actually exists
at the nodes. For example, a node that is attached only to solid structural elements will not have
any rotational degrees-of-freedom. However, Patran will allow you to select rotational degrees-
of-freedom at this node when defining an MPC.
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Finite Elements
32
Rigid (Fixed) MPCs
Creates an *MPC option of type BEAM for each dependent node (see Section 7.8.4 in the
ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual). This provides a rigid beam between two nodes to constrain the
displacement and rotation at the first node to the displacement and rotation at the second node,
corresponding to the presence of a rigid beam between the two nodes.
Main Index
33 Chapter 2: Building A Model
Finite Elements
Rigid (Pinned) MPCs
Creates an *MPC of type LINK for each dependent node (see Section 7.8.4 in the ABAQUS/Standard
User’s Manual). This provides a pinned rigid link between two nodes in order to keep the distance
between the two nodes constant. The displacements of the first node are modified to enforce this
constraint. The rotations at the nodes, if any, are not involved in this constraint.
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Finite Elements
34
Linear Surf-Surf MPCs
Creates an *MPC option of type LINEAR (see Section 7.8.4 in the ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual).
This is the standard method for mesh refinement of first-order elements.
This MPC constrains each degree-of-freedom at the dependent node to be interpolated linearly from the
corresponding degrees-of-freedom at the independent nodes
.
Note: Linear Surf-Surf and Linear Surf-Vol MPCs both generate the ABAQUS ∗MPC type LINEAR.
Main Index
35 Chapter 2: Building A Model
Finite Elements
Linear Surf-Vol MPCs
Creates an *MPC option of type SS LINEAR (see Section 7.8.4 in the ABAQUS/Standard User’s
Manual).
This is the standard method for mesh refinement of first-order elements. This MPC constrains each
degree-of-freedom at the dependent node to be interpolated linearly from the corresponding degrees-of-
freedom at the independent nodes.
Note: Linear Surf-Surf and Linear Surf-Vol MPCs both generate the ABAQUS ∗MPC type SS
LINEAR.
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Finite Elements
36
Linear Vol-Vol MPCs
Creates an *MPC option of type BILINEAR (see Section 7.8.4 in the ABAQUS/Standard User’s
Manual). This is a standard method for mesh refinement of first-order solid elements in three dimensions.
This MPC constrains each degree-of-freedom at the dependent node to be interpolated bilinearly from
the corresponding degrees-of-freedom at the independent nodes.
Main Index
37 Chapter 2: Building A Model
Finite Elements
Quad. Surf-Surf MPCs
Creates an *MPC option of type QUADRATIC (see Section 7.8.4 in the ABAQUS/Standard User’s
Manual). This is a standard method for mesh refinement of second-order elements.
This MPC constrains each degree-of-freedom at the dependent node to be interpolated quadratically from
the corresponding degrees-of-freedom at the independent nodes.
Note: Quad Surf-Surf and Quad Surf-Vol MPCs both generate the ABAQUS *MPC type
QUADRATIC
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Finite Elements
38
Quad. Surf-Vol MPCs
Creates an *MPC option of type SS BILINEAR (see Section 7.8.4 in the ABAQUS/Standard User’s
Manual). This is a standard method for mesh refinement of second-order elements.
This MPC constrains each degree-of-freedom at the dependent node to be interpolated quadratically from
the corresponding degrees-of-freedom at the independent nodes.
Note: Quad Surf-Surf and Quad Surf-Vol MPCs both generate the ABAQUS ∗MPC type SS
BILINEAR.
Main Index
39 Chapter 2: Building A Model
Finite Elements
Quad. Vol-Vol MPCs
Creates an *MPC option of type C BIQUAD (see Section 7.8.4 in the ABAQUS/Standard User’s
Manual). This is a standard method for mesh refinement of second-order solid elements in three
dimensions.
This MPC constrains each degree-of-freedom at the dependent node to be interpolated by a constrained
biquadratic from the corresponding degrees-of-freedom at the eight independent nodes.
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Finite Elements
40
Slider MPCs
Creates an *MPC option of type SLIDER (see Section 7.8.4 in the ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual).
This MPC will keep a node on a straight line defined by two other nodes, but allows the possibility of
moving along the line, and the line to change length.
Main Index
41 Chapter 2: Building A Model
Finite Elements
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Finite Elements
42
Elbow MPCs
Creates an *MPC option of type ELBOW (see Section 7.8.4 in the ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual).
This MPC constrains two ELBOW31 or ELBOW32 elements together, where the cross-sectional
direction changes.
Main Index
43 Chapter 2: Building A Model
Finite Elements
Pin MPCs
Creates an *MPC option of type PIN (see Section 7.8.4 in the ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual). This
MPC provides a pinned joint between two nodes. This makes the displacements equal, but leaves the
rotations, if they exist, independent of each other.
Tie MPCs
Creates an *MPC option of type TIE (see Section 7.8.4 in the ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual). This
MPC makes all active degrees-of-freedom equal at two nodes.
If there are different degrees-of-freedom active at the two nodes, only those in common will be
constrained. It is usually used to join two parts of a mesh when corresponding nodes on the two parts are
to be fully connected.
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Finite Elements
44
Revolute MPCs
Creates an *MPC option of type REVOLUTE (see Section 7.8.4 in the ABAQUS/Standard User’s
Manual).
Main Index
45 Chapter 2: Building A Model
Finite Elements
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Finite Elements
46
V Local MPCs
Creates an *MPC option of type V LOCAL (see Section 7.8.4 in the ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual).
Main Index
47 Chapter 2: Building A Model
Finite Elements
Universal MPCs
Creates an *MPC option of type UNIVERSAL (see Section 7.8.4 in the ABAQUS/Standard
User’s Manual).
SS Linear MPCs
Creates an *MPC option of type SS LINEAR (see Section 7.8.4 in the ABAQUS/Standard User’s
Manual). This MPC is used to constrain a shell node to a solid node line for linear elements (S4R or
S4R5; C3D8, C3D8R; SAX1; CAX4; etc.) or for midside lines on quadratic elements (S8R, S8R5;
C3D20, C3D20R; etc.).
This MPC is only valid for small rotations.
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Finite Elements
48
SS Bilinear MPCs
Creates an *MPC option of type SS BILINEAR (see Section 7.8.4 in the ABAQUS/Standard User’s
Manual). This MPC is used to constrain a corner node of a quadratic shell element (S8R, S8R5) to a line
of edge nodes on 20-node bricks.
This MPC is only valid for small rotations.
Main Index
49 Chapter 2: Building A Model
Finite Elements
SSF Bilinear MPCs
Creates an *MPC option of type SSF BILINEAR (see Section 7.8.4 in the ABAQUS/Standard User’s
Manual). This MPC is used to constrain a corner node of a quadratic shell element (S8R, S8R5) to a line
of edge nodes on 20-node bricks.
This MPC is only valid for small rotations.
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Finite Elements
50
Main Index
51 Chapter 2: Building A Model
Material Library
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Material Library
Selecting Materials from this Patran window displays the main form for the creation of materials. The
following sections provide an introduction to the Materials form, followed by the details of all the
material property definitions supported by the Patran ABAQUS Application Interface.
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Materials Form
52
Materials Form
The Materials form shown below provides the following options for the purpose of creating
ABAQUS materials.
Change Material Status
The approach to defining material properties in Patran is similar to that in ABAQUS; the complete
material model is defined by individually defining the necessary constitutive models. For example, to
define a material for a plasticity analysis, one would first define the elastic properties and select Apply.
Then the plastic properties are defined by selecting Plastic as Option 1, the yield criteria as Option 2, the
hardening law as Option 3, entering the appropriate data and pushing Apply.
Main Index
53 Chapter 2: Building A Model
Materials Form
Not all constitutive model options are valid for a particular material in a particular ABAQUS analysis.
For example, it is not permissible to have both elastic and hyperelastic properties defined for the same
ABAQUS material. Patran, however, allows these different constitutive models to be defined and then
“deactivated” for a given ABAQUS analysis. This is done on the form displayed when the Change
Material Status button is selected on the main Materials form. For example, if a user defines both Elastic
and Hyperelastic properties for a given material, one of these constitutive options must be deactivated on
the Change Material Status form before initiating the ABAQUS analysis.
Temperature Dependence
ABAQUS allows most material properties to be functions of temperature. The ABAQUS interface in
Patran generally supports this as well. The first step in defining a temperature dependent material
property is to define a temperature dependent material field in the Fields application. This field can then
be selected from a listbox on the Materials, Input Options form. When the databox for a material property
that may be temperature dependent is selected, the fields listbox appears.
The following table shows the allowable selections for all options when the Action is set to Create and
the Analysis Type in the Analysis Preference form is set to Structural. The various options have different
names, depending on previous selections.
Object Option 1 Option 2 Option 3
Isotropic • Elastic Material Failure Theory
Hyperelastic Incompressible Test Data
• Ogden
• Polynomial
Coefficients
• Ogden
• Mooney Rivlin
• Neo Hookean
• Polynomial
Slightly Compressible Test Data
• Ogden
• Polynomial
Coefficients
• Ogden
• Polynomial
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Materials Form
54
Compressible Test Data
• Ogden
Coefficients
• Ogden
Viscoelastic Frequency • Formula
• Tabular
Time • Prony
• Creep Test Data
• Combined Creep Test Data
• Relaxation Test Data
• Combined Relax Test Data
• Deformation
Plasticity
Plastic Mises/Hill • Perfect Plasticity
• Isotropic
• Kinematic
• Drucker-Prager Compression
Tension
Shear
Modified D-Prager/Cap Cap Hardening
Creep • Time
• Strain
• Hyperbolic
2D
Orthotropic
(Lamina)
• Elastic Material Failure Theory
Viscoelastic Frequency • Formula
Tabular
Time • Prony
• Creep Test Data
Combined Creep Test Data
• Relaxation Test Data
Combined Relax Test Data
Object Option 1 Option 2 Option 3
Main Index
55 Chapter 2: Building A Model
Materials Form
Plastic Mises/Hill • Perfect Plasticity
• Isotropic
• Kinematic
• Drucker-Prager Compression
Tension
Shear
Modified D-Prager/Cap Cap Hardening
Creep • Time
• Strain
• Hyperbolic
3D
Orthotropic
• Elastic Engineering Constants
• [D] Matrix
Material Failure Theory
Viscoelastic Frequency • Formula
Tabular
Time • Prony
• Creep Test Data
Combined Creep Test Data
• Relaxation Test Data
Combined Relax Test Data
Plastic Mises/Hill • Perfect Plasticity
• Isotropic
• Kinematic
• Drucker-Prager Compression
Tension
Shear
Modified D-Prager/Cap Cap Hardening
Creep • Time
• Strain
• Hyperbolic
Object Option 1 Option 2 Option 3
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Materials Form
56
3D
Anisotropic
• Elastic [D] Matrix Material Failure Theory
Viscoelastic Frequency • Formula
Tabular
Time • Prony
• Creep Test Data
Combined Creep Test Data
• Relaxation Test Data
Combined Relax Test Data
Plastic Mises/Hill • Perfect Plasticity
• Isotropic
• Kinematic
• Drucker-Prager Compression
Tension
Shear
Modified D-Prager/Cap Cap Hardening
Creep • Time
• Strain
• Hyperbolic
Composite • Laminate
Rule of Mixtures
HAL Cont. Fiber
HAL Disc. Fiber
HAL Cont. Ribbon
HAL Disc. Ribbon
HAL Particulate
Short Fiber 1D
Short Fiber 2D
Object Option 1 Option 2 Option 3
Main Index
57 Chapter 2: Building A Model
Materials Form
The following table shows the allowable selections for all options when the Action is set to Create and
the Analysis Type is set to Thermal in the Analysis Preference form. The various options have different
names, depending on previous selections.
Object Option 1
Isotropic Thermal
3D Orthotropic Thermal
3D Anisotropic
Composite Laminate
Rule of Mixtures
HAL Cont. Fiber
HAL Disc. Fiber
HAL Cont. Ribbon
HAL Disc. Ribbon
HAL Particulate
Short Fiber 1D
Short Fiber 2D
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Materials Form
58
Isotropic
Elastic
Object Option 1 Option 2
Isotropic Elastic Material Failure Theory
Main Index
59 Chapter 2: Building A Model
Materials Form
More data input is available for defining the Elastic properties for the Isotropic materials. Listed below
are the descriptions for the remaining material properties.
Property Name Description
Reference Temperature This is the reference value of temperature for the coefficient of
thermal expansion. The thermal strain in the material is based on
the difference between the current temperature and this reference
value (default is 0.0).
Thermal Expansion Coeff Coefficient of thermal expansion for the isotropic material.
Fraction Critical Damping Set this parameter equal to the fraction of critical damping to be
used with this material in calculating composite damping factors
for the modes (for use in modal dynamics). The default is 0.0. The
value is ignored in direct integration dynamics.
Mass Propornl Damping Factor for mass proportional damping in direct integration
dynamics (default = 0.0). This value is ignored in modal dynamics.
Stiffness Propornl Damping Factor for stiffness proportional damping in direct integration
dynamics (default = 0.0). This value is ignored in modal dynamics.
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Materials Form
60
Hyperelastic
Object Option 1 Option 2 Option 3
Isotropic Hyperelastic Incompressible Test Data -
Ogden
Polynomial
Main Index
61 Chapter 2: Building A Model
Materials Form
Hyperelastic
Object Option 1 Option 2 Option 3
Isotropic Hyperelastic Incompressible Coefficients - Ogden
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Materials Form
62
Hyperelastic
Object Option 1 Option 2 Option 3
Isotropic Hyperelastic Incompressible Coefficients -
Moony Rivlin
Neo Hookean
Polynomial
Main Index
63 Chapter 2: Building A Model
Materials Form
Hyperelastic
Object Option 1 Option 2 Option 3
Isotropic Hyperelastic Slightly Compressible Test Data -
Ogden
Polynomial
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Materials Form
64
Hyperelastic
Object Option 1 Option 2 Option 3
Isotropic Hyperelastic Slightly Compressible Coefficients - Ogden
Main Index
65 Chapter 2: Building A Model
Materials Form
Hyperelastic
Object Option 1 Option 2 Option 3
Isotropic Hyperelastic Slightly Compressible Coefficients - Polynomial
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Materials Form
66
Hyperelastic
Object Option 1 Option 2 Option 3
Isotropic Hyperelastic Compressible Test Data - Ogden
Main Index
67 Chapter 2: Building A Model
Materials Form
More data input is available for defining the Hyperelastic properties. Listed below are the descriptions
for the remaining material properties.
Property Name Description
Volumetric Pressure Material field defining volume ratio (current volume/original
volume) as a function of pressure. This field appears on the
*VOLUMETRIC TEST DATA sub option.
Poisson’s Ratio Effective Poisson’s ratio of the material which will be equal to all
. This is the value of the POISSON parameter on the
*HYPERFOAM option. If no value is given, the lateral strains
should be entered.
Density Defines the material mass density. This quantity appears on the
*DENSITY option.
Thermal Expansion Coeff Coefficient of thermal expansion for the isotropic material. This
parameter appears as a on the *EXPANSION option.
ν
i
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Materials Form
68
Hyperelastic
Object Option 1 Option 2 Option 3
Isotropic Hyperelastic Compressible Coefficients - Ogden
Main Index
69 Chapter 2: Building A Model
Materials Form
Viscoelastic
Object Option 1 Option 2 Option 3
Isotropic, 2D Orthotropic,
3D Orthotropic or 3D Anisotropic
Viscoelastic Frequency Tabular
Formula
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Materials Form
70
Viscoelastic
Object Option 1 Option 2 Option 3
Isotropic, 2D Orthotropic,
3D Orthotropic or 3D Anisotropic
Viscoelastic Time Prony
Main Index
71 Chapter 2: Building A Model
Materials Form
Viscoelastic
Object Option 1 Option 2 Option 3
Isotropic, 2D Orthotropic,
3D Orthotropic or 3D Anisotropic
Viscoelastic Time Creep Test Data
Combined Creep Test Data
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Materials Form
72
Viscoelastic
Object Option 1 Option 2 Option 3
Isotropic, 2D Orthotropic,
3D Orthotropic or 3D Anisotropic
Viscoelastic Time Relaxation Test Data
Combined Relax Test Data
Main Index
73 Chapter 2: Building A Model
Materials Form
Deformation Plasticity
Object Option 1
Isotropic Deformation Plasticity
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Materials Form
74
Plastic
Object Option 1 Option 2 Option 3
Isotropic, 2D Orthotropic,
3D Orthotropic or 3D Anisotropic
Plastic Mises/Hill Perfect Plasticity
Main Index
75 Chapter 2: Building A Model
Materials Form
Plastic
Object Option 1 Option 2 Option 3
Isotropic, 2DOrthotropic,
3DOrthotropic or 3D Anisotropic
Plastic Mises/Hill Isotropic
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Materials Form
76
Plastic
Object Option 1 Option 2 Option 3
Isotropic, 2D Orthotropic,
3DOrthotropic or 3D Anisotropic
Plastic Mises/Hill Kinematic
Main Index
77 Chapter 2: Building A Model
Materials Form
Plastic
Object Option 1 Option 2 Option 3
Isotropic, 2D Orthotropic,
3D Orthotropic or 3D Anisotropic
Plastic Drucker-Prager Compression
Tension
Shear
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Materials Form
78
Plastic
Object Option 1 Option 2 Option 3
Isotropic, 2D Orthotropic,
3D Orthotropic or 3D Anisotropic
Plastic Modified
D-Prager/Cap
Cap Hardening
Main Index
79 Chapter 2: Building A Model
Materials Form
Creep
Object Option 1 Option 2
Isotropic, 2D Orthotropic,
3D Orthotropic or 3D Anisotropic
Creep Time
Strain
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Materials Form
80
Creep
Object Option 1 Option 2
Isotropic, 2D Orthotropic,
3D Orthotropic or 3D Anisotropic
Creep Hyperbolic
Main Index
81 Chapter 2: Building A Model
Materials Form
2D Orthotropic (Lamina)
Elastic
Option 1 Option 2
Elastic Material Failure Theory
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Materials Form
82
3D Orthotropic
Elastic
Option 1 Option 2 Option 3
Elastic Engineering Constants Material Failure Theory
Main Index
83 Chapter 2: Building A Model
Materials Form
Elastic
Object Option 1 Option 2 Option 3
3D Orthotropic Elastic [D] Matrix Material Failure Theory
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Materials Form
84
3D Anisotropic
Elastic
Option 1 Option 2
Elastic [D] Matrix
Main Index
85 Chapter 2: Building A Model
Materials Form
More data input is available for defining the Elastic properties for the 3D Anisotropic materials. Listed
below are the descriptions for the remaining material properties.
Property Name Desciption
D1212 (C34)
D1212 (C44)
D1113 (C15)
D2213 (C25)
D3313 (C35)
D1213 (C45)
D1313 (C55)
D1123 (C16)
D2223 (C26)
D3323 (C36)
D1223 (C46)
D1323 (C56)
D2323 (C66)
Coefficients in the 6 x 6 stress-strain matrix for the 3D
anisotropic material.
Density Defines the material mass density.
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Materials Form
86
Isotropic (Thermal)
Main Index
87 Chapter 2: Building A Model
Materials Form
3D Orthotropic (Thermal)
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Materials Form
88
3D Anisotropic (Thermal)
Composite
The Composite forms allow existing materials to be combined to create new materials. All of the
composite materials, with the exception of the laminated composites, can be assigned to elements like
any homogeneous material through the element property forms. For the laminated composites, the
section thickness is entered indirectly through the definition of the stack, and the Homogeneous option
on the Element Properties Form for shells, plates and beam must be changed to Laminate to avoid reentry
of this information.
Main Index
89 Chapter 2: Building A Model
Materials Form
For details on how to use these forms, refer to the Composite Materials Construction (p. 116) in the Patran
Reference Manual.
Laminate
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Element Properties
90
Patran I nterface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Element Properties
By choosing the Element Properties item, located on the application switch for Patran, an element
properties form will appear. When creating element properties, several option menus are available. The
selections made in these option menus will determine which element property form is presented, and
ultimately, which ABAQUS element will be created.
The following pages give an introduction to the Element Properties form, followed by the details of all
the element property definitions supported by the Patran ABAQUS Application Preference.
Element Properties Form
When Element Properties is selected on the main menu, this is the form which will be displayed. Four
option menus on this form are used to determine which ABAQUS element types are to be created, and
which property forms are to be displayed. The individual property forms are documented later in this
section. For more details, see the Element Properties Forms (p. 67) in the Patran Reference Manual.
Main Index
91 Chapter 2: Building A Model
Element Properties
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Element Properties
92
The following table shows the allowable selections for all option menus when Analysis Type is set to
Structural.

Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Name
0D • Mass MASS
• Rotary Inertia ROTARYI
Grounded Spring • Linear
• Nonlinear
SPRING1
SPRING2
Grounded Damper • Linear
• Nonlinear
DASHPOT1
DASHPOT2
IRS (single node) • Planar Elastic Slip Soft Contact
Elastic Slip Hard Contact
Lagrange Soft Contact
Lagrange Hard Contact
Elastic Slip No Separation
Lagrange No Separation
Elastic Slip Vis Damping
Elastic Slip Vis Damping
No Separation
Lagrange Vis Damping
Lagrange Vis Damping No
Separation
IRS12
• Spatial Elastic Slip Soft Contact
Elastic Slip Hard Contact
Lagrange Soft Contact
Lagrange Hard Contact
Elastic Slip No Separation
Lagrange No Separation
Elastic Slip Vis Damping
Elastic Slip Vis Damping
No Separation
Lagrange Vis Damping
Lagrange Vis Damping No
Separation
IRS13
1D Beam in XY Plane • General Section Standard Formulation
Hybrid
Cubic Interpolation
Cubic Hybrid
B21, B22
B21H, B22H
B23
B23H
• Box Section Standard Formulation
Hybrid
Cubic Interpolation
Cubic Hybrid
B21, B22
B21H, B22H
B23
B23H
• Circular Beam
(Solid)
Standard Formulation
Hybrid
Cubic Interpolation
Cubic Hybrid
B21, B22
B21H, B22H
B23
B23H
Main Index
93 Chapter 2: Building A Model
Element Properties
• Hexagonal Beam Standard Formulation
Hybrid
Cubic Interpolation
Cubic Hybrid
B21, B22
B21H, B22H
B23
B23H
• I Section Standard Formulation
Hybrid
Cubic Interpolation
Cubic Hybrid
B21, B22
B21H, B22H
B23
B23H
• Pipe Section Standard Formulation
Hybrid
Cubic Interpolation
Cubic Hybrid
B21, B22
B21H, B22H
B23
B23H
• Rectangular
Section
Standard Formulation
Hybrid
Cubic Interpolation
Cubic Hybrid
B21, B22
B21H, B22H
B23
B23H
• Trapezoid Section Standard Formulation
Hybrid
Cubic Interpolation
Cubic Hybrid
B21, B22
B21H, B22H
B23
B23H
Beam in Space • General Section Standard Formulation
Hybrid
Cubic Interpolation
Cubic Hybrid
Cubic Initially Straight
B31, B32
B31H, B32H
B33
B33H
B34
• Arbitrary Section Standard Formulation
Hybrid
Cubic Interpolation
Cubic Hybrid
Cubic Initially Straight
B31, B32
B31H, B32H
B33
B33H
B34
• Box Section Standard Formulation
Hybrid
Cubic Interpolation
Cubic Hybrid
Cubic Initially Straight
B31, B32
B31H, B32H
B33
B33H
B34
• Circular Section Standard Formulation
Hybrid
Cubic Interpolation
Cubic Hybrid
Cubic Initially Straight
B31, B32
B31H, B32H
B33
B33H
B34
• Curved w/Pipe
Section
Standard Formulation
Ovalization Only
Ovalization Only with
Approximated Fourier
ELBOW31,
ELBOW32
ELBOW31B
ELBOW31C
• Hexagonal Section Standard Formulation
Hybrid
Cubic Interpolation
Cubic Hybrid
Cubic Initially Straight
B31, B32
B31H, B32H
B33
B33H
B34
Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Name
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Element Properties
94
• I Section Standard Formulation
Hybrid
Cubic Interpolation
Cubic Hybrid
Cubic Initially Straight
B31, B32
B31H, B32H
B33
B33H
B34
• L Section Standard Formulation
Hybrid
Cubic Interpolation
Cubic Hybrid
Cubic Initially Straight
B31, B32
B31H, B32H
B33
B33H
B34
• Open Section Standard Formulation
Hybrid
B31OS, B32OS
B31OSH,
B32OSH
• Pipe Section Standard Formulation
Hybrid
Cubic Interpolation
Cubic Hybrid
Cubic Initially Straight
B31, B32
B31H, B32H
B33
B33H
B34
• Rectangular
Section
Standard Formulation
Hybrid
Cubic Interpolation
Cubic Hybrid
Cubic Initially Straight
B31, B32
B31H, B32H
B33
B33H
B34
• Trapezoidal
Section
Standard Formulation
Hybrid
Cubic Interpolation
Cubic Hybrid
Cubic Initially Straight
B31, B32
B31H, B32H
B33
B33H
B34
• Truss Standard Formulation
Hybrid
CID2, CID3
CID2H, CID3H
Spring Linear • Standard Formulation
Fixed Direction
SPRINGA
SPRING2
Nonlinear • Standard Formulation
Fixed Direction
Damper Linear • Standard Formulation
Fixed Direction
DASHPOTA
DASHPOT2
Nonlinear • Standard Formulation
Fixed Direction
Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Name
Main Index
95 Chapter 2: Building A Model
Element Properties
1D
(continued)
Gap • Cylindrical True Distance
Elastic Slip Soft Contact
Elastic Slip Hard Contact
Lagrange Soft Contact
Lagrange Hard Contact
Elastic Slip No Separation
Lagrange No Separation
Elastic Slip Vis Damping
Elastic Slip Vis Damping
No Separation
Lagrange Vis Damping
Lagrange Vis Damping No
Separation
GAPCYL
• Spherical True Distance
Elastic Slip Soft Contact
Elastic Slip Hard Contact
Lagrange Soft Contact
Lagrange Hard Contact
Elastic Slip No Separation
Lagrange No Separation
Elastic Slip Vis Damping
Elastic Slip Vis Damping
No Separation
Lagrange Vis Damping
Lagrange Vis Damping No
Separation
GAPSPHER
• Uniaxial True Distance
Elastic Slip Soft Contact
Elastic Slip Hard Contact
Lagrange Soft Contact
Lagrange Hard Contact
Elastic Slip No Separation
Lagrange No Separation
Elastic Slip Vis Damping
Elastic Slip Vis
DampingNo
Separation
Lagrange Vis Damping
Lagrange Vis Damping No
Separation
GAPUNI
Axisym Shell • Homogeneous
• Laminate
SAX1, SAX2
Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Name
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Element Properties
96
1D
(continued)
• 1D Interface Elastic Slip Soft Contact
Elastic Slip Hard
Contact
Lagrange Soft Contact
Lagrange Hard Contact
Elastic Slip No
Separation
Lagrange No Separation
Elastic Slip Vis
Damping
Elastic Slip Vis
DampingNo
Separation
Lagrange Vis Damping
Lagrange Vis Damping
No Separation
INTER1
ISL (in plane) • Planar Elastic Slip Soft Contact
Elastic Slip Hard Contact
Lagrange Soft Contact
Lagrange Hard Contact
Elastic Slip No Separation
Lagrange No Separation
Elastic Slip Vis Damping
Elastic Slip Vis Damping
No Separation
Lagrange Vis Damping
Lagrange Vis Damping No
Separation
ISL21, ISL22
• Axisymmetric Elastic Slip Soft Contact
Elastic Slip Hard Contact
Lagrange Soft Contact
Lagrange Hard Contact
Elastic Slip No Separation
Lagrange No Separation
Elastic Slip Vis Damping
Elastic Slip Vis Damping
No
Separation
Lagrange Vis Damping
Lagrange Vis Damping No
Separation
ISL21A,
ISL22A
ISL (in space) • Parallel Elastic Slip Soft Contact
Elastic Slip Hard Contact
Lagrange Soft Contact
Lagrange Hard Contact
Elastic Slip No Separation
Lagrange No Separation
Elastic Slip Vis Damping
Elastic Slip Vis Damping
No Separation
Lagrange Vis Damping
Lagrange Vis Damping No
Separation
ISL31, ISL32
ISL31, ISL32
Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Name
Main Index
97 Chapter 2: Building A Model
Element Properties
1D
(continued)
ISL (in space)
(continued)
• Radial Elastic Slip Soft Contact
Elastic Slip Hard Contact
Lagrange Soft Contact
Lagrange Hard Contact
Elastic Slip No Separation
Lagrange No Separation
Elastic Slip Vis Damping
Elastic Slip Vis Damping
No
Separation
Lagrange Vis Damping
Lagrange Vis Damping No
Separation
ISL31A,
ISL32A
• Slide Line --
IRS (planar/axisym) • Planar Elastic Slip Soft Contact
Elastic Slip Hard Contact
Lagrange Soft Contact
Lagrange Hard Contact
Elastic Slip No Separation
Lagrange No Separation
Elastic Slip Vis Damping
Elastic Slip Vis Damping
No
Separation
Lagrange Vis Damping
Lagrange Vis Damping No
Separation
IRS21, IRS22
• Axisymmetric Elastic Slip Soft Contact
Elastic Slip Hard Contact
Lagrange Soft Contact
Lagrange Hard Contact
Elastic Slip No Separation
Lagrange No Separation
Elastic Slip Vis Damping
Elastic Slip Vis Damping
No
Separation
Lagrange Vis Damping
Lagrange Vis Damping No
Separation1D (cont.)
IRS21A,
IRS22A
• IRS
(beam/pipe)
Elastic Slip Soft Contact
Elastic Slip Hard
Contact
Lagrange Soft Contact
Lagrange Hard Contact
Elastic Slip No
Separation
Lagrange No Separation
Elastic Slip Vis
Damping
Elastic Slip Vis
Damping No
Separation
Lagrange Vis Damping
Lagrange Vis Damping
No Separation
IRS31, IRS32
Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Name
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Element Properties
98
1D
(continued)
• Rigid Surf
(Seg)
• Rigid Surf (Cyl)
• Rigid Surf (Axi)
• Rigid Surf
(Bz2D)
• Rigid Line
(Lbc)
--
--
--
--
R2D2, RAX2
• Rebar Axisymmetric SFMAX1,
SFMAX2
General Axisymmetric SFMGAX1,
SFMGAX2
• Mech Joint (2D
Model)
ALIGN
AXIAL
BEAM
CARTESIAN
JOIN
JOINTC
LINK
ROTATION
SLOT
TRANSLATOR
WELD
• Mech Joint (3D
Model)
ALIGN
AXIAL
BEAM
CARDAN
CARTESIAN
CONSTANT
VELOCITY
CVJOINT
CYLINDRICAL
EULER
FLEXION-TORSION
Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Name
Main Index
99 Chapter 2: Building A Model
Element Properties
HINGE
JOIN
JOINTC
LINK
PLANAR
RADIAL-THRUST
REVOLUTE
ROTATION
SLIDE-PLANE
SLOT
TRANSLATOR
UJOINT
UNIVERSAL
WELD
• 1D Gasket Axisymmetric Link Gasket Behavior Model GKAX2
Thickness Behavior Only GKAX2N
Built-in Material GKAX2
3D Link Gasket Behavior Model GK3D2
Thickness Behavior Only GK3D2N
Built-in Material GK3D2
2D Link Gasket Behavior Model GK2D2
Thickness Behavior Only GK2D2N
Built-in Material GK2D2
Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Name
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Element Properties
100
2D Shell Thin • Homogeneous
Laminate
STRI35, S4R5,
STRI65, S8R5,
S9R5
Thick Homogeneous
Laminate
S3R, S4R,
STRI65, S8R
• General Thin Homogeneous
Laminate
STRI35, S4R5,
STRI65, S8R5,
S9R5
• General Thick Homogeneous
Laminate
S3R, S4R,
STRI65, S8R
• Large Strain
• General Large
Strain
S3R, S4R, S8R
2D Solid • Plane Strain Standard Formulation CPE3, CPE4,
CPE6, CPE8
Hybrid CPE3H,
CPE4H,
CPE6H, CPE8H
Hybrid / Reduced
Integration
CPE4RH,
CPE8RH
Reduced Integration
Incompatible Modes
Hybrid/Incompatible
Modes
Modified
Modified/Hybrid
CPE4R, CPE8R
CPE4I
CPE4IH
CPE6M,
CPE6MH
• Plane Stress Standard Formulation
Reduced Integration
Incompatible Modes
Modified
Modified/Hybrid
CPS3, CPS4,
CPS6, CPS8
CPS4R, CPS8R
CPS4I
CPS6M,
CPS6MH
Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Name
Main Index
101 Chapter 2: Building A Model
Element Properties
2D
(continued)
2D Solid
(continued)
• Axisymmetric Standard Formulation CAX3, CAX4,
CAX6, CAX8
Hybrid CAX3H,
CAX4H,
CAX6H,
CAX8H
Hybrid/Reduced
Integration
CAX4RH,
CAX8RH
Reduced Integration CAX4R,
CAX8R
Incompatible Modes CAX4I
Hybrid/Incompatible
Modes
CAX4IH
Modified CAX6M
Modified/Hybrid CAX6MH
• Axisymmetric with
Twist
Standard Formulation CGAX3,
CGAX4,
CGAX6,
CGAX8
Hybrid CGAX3H,
CGAX4H,
CGAX6H,
CGAX8H
Hybrid/Reduced
Integration
CGAX4RH,
CGAX8RH
Reduced Integration CGAX4R,
CGAX8R
• Membrane Standard Formulation M3D3, M3D4,
M3D6, M3D8,
M3D9
Reduced Integration M3D4R,
M3D8R,
M3D9R
2D Interface • Planar Elastic Slip Soft Contact
Elastic Slip Hard Contact
Lagrange Soft Contact
Lagrange Hard Contact
Elastic Slip No Separation
Lagrange No Separation
Elastic Slip Vis Damping
Elastic Slip Vis Damping
No
Separation
Lagrange Vis Damping
Lagrange Vis Damping No
Separation
INTER2,
INTER3
Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Name
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Element Properties
102
2D
(continued)
2D Solid
(continued)
• Axisymmetric Elastic Slip Soft Contact
Elastic Slip Hard Contact
Lagrange Soft Contact
Lagrange Hard Contact
Elastic Slip No Separation
Lagrange No Separation
Elastic Slip Vis Damping
Elastic Slip Vis Damping
No
Separation
Lagrange Vis Damping
Lagrange Vis Damping No
Separation
INTER2A,
INTER3A
IRS (shell/solid) Elastic Slip Soft Contact
Elastic Slip Hard
Contact
Lagrange Soft Contact
Lagrange Hard Contact
Elastic Slip No
Separation
Lagrange No Separation
Elastic Slip Vis
Damping
Elastic Slip Vis
Damping No Separation
Lagrange Vis Damping
Lagrange Vis Damping
No Separation
IRS3, IRS4,
IRS9
• Rigid Surf
(Bz3D)
--
• Rigid
Surface(Lbc)
R3D3, R3D4
• 2D Rebar Cylindrical SFMCL9
General Standard Formulation SFM3D3,
SFM3D4,
SFM3D6,
SFM3D8
Reduced Integration SFM3D4R,
SFM3D8R
• 2D Gasket Plane Strain Gasket Behavior Model GKPE4
Built-in Material GKPE4
Plane Stress Gasket Behavior Model GKPS4
Thickness Behavior Only GKPS4N
Built-in Material GKPS4
Axisymmetric Gasket Behavior Model GKAX4
Thickness Behavior Only GKAX4N
Built-in Material GKAX4
Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Name
Main Index
103 Chapter 2: Building A Model
Element Properties
Line Gasket Behavior Mode GK3D4L
Thickness Behavior Only GK3D4LN
Built-in Material GK3D4L
3D • Solid Standard Formulation
Laminate
C3D4, C3D6,
C3D8, C3D10,
C3D15, C3D20
Hybrid
Laminate
C3D4H,
C3D6H,
C3D8H,
C3D10H,
C3D15H,
C3D20H
Hybrid/Red Integration
Laminate
C3D8RH,
C3D20RH
Reduced Integration
Laminate
C3D8R,
C3D20R
Incompatible Modes
Laminate
C3D8I
Hybrid/Incomp Modes
Laminate
Modified
Modified/Hybrid
C3D8IH
C3D10M
C3D1OH
• 3D Interface Elastic Slip Soft Contact
Elastic Slip Hard
Contact
Lagrange Soft Contact
Lagrange Hard Contact
Elastic Slip No
Separation
Lagrange No Separation
Elastic Slip Vis
Damping
Elastic Slip Vis
Damping No Separation
Lagrange Vis Damping
Lagrange Vis Damping
No Separation
INTER4,
INTER8,
INTER9
• Gasket Gasket Behavior Model GK3D8,
GK3D6
Thickness Behavior
Only
GK3D8N,
GK3D6N
Built-in Material GK3D8,
GK3D6
Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Name
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Element Properties
104
The following table shows the allowable selections for all option menus when Analysis Type is set to
Thermal.

Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Name
1D • Link DCID2, DCID3
Axisymmetric
Shell
• Homogeneous
• Laminate
DSAX1, DSAX2
• 1D Interface DINTER1
2D Shell • Homogeneous
• Laminate
DS4, DS8
2D Solid • Planar Standard Formulation
Convection/Diffusion
Convection/Diffusion
with
Dispersion/Control
DC2D2, DC2D4,
DC2D6, DC2D8
DCC2D4
DCC2D4D
• Axisymmetric Standard Formulation
Convection/Diffusion
Convection/Diffusion
with
Dispersion/Control
DCAX3,
DCAX4,
DCAS6, DCAX8
DCCAX4
DCCAX4D
• 2D Interface Planar DINTER2,
DINTER3
Axisymmetric DINTER2A,
DINTER3A
Main Index
105 Chapter 2: Building A Model
Element Properties
3D • Solid Standard Formulation DC3D4, DC3D6,
DC3D8,
DC3D10,
DC3D15,
DC3D20
Convection/Diffusion DCC3D8
Convection/Diffusion
with Dispersion
Control
DCC3D8D
• 3D Interface DINTER4,
DINTER8
Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Name
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Element Properties
106
Point Mass
Options above create MASS elements with ∗MASS properties.This creates a concentrated mass at a
point. The mass is associated with the translational degrees-of-freedom at a node.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 0D Mass Point/1
Main Index
107 Chapter 2: Building A Model
Element Properties
Rotary Inertia
Options above createROTARI elements with ∗ROT ARY INERTIA properties. This element allows the
rotary inertia of a rigid body to be included at a node. An ∗ORIENTATION option may also be created,
as required.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 0D Rotary Inertia Point/1
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Element Properties
108
Linear Spring (Grounded)
Options above create SPRING1 elements with ∗SPRING properties. This element defines a linear spring
between a node and ground. An ∗ORIENTATION option may also be created, as required.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 0D Grounded Spring Linear Point/1
Main Index
109 Chapter 2: Building A Model
Element Properties
Nonlinear Spring (Grounded)
Options above create SPRING1 elements with ∗SPRING properties. This element defines a nonlinear
spring between a node and ground. An ∗ORIENTATION option may also be created, as required.
Linear Damper (Grounded)
Analysis
Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 0D Grounded Spring Nonlinear Point/1
Analysis
Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 0D Grounded Damper Linear Point/1
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Element Properties
110
Options above create DASHPOT1 elements with ∗DASHPOT properties. This element defines a linear
damper between a node and ground. An ∗ORIENTATION option may also be created, as required.
Nonlinear Damper (Grounded)
Options above create DASHPOT1 elements with ∗DASHPOT properties. This element defines a
nonlinear dashpot between a node and ground. An ∗ORIENTATION option may also be created, as
required.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 0D Grounded Damper Nonlinear Point/1
Main Index
111 Chapter 2: Building A Model
Element Properties
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Element Properties
112
IRS (Single Node, Planar)
Options above create IRS12 elements with ∗INTERFACE and ∗FRICTION properties. This element
defines an interface between a node on a planar model and a rigid surface.
Analysis
Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 0D IRS
(single
node)
Planar Elastic Slip Soft Contact
Elastic Slip Hard Contact
Lagrange Soft Contact
Lagrange Hard Contact
Elastic Slip No Separation
Lagrange No Separation
Elastic Slip Vis Damping
Elastic Slip Vis Damping No
Separation
Lagrange Vis Damping
Lagrange Vis Damping No
Separation
Point/1
Main Index
113 Chapter 2: Building A Model
Element Properties
More=data input is available for creating IRS (single node, planar) elements by scrolling down the input
properties menu bar on the previous page. Listed below are the remaining options contained in this menu.
Elastic Slip, Slip Tolerance, and No Sliding Contact are mutually exclusive. If values are entered for more
than one of these options, all but the first will be ignored.

Property Name Description
Friction in Dir_1 Defines the sliding friction in the element’s 1 direction. This is the
friction coefficient on the second card of the *FRICTION option
definition.
Elastic Slip Defines the absolute magnitude of the allowable maximum elastic
slip to be used in the stiffness method for sticking friction. This is
the value of the ELASTIC SLIP parameter on the ∗FRICTION
option.
Slip Tolerance Defines the value of , to redefine the ratio of allowable
maximum elastic slip to characteristic element length dimension.
The default is .005. This is the value of the SLIP TOLERANCE
parameter on the ∗FRICTION option.
Stiffness in Stick This is currently not used.
F
f
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Element Properties
114
Maximum Friction Stress Defines the equivalent shear stress limit of the gap element. This is
the value of the TAUMAX parameter on the ∗FRICTION option.
Clearance Zero-Pressure Defines the clearance at which the contact pressure is 0. This is the
c value on the *SURFACE CONTACT, SOFTENED option. This
property is only used for the Soft Contact option. This is a real
constant.
Pressure Zero Clearance Defines the pressure at zero clearance. This is the value on the
*SURFACE CONTACT, SOFTENED option. This property is only
used for the Soft Contact option. This is a real constant.
Maximum Overclosure Defines the maximum overclosure allowed in points not considered
in contact. This is the c value on the *SURFACE CONTACT
option. This property is only used for the Soft Contact option. This
is a real constant.
Maximum Negative
Pressure
Defines the magnitude of the maximum negative pressure allowed
to be carried across points in contact. This is the value on the
*SURFACE CONTACT option. This property is only used for the
Hard Contact option. This is a real constant.
No Sliding Contact Chooses the Lagrange multiplier formulation for sticking friction
when completely rough (no slip) friction is desired.
Clearance Zero Damping Clearance at which the damping coefficient is zero.
Damping Zero Clearance Damping coefficient at zero clearance.
Frac Clearance Const
Damping
Fraction of the clearance interval over which the damping
coefficient is constant.
Property Name Description
p
0
p
0
Main Index
115 Chapter 2: Building A Model
Element Properties
IRS (Single Node, Spatial)
Options above create IRS13 elements with ∗INTERFACE and ∗FRICTION properties. This element
defines an interface between a node on a spatial model and a rigid surface.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 0D IRS
(single
node)
Spatial Elastic Slip Soft Contact
Elastic Slip Hard Contact
Lagrange Soft Contact
Lagrange Hard Contact
Elastic Slip No Separation
Lagrange No Separation
Elastic Slip Vis Damping
Elastic Slip Vis Damping
No Separation
Lagrange Vis Damping
Lagrange Vis Damping
No Separation
Point/1
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Element Properties
116
More data input is available for creating IRS (single node, spatial) elements by scrolling down the input
properties menu bar on the previous page. Listed below are the remaining options contained in this menu.
Elastic Slip, Slip Tolerance, and No Sliding Contact are mutually exclusive. If values are entered for more
than one of these options, all but the first will be ignored.

Property Name Description
Friction in Dir_1
Friction in Dir_2
Defines the sliding friction in the element’s 1- and 2-directions. These are
the friction coefficients on the second card of the ∗FRICTION option. If
Friction in Dir_2 is specified, then the ANISOTROPIC parameter is
included on the ∗FRICTION option. These values can be either real
constants or references to existing field definitions.
Elastic Slip Defines the absolute magnitude of the allowable maximum elastic slip to
be used in the stiffness method for sticking friction. This is the value of
the ELASTIC SLIP parameter on the ∗FRICTION option.
Slip Tolerance Defines the value of , to redefine the ratio of allowable maximum
elastic slip to characteristic element length dimension. The default is
.005. This is the value of the SLIP TOLERANCE parameter on the
∗FRICTION option.
F
f
Main Index
117 Chapter 2: Building A Model
Element Properties
General Beam in Plane
Options above create B21, B22, B23, B21H, B22H, or B23H elements, depending on the specified
options and topology. ∗BEAM GENERAL SECTION, SECTION=GENERAL properties are also
created. This defines a general section beam which is restricted to remain in the XY plane.
Stiffness in Stick This is currently not used.
Maximum Friction
Stress
Defines the equivalent shear stress limit of the gap element. This is the
equivalent shear stress limit value on the second card of the *FRICTION
option.
Clearance Zero-Pressure Defines the clearance at which the contact pressure is 0. This is the
c value on the *SURFACE CONTACT, SOFTENED option. This
property is only used for the Soft Contact option. This is a real constant.
Pressure Zero Clearance Defines the pressure at zero clearance. This is the value on the
*SURFACE CONTACT, SOFTENED option. This property is only used
for the Soft Contact option. This is a real constant.
Maximum Overclosure Defines the maximum overclosure allowed in points not considered in
contact. This is the c value on the *SURFACE CONTACT option. This
property is only used for the Soft Contact option. This is a real constant.
Maximum Negative
Pressure
Defines the magnitude of the maximum negative pressure allowed to be
carried across points in contact. This is the value on the *SURFACE
CONTACT option. This property is only used for the Hard Contact
option. This is a real constant.
No Sliding Contact Chooses the Language multiplier formulation for sticking friction when
completely rough (no slip) friction is desired.
Clearance Zero
Damping
Clearance at which the damping coefficient is zero.
Damping Zero
Clearance
Damping coefficient at zero clearance.
Frac Clearance Const
Damping
Fraction of the clearance interval over which the damping coefficient is
constant.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 1D Beam in XY
Plane
General
Section
Standard Formulation
Hybrid
Cubic Interpolation
Cubic Hybrid
Bar/2, Bar/3
Bar/2, Bar/3
Bar/2
Bar/2
Property Name Description
p
0
p
0
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Element Properties
118
More data input is available for creating General Beam in Plane elements by scrolling down the input
properties menu bar on the previous page. Listed below are the remaining options contained in this menu.

Property Name Description
Poisson Parameter Permits an “overall” change of the cross section dimensions as a
function of the axial strains. This is the value of the POISSON
parameter on the *BEAM GENERAL SECTION option.
Shear Factor The product of this factor, the beam cross-sectional area, and the
shear modulus for the material defines the transverse shear stiffness
for the beam.
Main Index
119 Chapter 2: Building A Model
Element Properties
Box Beam in Plane/Space
Options above create B21, B22, B23, B21H, B22H, or B23H elements in a plane, or B31, B32, B33, B34,
B31H, B32H or B33H elements in space, depending on the specified options and topology. ∗BEAM
SECTION, SECTION=BOX properties are also created. The planar box section beam is restricted to
remain in the XY-plane. For the spatial beam, ∗TRANSVERSE SHEAR STIFFNESS is also created, as
required.
Analysis
Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 1D Beam in
XY Plane
Box Section Standard Formulation
Hybrid
Cubic Interpolation
Cubic Hybrid
Bar/2, Bar/3
Bar/2, Bar/3
Bar/2
Bar/2
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Element Properties
120
Main Index
121 Chapter 2: Building A Model
Element Properties
More data input is available for creating Box Beam in Plane elements by scrolling down the input
properties menu bar on the previous page. Listed below are the remaining options contained in this menu.

Beam Shape Display in Plane/Space
All of the beam shapes can be displayed in their proper orientation on the 3D model. To activate the
display, go to Display/Load/BC/Elem. Props... and set the "Beam Display" option. These options are
discribed in detail in Display>LBC/Element Property Attributes (p. 385) in the Patran Reference Manual.
The beam display is shown on beam elements only, not geometry.
Property Name Description
Thickness_RHS
Thickness_TOP
Thickness_LHS
Thickness_BOT
Defines the wall thickness of the element cross section. These are for
the right-hand side, top, left-hand side, and bottom, respectively.
These are four of the data values on the second card of the *BEAM
SECTION option. These can be either real constants or references to
existing field definitions. These properties are required.
Poisson Parameter Permits an “overall” change of the cross section dimensions as a
function of the axial strains. This is the value of the POISSON
parameter on the *BEAM GENERAL SECTION option.
Shear Factor The product of this factor, the beam cross-sectional area, and the shear
modulus for the material defines the transverse shear stiffness for the
beam.
Definition of XY Plane (for
beams in space only)
Defines the orientation of the XY-plane of the element coordinate
system. The required input is a vector in the beam’s 1-direction. This
corresponds to the second line of data under the *BEAM SECTION
option. All of the Patran tools are available via the select menu to
define this vector.
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Element Properties
122
Additional Beam Shapes in Plane/Space
Additional commonly used beam cross-sectional shapes are defined by forms analogous to that for box
beams. The planar option defines a beam which is restricted to remain in the XY plane. For the spatial
beam, *ORIENTATION and *TRANSVERSE SHEAR STIFFNESS is also created, as required.
CIRCULAR BEAM (SOLID)
This property will have the SECTION=CIRC parameter. All that is required for the definition of the cross
section is the radius. The integration schemes for planar analysis (left) and spatial analysis(right) are
shown below.
HEXAGONAL BEAM
This property will have the SECTION=HEX parameter. All that is required for the definition of the cross
section is the circumscribing radius and the wall thickness. The integration schemes for planar analysis
(left) and spatial analysis (right) are shown below.
Main Index
123 Chapter 2: Building A Model
Element Properties
I-SECTION
This property will have the SECTION=I parameter. The height of section, flange widths, and associated
thicknesses are required. In addition, the height of the centroid, depicted as “l” is also required. This
allows placement of the origin of the local cross-section axis anywhere on the symmetry line. Note also
that judicious specification of the flange widths and thicknesses will allow modelling of a T-section. See
p. 3.5.2-11 of the ABAQUS User’s Manual for details. The integration schemes for planar analysis (left)
and spatial analysis (right) are shown below.
PIPE BEAM
This property will have the SECTION=PIPE parameter. The pipe thickness and outside radius define
the cross section. The integration schemes for planar analysis (left) and spatial analysis (right) are
shown below.
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Element Properties
124
RECTANGULAR BEAM(SOLID)
This property will have the SECTION=RECT parameter. The section width and section height define the
cross section. The integration schemes for planar analysis (left) and spatial analysis (right) are
shown below.
TRAPEZOID BEAM(SOLID)
This property will have the SECTION=TRAP parameter. The top and bottom width and section height
define the cross section. The integration schemes for planar analysis (left) and spatial analysis (right) are
shown below.
General Beam in Space
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 1D Beam in
Space
General
Section
Standard Formulation
Hybrid
Cubic Interpolation
Cubic Hybrid
Cubic Initially
Straight
Bar/2, Bar/3
Bar/2, Bar/3
Bar/2
Bar/2
Bar/2
Main Index
125 Chapter 2: Building A Model
Element Properties
Options above create B31, B32, B33, B34, B31H, B32H, or B33H elements depending on the specified
options and topology. *BEAM GENERAL SECTION properties are also created. This property will have
the SECTION=GENERAL parameter. *ORIENTATION and *TRANSVERSE SHEAR STIFFNESS
options are also created, as required. This defines a general section beam.
More data input is available for creating General Beam in Space elements by scrolling down the input
properties menu bar on the previous page. Listed below are the remaining options contained in this menu.
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Element Properties
126

Property Name Description
Area Moment I12 Defines the area moment of the element cross section. This is the I12
value on the second card of the *BEAM GENERAL SECTION
option. This can be either a real constant or a reference to an existing
field definition.
Torsional Constant Defines the torsional constant of the element cross section. This is the
J value on the second card of the *BEAM GENERAL SECTION
option. This can be either a real constant or a reference to an existing
field definition.
Definition of XY Plane Defines the orientation of the XY plane of the element coordinate
system. The required input is a vector in the beam’s 1-direction. This
corresponds to the second line of data under the ∗BEAM GENERAL
SECTION option. All of the Patran tools are available via the select
menu to define this vector.
Centroid Coord 1
Centroid Coord 2
Defines the location of the centroid of the cross section with respect
to the local cross section coordinate system. These values are either
real constants or references to existing field definitions. These are the
values on the ∗CENTROID suboption of the ∗BEAM GENERAL
SECTION option.
Shear Centroid Coord 1
Shear Centroid Coord 2
Defines the location of the shear centroid of the cross section with
respect to the nodal locations. These values are measured in the local
cross section coordinate system. These values are either real constants
or references to existing field definitions. These are the values on the
*SHEAR CENTER suboption on the *BEAM GENERAL SECTION
option.
Poisson Parameter Permits an “overall” change of the cross section dimensions as a
function of the axial strains. This is the value of the POISSON
parameter on the *BEAM GENERAL SECTION option.
Shear Factor The product of this factor, the beam cross-sectional area, and the shear
modulus for the material defines the transverse shear stiffness for the
beam. This value appears on the ∗TRANSVERSE SHEAR
STIFFNESS option.
Section Point Coord 1
Section Point Coord 2
Defines the coordinates of points in the beam cross section where
output is requested. These are lists of real constants. These values are
measured in the beam cross section coordinate system. The lists must
have the same number of entries. These are the values on the
*SECTION POINTS suboption of the *BEAM GENERAL
SECTION option.
Main Index
127 Chapter 2: Building A Model
Element Properties
Arbitrary Beam in Space
Options above create B31, B32, B33, B34, B31H, B32H, or B33H elements depending on the specified
options and topology. ∗BEAM SECTION, SECTION=ARBITRARY properties are also created.
∗ORIENTATION and ∗TRANSVERSE SHEAR STIFFNESS options are created, as required. This
defines an arbitrary section beam.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 1D Beam in
Space
Arbitrary
Section
Standard
Formulation
Hybrid
Cubic Interpolation
Cubic Hybrid
Cubic Initially
Straight
Bar/2, Bar/3
Bar/2, Bar/3
Bar/2
Bar/2
Bar/2
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Element Properties
128
More data input is available for creating Arbitrary Beam in Space elements by scrolling down the input
properties menu bar on the previous page. Listed below are the remaining options contained in this menu

Property Name Description
Definition of XY Plane Defines the cross section axis N1 of the beam such that the tangent
along the beam and the cross section axes N1 and N2 form a right-
hand rule. This is the data on the second card of the ∗BEAM
SECTION option. This is a real vector. This property is required.
Poisson Parameter Permits an “overall” change of the cross section dimensions as a
function of the axial strains. This is the value of the POISSON
parameter on the *BEAM GENERAL SECTION option.
Main Index
129 Chapter 2: Building A Model
Element Properties
Shear Factor The product of this factor, the beam cross-sectional area, and the shear
modulus for the material defines the transverse shear stiffness for the
beam. This value appears on the ∗TRANSVERSE SHEAR
STIFFNESS option.
Property Name Description
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Element Properties
130
Curved Pipe in Space
Options above create ELBOW31, ELBOW32, ELBOW31B, or C elements depending on the specified
options and topology. ∗BEAM SECTION, SECTION=ELBOW properties are also created.
∗ORIENTATION and ∗TRANSVERSE SHEAR STIFFNESS options are created, as required. This
defines an elbow element.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 1D Beam in
Space
Curved
w/Pipe
Section
Standard Formulation
Ovalization Only
Ovaliz Only w/ Approx
Fourier
Bar/2, Bar/3
Bar/2
Bar/2
Main Index
131 Chapter 2: Building A Model
Element Properties
More data input is available for creating Curved Pipe in Space elements by scrolling down the input
properties menu bar on the previous page. Listed below are the remaining options contained in this menu.

Property Name Description
Torus Radius Defines the radius of the elbow bend. This is one of the data values on the
second card of the *BEAM SECTION option. This is either a real
constant or a reference to an existing field definition. This property is
required.
Integ Points around Pi Defines the number of integration points to be used around the pipe cross
section. This is the second value on the fourth card of the *BEAM
SECTION option. This is an integer value. This property is required.
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Element Properties
132
L-Section Beam in Space
Options above create B31, B32, B33, B34, B31H, B32H, or B33H elements depending on the specified
options and topology. ∗BEAM SECTION, SECTION=L properties are also created.
∗ORIENTATION and ∗TRANSVERSE SHEAR STIFFNESS options are created, as required. This
defines an L-section beam.
Point Tangents Inters Defines the orientation of the XY plane of the element coordinate system.
This is the data on the second card of the *BEAM SECTION option. This
is a Node ID. This property is required.
Integ Points thru Thick Defines the number of integration points to be used through the pipe wall
thickness. This is the first value on the fourth card of the *BEAM
SECTION option. This is an integer value.
# Ovalization Modes Defines the number of ovalization modes to be included in the shape
functions of this element. This is the third value of the fourth card of the
*BEAM SECTION option. This is an integer value.
Poisson Parameter Permits an “overall” change of the cross section dimensions as a function
of the axial strains. This is the value of the POISSON parameter on the
∗BEAM SECTION option.
Shear Factor The product of this factor, the beam cross-sectional area, and the shear
modulus for the material defines the transverse shear stiffness for the
beam. This value appears on the ∗TRANSVERSE SHEAR STIFFNESS
option.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 1D Beam in
Space
L-Section Standard Formulation
Hybrid
Cubic Interpolation
Cubic Hybrid
Cubic Initially Straight
Bar/2, Bar/3
Bar/2, Bar/3
Bar/2
Bar/2
Bar/2
Property Name Description
Main Index
133 Chapter 2: Building A Model
Element Properties
More data input is available for creating L-Section Beam in Space elements by scrolling down the input
properties menu bar on the previous page. Listed below are the remaining options contained in this menu.

Property Name Description
Definition of XY
Plane
Defines the cross section axis N1 of the beam such that the tangent along the
beam and the cross section axes N1 and N2 form a right-hand rule. This is
the data on the second card of the *BEAM SECTION option. This is a real
vector. This property is required.
Poisson Parameter Permits an “overall” change of the cross section dimensions as a function of
the axial strains. This is the value of the POISSON parameter on the ∗BEAM
SECTION option.
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Element Properties
134
Open Beam in Space
Options above create B31OS, B32OS, B31OSH, or B32OSH elements depending on the specified
options and topology. ∗BEAM GENERAL SECTION, SECTION=GENERAL properties are also
created. ∗ORIENTATION and ∗TRANSVERSE SHEAR STIFFNESS options are created, as required.
This defines an open section beam.
Shear Factor The product of this factor, the beam cross sectional area, and the shear
modulus for the material defines the transverse shear stiffness for the beam.
This value appears on the ∗TRANSVERSE SHEAR STIFFNESS option.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 1D Beam in
Space
Open
Section
Standard Formulation
Hybrid
Bar/2, Bar/3
Bar/2, Bar/3
Property Name Description
Main Index
135 Chapter 2: Building A Model
Element Properties
More data input is available for creating Open Beam in Space elements by scrolling down the input
properties menu bar on the previous page. Listed below are the remaining options contained in this menu.
Property Name Description
Area Moment I12 Defines the area moment of the element cross section. This is the I12 value on
the second card of the *BEAM GENERAL SECTION option. This can be
either a real constant or a reference to an existing field definition.
Torsional Constant Defines the torsional constant of the element cross section. This is the J value
on the second card of the *BEAM GENERAL SECTION option. This can be
either a real constant or a reference to an existing field definition.
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Element Properties
136
Truss
Definition of XY Plane Defines the cross section axis N1 of the beam such that the tangent along the
beam and the cross section axes N1 and N2 form a right-hand rule. This is the
data on the second card of the *BEAM GENERAL SECTION option. This is
a real vector. This property is required.
1st. Sectorial Moment This can be either a real constant or a reference to an existing field definition.
This property is required for open section beams.
Warping Constant This can be either a real constant or a reference to an existing field definition.
This property is required for open section beams.
Centroid Coord 1
Centroid Coord 2
Defines the location of the centroid of the cross section with respect to the
local cross section coordinate system. These values are either real constants
or references to existing field definitions. These are the values on the
∗CENTROID suboption of the ∗BEAM GENERAL SECTION option.
Shear Center Coord 1
Shear Center Coord 2
Defines the location of the shear centroid of the cross section with respect to
the local cross section coordinate system. These values are either real
constants or references to existing field definitions. These are the values on
the ∗SHEAR CENTER suboption of the ∗BEAM GENERAL SECTION
option.
Poisson Parameter Permits an “overall” change of the cross section dimensions as a function of
the axial strains. This is the value of the POISSON parameter on the *BEAM
GENERAL SECTION option.
Shear Factor The product of this factor, the beam cross-sectional area, and the shear
modulus for the material defines the transverse shear stiffness for the beam.
This value appears on the ∗TRANSVERSE SHEAR STIFFNESS option.
Section Point Coord 1
Section Point Coord 2
Defines the coordinates of points in the beam cross section where output is
requested. These are lists of real constants. These values are measured in the
beam cross section coordinate system. The lists must have the same number
of entries. These are the values on the ∗SECTION POINTS suboption of the
∗BEAM GENERAL SECTION option.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 1D Truss Standard
Formulation
Hybrid
Bar/2. Bar/3
Bar/2. Bar/3
Property Name Description
Main Index
137 Chapter 2: Building A Model
Element Properties
Options above create T3D2, T3D2H, T3D3, or T3D3H elements depending on the specified options and
topology. *SOLID SECTION properties are also created. The cross sectional area is included on the
*SOLID SECTION option.
Linear Spring (Axial)
Options above create SPRINGA elements with *SPRING properties. This element defines a linear spring
between two nodes whose line of action is the line joining the two nodes.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 1D Spring Linear Standard Formulation Bar/2
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Element Properties
138
Linear Spring (Fixed Direction)
Options above create SPRING2 elements with *SPRING properties.This element defines a linear spring
between specified degrees-of-freedoms at two nodes. An *ORIENTATION option may also be created,
as required.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 1D Spring Linear Fixed Direction Bar/2
Main Index
139 Chapter 2: Building A Model
Element Properties
Nonlinear Spring (Axial)
Options above create SPRINGA elements with *SPRING properties.This element defines a nonlinear
spring between two nodes whose line of action is the line joining the two nodes.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 1D Spring Nonlinear Standard
Formulation
Bar/2
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Element Properties
140
Nonlinear Spring (Fixed Direction)
Options above create SPRING2 elements with ∗SPRING properties. This element type defines a
nonlinear spring between two nodes, acting in a fixed direction. An ∗ORIENTATION option may also
be created, as required.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 1D Spring Nonlinear Fixed Direction Bar/2
Main Index
141 Chapter 2: Building A Model
Element Properties
Linear Damper (Axial)
Options above create DASHPOTA elements with ∗DASHPOT properties. This element type defines a
linear damper between two nodes whose line of action is the line joining the two nodes.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 1D Damper Linear Standard
Formulation
Bar/2
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Element Properties
142
Linear Damper (Fixed Direction)
Options above create DASHPOT2 elements with ∗DASHPOT properties. This element type defines a
linear damper between two nodes, acting in a fixed direction. An ∗lofbkq^qflk option may also be
created, as required.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 1D Damper Linear Fixed Direction Bar/2
Main Index
143 Chapter 2: Building A Model
Element Properties
Nonlinear Damper (Axial)
Options above create DASHPOTA elements with ∗DASHPOT properties. This element type defines a
nonlinear damper between two nodes whose line of action is the line joining the two nodes.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 1D Damper Nonlinear Standard
Formulation
Bar/2
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Element Properties
144
Nonlinear Damper (Fixed Direction)
Options above create DASHPOT2 elements with ∗a^pemlq properties. This element type defines a
nonlinear damper between two specified nodes, acting in a fixed direction. An ∗lofbkq^qflk option
may also be created, as required.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 1D Damper Nonlinear Fixed Direction Bar/2
Main Index
145 Chapter 2: Building A Model
Element Properties
Gap (Uniaxial), Gap (Cylindrical)
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 1D Gap Cylindrical
Uniaxial
True Distance
Elastic Slip Soft Contact
Elastic Slip Hard Contact
Lagrange Soft Contact
Lagrange Hard Contact
Elastic Slip No Separation
Lagrange No Separation
Elastic Slip Vis Damping
Elastic Slip Vis Damping
No Separation
Lagrange Vis Damping
Lagrange Vis Damping No
Separation
Bar/2
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Element Properties
146
Options above create GAPUNI or GAPCYL elements with *GAP properties. The ∗FRICTION option is
created, as required.
Main Index
147 Chapter 2: Building A Model
Element Properties
Gap (Spherical)
Options above create GAPSPHER elements with *GAP properties. The *FRICTION option is created,
as required.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 1D Gap Spherical True Distance
Elastic Slip Soft Contact
Elastic Slip Hard Contact
Lagrange Soft Contact
Lagrange Hard Contact
Elastic Slip No Separation
Lagrange No Separation
Elastic Slip Vis Damping
Elastic Slip Vis Damping
No Separation
Lagrange Vis Damping
Lagrange Vis Damping No
Separation
Bar/2
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Element Properties
148
Axisymmetric Shell
Options above create SAX1 or SAX2 elements, depending on the specified topology, with *SHELL
SECTION properties.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 1D Axisymmetric
Shell
Homogeneous Bar/2 Bar/3
Main Index
149 Chapter 2: Building A Model
Element Properties
Axisymmetric Shell (Laminate)
Options above create SAX1 or SAX2 elements, depending on the specified topology, with ∗SHELL
SECTION, COMPOSITE properties.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 1D Axisymmetric Shell Laminate Bar/2
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Element Properties
150
Main Index
151 Chapter 2: Building A Model
Element Properties
1D Interface
Options above create INTER1 elements with *INTERFACE, *FRICTION, and *SURFACE CONTACT
properties. The SOFTENED parameter on the *SURFACE CONTACT option may be included,
depending on the selected option. This element defines an interface region between two portions of an
axisymmetric model. These elements must be created from one contact surface to the other.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 1D 1D
Interface
Elastic Slip Soft Contact
Elastic Slip Hard
Contact
Lagrange Soft Contact
Lagrange Hard Contact
Elastic Slip No
Separation
Lagrange No Separation
Elastic Slip Vis
Damping
Elastic Slip Vis
Damping No Separation
Lagrange Vis Damping
Lagrange Vis Damping
No Separation
Bar/2
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Element Properties
152
More data input is available for creating 1D Interface elements by scrolling down the input properties
menu bar on the previous page. Listed below are the remaining options contained in this menu. Elastic
Slip, Slip Tolerance, and No Sliding Contact are mutually exclusive. If values are entered for more than
one of these options, all but the first will be ignored.

Property Name Description
Elastic Slip Defines the absolute magnitude of the allowable maximum elastic slip
to be used in the stiffness method for sticking friction. This is the value
of the ELASTIC SLIP parameter on the ∗FRICTION option.
Slip tolerance Defines the value of , to redefine the ratio of allowable maximum
elastic slip to characteristic element length dimension. The default is
.005. This is the value of the SLIP TOLERANCE parameter on the
∗FRICTION option.
Stiffness in Stick This is currently not used.
Maximum Friction Stress Defines the equivalent shear stress limit of the gap element. This is the
value of the TAUMAX parameter on the ∗FRICTION option.
F
f
Main Index
153 Chapter 2: Building A Model
Element Properties
Planar ISL (In Plane)
Clearance Zero-Pressure Defines the clearance at which the contact pressure is 0. This is the c
value on the ∗SURFACE CONTACT, SOFTENED option. This
property is only used for the Soft Contact option. This is a real constant.
Pressure Zero Clearance Defines the pressure at zero clearance. This is the value on the
*SURFACE CONTACT, SOFTENED option. This property is only used
for the Soft Contact option. This is a real constant.
Maximum Overclosure Defines the maximum overclosure allowed in points not considered in
contact. This is the c value on the ∗SURFACE CONTACT option. This
property is only used for the Soft Contact option. This is a real constant.
Maximum Negative
Pressure
Defines the magnitude of the maximum negative pressure allowed to be
carried across points in contact. This is the value on the ∗SURFACE
CONTACT option. This property is only used for the Hard Contact
option. This is a real constant.
No Sliding Contact Chooses the Language multiplier formulation for sticking friction when
completely rough (no slip) friction is desired.
Clearance Zero Damping Clearance at which the damping coefficient is zero.
Damping Zero Clearance Damping coefficient at zero clearance.
Frac Clearance Const
Damping
Fraction of the clearance interval over which the damping coefficient
is constant.
Analysis Type
Dimensio
n Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 1D ISL (in
plane)
Planar Elastic Slip Soft Contact
Elastic Slip Hard Contact
Lagrange Soft Contact
Lagrange Hard Contact
Elastic Slip No
Separation
Lagrange No Separation
Elastic Slip Vis Damping
Elastic Slip Vis Damping
No Separation
Lagrange Vis Damping
Lagrange Vis Damping
No Separation
Bar/2, Bar/3
Property Name Description
p
0
p
0
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Element Properties
154
Options above create ISL21 or ISL22 elements (depending on the selected topology) with *INTERFACE
and *FRICTION properties. This element defines an interface between the edge of an element on a planar
model and another part of the model.
More data input is available for creating Planar ISL (in plane) elements by scrolling down the input
properties menu bar on the previous page. Listed below are the remaining options contained in this menu.
Elastic Slip, Slip Tolerance, and No Sliding Contact are mutually exclusive. If values are entered for more
than one of these options, all but the first will be ignored.

Property Name Description
Friction in Dir_1 Defines the sliding friction in the element’s 1 direction. This is the
friction coefficient on the second card of the *FRICTION option.
Elastic Slip Defines the absolute magnitude of the allowable maximum elastic slip to
be used in the stiffness method for sticking friction. This is the value of
the ELASTIC SLIP parameter on the ∗FRICTION option.
Main Index
155 Chapter 2: Building A Model
Element Properties
Slip Tolerance Defines the value of , to redefine the ratio of allowable maximum
elastic slip to characteristic element length dimension. The default is
.005. This is the value of the SLIP TOLERANCE parameter on the
∗FRICTION option.
Stiffness in Stick This is currently not used.
Maximum Friction Stress Defines the equivalent shear stress limit of the gap element. This is the
value of the TAUMAX parameter on the ∗FRICTION option.
Clearance Zero Pressure Defines the clearance at which the contact pressure is 0. This is the
c value on the ∗SURFACE CONTACT, SOFTENED option. This
property is only used for the Soft Contact option. This is a real constant.
Press Zero Clearance Defines the pressure at zero clearance. This is the value on the
∗SURFACE CONTACT, SOFTENED option. This property is only used
for the Soft Contact option. This is a real constant.
Maximum Overclosure Defines the maximum overclosure allowed in points not considered in
contact. This is the c value on the *SURFACE CONTACT option. This
property is only used for the Soft Contact option. This is a real constant.
Maximum Negative
Pressure
Defines the magnitude of the maximum negative pressure allowed to be
carried across points in contact. This is the value on the ∗SURFACE
CONTACT option. This property is only used for the Hard Contact
option. This is a real constant.
No Sliding Contact Chooses the Language multiplier formulation for sticking friction when
completely rough (no slip) friction is desired.
Clearance Zero Damping Clearance at which the damping coefficient is zero.
Damping Zero Clearance Damping coefficient at zero clearance.
Frac Clearance Const
Damping
Fraction of the clearance interval over which the damping coefficient is
constant.
Property Name Description
F
f
p
0
p
0
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Element Properties
156
Axisymmetric ISL (In Plane)
Options above create ISL21A or ISL22A elements (depending on the selected topology) with
*INTERFACE and *FRICTION properties. This element defines an interface between the edge of an
element on an axisymmetric model and another part of the model.
Analysis
Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 1D ISL (in
plane)
Axisymmetric Elastic Slip Soft Contact
Elastic Slip Hard Contact
Lagrange Soft Contact
Lagrange Hard Contact
Elastic Slip No Separation
Lagrange No Separation
Elastic Slip Vis Damping
Elastic Slip Vis Damping
No Separation
Lagrange Vis Damping
Lagrange Vis Damping No
Separation
Bar/2, Bar/3
Main Index
157 Chapter 2: Building A Model
Element Properties
More data input is available for creating Axisymmetric ISL (in plane) elements by scrolling down the
input properties menu bar on the previous page. Listed below are the remaining options contained in this
menu. Elastic Slip, Slip Tolerance, and No Sliding Contact are mutually exclusive. If values are entered
for more than one of these options, all but the first will be ignored.

Property Name Description
Friction in Dir_1 Defines the sliding friction in the element’s 1 direction. This is the
friction coefficient on the second card of the *FRICTION option.
Elastic Slip Defines the absolute magnitude of the allowable maximum elastic slip
to be used in the stiffness method for sticking friction. This is the value
of the ELASTIC SLIP parameter on the ∗FRICTION option.
Slip Tolerance Defines the value of , to redefine the ratio of allowable maximum
elastic slip to characteristic element length dimension. The default is
.005. This is the value of the SLIP TOLERANCE parameter on the
∗FRICTION option.
Stiffness in Stick This is currently not used.
F
f
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Element Properties
158
Parallel ISL (In Space)
Maximum Friction Stress Defines the equivalent shear stress limit of the gap element. This is the
value of the TAUMAX parameter on the ∗FRICTION option.
Clearance Zero Pressure Defines the clearance at which the contact pressure is 0. This is the c
value on the *SURFACE CONTACT, SOFTENED option. This
property is only used for the Soft Contact option. This is a real
constant.
Press Zero Clearance Defines the pressure at zero clearance. This is the value on the
∗SURFACE CONTACT, SOFTENED option. This property is only
used for the Soft Contact option. This is a real constant.
Maximum Overclosure Defines the maximum overclosure allowed in points not considered in
contact. This is the c value on the *SURFACE CONTACT option. This
property is only used for the Soft Contact option. This is a real
constant.
Maximum Negative
Pressure
Defines the magnitude of the maximum negative pressure allowed to
be carried across points in contact. This is the value on the
*SURFACE CONTACT option. This property is only used for the
Hard Contact option. This is a real constant.
No Sliding Contact Chooses the Language multiplier formulation for sticking friction
when completely rough (no slip) friction is desired.
Clearance Zero Damping Clearance at which the damping coefficient is zero.
Damping Zero Clearance Damping coefficient at zero clearance.
Frac Clearance Const
Damping
Fraction of the clearance interval over which the damping coefficient
is constant.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 1D ISL (in
space)
Parallel Elastic Slip Soft Contact
Elastic Slip Hard Contact
Lagrange Soft Contact
Lagrange Hard Contact
Elastic Slip No Separation
Lagrange No Separation
Elastic Slip Vis Damping
Elastic Slip Vis Damping
No Separation
Lagrange Vis Dampin
Lagrange Vis Damping No
Separation
Bar/2, Bar/3
Property Name Description
p
0
p
0
Main Index
159 Chapter 2: Building A Model
Element Properties
Options above create ISL31 or ISL32 elements (depending on the selected topology) with *INTERFACE
and *FRICTION properties. This element type defines an interface between the edge of an element and
another part of the model.
More data input is available for creating Parallel ISL (in space) elements by scrolling down the input
properties menu bar on the previous page. Listed below are the remaining options contained in this menu.
Elastic Slip, Slip Tolerance, and No Sliding Contact are mutually exclusive. If values are entered for more
than one of these options, all but the first will be ignored.

Property Name Description
Friction in Dir_1
Friction in Dir_2
Defines the sliding friction in the element’s 1 and 2 directions. These are
the friction coefficients on the second card of the *FRICTION option. If
Friction in Dir_2 is specified, then the ANISOTROPIC parameter is
included on the *FRICTION option. These values can be either real
constants or references to existing field definitions.
Vector Defines the normal to the plane in which sliding contact occurs. This is
the second card of the *INTERFACE option. This value is a global
vector. This property is required.
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Element Properties
160
Elastic Slip Defines the absolute magnitude of the allowable maximum elastic slip to
be used in the stiffness method for sticking friction. This is the value of
the ELASTIC SLIP parameter on the *FRICTION option.
Slip Tolerance Defines the value of , to redefine the ratio of allowable maximum
elastic slip to characteristic element length dimension. The default is
.005. This is the value of the SLIP TOLERANCE parameter on the
*FRICTION option.
Stiffness in Stick This is currently not used.
Maximum Friction Stress Defines the equivalent shear stress limit of the gap element. This is the
value of the TAUMAX parameter on the *FRICTION option.
Clearance Zero Pressure Defines the clearance at which the contact pressure is 0. This is the c
value on the *SURFACE CONTACT, SOFTENED option. This property
is only used for the Soft Contact option. This is a real constant.
Pressure Zero Clearance Defines the pressure at zero clearance. This is the value on the
*SURFACE CONTACT, SOFTENED option. This property is only used
for the Soft Contact option. This is a real constant.
Maximum Overclosure Defines the maximum overclosure allowed in points not considered in
contact. This is the c value on the *SURFACE CONTACT option. This
property is only used for the Soft Contact option. This is a real constant.
Maximum Negative
Pressure
Defines the magnitude of the maximum negative pressure allowed to be
carried across points in contact. This is the p0 value on the *SURFACE
CONTACT option. This property is only used for the Hard Contact
option. This is a real constant.
No Sliding Contact Chooses the Language multiplier formulation for sticking friction when
completely rough (no slip) friction is desired.
Clearance Zero Damping Clearance at which the damping coefficient is zero.
Damping Zero Clearance Damping coefficient at zero clearance.
Frac Clearance Const
Damping
Fraction of the clearance interval over which the damping coefficient is
constant.
Property Name Description
F
f
p
0
Main Index
161 Chapter 2: Building A Model
Element Properties
Radial ISL (In Space)
Options above create ISL31 or ISL32 elements (depending on the selected topology) with *INTERFACE
and *FRICTION properties. This element defines an interface between the edge of an element and
another part of the model.
Analysis
Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 1D ISL (in space) Radial Elastic Slip Soft Contact
Elastic Slip Hard Contact
Lagrange Soft Contact
Lagrange Hard Contact
Elastic Slip No Separation
Lagrange No Separation
Elastic Slip Vis Damping
Elastic Slip Vis Damping
No Separation
Lagrange Vis Damping
Lagrange Vis Damping
No Separation
Bar/2, Bar/3
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Element Properties
162
More data input is available for creating Radial ISL (in space) elements by scrolling down the input
properties menu bar on the previous page. Listed below are the remaining options contained in this menu.
Elastic Slip, Slip Tolerance, and No Sliding Contact are mutually exclusive. If values are entered for more
than one of these options, all but the first will be ignored.

Property Name Description
Friction in Dir_1
Friction in Dir_2
Defines the sliding friction in the element’s 1- and 2-directions. These are
the friction coefficients on the second card of the ∗FRICTION option. If
Friction in Dir_2 is specified, then the ANISOTROPIC parameter is
included on the ∗FRICTION option. These values can be either real
constants or references to existing field definitions.
Vector Defines the normal to the plane in which sliding contact occurs. This is the
second card of the ∗INTERFACE option. This value is a global vector.
This property is required.
Elastic Slip Defines the absolute magnitude of the allowable maximum elastic slip to
be used in the stiffness method for sticking friction. This is the value of
the ELASTIC SLIP parameter on the ∗FRICTION option.
Main Index
163 Chapter 2: Building A Model
Element Properties
Slide Line
Options above create Slide Lines for the ISL elements. These elements must be equivalenced and
continuous.
Slip Tolerance Defines the value of , to redefine the ratio of allowable maximum
elastic slip to characteristic element length dimension. The default is .005.
This is the value of the SLIP TOLERANCE parameter on the
∗FRICTION option.
Stiffness in Stick This is currently not used.
Maximum Friction
Stress
Defines the equivalent shear stress limit of the gap element. This is the
value of the TAUMAX parameter on the ∗FRICTION option.
Clearance Zero
Pressure
Defines the clearance at which the contact pressure is 0. This is the c value
on the ∗SURFACE CONTACT, SOFTENED option. This property is only
used for the Soft Contact option. This is a real constant.
Pressure Zero
Clearance
Defines the pressure at zero clearance. This is the value on the
∗SURFACE CONTACT, SOFTENED option. This property is only used
for the Soft Contact option. This is a real constant.
Maximum Overclosure Defines the maximum overclosure allowed in points not considered in
contact. This is the c value on the *SURFACE CONTACT option. This
property is only used for the Soft Contact option. This is a real constant.
Maximum Negative
Pressure
Defines the magnitude of the maximum negative pressure allowed to be
carried across points in contact. This is the value on the ∗SURFACE
CONTACT option. This property is only used for the Hard Contact
option. This is a real constant.
No Sliding Contact Chooses the Language multiplier formulation for sticking friction when
completely rough (no slip) friction is desired.
Clearance Zero
Damping
Clearance at which the damping coefficient is zero.
Damping Zero
Clearance
Damping coefficient at zero clearance.
Frac Clearance Const
Damping
Fraction of the clearance interval over which the damping coefficient is
constant.
Analysis Type
Dimensio
n Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 1D Slide Line Bar/2, Bar/3
Property Name Description
F
f
p
0
p
0
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Element Properties
164
IRS (Planar)
Analysis
Type Dimension Type
Option
1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 1D IRS
(plane/axisym)
Planar Elastic Slip Soft Contact
Elastic Slip Hard Contact
Lagrange Soft Contact
Lagrange Hard Contact
Elastic Slip No Separation
Lagrange No Separation
Elastic Slip Vis Damping
Elastic Slip Vis Damping
No Separation
Lagrange Vis Damping
Lagrange Vis Damping No
Separation
Bar/2, Bar/3
Main Index
165 Chapter 2: Building A Model
Element Properties
Options above create IRS21 or IRS22 elements (depending on the selected topology) with *INTERFACE
and *FRICTION properties. This element type defines an interface between the edge of a linear element
on a planar model and a rigid surface.
More data input is available for creating IRS (planar) elements by scrolling down the input properties
menu bar on the previous page. Listed below are the remaining options contained in this menu. Elastic
Slip, Slip Tolerance, and No Sliding Contact are mutually exclusive. If values are entered for more than
one of these options, all but the first will be ignored.

Property Name Description
Friction in Dir_1 Defines the sliding friction in the element’s 1 direction. This is the
friction coefficient on the second card of the *FRICTION option.
Elastic Slip Defines the absolute magnitude of the allowable maximum elastic slip
to be used in the stiffness method for sticking friction. This is the value
of the ELASTIC SLIP parameter on the *FRICTION option.
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Element Properties
166
Slip Tolerance Defines the value of , to redefine the ratio of allowable maximum
elastic slip to characteristic element length dimension. The default is
.005. This is the value of the SLIP TOLERANCE parameter on the
*FRICTION option.
Stiffness in Stick This is currently not used.
Maximum Friction Stress Defines the equivalent shear stress limit of the gap element. This is the
value of the TAUMAX parameter on the *FRICTION option.
Clearance Zero Pressure Defines the clearance at which the contact pressure is 0. This is the c
value on the *SURFACE CONTACT, SOFTENED option. This
property is only used for the Soft Contact option. This is a real
constant.
Pressure Zero Clearance Defines the pressure at zero clearance. This is the value on the
*SURFACE CONTACT, SOFTENED option. This property is only
used for the Soft Contact option. This is a real constant.
Maximum Overclosure Defines the maximum overclosure allowed in points considered not in
contact. This is the c value on the *SURFACE CONTACT option.
This property is only used for the Hard Contact option. This is a
real constant.
Maximum Negative
Pressure
Defines the magnitude of the maximum negative pressure allowed to
be carried across points in contact. This is the value on the
*SURFACE CONTACT option. This property is only used for the
Hard Contact option. This is a real constant.
No Sliding Contact Chooses the Language multiplier formulation for sticking friction
when completely rough (no slip) friction is desired.
Clearance Zero Damping Clearance at which the damping coefficient is zero.
Damping Zero Clearance Damping coefficient at zero clearance.
Frac Clearance Const
Damping
Fraction of the clearance interval over which the damping coefficient
is constant.
Property Name Description
F
f
p
0
p
0
Main Index
167 Chapter 2: Building A Model
Element Properties
IRS (Axisymmetric)
Options above create IRS21A or IRS22A elements (depending on the selected topology) with
*INTERFACE and *FRICTION properties. This element type defines an interface between the edge of
a linear element on an axisymmetric model and a rigid surface.
Analysis
Type
Dimensio
n Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 1D IRS
(plane/axisym)
Axisymmetric Elastic Slip Soft Contact
Elastic Slip Hard
Contact
Lagrange Soft Contact
Lagrange Hard Contact
Elastic Slip No
Separation
Lagrange No Separation
Elastic Slip Vis
Damping
Elastic Slip Vis
Damping No Separation
Lagrange Vis Damping
Lagrange Vis Damping
No Separation
Bar/2, Bar/3
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Element Properties
168
More data input is available for creating IRS (axisymmetric) elements by scrolling down the input
properties menu bar on the previous page. Listed below are the remaining options contained in this menu.
Elastic Slip, Slip Tolerance, and No Sliding Contact are mutually exclusive. If values are entered for more
than one of these options, all but the first will be ignored.

Property Name Description
Friction in Dir_1 Defines the sliding friction in the element’s 1 direction. This is the
friction coefficient on the second card of the *FRICTION option.
Elastic Slip Defines the absolute magnitude of the allowable maximum elastic slip to
be used in the stiffness method for sticking friction. This is the value of
the ELASTIC SLIP parameter on the ∗FRICTION option.
Slip Tolerance Defines the value of , to redefine the ratio of allowable maximum
elastic slip to characteristic element length dimension. The default is
.005. This is the value of the SLIP TOLERANCE parameter on the
∗FRICTION option.
Stiffness in Stick This is currently not used.
F
f
Main Index
169 Chapter 2: Building A Model
Element Properties
IRS (Beam/Pipe)
Maximum Friction Stress Defines the equivalent shear stress limit of the gap element. This is the
value of the TAUMAX parameter on the ∗FRICTION option.
Clearance Zero Pressure Defines the clearance at which the contact pressure is 0. This is the c
value on the ∗SURFACE CONTACT, SOFTENED option. This property
is only used for the Soft Contact option. This is a real constant.
Pressure Zero Clearance Defines the pressure at zero clearance. This is the value on the
∗SURFACE CONTACT, SOFTENED option. This property is only used
for the Soft Contact option. This is a real constant.
Maximum Overclosure Defines the maximum overclosure allowed in points considered not in
contact. This is the c value on the ∗SURFACE CONTACT option. This
property is only used for the Hard Contact option. This is a real constant.
Maximum Negative
Pressure
Defines the magnitude of the maximum negative pressure allowed to be
carried across points in contact. This is the value on the ∗SURFACE
CONTACT option. This property is only used for the Hard Contact
option. This is a real constant.
No Sliding Contact Chooses the Language multiplier formulation for sticking friction when
completely rough (no slip) friction is desired.
Clearance Zero Damping Clearance at which the damping coefficient is zero.
Damping Zero Clearance Damping coefficient at zero clearance.
Frac Clearance Const
Damping
Fraction of the clearance interval over which the damping coefficient
is constant.
Analysis
Type Dimension Type Option 1
Option
2 Topologies
Structural 1D IRS
(beam/pipe)
Elastic Slip Soft Contact
Elastic Slip Hard Contact
Lagrange Soft Contact
Lagrange Hard Contact
Elastic Slip No Separation
Lagrange No Separation
Elastic Slip Vis Damping
Elastic Slip Vis Damping
No Separation
Lagrange Vis Damping
Lagrange Vis Damping No
Separation
Bar/2, Bar/3
Property Name Description
p
0
p
0
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Element Properties
170
Options above create IRS31 or IRS32 elements (depending on the selected topology) with *INTERFACE
and *FRICTION properties. This element type defines an interface between a beam or pipe element on
a spatial model and a rigid surface.
More data input is available for creating IRS (beam/pipe) elements by scrolling down the input properties
menu bar on the previous page. Listed below are the remaining options contained in this menu. Elastic
Slip, Slip Tolerance, and No Sliding Contact are mutually exclusive. If values are entered for more than
one of these options, all but the first will be ignored.

Property Name Description
Friction in Dir_1
Friction in Dir_2
Defines the sliding friction in the element’s 1 and 2 directions. These are
the friction coefficients on the second card of the *FRICTION option. If
Friction in Dir_2 is specified, then the ANISOTROPIC parameter is
included on the *FRICTION option. These values can be either real
constants or references to existing field definitions.
Elastic Slip Defines the absolute magnitude of the allowable maximum elastic slip to
be used in the stiffness method for sticking friction. This is the value of
the ELASTIC SLIP parameter on the *FRICTION option.
Main Index
171 Chapter 2: Building A Model
Element Properties
Rigid Surface (Segments)
Options above create a ∗RIGID SURFACE, TYPE=SEGMENTS option (see Section 7.4.7 of the
ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual).
The rigid surface is defined by creating Bar/2 elements. All the elements must be connected and should
not have duplicate nodes. The start Point (Node ID) defines the positive progression direction along the
surface. The right-handed rotation from this direction defines the outward normal.
Slip Tolerance Defines the value of , to redefine the ratio of allowable maximum
elastic slip to characteristic element length dimension. The default is
.005. This is the value of the SLIP TOLERANCE parameter on the
*FRICTION option.
Stiffness in Stick This is currently not used.
Maximum Friction Stress Defines the equivalent shear stress limit of the gap element. This is the
value of the TAUMAX parameter on the *FRICTION option.
Clearance Zero Pressure Defines the clearance at which the contact pressure is 0. This is the c
value on the *SURFACE CONTACT, SOFTENED option. This property
is only used for the Soft Contact option. This is a real constant.
Pressure Zero Clearance Defines the pressure at zero clearance. This is the value on the
*SURFACE CONTACT, SOFTENED option. This property is only used
for the Soft Contact option. This is a real constant.
Maximum Overclosure Defines the maximum overclosure allowed in points not considered in
contact. This is the c value on the *SURFACE CONTACT option. This
property is only used for the Soft Contact option. This is a real constant.
Maximum Negative
Pressure
Defines the magnitude of the maximum negative pressure allowed to be
carried across points in contact. This is the value on the *SURFACE
CONTACT option. This property is only used for the Hard Contact
option. This is a real constant.
No Sliding Contact Defines the ROUGH parameter on the *FRICTION option. This
property is only used for the Lagrange option.
Clearance Zero Damping Clearance at which the damping coefficient is zero.
Damping Zero Clearance Damping coefficient at zero clearance.
Frac Clearance Const
Damping
Fraction of the clearance interval over which the damping coefficient is
constant.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 1D Rigid Surf (Seg) Bar/2
Property Name Description
F
f
p
0
p
0
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Element Properties
172
Rigid Surface (Cylindrical)
Options above create a ∗RIGID SURFACE, TYPE = CYLINDRICAL option (see Section 7.4.7 of the
ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual).
The rigid surface is first defined by creating Bar/2 elements. All the elements must be connected and
should not have duplicate nodes.
The rigid surface’s +x direction is defined from the start point (node ID) along the line of the rigid
surface. The +y direction is away from the object the rigid surface will be in contact with. The +z
direction (the surface generation vector) is defined by using right-hand rule, crossing the rigid surface’s
+x axis with the +y axis.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 1D Rigid Surf (Cyl) Bar/2
Main Index
173 Chapter 2: Building A Model
Element Properties
Rigid Surface (Axisymmetric)
Options above create a ∗RIGID SURFACE, TYPE=AXISYMMETRIC option (see Section 7.4.7 of the
ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual).
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 1D Rigid Surf (Axi) Bar/2
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Element Properties
174
The rigid surface is defined by creating Bar/2 elements. All the elements must be connected and should
not have duplicate nodes. The Start Point defines the positive progression direction along the surface. The
right-handed rotation from this direction defines the outward normal.
Rigid Surface (Bezier 2D)
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 1D Rigid Surf (Bz2D) Bar/2
Main Index
175 Chapter 2: Building A Model
Element Properties
Options above create a ∗RIGID SURFACE, TYPE=BEZIER option for use in two-dimensional analysis
(see Section 7.4.7 of the ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual).
The rigid surface is defined by creating Bar/2 elements. All the elements must be connected and should
not have duplicate nodes. The Start Point defines the positive progression direction along the surface. The
right-handed rotation from this direction defines the outward normal.
Rigid Line (LBC)
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 1D Rigid Line(LBC) Bar/2
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Element Properties
176
This property set is created when the Rigid-Deform contact LBC is created in the Loads/BCs menu. The
creation or deletion of this property set is not required by the user. The elements associated with this
property set are translated as R2D2 and RAX2 elements.
Rebar
The options above create SFMAX1, SFMAX2, SFMGAX1 and SFMGAX2 elements (depending on the
selected options and topologies) with *SURFACE SECTION properties. The *EMBEDDED ELEMENT
and *REBAR LAYER options are also created.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 1D Rebar Axisymmetric
General
Axisymmetric
Bar/2, Bar/3
Main Index
177 Chapter 2: Building A Model
Element Properties
Material Name Defines the material to be used. When entering data here, a list of all
isotropic materials in the database is displayed. You can either pick one from
the list with the mouse or type in the name. This identifies the material that
will be referenced on the *REBAR LAYER option. This property is
required.
X-Sectional Area Defines the area of the rebar cross-section. This is the cross-sectional area
value on the *REBAR LAYER option. A real constant, a reference to an
existing field definition, or a real list may be entered. A real list is used to
specify the cross-sectional area for more than one rebar layer. This property
is required.
Spacing Defines the spacing of the rebars within a layer. This is the spacing value on
the *REBAR LAYER option. A real constant, a reference to an existing field
definition, or a real list may be entered. A real list is used to specify the
spacing for more than one rebar layer. This property is required.
Spacing Unit Type Defines the unit type for the spacing values. When “Angle” is specified, the
ANGULAR SPACING parameter is used for the *REBAR LAYER option.
“Distance” is the default value. This property is not required.
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Element Properties
178
Mech Joint (2D Model) - ALIGN
This option creates CONN2D2 elements. The connection type is set to ALIGN on the *CONNECTOR
SECTION option.
Rebar Orient. Angle Defines the angular orientation of the rebar from the meridional plane in
degrees. This is the angular orientation value on the *REBAR LAYER
option. A real constant, a reference to an existing field definition, or a real
list may be entered. A real list is used to specify the angular orientation for
more than one rebar layer. This property is required.
Host Property Set Defines the element property set of the elements that host the rebar elements.
This is the “HOST ELSET” parameter on the *EMBEDDED ELEMENT
option. A reference to an existing element property set may be specified. By
default, the solver determines the host elements based on the position of the
embedded elements within the model. This property is not required.
Roundoff Tolerance Defines the value below which the weigh factors of the host element’s nodes
will be zeroed out. This is the ROUNDOFF TOLERANCE parameter on the
*EMBEDDED ELEMENT option. A real scalar may be specified. The
default value is 1E+6. This property is not required.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 1D Mech Joint
(2D Model)
ALIGN Bar/2
Main Index
179 Chapter 2: Building A Model
Element Properties
Node A Analysis CID This property defines the directions for the degrees of freedom at the first
node of the connector element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file
with an *ORIENTATION option and is referenced from the *CONNECTOR
SECTION option. Use an existing coordinate system to specify this
property.
Node B Analysis CID This property defines the directions for the degrees of freedom at the second
node of the connector element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file
with an *ORIENTATION option and is referenced from the *CONNECTOR
SECTION option. Use an existing coordinate system to specify this
property.
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Element Properties
180
Mech Joint (2D Model) - AXIAL
This option creates CONN2D2 elements. The connection type is set to AXIAL on the *CONNECTOR
SECTION option.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 1D Mech Joint
(2D Model)
AXIAL Bar/2
Main Index
181 Chapter 2: Building A Model
Element Properties
Force/Disp, X Axis This stiffness property value defines the relationship between force and
relative displacement in the connector element. It is translated to the
ABAQUS input file with the *CONNECTOR ELASTICITY option. Use a
real constant or a non-spatial field to specify this property. The n on-spatial
fields that have been created with the “Tabular Input” method may be used
to define stiffness that varies with displacement and temperature. The
dependent variable for this field is force, and displacement is a required
independent variable.
Zero Force Ref Len This property value defines the reference length of the unloaded connector
element. This value is translated to the ABAQUS input file with the
*CONNECTOR CONSTITUTIVE REFERENCE option. Use a real
constant to specify this property.
Damping, X Axis This damping property value defines the relationship between force and the
rate of change of relative displacement in the connector element. It is
translated to the ABAQUS input file with the *CONNECTOR DAMPING
option. A real constant or a non-spatial field may be used for this property.
The non-spatial fields that have been created with the “Tabular Input”
method may be used to define damping that varies with velocity and
temperature. The dependent variable for these fields is force, and velocity is
a required independent variable.
Connector Min Stop This property value defines a lower limit for the connector's relative
position. This value is translated to the ABAQUS input file with the
*CONNECTOR STOP option. Use a real constant to specify this property.
Connector Max Stop This property value defines an upper limit for the connector's relative
position. This value is translated to the ABAQUS input file with the
*CONNECTOR STOP option. Use a real constant to specify this property.
Friction Lim, X Axis This property value defines the force limit associated with the friction
portion of the connector element. This value is translated to the ABAQUS
input file with the *CONNECTOR FRICTION option. A real constant or a
non-spatial field may be used to specify this property. The n on-spatial fields
that have been created with the “Tabular Input” method may be used to
define a limit that varies with temperature and/or displacement. The
dependent variable for these fields is force.
Friction Stick Stiff This property value defines the stiffness associated with the friction portion
of the connector element. This value appears as the STICK STIFFNESS
parameter in the *CONNECTOR FRICTION option. Use a real constant to
specify this property.
Lock, Min Disp This property value defines the lower bound on the relative position that
triggers a locked condition in the connector element. This value is translated
to the ABAQUS input file with the *CONNECTOR LOCK option. Use a
real constant to specify this property.
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Element Properties
182
Mech Joint (2D Model) - BEAM
This option creates CONN2D2 elements. The connection type is set to BEAM on the *CONNECTOR
SECTION option.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 1D Mech Joint
(2D Model)
BEAM Bar/2
Node A Analysis CID This property defines the directions for the degrees of freedom at the first
node of the connector element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file
with an *ORIENTATION option and is referenced from the
*CONNECTOR SECTION option. Use an existing coordinate system to
specify this property.
Node B Analysis CID This property defines the directions for the degrees of freedom at the second
node of the connector element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file
with an *ORIENTATION option and is referenced from the
*CONNECTOR SECTION option. Use an existing coordinate system to
specify this property.
Main Index
183 Chapter 2: Building A Model
Element Properties
Mech Joint (2D Model) - CARTESIAN
This option creates CONN2D2 elements. The connection type is set to CARTESIAN on the
*CONNECTOR SECTION option.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 1D Mech Joint
(2D Model)
CARTESIAN Bar/2
Node A Analysis CID This property defines the directions for the degrees of freedom at the first
node of the connector element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file with
an *ORIENTATION option and is referenced from the *CONNECTOR
SECTION option. Use an existing coordinate system to specify this
property.
Force/Disp, X Axis
Force/Disp, Y Axis
This stiffness property value defines the relationship between force and
relative displacement in the connector element. It is translated to the
ABAQUS input file with the *CONNECTOR ELASTICITY option. Use a
real constant or a non-spatial field to specify this property. The n on-spatial
fields that have been created with the “Tabular Input” method may be used
to define stiffness that varies with displacement and temperature. The
dependent variable for this field is force, and displacement is a required
independent variable.
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Element Properties
184
Mech Joint (2D Model) - JOIN
This option creates CONN2D2 elements. The connection type is set to JOIN on the *CONNECTOR
SECTION option.
Zero Force Ref Len These property values define the reference lengths for the components of the
unloaded connector element. These values are translated to the ABAQUS
input file with the *CONNECTOR CONSTITUTIVE REFERENCE option.
Use a real vector to specify this property.
Damping, X Axis
Damping, Y Axis
This damping property value defines the relationship between force and the
rate of change of relative displacement in the connector element. It is
translated to the ABAQUS input file with the *CONNECTOR DAMPING
option. A real constant or a non-spatial field may be used for this property.
The non-spatial fields that have been created with the “Tabular Input”
method may be used to define damping that varies with velocity and
temperature. The dependent variable for these fields is force, and velocity is
a required independent variable.
Connector Min Stop These property values define the lower limits for the components of the
connector's relative position. These values are translated to the ABAQUS
input file with the *CONNECTOR STOP option. Use a real vector to specify
this property.
Connector Max Stop These property values define the upper limits for the components of the
connector's relative position. These values are translated to the ABAQUS
input file with the *CONNECTOR STOP option. Use a real vector to specify
this property.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 1D Mech Joint
(2D Model)
JOIN Bar/2
Main Index
185 Chapter 2: Building A Model
Element Properties
Mech Joint (2D Model) - JOINTC
This option creates JOINTC elements. The *JOINT, *SPRING and *DASHPOT options are used to
define the properties.
Node A Analysis CID This property defines the directions for the degrees of freedom at the first
node of the connector element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file with
an *ORIENTATION option and is referenced from the *CONNECTOR
SECTION option. Use an existing coordinate system to specify this property.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 1D Mech Joint
(2D Model)
JOINTC Bar/2
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Element Properties
186
Node A Analysis CID This property defines the directions for the degrees of freedom at the first
node of the connector element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file
with an *ORIENTATION option and is referenced from the *JOINT option.
Use an existing coordinate system to specify this property.
Units for Angles This property determines the units for the angle values. It may be set to either
"Degrees" or "Radians". The default value is "Radians".
Force/Disp, X Axis
Force/Disp, Y Axis
This stiffness property value defines the relationship between force and
relative displacement in the connector element. It is translated to the
ABAQUS input file with the *SPRING option. A real constant or a non-
spatial field may be used for this property. The non-spatial fields that have
been created with the “Tabular Input” method may be used to define stiffness
that varies with displacement and temperature. The dependent variable for
this field is force, and displacement is a required independent variable.
Main Index
187 Chapter 2: Building A Model
Element Properties
Mom/Rot about Z
Axis
This stiffness property value defines the relationship between moment and
relative displacement in the connector element. It is translated to the
ABAQUS input file with the *SPRING option. A real constant or a non-
spatial field may be used for this property. The n on-spatial fields that have
been created with the “Tabular Input” method may be used to define stiffness
that varies with displacement and temperature. The dependent variable for
this field is moment, and displacement is a required independent variable.
Damping, X Axis
Damping, Y Axis
This damping property value defines the relationship between force and the
rate of change of relative displacement in the connector element. It is
translated to the ABAQUS input file with the *DASHPOT option. A real
constant or non-spatial field may be used for this property. The non-spatial
fields that have been created with the “Tabular Input” method may be
used to define damping that varies with velocity and temperature. The
dependent variable for these fields is force, and velocity is a required
independent variable.
Rot Damping, Z Axis This damping property value defines the relationship between moment and
the rate of change of relative displacement in the connector element. It is
translated to the ABAQUS input file with the *DASHPOT option. A real
constant or a non-spatial field may be used for this property. The non-spatial
fields that have been created with the “Tabular Input” method may be
used to define damping that varies with velocity and temperature. The
dependent variable for these fields is moment, and velocity is a required
independent variable.
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Element Properties
188
Mech Joint (2D Model) - LINK
This option creates CONN2D2 elements. The connection type is set to LINK on the *CONNECTOR
SECTION option.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 1D Mech Joint (2D
Model)
LINK Bar/2
Node A Analysis CID This property defines the directions for the degrees of freedom at the first
node of the connector element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file with
an *ORIENTATION option and is referenced from the *CONNECTOR
SECTION option. Use an existing coordinate system to specify this property.
Node B Analysis CID This property defines the directions for the degrees of freedom at the second
node of the connector element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file with
an *ORIENTATION option and is referenced from the *CONNECTOR
SECTION option. Use an existing coordinate system to specify this property.
Main Index
189 Chapter 2: Building A Model
Element Properties
Mech Joint (2D Model) - ROTATION
This option creates CONN2D2 elements. The connection type is set to ROTATION on the
*CONNECTOR SECTION option.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 1D Mech Joint
(2D Model)
ROTATION Bar/2
Node A Analysis CID This property defines the directions for the degrees of freedom at the first
node of the connector element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file
with an *ORIENTATION option and is referenced from the
*CONNECTOR SECTION option. Use an existing coordinate system to
specify this property.
Node B Analysis CID This property defines the directions for the degrees of freedom at the
second node of the connector element. It is translated to the ABAQUS
input file with an *ORIENTATION option and is referenced from the
*CONNECTOR SECTION option. Use an existing coordinate system to
specify this property.
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Element Properties
190
Units for Angles This property determines the units for the angle values. It may be set to
either "Degrees" or "Radians". The default value is "Radians".
Mom/Rot about Z Axis This stiffness property value defines the relationship between moment
and relative displacement in the connector element. It is translated to the
ABAQUS input file with the *CONNECTOR ELASTICITY option. A
real constant or a non-spatial field may be used for this property. The
non-spatial fields that have been created with the “Tabular Input”
method may be used to define stiffness that varies with displacement and
temperature. The dependent variable for this field is moment, and
displacement is a required independent variable.
Zero Moment Ref Ang This property value defines the reference angle of the unloaded
connector element. This value is translated to the ABAQUS input file
with the *CONNECTOR CONSTITUTIVE REFERENCE option. Use
a real constant to specify this property.
Rot Damping, Z Axis This damping property value defines the relationship between moment
and the rate of change of relative displacement in the connector element.
It is translated to the ABAQUS input file with the *CONNECTOR
DAMPING option. A real constant or non-spatial field may be used for
this property. The n on-spatial fields that have been created with the
“Tabular Input” method may be used to define damping that varies with
velocity and temperature. The dependent variable for these fields is
moment, and velocity is a required independent variable.
Connector Min Stop This property value defines a lower limit for the connector's relative
position. This value is translated to the ABAQUS input file with
the *CONNECTOR STOP option. Use a real constant to specify
this property.
Connector Max Stop This property value defines an upper limit for the connector's relative
position. This value is translated to the ABAQUS input file with
the *CONNECTOR STOP option. Use a real constant to specify
this property.
Main Index
191 Chapter 2: Building A Model
Element Properties
Mech Joint (2D ModeI) - SLOT
This option creates CONN2D2 elements. The connection type is set to SLOT on the *CONNECTOR
SECTION option.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 1D Mech Joint (2D
Model)
SLOT Bar/2
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Element Properties
192
Node A Analysis CID This property defines the directions for the degrees of freedom at the first
node of the connector element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file with
an *ORIENTATION option and is referenced from the *CONNECTOR
SECTION option. Use an existing coordinate system to specify this property.
Force/Disp, X Axis This stiffness property value defines the relationship between force and
relative displacement in the connector element. It is translated to the
ABAQUS input file with the *CONNECTOR ELASTICITY option. Use a
real constant or a non-spatial field to specify this property. The n on-spatial
fields that have been created with the “Tabular Input” method may be used
to define stiffness that varies with displacement and temperature. The
dependent variable for this field is force, and displacement is a required
independent variable.
Zero Force Ref Len This property value defines the reference length of the unloaded connector
element. This value is translated to the ABAQUS input file with the
*CONNECTOR CONSTITUTIVE REFERENCE option. Use a real
constant to specify this property.
Damping, X Axis This damping property value defines the relationship between moment and
the rate of change of relative displacement in the connector element. It is
translated to the ABAQUS input file with the *CONNECTOR DAMPING
option. A real constant or non-spatial field may be used for this property. The
non-spatial fields that have been created with the “Tabular Input” method
may be used to define damping that varies with velocity and temperature.
The dependent variable for these fields is moment, and velocity is a required
independent variable.
Connector Min Stop This property value defines a lower limit for the connector's relative position.
This value is translated to the ABAQUS input file with the *CONNECTOR
STOP option. Use a real constant to specify this property.
Connector Max Stop This property value defines an upper limit for the connector's relative
position. This value is translated to the ABAQUS input file with the
*CONNECTOR STOP option. Use a real constant to specify this property.
Friction Lim, X Axis This property value defines the force limit associated with the friction
portion of the connector element. This value is translated to the ABAQUS
input file with the *CONNECTOR FRICTION option. A real constant or a
non-spatial field may be used to specify this property. The n on-spatial fields
that have been created with the “Tabular Input” method may be used to
define a limit that varies with temperature and/or displacement. The
dependent variable for these fields is force.
Friction Stick Stiff This property value defines the stiffness associated with the friction portion
of the connector element. This value appears as the STICK STIFFNESS
parameter in the *CONNECTOR FRICTION option. Use a real constant to
specify this property.
Main Index
193 Chapter 2: Building A Model
Element Properties
Mech Joint (2D Model) - TRANSLATOR
This option creates CONN2D2 elements. The connection type is set to TRANSLATOR on the
*CONNECTOR SECTION option.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 1D Mech Joint
(2D Model)
TRANSLATOR Bar/2
Node A Analysis CID This property defines the directions for the degrees of freedom at the first
node of the connector element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file with
an *ORIENTATION option and is referenced from the *CONNECTOR
SECTION option. Use an existing coordinate system to specify this property.
Node B Analysis CID This property defines the directions for the degrees of freedom at the second
node of the connector element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file with
an *ORIENTATION option and is referenced from the *CONNECTOR
SECTION option. Use an existing coordinate system to specify this property.
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Element Properties
194
Mech Joint (2D Model) - WELD
This option creates CONN2D2 elements. The connection type is set to WELD on the *CONNECTOR
SECTION option.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 1D Mech Joint
(2D Model)
WELD Bar/2
Node A Analysis CID This property defines the directions for the degrees of freedom at the first
node of the connector element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file with
an *ORIENTATION option and is referenced from the *CONNECTOR
SECTION option. Use an existing coordinate system to specify this property.
Node B Analysis CID This property defines the directions for the degrees of freedom at the second
node of the connector element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file with
an *ORIENTATION option and is referenced from the *CONNECTOR
SECTION option. Use an existing coordinate system to specify this property.
Main Index
195 Chapter 2: Building A Model
Element Properties
Mech Joint (3D Model) - ALIGN
This option creates CONN3D2 elements. The connection type is set to ALIGN on the *CONNECTOR
SECTION option.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 1D Mech Joint
(3D Model)
ALIGN Bar/2
Node A Analysis CID This property defines the directions for the degrees of freedom at the first
node of the connector element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file with
an *ORIENTATION option and is referenced from the *CONNECTOR
SECTION option. Use an existing coordinate system to specify this property.
Node B Analysis CID This property defines the directions for the degrees of freedom at the second
node of the connector element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file with
an *ORIENTATION option and is referenced from the *CONNECTOR
SECTION option. Use an existing coordinate system to specify this property.
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Element Properties
196
Mech Joint (3D Model) - AXIAL
This option creates CONN3D2 elements. The connection type is set to AXIAL on the *CONNECTOR
SECTION option.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 1D Mech Joint
(3D Model)
AXIAL Bar/2
Force/Disp, X Axis This stiffness property value defines the relationship between force and
relative displacement in the connector element. It is translated to the
ABAQUS input file with the *CONNECTOR ELASTICITY option. Use a
real constant or a non-spatial field to specify this property. The n on-spatial
fields that have been created with the “Tabular Input” method may be used
to define stiffness that varies with displacement and temperature. The
dependent variable for this field is force, and displacement is a required
independent variable.
Zero Force Ref Len This property value defines the reference length of the unloaded connector
element. This value is translated to the ABAQUS input file with the
*CONNECTOR CONSTITUTIVE REFERENCE option. Use a real
constant to specify this property.
Main Index
197 Chapter 2: Building A Model
Element Properties
Damping, X Axis This damping property value defines the relationship between moment and
the rate of change of relative displacement in the connector element. It is
translated to the ABAQUS input file with the *CONNECTOR DAMPING
option. A real constant or non-spatial field may be used for this property.
The non-spatial fields that have been created with the “Tabular Input”
method may be used to define damping that varies with velocity and
temperature. The dependent variable for these fields is moment, and
velocity is a required independent variable.
Connector Min Stop This property value defines a lower limit for the connector's relative
position. This value is translated to the ABAQUS input file with the
*CONNECTOR STOP option. Use a real constant to specify this property.
Connector Max Stop This property value defines an upper limit for the connector's relative
position. This value is translated to the ABAQUS input file with the
*CONNECTOR STOP option. Use a real constant to specify this property.
Friction Lim, X Axis This property value defines the force limit associated with the friction
portion of the connector element. This value is translated to the ABAQUS
input file with the *CONNECTOR FRICTION option. A real constant or a
non-spatial field may be used to specify this property. The non-spatial fields
that have been created with the “Tabular Input” method may be used to
define a limit that varies with temperature and/or displacement. The
dependent variable for these fields is force.
Friction Stick Stiff This property value defines the stiffness associated with the friction portion
of the connector element. This value appears as the STICK STIFFNESS
parameter in the *CONNECTOR FRICTION option. Use a real constant to
specify this property.
Lock Min Disp This property value defines the upper bound on the relative position that
triggers a locked condition in the connector element. This value is translated
to the ABAQUS input file with the *CONNECTOR LOCK option. Use a
real constant to specify this property.
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Element Properties
198
Mech Joint (3D Model) - BEAM
This option creates CONN3D2 elements. The connection type is set to BEAM on the *CONNECTOR
SECTION option.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 1D Mech Joint
(3D Model)
BEAM Bar/2
Node A Analysis CID This property defines the directions for the degrees of freedom at the first
node of the connector element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file
with an *ORIENTATION option and is referenced from the
*CONNECTOR SECTION option. Use an existing coordinate system to
specify this property.
Node B Analysis CID This property defines the directions for the degrees of freedom at the second
node of the connector element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file
with an *ORIENTATION option and is referenced from the
*CONNECTOR SECTION option. Use an existing coordinate system to
specify this property.
Main Index
199 Chapter 2: Building A Model
Element Properties
Mech Joint (3D Model) - CARDAN
This option creates CONN3D2 elements. The connection type is set to CARDAN on the
*CONNECTOR SECTION option.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 1D Mech Joint
(3D Model)
CARDAN Bar/2
Node A Analysis CID This property defines the directions for the degrees of freedom at the first
node of the connector element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file
with an *ORIENTATION option and is referenced from the
*CONNECTOR SECTION option. Use an existing coordinate system to
specify this property.
Node B Analysis CID This property defines the directions for the degrees of freedom at the
second node of the connector element. It is translated to the ABAQUS
input file with an *ORIENTATION option and is referenced from the
*CONNECTOR SECTION option. Use an existing coordinate system to
specify this property.
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Element Properties
200
Mech Joint (3D ModeI) - CARTESIAN
This option creates CONN3D2 elements. The connection type is set to CARTESIAN on the
*CONNECTOR SECTION option.
Units for Angles This property determines the units for the angle values. It may be set to
either "Degrees" or "Radians". The default value is "Radians".
Mom/Rot about X Axis
Mom/Rot about Y Axis
Mom/Rot about Z Axis
This stiffness property value defines the relationship between moment and
relative displacement in the connector element. It is translated to the
ABAQUS input file with the *CONNECTOR ELASTICITY option. A
real constant or a non-spatial field may be used for this property. The n on-
spatial fields that have been created with the “Tabular Input” method may
be used to define stiffness that varies with displacement and temperature.
The dependent variable for this field is moment, and displacement is a
required independent variable.
Zero Moment Ref Ang These property values define the reference angles for the components of
the unloaded connector element. These values are translated to the
ABAQUS input file with the *CONNECTOR CONSTITUTIVE
REFERENCE option. Use a real vector to specify this property.
Rot Damping, X Axis This damping property value defines the relationship between moment and
the rate of change of relative displacement in the connector element. It is
translated to the ABAQUS input file with the *CONNECTOR DAMPING
option. A real constant or non-spatial field may be used for this property.
The n on-spatial fields that have been created with the “Tabular Input”
method may be used to define damping that varies with velocity and
temperature. The dependent variable for these fields is moment, and
velocity is a required independent variable.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 1D Mech Joint
(3D Model)
CARTESIAN Bar/2
Main Index
201 Chapter 2: Building A Model
Element Properties
Node A Analysis CID This property defines the directions for the degrees of freedom at the first
node of the connector element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file
with an *ORIENTATION option and is referenced from the *CONNECTOR
SECTION option. Use an existing coordinate system to specify this
property.
Force/Disp, X Axis
Force/Disp, YAxis
Force/Disp, Z Axis
This stiffness property value defines the relationship between force and
relative displacement in the connector element. It is translated to the
ABAQUS input file with the *CONNECTOR ELASTICITY option. Use a
real constant or a non-spatial field to specify this property. The n on-spatial
fields that have been created with the “Tabular Input” method may be used
to define stiffness that varies with displacement and temperature. The
dependent variable for this field is force, and displacement is a required
independent variable.
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Element Properties
202
Mech Joint (3D Model) - CONSTANT VELOCITY
This option creates CONN3D2 elements. The connection type is set to CONSTANT VELOCITY on the
*CONNECTOR SECTION option.
Zero Force Ref Len These property values define the reference angles for the components of the
unloaded connector element. These values are translated to the ABAQUS
input file with the *CONNECTOR CONSTITUTIVE REFERENCE option.
Use a real vector to specify this property.
Damping, X Axis
Damping, Y Axis
Damping, Z Axis
This damping property value defines the relationship between force and the
rate of change of relative displacement in the connector element. It is
translated to the ABAQUS input file with the *CONNECTOR DAMPING
option. A real constant or a non-spatial field may be used for this property.
The non-spatial fields that have been created with the “Tabular Input”
method may be used to define damping that varies with velocity and
temperature. The dependent variable for these fields is force, and velocity is
a required independent variable.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 1D Mech Joint
(3D Model)
CONSTANT
VELOCITY
Bar/2
Main Index
203 Chapter 2: Building A Model
Element Properties
Mech Joint (3D Model) - CVJOINT
This option creates CONN3D2 elements. The connection type is set to CVJOINT on the
*CONNECTOR SECTION option.
Node A Analysis CID This property defines the directions for the degrees of freedom at the first
node of the connector element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file with
an *ORIENTATION option and is referenced from the *CONNECTOR
SECTION option. Use an existing coordinate system to specify
this property.
Node B Analysis CID This property defines the directions for the degrees of freedom at the second
node of the connector element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file
with an *ORIENTATION option and is referenced from the *CONNECTOR
SECTION option. Use an existing coordinate system to specify
this property.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 1D Mech Joint
(3D Model)
CVJOINT Bar/2
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Element Properties
204
Node A Analysis CID This property defines the directions for the degrees of freedom at the first
node of the connector element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file
with an *ORIENTATION option and is referenced from the
*CONNECTOR SECTION option. Use an existing coordinate system to
specify this property.
Node B Analysis CID This property defines the directions for the degrees of freedom at the second
node of the connector element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file
with an *ORIENTATION option and is referenced from the
*CONNECTOR SECTION option. Use an existing coordinate system to
specify this property.
Main Index
205 Chapter 2: Building A Model
Element Properties
Mech Joint (3D Model) - CYLINDRICAL
This option creates CONN3D2 elements. The connection type is set to CYLINDRICAL on the
*CONNECTOR SECTION option.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 1D Mech Joint
(3D Model)
CYLINDRICAL Bar/2
Node A Analysis CID This property defines the directions for the degrees of freedom at the first
node of the connector element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file
with an *ORIENTATION option and is referenced from the *CONNECTOR
SECTION option. Use an existing coordinate system to specify
this property.
Node B Analysis CID This property defines the directions for the degrees of freedom at the second
node of the connector element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file
with an *ORIENTATION option and is referenced from the *CONNECTOR
SECTION option. Use an existing coordinate system to specify
this property.
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Element Properties
206
Mech Joint (3D Model) - EULER
This option creates CONN3D2 elements. The connection type is set to EULER on the *CONNECTOR
SECTION option.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 1D Mech Joint
(3D Model)
EULER Bar/2
Main Index
207 Chapter 2: Building A Model
Element Properties
Node A Analysis CID This property defines the directions for the degrees of freedom at the first
node of the connector element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file
with an *ORIENTATION option and is referenced from the
*CONNECTOR SECTION option. Use an existing coordinate system to
specify this property.
Node B Analysis CID This property defines the directions for the degrees of freedom at the
second node of the connector element. It is translated to the ABAQUS
input file with an *ORIENTATION option and is referenced from the
*CONNECTOR SECTION option. Use an existing coordinate system to
specify this property.
Units for Angles This property determines the units for the angle values. It may be set to
either "Degrees" or "Radians". The default value is "Radians".
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Element Properties
208
Mech Joint (3D Model) - FLEXION-TORSION
This option creates CONN3D2 elements. The connection type is set to FLEXION-TORSION on the
*CONNECTOR SECTION option.
Mom/Rot about X Axis
Mom/Rot about Y Axis
Mom/Rot about Z Axis
This stiffness property value defines the relationship between moment and
relative displacement in the connector element. It is translated to the
ABAQUS input file with the *CONNECTOR ELASTICITY option. A
real constant or a non-spatial field may be used for this property. The non-
spatial fields that have been created with the “Tabular Input” method may
be used to define stiffness that varies with displacement and temperature.
The dependent variable for this field is moment, and displacement is a
required independent variable.
Zero Moment Ref Ang These property values define the reference angles for the components of
the unloaded connector element. These values are translated to the
ABAQUS input file with the *CONNECTOR CONSTITUTIVE
REFERENCE option. Use a real vector to specify this property.
Rot Damping, X Axis This damping property value defines the relationship between moment
and the rate of change of relative displacement in the connector element.
It is translated to the ABAQUS input file with the *CONNECTOR
DAMPING option. A real constant or non-spatial field may be used for
this property. The n on-spatial fields that have been created with the
“Tabular Input” method may be used to define damping that varies with
velocity and temperature. The dependent variable for these fields is
moment, and velocity is a required independent variable.
Analysis
Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 1D Mech Joint
(3D Model)
FLEXION-TORSION Bar/2
Main Index
209 Chapter 2: Building A Model
Element Properties
Node A Analysis CID This property defines the directions for the degrees of freedom at the first
node of the connector element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file
with an *ORIENTATION option and is referenced from the
*CONNECTOR SECTION option. Use an existing coordinate system to
specify this property.
Node B Analysis CID This property defines the directions for the degrees of freedom at the
second node of the connector element. It is translated to the ABAQUS
input file with an *ORIENTATION option and is referenced from the
*CONNECTOR SECTION option. Use an existing coordinate system to
specify this property.
Units for Angles This property determines the units for the angle values. It may be set to
either "Degrees" or "Radians". The default value is "Radians".
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Element Properties
210
Mech Joint (3D Model) - HINGE
This option creates CONN3D2 elements. The connection type is set to HINGE on the *CONNECTOR
SECTION option.
Mom/Rot about X Axis
Mom/Rot about Y Axis
Mom/Rot about Z Axis
This stiffness property value defines the relationship between moment and
relative displacement in the connector element. It is translated to the
ABAQUS input file with the *CONNECTOR ELASTICITY option. A
real constant or a non-spatial field may be used for this property. The non-
spatial fields that have been created with the “Tabular Input” method may
be used to define stiffness that varies with displacement and temperature.
The dependent variable for this field is moment, and displacement is a
required independent variable.
Zero Moment Ref Ang These property values define the reference angles for the components of
the unloaded connector element. These values are translated to the
ABAQUS input file with the *CONNECTOR CONSTITUTIVE
REFERENCE option. Use a real vector to specify this property.
Rot Damping, X Axis This damping property value defines the relationship between moment
and the rate of change of relative displacement in the connector element.
It is translated to the ABAQUS input file with the *CONNECTOR
DAMPING option. A real constant or non-spatial field may be used for
this property. The n on-spatial fields that have been created with the
“Tabular Input” method may be used to define damping that varies with
velocity and temperature. The dependent variable for these fields is
moment, and velocity is a required independent variable.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 1D Mech Joint
(3D Model)
HINGE Bar/2
Main Index
211 Chapter 2: Building A Model
Element Properties
Node A Analysis CID This property defines the directions for the degrees of freedom at the first
node of the connector element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file with
an *ORIENTATION option and is referenced from the *CONNECTOR
SECTION option. Use an existing coordinate system to specify this property.
Node B Analysis CID This property defines the directions for the degrees of freedom at the second
node of the connector element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file with
an *ORIENTATION option and is referenced from the *CONNECTOR
SECTION option. Use an existing coordinate system to specify this property.
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Element Properties
212
Mech Joint (3D Model) - JOIN
This option creates CONN3D2 elements. The connection type is set to JOIN on the *CONNECTOR
SECTION option.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 1D Mech Joint (3D Model) JOIN Bar/2
Node A Analysis CID This property defines the directions for the degrees of freedom at the first
node of the connector element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file with
an *ORIENTATION option and is referenced from the *CONNECTOR
SECTION option. Use an existing coordinate system to specify this property.
Main Index
213 Chapter 2: Building A Model
Element Properties
Mech Joint (3D Model) - JOINTC
This option creates JOINTC elements. The *JOINT, *SPRING and *DASHPOT options are used to
define the properties.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 1D Mech Joint (3D Model) JOINTC Bar/2
Node A Analysis CID This property defines the directions for the degrees of freedom at the first
node of the connector element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file
with an *ORIENTATION option and is referenced from the *JOINT
option. Use an existing coordinate system to specify this property.
Units for Angles This property determines the units for the angle values. It may be set to
either "Degrees" or "Radians". The default value is "Radians".
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Element Properties
214
Force/Disp, X Axis
Force/Disp, Y Axis
Force/Disp, Z Axis
This stiffness property value defines the relationship between force and
relative displacement in the connector element. It is translated to the
ABAQUS input file with the *SPRING option. A real constant or a non-
spatial field may be used for this property. The non-spatial fields that have
been created with the “Tabular Input” method may be used to define
stiffness that varies with displacement and temperature. The dependent
variable for this field is force, and displacement is a required
independent variable.
Mom/Rot about X Axis
Mom/Rot about Y Axis
Mom/Rot about Z Axis
This stiffness property value defines the relationship between moment and
relative displacement in the connector element. It is translated to the
ABAQUS input file with the *SPRING option. A real constant or a non-
spatial field may be used for this property. The n on-spatial fields that have
been created with the “Tabular Input” method may be used to define
stiffness that varies with displacement and temperature. The dependent
variable for this field is moment, and displacement is a required
independent variable.
Main Index
215 Chapter 2: Building A Model
Element Properties
Mech Joint (3D Model) - LINK
This option creates CONN3D2 elements. The connection type is set to LINK on the *CONNECTOR
SECTION option.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 1D Mech Joint (3D Model) LINK Bar/2
Node A Analysis CID This property defines the directions for the degrees of freedom at the first
node of the connector element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file with
an *ORIENTATION option and is referenced from the *CONNECTOR
SECTION option. Use an existing coordinate system to specify this property.
Node B Analysis CID This property defines the directions for the degrees of freedom at the second
node of the connector element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file with
an *ORIENTATION option and is referenced from the *CONNECTOR
SECTION option. Use an existing coordinate system to specify this property.
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Element Properties
216
Mech Joint (3D Model) - PLANAR
This option creates CONN3D2 elements. The connection type is set to PLANAR on the *CONNECTOR
SECTION option.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 1D Mech Joint (3D Model) PLANAR Bar/2
Main Index
217 Chapter 2: Building A Model
Element Properties
Mech Joint (3D Model) - RADIAL-THRUST
This option creates CONN3D2 elements. The connection type is set to RADIAL-THRUST on the
*CONNECTOR SECTION option.
Node A Analysis CID This property defines the directions for the degrees of freedom at the first
node of the connector element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file with
an *ORIENTATION option and is referenced from the *CONNECTOR
SECTION option. Use an existing coordinate system to specify this
property.
Node B Analysis CID This property defines the directions for the degrees of freedom at the second
node of the connector element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file with
an *ORIENTATION option and is referenced from the *CONNECTOR
SECTION option. Use an existing coordinate system to specify this
property.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 1D Mech Joint
(3D Model)
RADIAL-THRUST Bar/2
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Element Properties
218
Node A Analysis CID This property defines the directions for the degrees of freedom at the first
node of the connector element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file with
an *ORIENTATION option and is referenced from the *CONNECTOR
SECTION option. Use an existing coordinate system to specify this
property.
Force/Disp, X Axis
Force/Disp, ZAxis
This stiffness property value defines the relationship between force and
relative displacement in the connector element. It is translated to the
ABAQUS input file with the *CONNECTOR ELASTICITY option. Use a
real constant or a non-spatial field to specify this property. The non-spatial
fields that have been created with the “Tabular Input” method may be used
to define stiffness that varies with displacement and temperature. The
dependent variable for this field is force, and displacement is a required
independent variable.
Zero Force Ref Len These property values define the reference lengths for the components of the
unloaded connector element. These values are translated to the ABAQUS
input file with the *CONNECTOR CONSTITUTIVE REFERENCE option.
Use a real vector to specify this property.
Main Index
219 Chapter 2: Building A Model
Element Properties
Mech Joint (3D Model) - REVOLUTE
This option creates CONN3D2 elements. The connection type is set to REVOLUTE on the
*CONNECTOR SECTION option.
Damping, X Axis
Damping, Z Axis
This damping property value defines the relationship between force and the
rate of change of relative displacement in the connector element. It is
translated to the ABAQUS input file with the *CONNECTOR DAMPING
option. A real constant or a non-spatial field may be used for this property.
The n on-spatial fields that have been created with the “Tabular Input”
method may be used to define damping that varies with velocity and
temperature. The dependent variable for these fields is force, and velocity is
a required independent variable.
Connector Min Stop These property values define the lower limits for the components of the
connector's relative position. These values are translated to the ABAQUS
input file with the *CONNECTOR STOP option. Use a real vector to specify
this property.
Connector Max Stop These property values define the upper limits for the components of the
connector's relative position. These values are translated to the ABAQUS
input file with the *CONNECTOR STOP option. Use a real vector to specify
this property.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 1D Mech Joint
(3D Model)
REVOLUTE Bar/2
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Element Properties
220
Node A Analysis CID This property defines the directions for the degrees of freedom at the first
node of the connector element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file
with an *ORIENTATION option and is referenced from the
*CONNECTOR SECTION option. Use an existing coordinate system to
specify this property.
Node B Analysis CID This property defines the directions for the degrees of freedom at the
second node of the connector element. It is translated to the ABAQUS
input file with an *ORIENTATION option and is referenced from the
*CONNECTOR SECTION option. Use an existing coordinate system to
specify this property.
Units for Angles This property determines the units for the angle values. It may be set to
either "Degrees" or "Radians". The default value is "Radians".
Main Index
221 Chapter 2: Building A Model
Element Properties
Mech Joint (3D Model) - ROTATION
This option creates CONN3D2 elements. The connection type is set to ROTATION on the
*CONNECTOR SECTION option.
Mom/Rot about X Axis This stiffness property value defines the relationship between moment and
relative displacement in the connector element. It is translated to the
ABAQUS input file with the *CONNECTOR ELASTICITY option. A
real constant or a non-spatial field may be used for this property. The non-
spatial fields that have been created with the “Tabular Input” method may
be used to define stiffness that varies with displacement and temperature.
The dependent variable for this field is moment, and displacement is a
required independent variable.
Zero Moment Ref Ang This property value defines the reference angle of the unloaded connector
element. This value is translated to the ABAQUS input file with the
*CONNECTOR CONSTITUTIVE REFERENCE option. Use a real
constant to specify this property.
Rot Damping, X Axis This damping property value defines the relationship between moment and
the rate of change of relative displacement in the connector element. It is
translated to the ABAQUS input file with the *CONNECTOR DAMPING
option. A real constant or non-spatial field may be used for this property.
The n on-spatial fields that have been created with the “Tabular Input”
method may be used to define damping that varies with velocity and
temperature. The dependent variable for these fields is moment, and
velocity is a required independent variable.
Connector Min Stop This property value defines a lower limit for the connector's relative
position. This value is translated to the ABAQUS input file with the
*CONNECTOR STOP option. Use a real constant to specify this property.
Connector Max Stop This property value defines an upper limit for the connector's relative
position. This value is translated to the ABAQUS input file with the
*CONNECTOR STOP option. Use a real constant to specify this property.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 1D Mech Joint
(3D Model)
ROTATION Bar/2
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Element Properties
222
Node A Analysis CID This property defines the directions for the degrees of freedom at the first
node of the connector element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file
with an *ORIENTATION option and is referenced from the
*CONNECTOR SECTION option. Use an existing coordinate system to
specify this property.
Node B Analysis CID This property defines the directions for the degrees of freedom at the
second node of the connector element. It is translated to the ABAQUS
input file with an *ORIENTATION option and is referenced from the
*CONNECTOR SECTION option. Use an existing coordinate system to
specify this property.
Units for Angles This property determines the units for the angle values. It may be set to
either "Degrees" or "Radians". The default value is "Radians".
Main Index
223 Chapter 2: Building A Model
Element Properties
Mech Joint (3D Model) - SLIDE-PLANE
This option creates CONN3D2 elements. The connection type is set to SLIDE-PLANE on the
*CONNECTOR SECTION option.
Mom/Rot about X Axis
Mom/Rot about Y Axis
Mom/Rot about Z Axis
This stiffness property value defines the relationship between moment and
relative displacement in the connector element. It is translated to the
ABAQUS input file with the *CONNECTOR ELASTICITY option. A
real constant or a non-spatial field may be used for this property. The non-
spatial fields that have been created with the “Tabular Input” method may
be used to define stiffness that varies with displacement and temperature.
The dependent variable for this field is moment, and displacement is a
required independent variable.
Zero Moment Ref Ang These property values define the reference angles for the components of
the unloaded connector element. These values are translated to the
ABAQUS input file with the *CONNECTOR CONSTITUTIVE
REFERENCE option. Use a real vector to specify this property.
Rot Damping, X Axis This damping property value defines the relationship between moment and
the rate of change of relative displacement in the connector element. It is
translated to the ABAQUS input file with the *CONNECTOR DAMPING
option. A real constant or non-spatial field may be used for this property.
The n on-spatial fields that have been created with the “Tabular Input”
method may be used to define damping that varies with velocity and
temperature. The dependent variable for these fields is moment, and
velocity is a required independent variable.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 1D Mech Joint
(3D Model)
SLIDE-PLANE Bar/2
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Element Properties
224
Node A Analysis CID This property defines the directions for the degrees of freedom at the first
node of the connector element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file
with an *ORIENTATION option and is referenced from the *CONNECTOR
SECTION option. Use an existing coordinate system to specify
this property.
Force/Disp, Y Axis
Force/Disp, Z Axis
This stiffness property value defines the relationship between force and
relative displacement in the connector element. It is translated to the
ABAQUS input file with the *CONNECTOR ELASTICITY option. Use a
real constant or a non-spatial field to specify this property. The n on-spatial
fields that have been created with the “Tabular Input” method may be used
to define stiffness that varies with displacement and temperature. The
dependent variable for this field is force, and displacement is a required
independent variable.
Zero Force Ref Len These property values define the reference lengths for the components of the
unloaded connector element. These values are translated to the ABAQUS
input file with the *CONNECTOR CONSTITUTIVE REFERENCE option.
Use a real vector to specify this property.
Main Index
225 Chapter 2: Building A Model
Element Properties
Mech Joint (3D Model) - SLOT
This option creates CONN3D2 elements. The connection type is set to SLOT on the *CONNECTOR
SECTION option.
Damping, Y Axis
Damping, Z Axis
This damping property value defines the relationship between force and the
rate of change of relative displacement in the connector element. It is
translated to the ABAQUS input file with the *CONNECTOR DAMPING
option. A real constant or a non-spatial field may be used for this property.
The n on-spatial fields that have been created with the “Tabular Input”
method may be used to define damping that varies with velocity and
temperature. The dependent variable for these fields is force, and velocity is
a required independent variable.
Connector Min Stop These property values define the lower limits for the components of the
connector's relative position. These values are translated to the ABAQUS
input file with the *CONNECTOR STOP option. Use a real vector to specify
this property.
Connector Max Stop These property values define the upper limits for the components of the
connector's relative position. These values are translated to the ABAQUS
input file with the *CONNECTOR STOP option. Use a real vector to specify
this property.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 1D Mech Joint
(3D Model)
SLOT Bar/2
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Element Properties
226
Node A Analysis CID This property defines the directions for the degrees of freedom at the first
node of the connector element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file with
an *ORIENTATION option and is referenced from the *CONNECTOR
SECTION option. Use an existing coordinate system to specify this property.
Force/Disp, X Axis This stiffness property value defines the relationship between force and
relative displacement in the connector element. It is translated to the
ABAQUS input file with the *CONNECTOR ELASTICITY option. Use a
real constant or a non-spatial field to specify this property. The n on-spatial
fields that have been created with the “Tabular Input” method may be used
to define stiffness that varies with displacement and temperature. The
dependent variable for this field is force, and displacement is a required
independent variable.
Zero Force Ref Len This property value defines the reference length of the unloaded connector
element. This value is translated to the ABAQUS input file with the
*CONNECTOR CONSTITUTIVE REFERENCE option. Use a real
constant to specify this property.
Main Index
227 Chapter 2: Building A Model
Element Properties
Mech Joint (3D Model) - TRANSLATOR
This option creates CONN3D2 elements. The connection type is set to TRANSLATOR on the
*CONNECTOR SECTION option.
Damping, X Axis This damping property value defines the relationship between moment and
the rate of change of relative displacement in the connector element. It is
translated to the ABAQUS input file with the *CONNECTOR DAMPING
option. A real constant or non-spatial field may be used for this property. The
non-spatial fields that have been created with the “Tabular Input” method
may be used to define damping that varies with velocity and temperature.
The dependent variable for these fields is moment, and velocity is a required
independent variable.
Connector Min Stop This property value defines a lower limit for the connector's relative position.
This value is translated to the ABAQUS input file with the *CONNECTOR
STOP option. Use a real constant to specify this property.
Connector Max Stop This property value defines an upper limit for the connector's relative
position. This value is translated to the ABAQUS input file with the
*CONNECTOR STOP option. Use a real constant to specify this property.
Friction Lim, X Axis This property value defines the force limit associated with the friction
portion of the connector element. This value is translated to the ABAQUS
input file with the *CONNECTOR FRICTION option. A real constant or a
non-spatial field may be used to specify this property. The n on-spatial fields
that have been created with the “Tabular Input” method may be used to
define a limit that varies with temperature and/or displacement. The
dependent variable for these fields is force.
Friction Stick Stiff This property value defines the stiffness associated with the friction portion
of the connector element. This value appears as the STICK STIFFNESS
parameter in the *CONNECTOR FRICTION option. Use a real constant to
specify this property.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 1D Mech Joint
(3D Model)
TRANSLATOR Bar/2
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Element Properties
228
Mech Joint (3D Model) - UJOINT
This option creates CONN3D2 elements. The connection type is set to UJOINT on the *CONNECTOR
Node A Analysis CID This property defines the directions for the degrees of freedom at the first
node of the connector element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file with
an *ORIENTATION option and is referenced from the *CONNECTOR
SECTION option. Use an existing coordinate system to specify this property.
Node B Analysis CID This property defines the directions for the degrees of freedom at the second
node of the connector element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file with
an *ORIENTATION option and is referenced from the *CONNECTOR
SECTION option. Use an existing coordinate system to specify this property.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 1D Mech Joint
(3D Model)
UJOINT Bar/2
Main Index
229 Chapter 2: Building A Model
Element Properties
SECTION option.
Node A Analysis CID This property defines the directions for the degrees of freedom at the first
node of the connector element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file with
an *ORIENTATION option and is referenced from the *CONNECTOR
SECTION option. Use an existing coordinate system to specify this property.
Node B Analysis CID This property defines the directions for the degrees of freedom at the second
node of the connector element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file with
an *ORIENTATION option and is referenced from the *CONNECTOR
SECTION option. Use an existing coordinate system to specify this property.
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Element Properties
230
Mech Joint (3D Model) - UNIVERSAL
This option creates CONN3D2 elements. The connection type is set to UNIVERSAL on the
*CONNECTOR SECTION option.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 1D Mech Joint
(3D Model)
UNIVERSAL Bar/2
Main Index
231 Chapter 2: Building A Model
Element Properties
Mech Joint (3D Model) - WELD
This option creates CONN3D2 elements. The connection type is set to WELD on the *CONNECTOR
Node A Analysis CID This property defines the directions for the degrees of freedom at the first
node of the connector element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file
with an *ORIENTATION option and is referenced from the
*CONNECTOR SECTION option. Use an existing coordinate system to
specify this property.
Node B Analysis CID This property defines the directions for the degrees of freedom at the
second node of the connector element. It is translated to the ABAQUS
input file with an *ORIENTATION option and is referenced from the
*CONNECTOR SECTION option. Use an existing coordinate system to
specify this property.
Units for Angles This property determines the units for the angle values. It may be set to
either "Degrees" or "Radians". The default value is "Radians".
Mom/Rot about X Axis
Mom/Rot about Z Axis
This stiffness property value defines the relationship between moment and
relative displacement in the connector element. It is translated to the
ABAQUS input file with the *CONNECTOR ELASTICITY option. A
real constant or a non-spatial field may be used for this property. The n on-
spatial fields that have been created with the “Tabular Input” method may
be used to define stiffness that varies with displacement and temperature.
The dependent variable for this field is moment, and displacement is a
required independent variable.
Zero Moment Ref Ang These property values define the reference angles for the components of
the unloaded connector element. These values are translated to the
ABAQUS input file with the *CONNECTOR CONSTITUTIVE
REFERENCE option. Use a real vector to specify this property.
Rot Damping, X Axis
Rot Damping, Z Axis
This damping property value defines the relationship between moment and
the rate of change of relative displacement in the connector element. It is
translated to the ABAQUS input file with the *CONNECTOR DAMPING
option. A real constant or non-spatial field may be used for this property.
The non-spatial fields that have been created with the “Tabular Input”
method may be used to define damping that varies with velocity and
temperature. The dependent variable for these fields is moment, and
velocity is a required independent variable.
Analysis Type
Dimensio
n Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 1D Mech Joint (3D
Model)
WELD Bar/2
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Element Properties
232
SECTION option.
Node A Analysis CID This property defines the directions for the degrees of freedom at the first
node of the connector element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file
with an *ORIENTATION option and is referenced from the *CONNECTOR
SECTION option. Use an existing coordinate system to specify this
property.
Node B Analysis CID This property defines the directions for the degrees of freedom at the second
node of the connector element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file
with an *ORIENTATION option and is referenced from the *CONNECTOR
SECTION option. Use an existing coordinate system to specify this
property.
Main Index
233 Chapter 2: Building A Model
Element Properties
Axisym Link Gasket
These options create GKAX2 elements. The *GASKET SECTION option is used to define the gasket
thickness, width, initial gap and initial void values. The *GASKET THICKNESS BEHAVIOR option is
used to define the behavior in the thickness direction. The *GASKET ELASTICITY option is used to
define the membrane and transverse shear behaviors.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 1D 1D Gasket Axisymmetric
Link
Gasket
Behavior Model
Bar2
Membrane Material This property defines the membrane material to be used. It is translated to the
ABAQUS input file as the *GASKET ELASTICITY option with the
COMPONENT parameter set to MEMBRANE. The Elastic Modulus and
Poisson's Ratio may vary with temperature. This property is not required.
Behavior Type This property defines the type of behavior for the thickness direction. It may
be set to either "Damage" or "Elastic-Plastic". This value is translated to the
ABAQUS input file as the TYPE parameter on the *GASKET THICKNESS
BEHAVIOR option. This property is required.
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Element Properties
234
F/L vs. Closure
(Loading)
This property defines the force per unit length versus gasket closure for
loading in the thickness direction. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file
as the *GASKET THICKNESS BEHAVIOR option with the DIRECTION
parameter set to LOADING. A non-spatial field created with the "Tabular
Input" method must be used to define this property. The field's independent
variables must be either Displacement or Displacement and Temperature.
This property is required.
F/L vs. Closure
(Unloading)
This property defines the force per unit length versus gasket closure for
unloading in the thickness direction. It is translated to the ABAQUS input
file as the *GASKET THICKNESS BEHAVIOR option with the
DIRECTION parameter set to UNLOADING. A non-spatial field created
with the "Tabular Input" method must be used to define this property. The
field's independent variables must be either displacement or displacement
and temperature. This property is not required.
Shear Stiffness This property defines the shear stiffness of the gasket elements. It is
translated to the ABAQUS input file as the *GASKET ELASTICITY option
with the COMPONENT parameter set to TRANSVERSE SHEAR. A real
constant or a non-spatial field may be used to define this property. The non-
spatial fields that have been created with the "Tabular Input" method may be
used to define shear stiffness that varies with temperature. This property is
not required.
Gasket Thickness This property defines the thickness of the gasket elements. It is translated to
the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the *GASKET SECTION option. A
real constant or a spatially varying field may be used to define this property.
This property is not required. When this property is not specified, the gasket
elements' thicknesses are determined from their nodal coordinates.
Thickness Direction This property defines the thickness direction (local one direction) for the
elements. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file on the *GASKET
SECTION option. A real vector or a spatially varying vector field may be
used to define this property. This property is not required.
Width This property defines the width of the gasket element. It is translated to the
ABAQUS input file as an entry on the *GASKET SECTION option. A real
constant or a spatially varying field may be used to define this property. This
property is required.
Initial Gap This property defines the initial gap in the thickness direction of the gasket
element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the
*GASKET SECTION option. A real constant or a spatially varying field
may be used to define this property. This property is not required.
Initial Void This property defines the initial void in the thickness direction of the gasket
element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the
*GASKET SECTION option. A real constant or a spatially varying field
may be used to define this property. This property is not required.
Main Index
235 Chapter 2: Building A Model
Element Properties
Axisym Link Gasket (Thick only)
These options create GKAX2N elements. The *GASKET SECTION option is used to define the gasket
thickness, width, initial gap and initial void values. The *GASKET THICKNESS BEHAVIOR option is
used to define the behavior in the thickness direction.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 1D 1D Gasket Axisymmetric
Link
Thickness
Behavior Only
Bar2
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Element Properties
236
Axisym Link Gasket (Material)
Behavior Type This property defines the type of behavior for the thickness direction. It may
be set to either "Damage" or "Elastic-Plastic". This value is translated to the
ABAQUS input file as the TYPE parameter on the *GASKET THICKNESS
BEHAVIOR option. This property is required.
F/L vs. Closure
(Loading)
This property defines the force per unit length versus gasket closure for
loading in the thickness direction. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file
as the *GASKET THICKNESS BEHAVIOR option with the DIRECTION
parameter set to LOADING. A non-spatial field created with the "Tabular
Input" method must be used to define this property. The field's independent
variables must be either Displacement or Displacement and Temperature.
This property is required.
F/L vs. Closure
(Unloading)
This property defines the force per unit length versus gasket closure for
unloading in the thickness direction. It is translated to the ABAQUS input
file as the *GASKET THICKNESS BEHAVIOR option with the
DIRECTION parameter set to UNLOADING. A non-spatial field created
with the "Tabular Input" method must be used to define this property. The
field's independent variables must be either displacement or displacement
and temperature. This property is not required.
Gasket Thickness This property defines the thickness of the gasket elements. It is translated to
the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the *GASKET SECTION option. A
real constant or a spatially varying field may be used to define this property.
This property is not required. When this property is not specified, the gasket
elements' thicknesses are determined from their nodal coordinates.
Thickness Direction This property defines the thickness direction (local one direction) for the
elements. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file on the *GASKET
SECTION option. A real vector or a spatially varying vector field may be
used to define this property. This property is not required.
Width This property defines the width of the gasket element. It is translated to the
ABAQUS input file as an entry on the *GASKET SECTION option. A real
constant or a spatially varying field may be used to define this property. This
property is required.
Initial Gap This property defines the initial gap in the thickness direction of the gasket
element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the
*GASKET SECTION option. A real constant or a spatially varying field
may be used to define this property. This property is not required.
Initial Void This property defines the initial void in the thickness direction of the gasket
element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the
*GASKET SECTION option. A real constant or a spatially varying field
may be used to define this property. This property is not required.
Main Index
237 Chapter 2: Building A Model
Element Properties
These options create GKAX2 elements. The *GASKET SECTION option is used to define the gasket
thickness, width, initial gap and initial void values. The gasket material is specified using the
MATERIAL parameter on the *GASKET SECTION option.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 1D 1D Gasket Axisymmetric
Link
Built-in Material Bar2
Material Name This property defines the material to be used. It is translated to the ABAQUS
input file as the MATERIAL parameter on the *GASKET SECTION option.
This property is required.
Gasket Thickness This property defines the thickness of the gasket elements. It is translated to
the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the *GASKET SECTION option. A
real constant or a spatially varying field may be used to define this property.
This property is not required. When this property is not specified, the gasket
elements' thicknesses are determined from their nodal coordinates.
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Element Properties
238
3D Link Gasket
These options create GK3D2 elements. The *GASKET SECTION option is used to define the gasket
thickness, x-sectional area, initial gap and initial void values. The *GASKET THICKNESS BEHAVIOR
option is used to define the behavior in the thickness direction. The *GASKET ELASTICITY option is
used to define the transverse shear behavior.
Thickness Direction This property defines the thickness direction (local one direction) for the
elements. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file on the *GASKET
SECTION option. A real vector or a spatially varying vector field may be
used to define this property. This property is not required.
Width This property defines the width of the gasket element. It is translated to the
ABAQUS input file as an entry on the *GASKET SECTION option. A real
constant or a spatially varying field may be used to define this property. This
property is required.
Initial Gap This property defines the initial gap in the thickness direction of the gasket
element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the
*GASKET SECTION option. A real constant or a spatially varying field
may be used to define this property. This property is not required.
Initial Void This property defines the initial void in the thickness direction of the gasket
element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the
*GASKET SECTION option. A real constant or a spatially varying field
may be used to define this property. This property is not required.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 1D 1D Gasket 3D Link Gasket Behavior
Model
Bar2
Main Index
239 Chapter 2: Building A Model
Element Properties
Behavior Type This property defines the type of behavior for the thickness direction. It may
be set to either "Damage" or "Elastic-Plastic". This value is translated to the
ABAQUS input file as the TYPE parameter on the *GASKET THICKNESS
BEHAVIOR option. This property is required.
F vs. Closure
(Loading)
This property defines the force versus gasket closure for loading in the
thickness direction. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as the
*GASKET THICKNESS BEHAVIOR option with the DIRECTION
parameter set to LOADING. A non-spatial field created with the "Tabular
Input" method must be used to define this property. The field's independent
variables must be either Displacement or Displacement and Temperature.
This property is required.
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Element Properties
240
F vs. Closure
(Unloading)
This property defines the force versus gasket closure for unloading in the
thickness direction. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as the
*GASKET THICKNESS BEHAVIOR option with the DIRECTION
parameter set to UNLOADING. A non-spatial field created with the "Tabular
Input" method must be used to define this property. The field's independent
variables must be either displacement or displacement and temperature. This
property is not required.
Shear Stiffness This property defines the shear stiffness of the gasket elements. It is
translated to the ABAQUS input file as the *GASKET ELASTICITY option
with the COMPONENT parameter set to TRANSVERSE SHEAR. A real
constant or a non-spatial field may be used to define this property. The non-
spatial fields that have been created with the "Tabular Input" method may be
used to define shear stiffness that varies with temperature. This property is
not required.
Gasket Thickness This property defines the thickness of the gasket elements. It is translated to
the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the *GASKET SECTION option. A
real constant or a spatially varying field may be used to define this property.
This property is not required. When this property is not specified, the gasket
elements' thicknesses are determined from their nodal coordinates.
Thickness Direction This property defines the thickness direction (local one direction) for the
elements. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file on the *GASKET
SECTION option. A real vector or a spatially varying vector field may be
used to define this property. This property is not required.
X-Sectional Area This property defines the x-sectional area of the gasket element. It is
translated to the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the *GASKET
SECTION option. A real constant or a spatially varying field may be used to
define this property. This property is required.
Orientation System This property defines the coordinate system to use in defining the local two
and three directions for the gasket elements. It is translated to the ABAQUS
input file as an *ORIENTATION option that is referenced in the *GASKET
SECTION option from the ORIENTATION parameter. An existing
coordinate frame may be used to define this property. This property is not
required.
Orientation Axis This property defines the axis of rotation of the Orientation System for the
Orientation Angle. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as an
*ORIENTATION option that is referenced in the *GASKET SECTION
option from the ORIENTATION parameter. An integer value of 1, 2 or 3
may be used to define this property. This property is not required. The
default value is 1.
Main Index
241 Chapter 2: Building A Model
Element Properties
3D Link Gasket (Thick only)
These options create GK3D2N elements. The *GASKET SECTION option is used to define the gasket
thickness, x-sectional area, initial gap and initial void values. The *GASKET THICKNESS BEHAVIOR
option is used to define the behavior in the thickness direction.
Orientation Angle This property defines the additional rotation about the Orientation Axis in
degrees. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as an *ORIENTATION
option that is referenced in the *GASKET SECTION option from the
ORIENTATION parameter. A real constant or a spatially varying field may
be used to define this property. This property is not required.
Initial Gap This property defines the initial gap in the thickness direction of the gasket
element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the
*GASKET SECTION option. A real constant or a spatially varying field
may be used to define this property. This property is not required.
Initial Void This property defines the initial void in the thickness direction of the gasket
element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the
*GASKET SECTION option. A real constant or a spatially varying field
may be used to define this property. This property is not required.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 1D 1D Gasket 3D Link Thickness
Behavior Only
Bar2
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Element Properties
242
Behavior Type This property defines the type of behavior for the thickness direction. It may
be set to either "Damage" or "Elastic-Plastic". This value is translated to the
ABAQUS input file as the TYPE parameter on the *GASKET THICKNESS
BEHAVIOR option. This property is required.
F vs. Closure
(Loading)
This property defines the force versus gasket closure for loading in the
thickness direction. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as the
*GASKET THICKNESS BEHAVIOR option with the DIRECTION
parameter set to LOADING. A non-spatial field created with the "Tabular
Input" method must be used to define this property. The field's independent
variables must be either Displacement or Displacement and Temperature.
This property is required.
Main Index
243 Chapter 2: Building A Model
Element Properties
F vs. Closure
(Unloading)
This property defines the force versus gasket closure for unloading in the
thickness direction. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as the
*GASKET THICKNESS BEHAVIOR option with the DIRECTION
parameter set to UNLOADING. A non-spatial field created with the "Tabular
Input" method must be used to define this property. The field's independent
variables must be either displacement or displacement and temperature. This
property is not required.
Gasket Thickness This property defines the thickness of the gasket elements. It is translated to
the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the *GASKET SECTION option. A
real constant or a spatially varying field may be used to define this property.
This property is not required. When this property is not specified, the gasket
elements' thicknesses are determined from their nodal coordinates.
Thickness Direction This property defines the thickness direction (local one direction) for the
elements. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file on the *GASKET
SECTION option. A real vector or a spatially varying vector field may be
used to define this property. This property is not required.
X-Sectional Area This property defines the x-sectional area of the gasket element. It is
translated to the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the *GASKET SECTION
option. A real constant or a spatially varying field may be used to define this
property. This property is required.
Initial Gap This property defines the initial gap in the thickness direction of the gasket
element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the
*GASKET SECTION option. A real constant or a spatially varying field may
be used to define this property. This property is not required.
Initial Void This property defines the initial void in the thickness direction of the gasket
element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the
*GASKET SECTION option. A real constant or a spatially varying field may
be used to define this property. This property is not required.
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Element Properties
244
3D Link Gasket (Material)
These options create GK3D2 elements. The *GASKET SECTION option is used to define the gasket
thickness, x-sectional area, initial gap and initial void values. The gasket material is specified using the
MATERIAL parameter on the *GASKET SECTION option.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 1D 1D Gasket 3D Link Built-in Material Bar2
Main Index
245 Chapter 2: Building A Model
Element Properties
Material Name This property defines the material to be used. It is translated to the ABAQUS
input file as the MATERIAL parameter on the *GASKET SECTION option.
This property is required.
Gasket Thickness This property defines the thickness of the gasket elements. It is translated to
the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the *GASKET SECTION option. A
real constant or a spatially varying field may be used to define this property.
This property is not required. When this property is not specified, the gasket
elements' thicknesses are determined from their nodal coordinates.
Thickness Direction This property defines the thickness direction (local one direction) for the
elements. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file on the *GASKET
SECTION option. A real vector or a spatially varying vector field may be
used to define this property. This property is not required.
X-Sectional Area This property defines the x-sectional area of the gasket element. It is
translated to the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the *GASKET
SECTION option. A real constant or a spatially varying field may be used to
define this property. This property is required.
Orientation System This property defines the coordinate system to use in defining the local two
and three directions for the gasket elements. It is translated to the ABAQUS
input file as an *ORIENTATION option that is referenced in the *GASKET
SECTION option from the ORIENTATION parameter. An existing
coordinate frame may be used to define this property. This property is
not required.
Orientation Axis This property defines the axis of rotation of the Orientation System for the
Orientation Angle. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as an
*ORIENTATION option that is referenced in the *GASKET SECTION
option from the ORIENTATION parameter. An integer value of 1, 2 or 3
may be used to define this property. This property is not required. The
default value is 1.
Orientation Angle This property defines the additional rotation about the Orientation Axis in
degrees. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as an *ORIENTATION
option that is referenced in the *GASKET SECTION option from the
ORIENTATION parameter. A real constant or a spatially varying field may
be used to define this property. This property is not required.
Initial Gap This property defines the initial gap in the thickness direction of the gasket
element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the
*GASKET SECTION option. A real constant or a spatially varying field
may be used to define this property. This property is not required.
Initial Void This property defines the initial void in the thickness direction of the gasket
element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the
*GASKET SECTION option. A real constant or a spatially varying field
may be used to define this property. This property is not required.
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Element Properties
246
2D Link Gasket
These options create GK2D2 elements. The *GASKET SECTION option is used to define the gasket
thickness, x-sectional area, initial gap and initial void values. The *GASKET THICKNESS BEHAVIOR
option is used to define the behavior in the thickness direction. The *GASKET ELASTICITY option is
used to define the transverse shear behavior.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 1D 1D Gasket 2D Link Gasket Behavior
Model
Bar2
Main Index
247 Chapter 2: Building A Model
Element Properties
Behavior Type This property defines the type of behavior for the thickness direction. It may
be set to either "Damage" or "Elastic-Plastic". This value is translated to the
ABAQUS input file as the TYPE parameter on the *GASKET THICKNESS
BEHAVIOR option. This property is required.
F vs Closure
(Loading)
This property defines the force versus gasket closure for loading in the
thickness direction. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as the
*GASKET THICKNESS BEHAVIOR option with the DIRECTION
parameter set to LOADING. A non-spatial field created with the "Tabular
Input" method must be used to define this property. The field's independent
variables must be either Displacement or Displacement and Temperature.
This property is required.
F vs Closure
(Unloading)
This property defines the force versus gasket closure for unloading in the
thickness direction. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as the
*GASKET THICKNESS BEHAVIOR option with the DIRECTION
parameter set to UNLOADING. A non-spatial field created with the "Tabular
Input" method must be used to define this property. The field's independent
variables must be either displacement or displacement and temperature. This
property is not required.
Shear Stiffness This property defines the shear stiffness of the gasket elements. It is
translated to the ABAQUS input file as the *GASKET ELASTICITY option
with the COMPONENT parameter set to TRANSVERSE SHEAR. A real
constant or a non-spatial field may be used to define this property. The non-
spatial fields that have been created with the "Tabular Input" method may be
used to define shear stiffness that varies with temperature. This property is
not required.
Gasket Thickness This property defines the thickness of the gasket elements. It is translated to
the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the *GASKET SECTION option. A
real constant or a spatially varying field may be used to define this property.
This property is not required. When this property is not specified, the gasket
elements' thicknesses are determined from their nodal coordinates.
Thickness Direction This property defines the thickness direction (local one direction) for the
elements. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file on the *GASKET
SECTION option. A real vector or a spatially varying vector field may be
used to define this property. This property is not required.
X-Sectional Area This property defines the x-sectional area of the gasket element. It is
translated to the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the *GASKET SECTION
option. A real constant or a spatially varying field may be used to define this
property. This property is required.
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Element Properties
248
2D Link Gasket (Thick only)
These options create GK2D2N elements. The *GASKET SECTION option is used to define the gasket
thickness, x-sectional area, initial gap and initial void values. The *GASKET THICKNESS BEHAVIOR
option is used to define the behavior in the thickness direction.
Initial Gap This property defines the initial gap in the thickness direction of the gasket
element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the
*GASKET SECTION option. A real constant or a spatially varying field may
be used to define this property. This property is not required.
Initial Void This property defines the initial void in the thickness direction of the gasket
element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the
*GASKET SECTION option. A real constant or a spatially varying field may
be used to define this property. This property is not required.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 1D 1D Gasket 2D Link Thickness
Behavior Only
Bar2
Main Index
249 Chapter 2: Building A Model
Element Properties
Behavior Type This property defines the type of behavior for the thickness direction. It may
be set to either "Damage" or "Elastic-Plastic". This value is translated to the
ABAQUS input file as the TYPE parameter on the *GASKET THICKNESS
BEHAVIOR option. This property is required.
F vs Closure
(Loading)
This property defines the force versus gasket closure for loading in the
thickness direction. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as the
*GASKET THICKNESS BEHAVIOR option with the DIRECTION
parameter set to LOADING. A non-spatial field created with the "Tabular
Input" method must be used to define this property. The field's independent
variables must be either Displacement or Displacement and Temperature.
This property is required.
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Element Properties
250
F vs Closure
(Unloading)
This property defines the force versus gasket closure for unloading in the
thickness direction. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as the
*GASKET THICKNESS BEHAVIOR option with the DIRECTION
parameter set to UNLOADING. A non-spatial field created with the "Tabular
Input" method must be used to define this property. The field's independent
variables must be either displacement or displacement and temperature. This
property is not required.
Gasket Thickness This property defines the thickness of the gasket elements. It is translated to
the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the *GASKET SECTION option. A
real constant or a spatially varying field may be used to define this property.
This property is not required. When this property is not specified, the gasket
elements' thicknesses are determined from their nodal coordinates.
Thickness Direction This property defines the thickness direction (local one direction) for the
elements. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file on the *GASKET
SECTION option. A real vector or a spatially varying vector field may be
used to define this property. This property is not required.
X-Sectional Area This property defines the x-sectional area of the gasket element. It is
translated to the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the *GASKET SECTION
option. A real constant or a spatially varying field may be used to define this
property. This property is required.
Initial Gap This property defines the initial gap in the thickness direction of the gasket
element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the
*GASKET SECTION option. A real constant or a spatially varying field
may be used to define this property. This property is not required.
Initial Void This property defines the initial void in the thickness direction of the gasket
element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the
*GASKET SECTION option. A real constant or a spatially varying field
may be used to define this property. This property is not required.
Main Index
251 Chapter 2: Building A Model
Element Properties
2D Link Gasket (Material)
These options create GK2D2 elements. The *GASKET SECTION option is used to define the gasket
thickness, x-sectional area, initial gap and initial void values. The gasket material is specified using the
MATERIAL parameter on the *GASKET SECTION option.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 1D 1D Gasket 2D Link Built-in Material Bar2
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Element Properties
252
Thin Shell
Options above create STRI35, STRI65, S4R5, S8R5, or S9R5 elements with *SHELL SECTION
properties. *ORIENTATION, *TRANSVERSE SHEAR STIFFNESS, and *HOURGLASS STIFFNESS
options may also be created, as required. This element defines a standard thin shell element.
Material Name This property defines the material to be used. It is translated to the ABAQUS
input file as the MATERIAL parameter on the *GASKET SECTION option.
This property is required.
Gasket Thickness This property defines the thickness of the gasket elements. It is translated to
the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the *GASKET SECTION option. A
real constant or a spatially varying field may be used to define this property.
This property is not required. When this property is not specified, the gasket
elements' thicknesses are determined from their nodal coordinates.
Thickness Direction This property defines the thickness direction (local one direction) for the
elements. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file on the *GASKET
SECTION option. A real vector or a spatially varying vector field may be
used to define this property. This property is not required.
X-Sectional Area This property defines the x-sectional area of the gasket element. It is
translated to the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the *GASKET
SECTION option. A real constant or a spatially varying field may be used to
define this property. This property is required.
Initial Gap This property defines the initial gap in the thickness direction of the gasket
element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the
*GASKET SECTION option. A real constant or a spatially varying field
may be used to define this property. This property is not required.
Initial Void This property defines the initial void in the thickness direction of the gasket
element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the
*GASKET SECTION option. A real constant or a spatially varying field
may be used to define this property. This property is not required.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 2D Shell Thin Shell Homogeneous Tri/3, Quad/4, Tri/6,
Quad/8, Quad/9
Main Index
253 Chapter 2: Building A Model
Element Properties
More data input is available for creating Thin Shell elements by scrolling down the input properties menu
bar on the previous page. Listed below are the remaining options contained in this menu.

Property Name Description
Orientation System Defines the orientation of the material within the shell
element. This is a reference to an existing coordinate system.
The referenced coordinate system defines the data used to
create the *ORIENTATION option.
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Element Properties
254
Thin Shell (Laminated)
Options above create STRI35, STRI65, S4R5, S8R5, or S9R5 elements with *SHELL SECTION
properties. *ORIENTATION and ∗TRANSVERSE SHEAR STIFFNESS options may also be created,
as required. This defines a laminate thin shell element.
Ave Shear Stiffness Defines the transverse shear stiffness. This is the value on the
*TRANSVERSE SHEAR STIFFNESS option. This is either
a real constant or a reference to an existing field definition.
Membrane Hourglass Stiffness
Normal Hourglass Stiffness
Bending Hourglass Stiffness
Define the artificial stiffness for hourglass control in
membrane, normal, and bending modes. These define
parameters on the *HOURGLASS STIFFNESS option. These
can be either real constants or references to existing field
definitions.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 2D Shell Thin Shell Laminate Tri/3, Quad/4, Tri/6,
Quad/8, Quad/9
Property Name Description
Main Index
255 Chapter 2: Building A Model
Element Properties
Thick Shell
Options above create S3R, STRI65, S4R, or S8R elements with *SHELL SECTION properties.
*ORIENTATION, *TRANSVERSE SHEAR STIFFNESS and *HOURGLASS STIFFNESS options
may also be created, as required. This defines a homogeneous thick shell element.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 2D Shell Thick Shell Homogeneous Tri/3, Quad/4,
Tri/6, Quad/8
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Element Properties
256
More data input is available for creating Thick Shell elements by scrolling down the input properties
menu bar on the previous page. Listed below are the remaining options contained in this menu.

Property Name Description
Orientation System Defines the orientation of the material within the shell element. This
is a reference to an existing coordinate system. The referenced
coordinate system defines the data used to create the
*ORIENTATION option.
Main Index
257 Chapter 2: Building A Model
Element Properties
Thick Shell (Laminated)
Options above create S3R, STRI65, S4R, or S8R elements with *SHELL SECTION properties.
*ORIENTATION and ∗TRANSVERSE SHEAR STIFFNESS options may also be created, as required.
This defines a laminate thick shell element.
Shear Stiffness K13
Shear Stiffness K23
Defines the transverse shear stIffness. These are the values on the
*TRANSVERSE SHEAR STIFFNESS option. These are either real
constants or references to existing field definitions.
Membrane Hourglass
Stiffness
Normal Hourglass Stiffness
Bending Hourglass Stiffness
Define the artificial stIffness for hourglass control in membrane,
normal, and bending modes. These define parameters on the
*HOURGLASS STIFFNESS option. These can be either real
constants or references to existing field definitions.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 2D Shell Thick Shell Laminate Tri/3, Quad/4,
Tri/6, Quad/8
Property Name Description
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Element Properties
258
General Thin
Options above create STRI35, STRI65, S4R5, S8R5, or S9R5 elements with *SHELL GENERAL
SECTION properties. *ORIENTATION, *TRANSVERSE SHEAR STIFFNESS, and *HOURGLASS
STIFFNESS options may also be created, as required. This defines a general thin shell element.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 2D Shell General Thin
Shell
Homogenous Tri/3, Quad/4,
Tri/6, Quad/8,
Quad/9
Main Index
259 Chapter 2: Building A Model
Element Properties
More data input is available for creating General Thin Shell elements by scrolling down the input
properties menu bar on the previous page. Listed below are the remaining options contained in this menu.
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Element Properties
260
Property Name Description
Section Stiffness D14
Section Stiffness D24
Section Stiffness D34
Section Stiffness D44
Section Stiffness D15
Section Stiffness D25
Section Stiffness D35
Section Stiffness D45
Section Stiffness D55
Section Stiffness D16
Section Stiffness D26
Section Stiffness D36
Section Stiffness D46
Section Stiffness D56
Section Stiffness D66
Defines the symmetric half of the [D] section stiffness matrix on the
*SHELL GENERAL SECTION option. These properties are required.
Force Vector {F1..F6} Defines the 6 values of the {F} vector on the *SHELL GENERAL
SECTION option. This vector defines the generalized stresses caused
by a fully constrained unit temperature rise. This is a list of 6 real
constants. This property is required.
Temperature Scaling
Thermal Expansion Scaling
Temperature Values
Define the temperature effects on the *SHELL GENERAL SECTION
option. These are lists of real values. Each list must have the same
number of values. These values are optional.
Orientation System Defines the orientation of the material within the shell element. This is
a reference to an existing coordinate system. The referenced coordinate
system defines the data used to create the *ORIENTATION option.
Reference Temperature Defines the reference temperature for all thermal effects on this
element. This defines the ZERO parameter on the *SHELL
GENERAL SECTION option.
Density, mass/area Defines the mass per unit area for the shell element. This is the
DENSITY parameter on the *SHELL GENERAL SECTION option.
This value can be either a real constant or a reference to an existing
field definition.
Ave Shear Stiffness Defines the transverse shear stiffness. This is the value on the
*TRANSVERSE SHEAR STIFFNESS option. This is either a real
constant or a reference to an existing field definition.
Membrane Hourglass
Stiffness
Normal Hourglass Stiffness
Bending Hourglass
Stiffness
Define the artificial stiffness for hourglass control in membrane,
normal, and bending modes. These define parameters on the
*HOURGLASS STIFFNESS option. These can be either real
constants or references to existing field definitions.
Main Index
261 Chapter 2: Building A Model
Element Properties
General Thin Shell (Laminated)
Options above create STRI3, STRI65, S4R5, S8R5 or S9R5 elements with *SHELL GENERAL
SECTION properties. *ORIENTATION and ∗TRANSVERSE SHEAR STIFFNESS options may also be
created, as required. This defines a laminate thin shell element.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 2D Shell General Thin Shell Laminate Tri/3, Quad/4,
Tri/6, Quad/8,
Quad/9
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Element Properties
262
General Thick
Options above create S3R, STRI65, S4R, or S8R elements with *SHELL GENERAL SECTION
properties. *ORIENTATION, *TRANSVERSE SHEAR STIFFNESS, and *HOURGLASS STIFFNESS
options may also be created, as required. This defines a general thick shell element.
More data input is available for creating General Thick Shell elements by scrolling down the input
properties menu bar on the previous page. Listed below are the remaining options contained in this menu.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 2D Shell General Thick Shell Tri/3, Quad/4,
Tri/6, Quad/8
Main Index
263 Chapter 2: Building A Model
Element Properties
Property Name Description
Section Stiffness D14
Section Stiffness D24
Section Stiffness D34
Section Stiffness D44
Section Stiffness D15
Section Stiffness D25
Section Stiffness D35
Section Stiffness D45
Section Stiffness D55
Section Stiffness D16
Section Stiffness D26
Section Stiffness D36
Section Stiffness D46
Section Stiffness D56
Section Stiffness D66
Defines the symmetric half of the [D] section stiffness matrix on the
*SHELL GENERAL SECTION option. These properties are required.
Force Vector {F1..F6} Defines the 6 values of the {F} vector on the *SHELL GENERAL
SECTION option. This vector defines the generalized stresses caused by
a fully constrained unit temperature rise. This is a list of 6 real constants.
This property is required.
Temperature Scaling
Thermal Expansion
Scaling
Temperature Values
Define the temperature effects on the *SHELL GENERAL SECTION
option. These are lists of real values. Each list must have the same
number of values. These values are optional.
Orientation System Defines the orientation of the material within the shell element. This is a
reference to an existing coordinate system. The referenced coordinate
system defines the data used to create the *ORIENTATION option.
Reference Temperature Defines the reference temperature for all thermal effects on this element.
This defines the ZERO parameter on the *SHELL GENERAL
SECTION option.
Density, mass/area Defines the mass per unit area for the shell element. This is the
DENSITY parameter on the *SHELL GENERAL SECTION option.
This value can be either a real constant or a reference to an existing field
definition.
Shear Stiffness K13
Shear Stiffness K23
Defines the transverse shear stiffness. These are the values on the
*TRANSVERSE SHEAR STIFFNESS option. These are either real
constants or references to existing field definitions.
Membrane Hourglass
Stiffness
Normal Hourglass
Stiffness
Bending Hourglass
Stiffness
Define the artificial stiffness for hourglass control in membrane, normal,
and bending modes. These define parameters on the *HOURGLASS
STIFFNESS option. These can be either real constants or references to
existing field definitions.
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Element Properties
264
General Thick Shell (Laminated)
Options above create S3R, STRI65, S4R, or S8R elements with *SHELL GENERAL SECTION
properties. *ORIENTATION and ∗TRANSVERSE SHEAR STIFFNESS options may also be created,
as required. This defines a laminate thick shell element.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 2D Shell General Thick
Shell
Laminate Tri/3, Quad/4, Tri/6,
Quad/8, Quad/9
Main Index
265 Chapter 2: Building A Model
Element Properties
Large Strain
Options above create S3R, S4R, or S8R elements with ∗SHELL SECTION properties. ∗ORIENTATION,
∗TRANSVERSE SHEAR STIFFNESS, and ∗HOURGLASS STIFFNESS options may also be created,
as required. This defines a large strain element.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 2D Shell Large Strain Shell Tri/3, Quad/4,
Tri/6, Quad/8
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Element Properties
266
More data input is available for creating Large Strain Shell elements by scrolling down the input
properties menu bar on the previous page. Listed below are the remaining options contained in this menu
.
General Large Strain
Options above create S3R, S4R, or S8R elements with ∗SHELL GENERAL SECTION properties.
∗ORIENTATION, ∗TRANSVERSE SHEAR STIFFNESS, and ∗HOURGLASS STIFFNESS options
may also be created, as required. This defines a general large strain element.
Property Name Description
Membrane Hourglass Stiff
Normal Hourglass Stiff
Bending Hourglass Stiff
Define the artificial stiffness for hourglass control in
membrane, normal, and bending modes. These define
parameters on the ∗HOURGLASS STIFFNESS option.
These can be either real constants or references to existing
field definitions.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 2D Shell General Large
Strain Shell
Tri/3, Quad/4
Main Index
267 Chapter 2: Building A Model
Element Properties
More data input is available for creating General Large Strain Shell elements by scrolling down the input
properties menu bar on the previous page. Listed below are the remaining options contained in this menu.
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Element Properties
268
Property Name Description
Section Stiffness D14
Section Stiffness D24
Section Stiffness D34
Section Stiffness D44
Section Stiffness D15
Section Stiffness D25
Section Stiffness D35
Section Stiffness D45
Section Stiffness D55
Section Stiffness D16
Section Stiffness D26
Section Stiffness D36
Section Stiffness D46
Section Stiffness D56
Section Stiffness D66
Defines the symmetric half of the [D] section stiffness matrix on the
∗SHELL GENERAL SECTION option.
These properties are required.
Force Vector F1...F6 Defines the 6 values of the {F} vector on the ∗SHELL GENERAL
SECTION option. This vector defines the generalized stresses caused
by a fully constrained unit temperature rise. This is a list of 6 real
constants. This property is required.
Temperature Scaling D
Thermal Expansion Scaling
Temperature Values
Define the temperature effects on the ∗SHELL GENERAL
SECTION option. These are lists of real values. Each list must have
the same number of values. These values are optional.
Orientation System Defines the orientation of the material within the shell element. This
is a reference to an existing coordinate system. The referenced
coordinate system defines the data used to create the
∗ORIENTATION option.
Reference Temperature Defines the reference temperature for all thermal effects on this
element. This defines the ZERO parameter on the ∗SHELL
GENERAL SECTION option.
Density, mass/area Defines the mass per unit surface area for the shell element. This is
the DENSITY parameter on the ∗SHELL GENERAL SECTION
option. This value can be either a real constant or a reference to an
existing field definition.
Poisson Parameter Permits an “overall” change of the cross section dimensions as a
function of the axial strains. This is the value of the POISSON
parameter on the *SHELL GENERAL SECTION option.
Main Index
269 Chapter 2: Building A Model
Element Properties
Plane Strain
Options above create CPE3, CPE4, CPE4R, CPE6, CPE6M, CPE8, CPE8R, CPE3H, CPE4H, CPE4RH,
CPE6H, CPE6MH, CPE8H, or CPE8RH (depending on the selected options and topologies) elements
with *SOLID SECTION properties. The thickness value on the *SOLID SECTION option is included.
*ORIENTATION and *HOURGLASS STIFFNESS options may also be included, as required. If
triangular element are found where reduced integration is requested, standard integration elements will
be used
Shear Stiffness K13
Shear Stiffness K23
Defines the transverse shear stiffness. These are the values on the
∗TRANSVERSE SHEAR STIFFNESS option. These are either real
constants or references to existing field definitions.
Membrane Hourglass
Stiffness
Normal Hourglass Stiffness
Bending Hourglass Stiffness
Define the artificial stiffness for hourglass control in membrane,
normal, and bending modes. These define parameters on the
∗HOURGLASS STIFFNESS option. These can be either real
constants or references to existing field definitions.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 2D 2D Solid Plane
Strain
Standard Formulation
Hybrid
Hybrid/Reduced
Integration
Reduced Integration
Incompatible Modes
Hybrid/Incompatible
Modes
Modified Formulation
Modified/Hybrid
Tri/3, Quad/4,
Tri/6, Quad/8
Tri/6
Tri/6
Property Name Description
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Element Properties
270
.
Generalized Plane Strain
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 2D 2D Solid General Plane
Strain
Standard Formulation
Hybrid
Hybrid/Reduced
Integration
Reduced Integration
Incompatible Modes
Hybrid/Incompatible
Modes
Tri/3, Quad/4
Tri/6, Quad/8
Main Index
271 Chapter 2: Building A Model
Element Properties
These options create CGPE5, CGPE5H, CGPE6, CGPE6H, CGPE6I, CGPE6IH, CGPE6R, CGPE6RH,
CGPE8, CGPE8H, CGPE10, CGPE10H, CGPE10R or CGPE10RH elements with *SOLID SECTION
properties when writing an ABAQUS V5.X or V4.X input file. Otherwise, they create CPEG3,
CPEG3H, CPEG4, CPEG4H, CPEG4I, CPEG4IH, CPEG4R, CPEG4RH, CPEG6, CPEG6H, CPEG8,
CPEG8H, CPEG8R or CPEG8RH elements with *SOLID SECTION properties. The thickness value on
the *SOLID SECTION option is included. *ORIENTATION and *HOURGLASS STIFFNESS options
may also be included, as required. If triangular elements are found where reduced integration is
requested, standard integration elements will be used.
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Element Properties
272
Plane Stress
Options above create CPS3, CPS4, CPS4R, CPS6, CPS6M, CPS8, or CPS8R (depending on the selected
options and topologies) elements with *SOLID SECTION properties. The thickness value on the
*SOLID SECTION option will be included. *ORIENTATION and *HOURGLASS STIFFNESS options
may also be created, as required. If triangular elements are found where reduced integration is requested,
standard integration elements will be used.
Property Name Description
[Reference Node] V6.X+ Defines the REF NODE parameter on the *SOLID
SECTION option. The third degree of freedom of this node
defines the change in length between the bounding planes.
The fourth and fifth degrees of freedom of this node define
the relative rotations of one bounding plane with respect to
the other. This property is required when generating an
ABAQUS version 6 or greater input file.
[Node A: DOF<UZ>] V5.X This property is required when generating an ABAQUS
version 4 or 5 input file.
[Node B: DOF<RX,RY] V5.X This property is required when generating an ABAQUS
version 4 or 5 input file.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 2D 2D Solid Plane
Stress
Standard Formulation
Reduced Integration
Incompatible Modes
Modified Formulation
Tri/3, Quad/4,
Tri/6, Quad/8
Tri/6
Main Index
273 Chapter 2: Building A Model
Element Properties
Axisymmetric Solid
Analysis
Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 2D 2D Solid Axisymmetric Standard Formulation
Reduced Integration
Incompatible Modes
Hybrid
Modified
Formulation
Modified/Hybrid
Tri/3, Quad/4,
Tri/6, Quad/8
Tri/6
Tri/6
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Element Properties
274
Options above create CAX3, CAX4, CAX4R, CAX6, CAX6M, CAX8, CAX8R, CAX3H, CAX4H,
CAX4RH, CAX6H, CAX6MH, CAX8H, or CAX8RH elements (depending on the selected options and
topologies) with ∗plifa=pb`qflk properties. *ORIENTATION and ∗HOURGLASS STIFFNESS
option may also be created, as required. If triangular elements are found where reduced integration is
requested, standard integration elements will be used.
Axisymmetric Solid with Twist (General)

Options above create CGAX3, CGAX4, CGAX4R, CGAX6, CGAX8, CGAX8R, CGAX3H, CGAX4H,
CGAX4RH, CGAX6H, CGAX8H, or CGAX8RH elements (depending on the selected options and
topologies) with ∗plifa=pb`qflk properties. *ORIENTATION and ∗HOURGLASS STIFFNESS
Analysis
Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 2D 2D Solid General
Axisymmetric
Standard Formulation
Hybrid
Reduced Integration
Hybrid/Reduced
Integration
Tri/3, Quad/4,
Tri/6, Quad/8
Quad/4, Quad/8
Main Index
275 Chapter 2: Building A Model
Element Properties
options may also be created, as required. If triangular elements are found where reduced integration is
requested, standard integration elements will be used.
Membrane
Options above create M3D3, M3D4, M3D4R, M3D6, M3D8, M3D8R, M3D9 or M3D9R elements
(depending on the selected options and topologies) with ∗plifa=pb`qflk properties. The thickness
value on the ∗plifa=pb`qflk option is included. ∗lofbkq^qflk and ∗elrodi^pp=
pqfcckbpp options may also be created, as required. If triangular elements are found where reduced
integration is requested, standard integration elements will be used.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 2D Membrane Standard Formulation
Reduced Integration
Tri/3, Quad/4,
Tri/6, Quad/8
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Element Properties
276
Main Index
277 Chapter 2: Building A Model
Element Properties
Planar 2D Interface
Options above create INTER2 or INTER3 elements (depending on the selected topology) with
∗fkqboc^`b, ∗cof`qflk, and ∗proc^`b=`lkq^`q properties. The SOFTENED parameter on
the ∗proc^`b=`lkq^`q option may be included, depending on the selected option. This element
defines an interface region between two portions of a planar model. These elements must be created from
one contact surface to the other.
Analysis
Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 2D 2D Interface Planar Elastic Slip Soft Contact
Elastic Slip Hard Contact
Lagrange Soft Contact
Lagrange Hard Contact
Elastic Slip No Separation
Lagrange No Separation
Elastic Slip Vis Damping
Elastic Slip Vis Damping No
Separation
Lagrange Vis Damping
Lagrange Vis Damping No
Separation
Quad/4,
Quad/8
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Element Properties
278
More data input is available for creating Planar 2D Interface elements by scrolling down the input
properties menu bar on the previous page. Listed below are the remaining options contained in this menu.
Elastic Slip, Slip Tolerance, and No Sliding Contact are mutually exclusive. If values are entered for more
than one of these options, all but the first will be ignored.

Property Name Description
Elastic Slip Defines the absolute magnitude of the allowable maximum elastic slip to
be used in the stiffness method for sticking friction. This is the value of
the ELASTIC SLIP parameter on the ∗FRICTION option.
Slip Tolerance Defines the value of , to redefine the ratio of allowable maximum
elastic slip to characteristic element length dimension. The default is
.005. This is the value of the SLIP TOLERANCE parameter on the
∗FRICTION option.
Stiffness in Stick This is currently not used.
Maximum Friction Stress Defines the equivalent shear stress limit of the gap element. This is the
value of the TAUMAX parameter on the ∗FRICTION option.
Clearance Zero Pressure Defines the clearance at which the contact pressure is 0. This is the c
value on the ∗SURFACE CONTACT, SOFTENED option. This property
is only used for the Soft Contact option. This is a real constant.
Pressure Zero Press Defines the pressure at zero clearance. This is the value on the
∗SURFACE CONTACT, SOFTENED option. This property is only used
for the Soft Contact option. This is a real constant.
Maximum Overclosure Defines the maximum overclosure allowed in points not considered in
contact. This is the c value on the ∗SURFACE CONTACT option. This
property is only used for the Soft Contact option. This is a real constant.
Maximum Negative
Pressure
Defines the magnitude of the maximum negative pressure allowed to be
carried across points in contact. This is the value on the ∗SURFACE
CONTACT option. This property is only used for the Hard Contact
option. This is a real constant.
No Sliding Contact Chooses the Language multiplier formulation for sticking friction when
completely rough (no slip) friction is desired.
Clearance Zero Damping Clearance at which the damping coefficient is zero.
Damping Zero Clearance Damping coefficient at zero clearance.
Frac Clearance Const
Damping
Fraction of the clearance interval over which the damping coefficient is
constant.
F
f
p
0
p
0
Main Index
279 Chapter 2: Building A Model
Element Properties
Axisymmetric 2D Interface
Options above create INTER2A or INTER3A elements (depending on the selected topology) with
*INTERFACE, *FRICTION, and *SURFACE CONTACT properties. The SOFTENED parameter on
the *SURFACE CONTACT option may be included, depending on the selected option. This element
Analysis
Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 2D 2D Interface Axisymmetric Elastic Slip Soft Contact
Elastic Slip Hard
Contact
Lagrange Soft Contact
Lagrange Hard Contact
Elastic Slip No
Separation
Lagrange No Separation
Elastic Slip Vis Damping
Elastic Slip Vis
DampingNo
Separation
Lagrange Vis Damping
Lagrange Vis Damping
No Separation
Quad/4,
Quad/8
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Element Properties
280
defines an interface region between two portions of an axisymmetric model. These elements must be
created from one contact surface to the other.
More data input is available for creating Axisymmetric 2D Interface elements by scrolling down the input
properties menu bar on the previous page. Listed below are the remaining options contained in this menu.
Elastic Slip, Slip Tolerance, and No Sliding Contact are mutually exclusive. If values are entered for more
than one of these options, all but the first will be ignored.

Property Name Description
Elastic Slip Defines the absolute magnitude of the allowable maximum elastic slip to
be used in the stiffness method for sticking friction. This is the value of
the ELASTIC SLIP parameter on the ∗FRICTION option.
Slip Tolerance Defines the value of , to redefine the ratio of allowable maximum
elastic slip to characteristic element length dimension. The default is
.005. This is the value of the SLIP TOLERANCE parameter on the
∗FRICTION option.
Stiffness in Stick This is currently not used.
Maximum Friction Stress Defines the equivalent shear stress limit of the gap element. This is the
value of the TAUMAX parameter on the ∗FRICTION option.
Clearance Zero Pressure Defines the clearance at which the contact pressure is 0. This is the c
value on the *SURFACE CONTACT, SOFTENED option. This property
is only used for the Soft Contact option. This is a real constant.
F
f
Main Index
281 Chapter 2: Building A Model
Element Properties
IRS (Shell/Solid)
Options above create IRS3, IRS4, and IRS9 elements (depending on the selected topology) with
∗INTERFACE, ∗FRICTION and ∗SURFACE CONTACT properties. The SOFTENED parameter on the
∗SURFACE CONTACT option may be included, depending on the selected option. This defines a rigid
surface element for use with solid or shell elements.
Pressure Zero Clearance Defines the pressure at zero clearance. This is the value on the
∗SURFACE CONTACT, SOFTENED option. This property is only used
for the Soft Contact option. This is a real constant.
Maximum Overclosure Defines the maximum overclosure allowed in points not considered in
contact. This is the c value on the ∗SURFACE CONTACT option. This
property is only used for the Soft Contact option. This is a real constant.
Maximum Negative
Pressure
Defines the magnitude of the maximum negative pressure allowed to be
carried across points in contact. This is the value on the ∗SURFACE
CONTACT option. This property is only used for the Hard Contact
option. This is a real constant.
No Sliding Contact Chooses the Language multiplier formulation for sticking friction when
completely rough (no slip) friction is desired.
Clearance Zero Damping Clearance at which the damping coefficient is zero.
Damping Zero Clearance Damping coefficient at zero clearance.
Frac Clearance Const
Damping
Fraction of the clearance interval over which the damping coefficient
is constant.
Analysis
Type
Dimensio
n Type Option 1 Option 2
Topologie
s
Structural 2D IRS
(shell/solid)
Elastic Slip Soft Contact
Elastic Slip Hard Contact
Lagrange Soft Contact
Lagrange Hard Contact
Elastic Slip No Separation
Lagrange No Separation
Elastic Slip Vis Damping
Elastic Slip Vis Damping
No
Separation
Lagrange Vis Damping
Lagrange Vis Damping
No Separation
Quad/4
Property Name Description
p
0
p
0
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Element Properties
282
More data input is available for creating IRS (shell/solid) elements by scrolling down the input properties
menu bar on the previous page. Listed below are the remaining options contained in this menu. Elastic
Slip, Slip Tolerance, and No Sliding Contact are mutually exclusive. If values are entered for more than
one of these options, all but the first will be ignored.

Property Name Description
Reference Node Reference node common to the IRS elements and the rigid surface.
Friction in Dir_1
Friction in Dir_2
Defines the sliding friction in the element’s 1 and 2 directions. These are
the friction coefficients on the second card of the ∗FRICTION option. If
Friction in Dir_2 is specified, then the ANISOTROPIC parameter is
included on the ∗FRICTION option. These values can be either real
constants or references to existing field definitions.
Elastic Slip Defines the absolute magnitude of the allowable maximum elastic slip to
be used in the stiffness method for sticking friction. This is the value of
the ELASTIC SLIP parameter on the ∗FRICTION option.
Slip Tolerance Defines the value of , to redefine the ratio of allowable maximum
elastic slip to characteristic element length dimension. The default is
.005. This is the value of the SLIP TOLERANCE parameter on the
∗FRICTION option.
Stiffness in Stick This is currently not used.
F
f
Main Index
283 Chapter 2: Building A Model
Element Properties
Rigid Surface (Bezier 3D)
Options above create a ∗RIGID SURFACE, TYPE=BEZIER option for use in three-dimensional analysis
(see Section 7.4.7 of the ABAQUS/Standard User’s manual).
All trias forming up the rigid surface must have the normals pointing towards the contacting surface.
Trias must all be connected.
Maximum Friction Stress Defines the equivalent shear stress limit of the gap element. This is the
value of the TAUMAX parameter on the ∗FRICTION option.
Clearance Zero Pressure Defines the clearance at which the contact pressure is 0. This is the
c value on the ∗SURFACE CONTACT, SOFTENED option. This
property is only used for the Soft Contact option. This is a real constant.
Press Zero Clearance Defines the pressure at zero clearance. This is the value on the
∗SURFACE CONTACT, SOFTENED option. This property is only used
for the Soft Contact option. This is a real constant.
Maximum Overclosure Defines the maximum overclosure allowed in points considered not in
contact. This is the c value on the ∗SURFACE CONTACT option. This
property is only used for the Hard Contact option. This is a real constant.
Maximum Negative
Pressure
Defines the magnitude of the maximum negative pressure allowed to be
carried across points in contact. This is the value on the ∗SURFACE
CONTACT option. This property is only used for the Hard Contact
option. This is a real constant.
No Sliding Contact Chooses the Language multiplier formulation for sticking friction when
completely rough (no slip) friction is desired.
Clearance Zero Damping Clearance at which the damping coefficient is zero.
Damping Zero Clearance Damping coefficient at zero clearance.
Frac Clearance Const
Damping
Fraction of the clearance interval over which the damping coefficient
is constant.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 2D Rigid Surf (Bz3D) Quad 4
Property Name Description
p
0
p
0
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Element Properties
284
Rigid Surface (LBC)
This property set is created when the Rigid-Deform contact lbc is created in the Loads/BCs menu. The
creation or deletion of this property set is not required by the user. The elements associated with this
property set are translated as R3D3 and R3D4 elements.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 2D Rigid Surface(LBC) Quad4,
Tria3
Main Index
285 Chapter 2: Building A Model
Element Properties
2D Rebar
The options above create SFM3D3, SFM3D4, SFM3D4R, SFM3D6, SFM3D8, SFM3D8R and
SFMCL9 elements (depending on the selected options and topologies) with *SURFACE SECTION
properties. The *EMBEDDED ELEMENT and *REBAR LAYER options are also created.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 2D Rebar Cylindrical
General
Standard
Formulation
Reduced
Integration
Quad/9
Tri/3, Tri/6,
Quad/4, Quad/8
Quad/4, Quad/8
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Element Properties
286
Material Name Defines the material to be used. When entering data here, a list of all
isotropic materials in the database is displayed. You can either pick one from
the list with the mouse or type in the name. This identifies the material that
will be referenced on the *REBAR LAYER option. This property is
required.
X-Sectional Area Defines the area of the rebar cross-section. This is the cross-sectional area
value on the *REBAR LAYER option. A real constant, a reference to an
existing field definition, or a real list may be entered. A real list is used to
specify the cross-sectional area for more than one rebar layer. This property
is required.
Spacing Defines the spacing of the rebars within a layer. This is the spacing value on
the *REBAR LAYER option. A real constant, a reference to an existing field
definition, or a real list may be entered. A real list is used to specify the
spacing for more than one rebar layer. This property is required.
Main Index
287 Chapter 2: Building A Model
Element Properties
Plane Strain Gasket
These options create GKPE4 elements. The *GASKET SECTION option is used to define the gasket
thickness, out-of-plane thickness, initial gap and initial void values. The *GASKET THICKNESS
BEHAVIOR option is used to define the behavior in the thickness direction. The *GASKET
ELASTICITY option is used to define the transverse shear behavior.
Spacing Unit Type Defines the unit type for the spacing values. When “Angle” is specified, the
ANGULAR SPACING parameter is used for the *REBAR LAYER option.
“Distance” is the default value. This property is not required.
Rebar Orient. Angle Defines the angular orientation of the rebar from the local 1-direction in
degrees. This is the angular orientation value on the *REBAR LAYER
option. A real constant, a reference to an existing field definition, or a real
list may be entered. A real list is used to specify the angular orientation for
more than one rebar layer. This property is required.
Host Property Set Defines the element property set of the elements that host the rebar elements.
This is the “HOST ELSET” parameter on the *EMBEDDED ELEMENT
option. A reference to an existing element property set may be specified. By
default, the solver determines the host elements based on the position of the
embedded elements within the model. This property is not required.
Roundoff Tolerance Defines the value below which the weigh factors of the host element’s nodes
will be zeroed out. This is the ROUNDOFF TOLERANCE parameter on the
*EMBEDDED ELEMENT option. A real scalar may be specified. The
default value is 1E+6. This property is not required.
Orientation System Defines a local coordinate system for orienting the rebars. This is a reference
to an existing coordinate system. The referenced coordinate system defines
the data used to create an *ORIENTATION option. The orientation name is
then used for the ORIENTATION parameter on the *REBAR LAYER
option. This property is not required.
Orientation Axis Defines the axis of rotation on the “Orientation System” to use for the
additional rotation specified by the “Orientation Angle”. The axis should
have a nonzero component in the direction of the normal to the surface. An
integer value between 1 and 3 may be specified. The local 1-direction is the
default value. This property is not required.
Orientation Angle Defines the additional rotation in degrees about the “Orientation Axis” of the
“Orientation System”. Either a real scalar or a reference to an existing field
definition may be specified. The default value is zero. This property is not
required.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 2D 2D Gasket Plane Strain Gasket Behavior
Model
Quad4
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Element Properties
288
Membrane Material This property defines the membrane material to be used. It is translated to the
ABAQUS input file as the *GASKET ELASTICITY option with the
COMPONENT parameter set to MEMBRANE. The Elastic Modulus and
Poisson's Ratio may vary with temperature. This property is not required.
Behavior Type This property defines the type of behavior for the thickness direction. It may
be set to either "Damage" or "Elastic-Plastic". This value is translated to the
ABAQUS input file as the TYPE parameter on the *GASKET THICKNESS
BEHAVIOR option. This property is required.
P vs Closure
(Loading)
This property defines the pressure versus gasket closure for loading in the
thickness direction. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as the
*GASKET THICKNESS BEHAVIOR option with the DIRECTION
parameter set to LOADING. A non-spatial field created with the "Tabular
Input" method must be used to define this property. The field's independent
variables must be either Displacement or Displacement and Temperature.
This property is required.
Main Index
289 Chapter 2: Building A Model
Element Properties
Plane Strain Gasket (Material)
P vs Closure
(Unloading)
This property defines the pressure versus gasket closure for unloading in the
thickness direction. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as the
*GASKET THICKNESS BEHAVIOR option with the DIRECTION
parameter set to UNLOADING. A non-spatial field created with the "Tabular
Input" method must be used to define this property. The field's independent
variables must be either displacement or displacement and temperature. This
property is not required.
Shear Stiffness This property defines the shear stiffness of the gasket elements. It is
translated to the ABAQUS input file as the *GASKET ELASTICITY option
with the COMPONENT parameter set to TRANSVERSE SHEAR. A real
constant or a non-spatial field may be used to define this property. The non-
spatial fields that have been created with the "Tabular Input" method may be
used to define shear stiffness that varies with temperature. This property is
not required.
Thickness This property defines the out-of-plane thickness of the of the gasket element.
It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the *GASKET
SECTION option. A real constant or a spatially varying field may be used to
define this property. This property is not required.
Gasket Thickness This property defines the thickness of the gasket elements. It is translated to
the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the *GASKET SECTION option. A
real constant or a spatially varying field may be used to define this property.
This property is not required. When this property is not specified, the gasket
elements' thicknesses are determined from their nodal coordinates.
Thickness Direction This property defines the thickness direction (local one direction) for the
elements. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file on the *GASKET
SECTION option. A real vector or a spatially varying vector field may be
used to define this property. This property is not required.
Initial Gap This property defines the initial gap in the thickness direction of the gasket
element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the
*GASKET SECTION option. A real constant or a spatially varying field
may be used to define this property. This property is not required.
Initial Void This property defines the initial void in the thickness direction of the gasket
element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the
*GASKET SECTION option. A real constant or a spatially varying field
may be used to define this property. This property is not required.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 2D 2D Gasket Plane Strain Built-in Material Quad4
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Element Properties
290
These options create GKPE4 elements. The *GASKET SECTION option is used to define the gasket
thickness, out-of-plane thickness, initial gap and initial void values. The gasket material is specified
using the MATERIAL parameter on the *GASKET SECTION option.
Material Name This property defines the material to be used. It is translated to the ABAQUS
input file as the MATERIAL parameter on the *GASKET SECTION option.
This property is required.
Thickness This property defines the out-of-plane thickness of the of the gasket element.
It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the *GASKET
SECTION option. A real constant or a spatially varying field may be used to
define this property. This property is not required.
Gasket Thickness This property defines the thickness of the gasket elements. It is translated to
the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the *GASKET SECTION option. A
real constant or a spatially varying field may be used to define this property.
This property is not required. When this property is not specified, the gasket
elements' thicknesses are determined from their nodal coordinates.
Main Index
291 Chapter 2: Building A Model
Element Properties
Plane Stress Gasket
These options create GKPS4 elements. The *GASKET SECTION option is used to define the gasket
thickness, out-of-plane thickness, initial gap and initial void values. The *GASKET THICKNESS
BEHAVIOR option is used to define the behavior in the thickness direction. The *GASKET
ELASTICITY option is used to define the transverse shear behavior.
Thickness Direction This property defines the thickness direction (local one direction) for the
elements. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file on the *GASKET
SECTION option. A real vector or a spatially varying vector field may be
used to define this property. This property is not required.
Initial Gap This property defines the initial gap in the thickness direction of the gasket
element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the
*GASKET SECTION option. A real constant or a spatially varying field
may be used to define this property. This property is not required.
Initial Void This property defines the initial void in the thickness direction of the gasket
element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the
*GASKET SECTION option. A real constant or a spatially varying field
may be used to define this property. This property is not required.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 2D 2D Gasket Plane Stress Gasket Behavior
Model
Quad4
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Element Properties
292
Membrane Material This property defines the membrane material to be used. It is translated to the
ABAQUS input file as the *GASKET ELASTICITY option with the
COMPONENT parameter set to MEMBRANE. The Elastic Modulus and
Poisson's Ratio may vary with temperature. This property is not required.
Behavior Type This property defines the type of behavior for the thickness direction. It may
be set to either "Damage" or "Elastic-Plastic". This value is translated to the
ABAQUS input file as the TYPE parameter on the *GASKET THICKNESS
BEHAVIOR option. This property is required.
P vs Closure
(Loading)
This property defines the pressure versus gasket closure for loading in the
thickness direction. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as the
*GASKET THICKNESS BEHAVIOR option with the DIRECTION
parameter set to LOADING. A non-spatial field created with the "Tabular
Input" method must be used to define this property. The field's independent
variables must be either Displacement or Displacement and Temperature.
This property is required.
Main Index
293 Chapter 2: Building A Model
Element Properties
Plane Stress Gasket (Thick only)
P vs Closure
(Unloading)
This property defines the pressure versus gasket closure for unloading in the
thickness direction. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as the
*GASKET THICKNESS BEHAVIOR option with the DIRECTION
parameter set to UNLOADING. A non-spatial field created with the "Tabular
Input" method must be used to define this property. The field's independent
variables must be either displacement or displacement and temperature. This
property is not required.
Shear Stiffness This property defines the shear stiffness of the gasket elements. It is
translated to the ABAQUS input file as the *GASKET ELASTICITY option
with the COMPONENT parameter set to TRANSVERSE SHEAR. A real
constant or a non-spatial field may be used to define this property. The non-
spatial fields that have been created with the "Tabular Input" method may be
used to define shear stiffness that varies with temperature. This property is
not required.
Thickness This property defines the out-of-plane thickness of the of the gasket element.
It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the *GASKET
SECTION option. A real constant or a spatially varying field may be used to
define this property. This property is not required.
Gasket Thickness This property defines the thickness of the gasket elements. It is translated to
the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the *GASKET SECTION option. A
real constant or a spatially varying field may be used to define this property.
This property is not required. When this property is not specified, the gasket
elements' thicknesses are determined from their nodal coordinates.
Thickness Direction This property defines the thickness direction (local one direction) for the
elements. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file on the *GASKET
SECTION option. A real vector or a spatially varying vector field may be
used to define this property. This property is not required.
Initial Gap This property defines the initial gap in the thickness direction of the gasket
element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the
*GASKET SECTION option. A real constant or a spatially varying field
may be used to define this property. This property is not required.
Initial Void This property defines the initial void in the thickness direction of the gasket
element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the
*GASKET SECTION option. A real constant or a spatially varying field
may be used to define this property. This property is not required.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 2D 2D Gasket Plane Stress Thickness
Behavior Only
Quad4
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Element Properties
294
These options create GKPS4N elements. The *GASKET SECTION option is used to define the gasket
thickness, out-of-plane thickness, initial gap and initial void values. The *GASKET THICKNESS
BEHAVIOR option is used to define the behavior in the thickness direction.
Behavior Type This property defines the type of behavior for the thickness direction. It may
be set to either "Damage" or "Elastic-Plastic". This value is translated to the
ABAQUS input file as the TYPE parameter on the *GASKET
THICKNESS BEHAVIOR option. This property is required.
P vs Closure
(Loading)
This property defines the pressure versus gasket closure for loading in the
thickness direction. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as the
*GASKET THICKNESS BEHAVIOR option with the DIRECTION
parameter set to LOADING. A non-spatial field created with the "Tabular
Input" method must be used to define this property. The field's independent
variables must be either Displacement or Displacement and Temperature.
This property is required.
Main Index
295 Chapter 2: Building A Model
Element Properties
Plane Stress Gasket (Material)
These options create GKPS4 elements. The *GASKET SECTION option is used to define the gasket
thickness, out-of-plane thickness, initial gap and initial void values. The gasket material is specified
using the MATERIAL parameter on the *GASKET SECTION option.
P vs Closure
(Unloading)
This property defines the pressure versus gasket closure for unloading in the
thickness direction. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as the
*GASKET THICKNESS BEHAVIOR option with the DIRECTION
parameter set to UNLOADING. A non-spatial field created with the
"Tabular Input" method must be used to define this property. The field's
independent variables must be either displacement or displacement and
temperature. This property is not required.
Thickness This property defines the out-of-plane thickness of the of the gasket
element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the
*GASKET SECTION option. A real constant or a spatially varying field
may be used to define this property. This property is not required.
Gasket Thickness This property defines the thickness of the gasket elements. It is translated to
the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the *GASKET SECTION option. A
real constant or a spatially varying field may be used to define this property.
This property is not required. When this property is not specified, the gasket
elements' thicknesses are determined from their nodal coordinates.
Thickness Direction This property defines the thickness direction (local one direction) for the
elements. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file on the *GASKET
SECTION option. A real vector or a spatially varying vector field may be
used to define this property. This property is not required.
Initial Gap This property defines the initial gap in the thickness direction of the gasket
element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the
*GASKET SECTION option. A real constant or a spatially varying field
may be used to define this property. This property is not required.
Initial Void This property defines the initial void in the thickness direction of the gasket
element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the
*GASKET SECTION option. A real constant or a spatially varying field
may be used to define this property. This property is not required.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 2D 2D Gasket Plane Stress Built-in Material Quad4
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Element Properties
296
Material Name This property defines the material to be used. It is translated to the ABAQUS
input file as the MATERIAL parameter on the *GASKET SECTION option.
This property is required.
Thickness This property defines the out-of-plane thickness of the of the gasket element.
It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the *GASKET
SECTION option. A real constant or a spatially varying field may be used to
define this property. This property is not required.
Gasket Thickness This property defines the thickness of the gasket elements. It is translated to
the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the *GASKET SECTION option. A
real constant or a spatially varying field may be used to define this property.
This property is not required. When this property is not specified, the gasket
elements' thicknesses are determined from their nodal coordinates.
Main Index
297 Chapter 2: Building A Model
Element Properties
Axisymmetric Gasket
These options create GKAX4 elements. The *GASKET SECTION option is used to define the gasket
thickness, initial gap and initial void values. The *GASKET THICKNESS BEHAVIOR option is used
to define the behavior in the thickness direction. The *GASKET ELASTICITY option is used to define
the transverse shear behavior.
Thickness Direction This property defines the thickness direction (local one direction) for the
elements. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file on the *GASKET
SECTION option. A real vector or a spatially varying vector field may be
used to define this property. This property is not required.
Initial Gap This property defines the initial gap in the thickness direction of the gasket
element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the
*GASKET SECTION option. A real constant or a spatially varying field
may be used to define this property. This property is not required.
Initial Void This property defines the initial void in the thickness direction of the gasket
element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the
*GASKET SECTION option. A real constant or a spatially varying field
may be used to define this property. This property is not required.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 2D 2D
Gasket
Axisymmetric Gasket Behavior
Model
Quad4
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Element Properties
298
Membrane Material This property defines the membrane material to be used. It is translated to
the ABAQUS input file as the *GASKET ELASTICITY option with the
COMPONENT parameter set to MEMBRANE. The Elastic Modulus and
Poisson's Ratio may vary with temperature. This property is not required.
Behavior Type This property defines the type of behavior for the thickness direction. It may
be set to either "Damage" or "Elastic-Plastic". This value is translated to the
ABAQUS input file as the TYPE parameter on the *GASKET THICKNESS
BEHAVIOR option. This property is required.
P vs Closure
(Loading)
This property defines the pressure versus gasket closure for loading in the
thickness direction. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as the
*GASKET THICKNESS BEHAVIOR option with the DIRECTION
parameter set to LOADING. A non-spatial field created with the "Tabular
Input" method must be used to define this property. The field's independent
variables must be either Displacement or Displacement and Temperature.
This property is required.
Main Index
299 Chapter 2: Building A Model
Element Properties
P vs Closure
(Unloading)
This property defines the pressure versus gasket closure for unloading in the
thickness direction. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as the
*GASKET THICKNESS BEHAVIOR option with the DIRECTION
parameter set to UNLOADING. A non-spatial field created with the
"Tabular Input" method must be used to define this property. The field's
independent variables must be either displacement or displacement and
temperature. This property is not required.
Shear Stiffness This property defines the shear stiffness of the gasket elements. It is
translated to the ABAQUS input file as the *GASKET ELASTICITY option
with the COMPONENT parameter set to TRANSVERSE SHEAR. A real
constant or a non-spatial field may be used to define this property. The non-
spatial fields that have been created with the "Tabular Input" method may be
used to define shear stiffness that varies with temperature. This property is
not required.
Gasket Thickness This property defines the thickness of the gasket elements. It is translated to
the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the *GASKET SECTION option. A
real constant or a spatially varying field may be used to define this property.
This property is not required. When this property is not specified, the gasket
elements' thicknesses are determined from their nodal coordinates.
Thickness Direction This property defines the thickness direction (local one direction) for the
elements. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file on the *GASKET
SECTION option. A real vector or a spatially varying vector field may be
used to define this property. This property is not required.
Initial Gap This property defines the initial gap in the thickness direction of the gasket
element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the
*GASKET SECTION option. A real constant or a spatially varying field
may be used to define this property. This property is not required.
Initial Void This property defines the initial void in the thickness direction of the gasket
element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the
*GASKET SECTION option. A real constant or a spatially varying field
may be used to define this property. This property is not required.
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Element Properties
300
Axisymmetric Gasket (Thick only)
These options create GKAX4N elements. The *GASKET SECTION option is used to define the gasket
thickness, initial gap and initial void values. The *GASKET THICKNESS BEHAVIOR option is used
to define the behavior in the thickness direction.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 2D 2D Gasket Axisymmetric Thickness
Behavior Only
Quad4
Main Index
301 Chapter 2: Building A Model
Element Properties
Behavior Type This property defines the type of behavior for the thickness direction. It may
be set to either "Damage" or "Elastic-Plastic". This value is translated to the
ABAQUS input file as the TYPE parameter on the *GASKET THICKNESS
BEHAVIOR option. This property is required.
P vs Closure
(Loading)
This property defines the pressure versus gasket closure for loading in the
thickness direction. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as the
*GASKET THICKNESS BEHAVIOR option with the DIRECTION
parameter set to LOADING. A non-spatial field created with the "Tabular
Input" method must be used to define this property. The field's independent
variables must be either Displacement or Displacement and Temperature.
This property is required.
P vs Closure
(Unloading)
This property defines the pressure versus gasket closure for unloading in the
thickness direction. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as the
*GASKET THICKNESS BEHAVIOR option with the DIRECTION
parameter set to UNLOADING. A non-spatial field created with the "Tabular
Input" method must be used to define this property. The field's independent
variables must be either displacement or displacement and temperature. This
property is not required.
Gasket Thickness This property defines the thickness of the gasket elements. It is translated to
the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the *GASKET SECTION option. A
real constant or a spatially varying field may be used to define this property.
This property is not required. When this property is not specified, the gasket
elements' thicknesses are determined from their nodal coordinates.
Thickness Direction This property defines the thickness direction (local one direction) for the
elements. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file on the *GASKET
SECTION option. A real vector or a spatially varying vector field may be
used to define this property. This property is not required.
Initial Gap This property defines the initial gap in the thickness direction of the gasket
element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the
*GASKET SECTION option. A real constant or a spatially varying field
may be used to define this property. This property is not required.
Initial Void This property defines the initial void in the thickness direction of the gasket
element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the
*GASKET SECTION option. A real constant or a spatially varying field
may be used to define this property. This property is not required.
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Element Properties
302
Axisymmetric Gasket (Material)
These options create GKAX4 elements. The *GASKET SECTION option is used to define the gasket
thickness, initial gap and initial void values. The gasket material is specified using the MATERIAL
parameter on the *GASKET SECTION option.
Analysis Type
Dimensio
n Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 2D 2D Gasket Axisymmetri
c
Built-in Material Quad4
Main Index
303 Chapter 2: Building A Model
Element Properties
3D Line Gaske
t
These options create GK3D4L elements. The *GASKET SECTION option is used to define the gasket
thickness, width, initial gap and initial void values. The *GASKET THICKNESS BEHAVIOR option is
used to define the behavior in the thickness direction. The *GASKET ELASTICITY option is used to
define the transverse shear behavior.
Material Name This property defines the material to be used. It is translated to the ABAQUS
input file as the MATERIAL parameter on the *GASKET SECTION option.
This property is required.
Gasket Thickness This property defines the thickness of the gasket elements. It is translated to
the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the *GASKET SECTION option. A
real constant or a spatially varying field may be used to define this property.
This property is not required. When this property is not specified, the gasket
elements' thicknesses are determined from their nodal coordinates.
Thickness Direction This property defines the thickness direction (local one direction) for the
elements. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file on the *GASKET
SECTION option. A real vector or a spatially varying vector field may be
used to define this property. This property is not required.
Initial Gap This property defines the initial gap in the thickness direction of the gasket
element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the
*GASKET SECTION option. A real constant or a spatially varying field may
be used to define this property. This property is not required.
Initial Void This property defines the initial void in the thickness direction of the gasket
element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the
*GASKET SECTION option. A real constant or a spatially varying field may
be used to define this property. This property is not required.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 2D 2D Gasket Line Gasket Behavior
Model
Quad4
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Element Properties
304
Membrane Material This property defines the membrane material to be used. It is translated
to the ABAQUS input file as the *GASKET ELASTICITY option with
the COMPONENT parameter set to MEMBRANE. The Elastic
Modulus and Poisson's Ratio may vary with temperature. This property
is not required.
Behavior Type This property defines the type of behavior for the thickness direction.
It may be set to either "Damage" or "Elastic-Plastic". This value is
translated to the ABAQUS input file as the TYPE parameter on the
*GASKET THICKNESS BEHAVIOR option. This property is
required.
F/L vs. Closure (Loading) This property defines the force per unit length versus gasket closure for
loading in the thickness direction. It is translated to the ABAQUS input
file as the *GASKET THICKNESS BEHAVIOR option with the
DIRECTION parameter set to LOADING. A non-spatial field created
with the "Tabular Input" method must be used to define this property.
The field's independent variables must be either Displacement or
Displacement and Temperature. This property is required.
Main Index
305 Chapter 2: Building A Model
Element Properties
F/L vs. Closure (Unloading) This property defines the force per unit length versus gasket closure for
unloading in the thickness direction. It is translated to the ABAQUS
input file as the *GASKET THICKNESS BEHAVIOR option with the
DIRECTION parameter set to UNLOADING. A non-spatial field
created with the "Tabular Input" method must be used to define this
property. The field's independent variables must be either displacement
or displacement and temperature. This property is not required.
Shear Stiffness This property defines the shear stiffness of the gasket elements. It is
translated to the ABAQUS input file as the *GASKET ELASTICITY
option with the COMPONENT parameter set to TRANSVERSE
SHEAR. A real constant or a non-spatial field may be used to define
this property. The non-spatial fields that have been created with the
"Tabular Input" method may be used to define shear stiffness that
varies with temperature. This property is not required.
Gasket Thickness This property defines the thickness of the gasket elements. It is
translated to the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the *GASKET
SECTION option. A real constant or a spatially varying field may be
used to define this property. This property is not required. When this
property is not specified, the gasket elements' thicknesses are
determined from their nodal coordinates.
Thickness Direction This property defines the thickness direction (local one direction) for
the elements. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file on the
*GASKET SECTION option. A real vector or a spatially varying
vector field may be used to define this property. This property is not
required.
Width This property defines the width of the gasket element. It is translated to
the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the *GASKET SECTION
option. A real constant or a spatially varying field may be used to
define this property. This property is required.
Initial Gap This property defines the initial gap in the thickness direction of the
gasket element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as an entry
on the *GASKET SECTION option. A real constant or a spatially
varying field may be used to define this property. This property is not
required.
Initial Void This property defines the initial void in the thickness direction of the
gasket element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as an entry
on the *GASKET SECTION option. A real constant or a spatially
varying field may be used to define this property. This property is not
required.
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Element Properties
306
3D Line Gasket (Thick only)
These options create GK3D4LN elements. The *GASKET SECTION option is used to define the gasket
thickness, width, initial gap and initial void values. The *GASKET THICKNESS BEHAVIOR option is
used to define the behavior in the thickness direction.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 2D 2D Gasket Line Thickness
Behavior Only
Quad4
Main Index
307 Chapter 2: Building A Model
Element Properties
Behavior Type This property defines the type of behavior for the thickness direction. It
may be set to either "Damage" or "Elastic-Plastic". This value is
translated to the ABAQUS input file as the TYPE parameter on the
*GASKET THICKNESS BEHAVIOR option. This property is
required.
F/L vs. Closure (Loading) This property defines the force per unit length versus gasket closure for
loading in the thickness direction. It is translated to the ABAQUS input
file as the *GASKET THICKNESS BEHAVIOR option with the
DIRECTION parameter set to LOADING. A non-spatial field created
with the "Tabular Input" method must be used to define this property.
The field's independent variables must be either Displacement or
Displacement and Temperature. This property is required.
F/L vs. Closure (Unloading) This property defines the force per unit length versus gasket closure for
unloading in the thickness direction. It is translated to the ABAQUS
input file as the *GASKET THICKNESS BEHAVIOR option with the
DIRECTION parameter set to UNLOADING. A non-spatial field
created with the "Tabular Input" method must be used to define this
property. The field's independent variables must be either displacement
or displacement and temperature. This property is not required.
Gasket Thickness This property defines the thickness of the gasket elements. It is
translated to the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the *GASKET
SECTION option. A real constant or a spatially varying field may be
used to define this property. This property is not required. When this
property is not specified, the gasket elements' thicknesses are
determined from their nodal coordinates.
Thickness Direction This property defines the thickness direction (local one direction) for
the elements. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file on the
*GASKET SECTION option. A real vector or a spatially varying
vector field may be used to define this property. This property is not
required.
Width This property defines the width of the gasket element. It is translated to
the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the *GASKET SECTION
option. A real constant or a spatially varying field may be used to define
this property. This property is required.
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Element Properties
308
3D Line Gasket (Material)
These options create GK3D4L elements. The *GASKET SECTION option is used to define the gasket
thickness, width, initial gap and initial void values. The gasket material is specified using the
MATERIAL parameter on the *GASKET SECTION option.
Initial Gap This property defines the initial gap in the thickness direction of the
gasket element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as an entry on
the *GASKET SECTION option. A real constant or a spatially varying
field may be used to define this property. This property is not required.
Initial Void This property defines the initial void in the thickness direction of the
gasket element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as an entry on
the *GASKET SECTION option. A real constant or a spatially varying
field may be used to define this property. This property is not required.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 2D 2D Gasket Line Built-in Material Quad4
Main Index
309 Chapter 2: Building A Model
Element Properties
Material Name This property defines the material to be used. It is translated to the ABAQUS
input file as the MATERIAL parameter on the *GASKET SECTION option.
This property is required.
Gasket Thickness This property defines the thickness of the gasket elements. It is translated to the
ABAQUS input file as an entry on the *GASKET SECTION option. A real
constant or a spatially varying field may be used to define this property. This
property is not required. When this property is not specified, the gasket
elements' thicknesses are determined from their nodal coordinates.
Thickness Direction This property defines the thickness direction (local one direction) for the
elements. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file on the *GASKET
SECTION option. A real vector or a spatially varying vector field may be used
to define this property. This property is not required.
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Element Properties
310
Solid
Options above create C3D4, C3D6, C3D8, C3D8R, C3D10, C3D10M, C3D15, C3D20, C3D20R,
C3D4H, C3D6H, C3D8H, C3D8RH, C3D10H, C3D10MH, C3D15H, C3D20H, C3D20RH, C3D27,
C3D27R, C3D27H, or C3D27RH elements (depending on the selected options and topologies) with
∗SOLID SECTION properties. ∗ORIENTATION and ∗HOURGLASS STIFFNESS options may also be
created, as required. If tetrahedral or wedge elements are found where reduced integration is requested,
standard integration elements will be used.
Width This property defines the width of the gasket element. It is translated to the
ABAQUS input file as an entry on the *GASKET SECTION option. A real
constant or a spatially varying field may be used to define this property. This
property is required.
Initial Gap This property defines the initial gap in the thickness direction of the gasket
element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the
*GASKET SECTION option. A real constant or a spatially varying field may
be used to define this property. This property is not required.
Initial Void This property defines the initial void in the thickness direction of the gasket
element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the
*GASKET SECTION option. A real constant or a spatially varying field may
be used to define this property. This property is not required.
Analysis
Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 3D Solid Standard Formulation
Hybrid
Hybrid/Reduced
Integration
Reduced Integration
Incompatible Modes
Hybrid/Incompatible
Modes
Modified Formulation
Modified/Hybrid
Laminate Tet/4, Tet/10,
Wedge/6, Wedge/15,
Hex/8, Hex/20,
Hex/27
Tet/10
Tet/10
Main Index
311 Chapter 2: Building A Model
Element Properties
Material Name Defines the material to be used. When entering data, a list of all materials in the
database is displayed. You can either pick one from the list with the mouse or type
the name in. This identifies the material which will be referenced on the *SOLID
SECTION option. This property is required.
Orientation Axis This property defines the the orientation of the material within the shell element.
This is a reference to an existing coordinate system. The referenced coordinate
system defines the data used to create the *ORIENTATION option.
Stack Direction This property defines the direction in which the material layers are stacked. This is
the STACK DIRECTION parameter on the *SOLID SECTION option. An integer
value of 1, 2 or 3 may be entered. Please see the section on defining composite
solid elements in the ABAQUS Standard User’s Manual to determine the correct
stack direction. This property is not required. The default value is 3.
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Element Properties
312
3D Interface
Options above create INTER4, INTER8 or INTER9 elements (depending on the selected topology) with
*INTERFACE, *FRICTION, and *SURFACE CONTACT properties. The SOFTENED parameter on
the *SURFACE CONTACT option may be included, depending on the selected option. This element
defines an interface region between two portions of a spatial model. These elements must be created from
one contact surface to the other.
Analysis
Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 3D 3D Interface Elastic Slip Soft Contact
Elastic Slip Hard Contact
Lagrange Soft Contact
Lagrange Hard Contact
Elastic Slip No
Separation
Lagrange No Separation
Elastic Slip Vis Damping
Elastic Slip Vis Damping
No Separation
Lagrange Vis Damping
Lagrange Vis Damping
No Separation
Hex/8,
Hex/20,
Hex/27
Main Index
313 Chapter 2: Building A Model
Element Properties
More data input is available for creating 3D Interface elements by scrolling down the input properties
menu bar on the previous page. Listed below are the remaining options contained in this menu. Elastic
Slip, Slip Tolerance, and No Sliding Contact are mutually exclusive. If values are entered for more than
one of these options, all but the first will be ignored.
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Element Properties
314

Thermal Link
Property Name Description
Elastic Slip Defines the absolute magnitude of the allowable maximum elastic
slip to be used in the stiffness method for sticking friction. This is
the value of the ELASTIC SLIP parameter on the ∗FRICTION
option.
Slip Tolerance Defines the value of to redefine the ratio of allowable
maximum elastic slip to characteristic element length dimension.
The default is .005. This is the value of the SLIP TOLERANCE
parameter on the ∗FRICTION option.
Stiffness in Stick This is currently not used.
Maximum Friction Stress Defines the equivalent shear stress limit of the gap element. This
is the value of the TAUMAX parameter on the ∗FRICTION
option.
Clearance Zero Pressure Defines the clearance at which the contact pressure is 0. This is the
c value on the ∗SURFACE CONTACT, SOFTENED option. This
property is only used for the Soft Contact option. This is a real
constant.
Pressure Zero Clearance Defines the pressure at zero clearance. This is the value on the
∗SURFACE CONTACT, SOFTENED option. This property is
only used for the Soft Contact option. This is a real constant.
Maximum Overclosure Defines the maximum overclosure allowed in points considered
not in contact. This is the c value on the ∗SURFACE CONTACT
option. This property is only used for the Hard Contact option.
This is a real constant.
Maximum Negative Pressure Defines the magnitude of the maximum negative pressure allowed
to be carried across points in contact. This is the value on the
∗SURFACE CONTACT option. This property is only used for the
Hard Contact option. This is a real constant.
No Sliding Contact Chooses the Language multiplier formulation for sticking friction
when completely rough (no slip) friction is desired.
Clearance Zero Damping Clearance at which the damping coefficient is zero.
Damping Zero Clearance Damping coefficient at zero clearance.
Frac Clearance Const Damping Fraction of the clearance interval over which the damping
coefficient is constant.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Thermal 1D Link Bar/2, Bar/3
F
f
p
0
p
0
Main Index
315 Chapter 2: Building A Model
Element Properties
Options above create DC1D2 or DC1D3 elements, depending on the specified topology with *SOLID
SECTION properties. The cross-sectional area value on the *SOLID SECTION option is included.
Thermal Axisymmetric Shell
Options above create DSAX1 or DSAX2 elements (depending on the specified topology) with *SHELL
SECTION properties.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Thermal 1D Axisymmetric
Shell
Homogeneous Bar/2, Bar/3
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Element Properties
316
Thermal Axisymmetric Shell (Laminated)
Options above create DSAX1 or DSAX2 elements (depending on the specified topology) with ∗pebii=
pb`qflk, COMPOSITE properties.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Thermal 1D Axisymmetric Shell Laminate Bar/2, Bar/3
Main Index
317 Chapter 2: Building A Model
Element Properties
Thermal 1D Interface
Options above create DINTER1 elements with ∗fkqboc^`b properties. These elements must be
created from one contact surface to the other. ∗GAP CONDUCTANCE and ∗GAP RADIATION options
are also created, as required.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Thermal 1D 1D Interface Bar/2
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Element Properties
318
Thermal Shell
Options above create DS3, DS4, DS6 or DS8 elements (depending on the selected topology) with
*SHELL SECTION properties. An *ORIENTATION option may also be created, as required.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Thermal 2D Shell Homogeneous Quad/4, Quad/8
Main Index
319 Chapter 2: Building A Model
Element Properties
Thermal Shell (Laminated)
Options above create DS3, DS4, DS6 or DS8 elements (depending on the selected topology) with
*SHELL SECTION, COMPOSITE properties. An *ORIENTATION option may also be created, as
required.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Thermal 2D Shell Laminate Quad/4, Quad/8
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Element Properties
320
Thermal Planar Solid
Options above create DC2D3, DC2D4, DC2D6, DC2D8, DCC2D4, DCC2D4D, DCAX3, DCAX4,
DCAX6, DCAX8,DCCAX4, or DCCAX4D elements (depending on the selected options and topologies)
with ∗plifa=pb`qflk properties. The thickness value on the ∗plifa=pb`qflk option is included.
An ∗lofbkq^qflk option may also be created, as required.
Analysis
Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Thermal 2D 2D Solid Planar
Axisymmetric
Standard Formulation
Convection/Diffusion
Convection/Diffusion
w/Dispersion Control
Tri/3,
Quad/4,
Quad/8
Quad/4
Quad/4
Main Index
321 Chapter 2: Building A Model
Element Properties
Thermal Preference (Planar)
Options above create DINTER2, DINTER3, DINTER2A, or DINTER3A elements (depending on the
selected option and topology) with *INTERFACE properties. These elements must be created from one
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Thermal 2D 2D Interface Planar
Axisymmetric
Quad/4, Quad/8
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Element Properties
322
contact surface to the other. *GAP CONDUCTANCE and ∗GAP RADIATION options are created, as
required.
Main Index
323 Chapter 2: Building A Model
Element Properties
Thermal Solid
Options above create DC3D4, DC3D6, DC3D8, DC3D10, DC3D15, DC3D20, DCC3D8, or DCC3D8D
(depending on the selected options and topologies) elements with *SOLID SECTION properties. An
*ORIENTATION option may also be created, as required.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Topologies
Thermal 3D Solid Standard Formulation
Convection/Diffusion
Convection/Diffusion w/
Dispersion Control
Tet/4, Tet/10, Wedge/6,
Wedge/15, Hex/8, Hex/20
Hex/8
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Element Properties
324
Thermal Preference (Solid)
Options above create DINTER4 or DINTER8 elements (depending on the selected) with *INTERFACE
properties. These elements must be created from one contact surface to the other. *GAP
CONDUCTANCE and ∗GAP RADIATION options are also created, as required.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Thermal 3D 3D Interface Hex/8, Hex/20
Main Index
325 Chapter 2: Building A Model
Element Properties
Solid Gasket
These options create GK3D8 or GK3D6 elements depending on the element topology. The *GASKET
SECTION option is used to define the gasket thickness, initial gap and initial void values. The
*GASKET THICKNESS BEHAVIOR option is used to define the behavior in the thickness direction.
The *GASKET ELASTICITY option is used to define the transverse shear behavior.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 3D Gasket Gasket Behavior
Model
Wedge6, Hex8
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Element Properties
326
Membrane Material This property defines the membrane material to be used. It is translated to the
ABAQUS input file as the *GASKET ELASTICITY option with the
COMPONENT parameter set to MEMBRANE. The Elastic Modulus and
Poisson's Ratio may vary with temperature. This property is not required.
Behavior Type This property defines the type of behavior for the thickness direction. It may
be set to either "Damage" or "Elastic-Plastic". This value is translated to the
ABAQUS input file as the TYPE parameter on the *GASKET THICKNESS
BEHAVIOR option. This property is required.
P vs Closure
(Loading)
This property defines the pressure versus gasket closure for loading in the
thickness direction. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as the
*GASKET THICKNESS BEHAVIOR option with the DIRECTION
parameter set to LOADING. A non-spatial field created with the "Tabular
Input" method must be used to define this property. The field's independent
variables must be either Displacement or Displacement and Temperature.
This property is required.
P vs Closure
(Unloading)
This property defines the pressure versus gasket closure for unloading in the
thickness direction. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as the
*GASKET THICKNESS BEHAVIOR option with the DIRECTION
parameter set to UNLOADING. A non-spatial field created with the "Tabular
Input" method must be used to define this property. The field's independent
variables must be either displacement or displacement and temperature. This
property is not required.
Shear Stiffness This property defines the shear stiffness of the gasket elements. It is
translated to the ABAQUS input file as the *GASKET ELASTICITY option
with the COMPONENT parameter set to TRANSVERSE SHEAR. A real
constant or a non-spatial field may be used to define this property. The non-
spatial fields that have been created with the "Tabular Input" method may be
used to define shear stiffness that varies with temperature. This property is
not required.
Gasket Thickness This property defines the thickness of the gasket elements. It is translated to
the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the *GASKET SECTION option. A
real constant or a spatially varying field may be used to define this property.
This property is not required. When this property is not specified, the gasket
elements' thicknesses are determined from their nodal coordinates.
Thickness Direction This property defines the thickness direction (local one direction) for the
elements. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file on the *GASKET
SECTION option. A real vector or a spatially varying vector field may be
used to define this property. This property is not required.
Main Index
327 Chapter 2: Building A Model
Element Properties
Solid Gasket (Thick only)
These options create GK3D8N or GK3D6N elements depending on the element topology. The
*GASKET SECTION option is used to define the gasket thickness, initial gap and initial void values.
The *GASKET THICKNESS BEHAVIOR option is used to define the behavior in the
thickness direction.
Orientation System This property defines the coordinate system to use in defining the local two
and three directions for the gasket elements. It is translated to the ABAQUS
input file as an *ORIENTATION option that is referenced in the *GASKET
SECTION option from the ORIENTATION parameter. An existing
coordinate frame may be used to define this property. This property is not
required.
Orientation Axis This property defines the axis of rotation of the Orientation System for the
Orientation Angle. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as an
*ORIENTATION option that is referenced in the *GASKET SECTION
option from the ORIENTATION parameter. An integer value of 1, 2 or 3
may be used to define this property. This property is not required. The
default value is 1.
Orientation Angle This property defines the additional rotation about the Orientation Axis in
degrees. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as an *ORIENTATION
option that is referenced in the *GASKET SECTION option from the
ORIENTATION parameter. A real constant or a spatially varying field may
be used to define this property. This property is not required.
Initial Gap This property defines the initial gap in the thickness direction of the gasket
element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the
*GASKET SECTION option. A real constant or a spatially varying field may
be used to define this property. This property is not required.
Initial Void This property defines the initial void in the thickness direction of the gasket
element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the
*GASKET SECTION option. A real constant or a spatially varying field may
be used to define this property. This property is not required.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 3D Gasket Thickness Behavior
Only
Wedge6, Hex8
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Element Properties
328
Behavior Type This property defines the type of behavior for the thickness direction. It may
be set to either "Damage" or "Elastic-Plastic". This value is translated to the
ABAQUS input file as the TYPE parameter on the *GASKET THICKNESS
BEHAVIOR option. This property is required.
P vs Closure
(Loading)
This property defines the pressure versus gasket closure for loading in the
thickness direction. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as the
*GASKET THICKNESS BEHAVIOR option with the DIRECTION
parameter set to LOADING. A non-spatial field created with the "Tabular
Input" method must be used to define this property. The field's independent
variables must be either Displacement or Displacement and Temperature.
This property is required.
Main Index
329 Chapter 2: Building A Model
Element Properties
Solid Gasket (Material)
These options create GK3D8 or GK3D6 elements depending on the element topology. The *GASKET
SECTION option is used to define the gasket thickness, initial gap and initial void values. The
*GASKET THICKNESS BEHAVIOR option is used to define the behavior in the thickness direction.
The *GASKET ELASTICITY option is used to define the transverse shear behavior.
P vs Closure
(Unloading)
This property defines the pressure versus gasket closure for unloading in the
thickness direction. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as the
*GASKET THICKNESS BEHAVIOR option with the DIRECTION
parameter set to UNLOADING. A non-spatial field created with the "Tabular
Input" method must be used to define this property. The field's independent
variables must be either displacement or displacement and temperature. This
property is not required.
Gasket Thickness This property defines the thickness of the gasket elements. It is translated to
the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the *GASKET SECTION option. A
real constant or a spatially varying field may be used to define this property.
This property is not required. When this property is not specified, the gasket
elements' thicknesses are determined from their nodal coordinates.
Thickness Direction This property defines the thickness direction (local one direction) for the
elements. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file on the *GASKET
SECTION option. A real vector or a spatially varying vector field may be
used to define this property. This property is not required.
Initial Gap This property defines the initial gap in the thickness direction of the gasket
element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the
*GASKET SECTION option. A real constant or a spatially varying field
may be used to define this property. This property is not required.
Initial Void This property defines the initial void in the thickness direction of the gasket
element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the
*GASKET SECTION option. A real constant or a spatially varying field
may be used to define this property. This property is not required.
Analysis Type Dimension Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies
Structural 3D Gasket Built-in Material Wedge6, Hex8
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Element Properties
330
Material Name This property defines the material to be used. It is translated to the ABAQUS
input file as the MATERIAL parameter on the *GASKET SECTION option.
This property is required.
Gasket Thickness This property defines the thickness of the gasket elements. It is translated to
the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the *GASKET SECTION option. A
real constant or a spatially varying field may be used to define this property.
This property is not required. When this property is not specified, the gasket
elements' thicknesses are determined from their nodal coordinates.
Thickness Direction This property defines the thickness direction (local one direction) for the
elements. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file on the *GASKET
SECTION option. A real vector or a spatially varying vector field may be
used to define this property. This property is not required.
Main Index
331 Chapter 2: Building A Model
Element Properties
Orientation System This property defines the coordinate system to use in defining the local two
and three directions for the gasket elements. It is translated to the ABAQUS
input file as an *ORIENTATION option that is referenced in the *GASKET
SECTION option from the ORIENTATION parameter. An existing
coordinate frame may be used to define this property. This property is not
required.
Orientation Axis This property defines the axis of rotation of the Orientation System for the
Orientation Angle. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as an
*ORIENTATION option that is referenced in the *GASKET SECTION
option from the ORIENTATION parameter. An integer value of 1, 2 or 3
may be used to define this property. This property is not required. The
default value is 1.
Orientation Angle This property defines the additional rotation about the Orientation Axis in
degrees. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as an *ORIENTATION
option that is referenced in the *GASKET SECTION option from the
ORIENTATION parameter. A real constant or a spatially varying field may
be used to define this property. This property is not required.
Initial Gap This property defines the initial gap in the thickness direction of the gasket
element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the
*GASKET SECTION option. A real constant or a spatially varying field
may be used to define this property. This property is not required.
Initial Void This property defines the initial void in the thickness direction of the gasket
element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the
*GASKET SECTION option. A real constant or a spatially varying field
may be used to define this property. This property is not required.
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Loads and Boundary Conditions
332
Patran I nterface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Loads and Boundary Conditions
When choosing the Loads/BCs toggle, the Loads and Boundary Conditions form will appear. The
selections made will determine which loads and boundary form is presented, and ultimately, which
ABAQUS loads and boundaries will be created.
The following pages give an introduction to the Loads and Boundary Conditions form, followed by the
details of all the loads and boundary conditions supported by the Patran ABAQUS
Application Preference.
Loads & Boundary Conditions Form
The Loads & Boundary Conditions form shown below provides the following options for the purpose of
creating ABAQUS loads and boundaries. The full functionality of the form is defined in Loads and
Boundary Conditions Form (p. 27) in the Patran Reference Manual.
Main Index
333 Chapter 2: Building A Model
Loads and Boundary Conditions
The following table shows the allowable selections for all options when the Analysis Type is set to
Structural.
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Loads and Boundary Conditions
334
The following table shows the allowable selections for all options when the Analysis Code is set to
Thermal.
Input Data
Clicking on the Input Data button generates either a Static or Transient Input Data form, depending on
the current Load Case Type.
Static
This subordinate form appears whenever Load Case Type is set to Static and the Input Data button is
clicked. The information contained on this form will vary according to the Object that has been selected.
Information that remains standard to this form is defined below.
Analysis Type Object Type
Structural • Displacement Nodal
• Force Nodal
• Pressure Element Uniform
• Temperature Nodal
Element Uniform
Element Variable
• Inertial Load Element Uniform
• Initial Velocity Nodal
• Velocity Nodal
• Acceleration Nodal
• Contact (Deform-Deform) Element Uniform
• Contact (Rigid-Deform) Element Uniform
• Pre-Tension Element Uniform
Analysis Type Object Type
Thermal • Temperature (Thermal) Nodal
• Convection Element Uniform
• Heat Flux Element Uniform
• Heat Source Nodal
Element Uniform
• Initial Temperature Nodal
Main Index
335 Chapter 2: Building A Model
Loads and Boundary Conditions
Transient
This subordinate form appears whenever Load Case Type is set to Transient and the Input Data button is
clicked. The information contained on this form will vary according to the Object that has been selected.
Information that remains standard to this form is defined below.
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Loads and Boundary Conditions
336
Object

Tables
On the static and transient input data forms are areas where the load data values are defined. The data
fields presented depend on the selected load Object and Type. In some cases, the data fields also depend
on the selected Target Element Type. These Object Tables list and define the various input data that
pertains strictly to a specific selected object:
Main Index
337 Chapter 2: Building A Model
Loads and Boundary Conditions
Displacement
Creates *BOUNDARY TYPE=DISPLACEMENT options.
Force
Creates *CLOAD options.
Pressure
Creates *DLOAD options.
Object Type Type
Displacement Nodal Structural
Input Data Description
Translations (T1,T2,T3) Defines the enforced translational displacement values. These are in model
length units.
Rotations (R1,R2,R3) Defines the enforced rotational displacement values. These are in radians.
Object Type Type
Force Nodal Structural
Input Data Description
Force (F1,F2,F3) Defines the applied forces in the translation degrees-of-freedom.
Moment (M1,M2,M3) Defines the applied moments in the rotational degrees-of-freedom.
Object Type Type Dimension
Pressure Element Uniform Structural 2D
Input Data Description
Top Surf Pressure Defines the magnitude of the pressure in the direction of the negative
normal to the shell.
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Loads and Boundary Conditions
338
Creates *DLOAD options.
Temperature
Creates *TEMPERATURE options.

Creates *TEMPERATURE options.
Bot Surf Pressure Defines the magnitude of the pressure in the direction of the positive
normal to the shell.
Edge Pressure Defines the edge pressure value on axisymmetric, plane strain,and
plane stress elements.
Object Type Type Dimension
Pressure Element Uniform Structural 3D
Input Data Description
Pressure Defines the face pressure value on solid elements.
Object Type Type
Temperature Nodal Structural
Input Data Description
Temperature Defines the nodal temperature value.
Object Type Type Dimension
Temperature Element Uniform Structural 1D
2D
3D
Input Data Description
Temperature Defines the temperature on elements.
Input Data Description
Main Index
339 Chapter 2: Building A Model
Loads and Boundary Conditions
Creates *TEMPERATURE options.
Inertial Load
Creates *DLOAD options with the load type set to GRAV, CENT, or CORIO as appropriate.
Initial Velocity
Object Type Type Dimension
Temperature Element Variable Structural 1D
2D
3D
Input Data Description
Centroid Temp (1D) Defines the temperature at the centroid of the beam.
Axis-1 Gradient (1D) Defines the temperature gradient along the axis-1 of the beam section.
Axis-2 Gradient (1D)S Defines the temperature gradient along the axis-2 of the beam section.
Top Surf Temp (2D) Defines the temperature at the top of the shell element.
Bot Surf Temp (2D) Defines the temperature at the bottom of the shell element.
Temperature (3D) Defines the temperature in the solid element.
Object Type Type
Inertial Load Element Uniform Structural
Input Data Description
Trans Accel (A1,A2,A3) Defines the magnitude and direction of the gravity vector. This must
be assigned to all elements which are to have gravity loads.
Rot Velocity (w1,w2,w3) Defines the centrifugal and Coriolis forces to be applied to the
elements.
Rot Accel (a1,a2,a3) These load terms are not currently supported by Patran ABAQUS.
Object Type Type
Initial Velocity Nodal Structural
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Loads and Boundary Conditions
340
Creates *INITIAL CONDITIONS TYPE=VELOCITY options.
Velocity
Creates *Boundary, Type=Velocity options.
Acceleration
Creates *Boundary, Type=Acceleration options.
Input Data Description
Trans Veloc (v1,v2,v3) Defines the initial velocity values for the translational degrees-of-
freedom.
Rot Veloc (w1,w2,w3) Defines the initial velocity values for the rotational degrees-of-
freedom.
Object Type Type
Velocity Nodal Structural
Input Data Description
Trans Veloc (v1,v2,v3) Defines the velocity values for the translational degrees-of-freedom.
Rot Veloc (w1, w2, w3) Defines the velocity values for the rotational degrees-of-freedom.
Object Type Type
Acceleration Nodal Structural
Input Data Description
Trans Accel (A1, A2, A3) Defines the acceleration values for the translational
degrees-of-freedom.
Rot Accel (a1, a2, a3) Defines the acceleration values for the rotational degrees-of-freedom.
Main Index
341 Chapter 2: Building A Model
Loads and Boundary Conditions
Contact (Deform-Deform)
Defines the contact between two deformable structural bodies and creates the following ABAQUS
input cards:
*Surface Definition: Master and Slave surface definitions.
*Contact Pair: Pairing of the Master and Slave Surfaces.
*Tie: Tying of the Master and Slave Surfaces (version 6 and greater).
*Surface Interaction: Contact Interaction properties between Master and Slave.
*Contact Controls: Set the Automatic Tolerances parameter
*Contact Inerference: Set the Shrink parameter
Object Type Type
Contact Element Uniform Structural
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Loads and Boundary Conditions
342
Defines the Master and Slave surface interaction properties.
The contact type can be General (contacting surfaces move relative to each other) or Tied (contacting
surfaces remain fixed with respect to each other usually used in mesh refinement). The sliding between
the contacting surfaces can be Large or Small. For contact in 3D space the sliding is limited to Small
sliding. Four types of contact surface behavior options are available, Hard, Softened, Modified
Softened, and No Separation. The surfaces do not separate after contact in the case when No Separation
option is used. Three types of friction formulations are available, Penalty, Lagrange, and No Slip. In the
case of No Slip option there is no relative motion between the contacting surfaces after contact. The
Penetration Type can be One Sided (Only the slave nodes are checked against the master surface) or
Symmetric (Both the slave and master nodes are checked against each other by swapping the master and
slave surfaces). The Contact Control can be turned On to activate the *Contact Control, Automatic
Tolerances parameter. Use this parameter to have ABAQUS automatically compute an overclosure
tolerance and a separation pressure tolerance to prevent chattering in contact. Shrink Fit can be turned
On to activate the *Contact Interference, Shrink parameter. Use this parameter to invoke the automatic
shrink fit capability. This capability can be used only in the first step of an analysis. When this parameter
is invoked, no data are required other than the contact pairs to which the option is applied.
The application region form is used to pick the master and slave surfaces.
Main Index
343 Chapter 2: Building A Model
Loads and Boundary Conditions
Application Region:
Defines the Master and Slave contacting surfaces.
Contact (Rigid-Deform)
Defines the contact between the rigid surface and deformable structural body and creates the following
ABAQUS input cards:
*Surface Definition: Master and Slave surface definitions.
*Contact Pair: Pairing of the Master and Slave Surfaces.
Object Type Type
Contact Element Uniform Structural
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Loads and Boundary Conditions
344
*Surface Interaction: Contact Interaction properties between Master and Slave.
*Contact Controls: Set the Automatic Tolerances parameter
*Contact Inerference: Set the Shrink parameter
Defines the Master and Slave surface interaction properties.
The sliding between the contacting surfaces can be Large or Small. Four types of contact surface
behavior options are available, Hard, Softened, Modified Softened, and No Separation. The surfaces
do not separate after contact in the case when No Separation option is used. Three types of friction
formulations are available, Penalty, Lagrange, and No Slip. In the case of No Slip option there is no
relative motion between the contacting surfaces after contact. The Contact Control can be turned On to
activate the *Contact Control, Automatic Tolerances parameter. Use this parameter to have ABAQUS
automatically compute an overclosure tolerance and a separation pressure tolerance to prevent chattering
Main Index
345 Chapter 2: Building A Model
Loads and Boundary Conditions
in contact. Shrink Fit can be turned On to activate the *Contact Interference, Shrink parameter. Use
this parameter to invoke the automatic shrink fit capability. This capability can be used only in the first
step of an analysis. When this parameter is invoked, no data are required other than the contact pairs to
which the option is applied. A vector pointing from the rigid line to the slave surface must be defined.
This vector is used to calculate the order of rigid bar elements. The vector should be defined such that
the most of the vector markers point away from the rigid line.
The application region form is used to pick the master and slave surfaces.
Application Region:
Defines the Master and Slave contacting surfaces.
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Loads and Boundary Conditions
346
Application Region:
Defines the Master and Slave contacting surfaces. This form appears when Contact Type: is Rigid Geom.
and Master: is Rigid Surface.
Main Index
347 Chapter 2: Building A Model
Loads and Boundary Conditions
Pre-tension
Creates *BOUNDARY and *PRE-TENSION SECTION options.

Creates *BOUNDARY, *SURFACE and *PRE-TENSION SECTION options.
Creates *CLOAD and *PRE-TENSION SECTION options.

Object Type Option Type Dimension
Pre-tension Element Uniform Displacement Structural 1D
Input Data Description
Relative Displacement Defines the relative displacement to apply to the length of the elements.
Object Type Option Type Dimension
Pre-tension Element Uniform Displacement Structural 2D, 3D
Input Data Description
Relative Displacement Defines the relative displacement to apply to the underlying elements in the
direction of the section's normal.
Object Type Option Type Dimension
Pre-tension Element Uniform Force Structural 1D
Input Data Description
Force Defines the pre-tension force to apply to the elements.
Object Type Option Type Dimension
Pre-tension Element Uniform Force Structural 2D, 3D
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Loads and Boundary Conditions
348
Creates *CLOAD, *SURFACE and *PRE-TENSION SECTION options.
Temperature (Thermal)
Creates *BOUNDARY options.
Convection
Creates *FILM options.
Input Data Description
Force Defines the pre-tension force to apply to the underlying elements in the direction of
the section's normal.
Object Type Type
Temp (Thermal) Nodal Thermal
Input Data Description
Temperature Defines the nodal temperature value.
Object Type Type Dimension
Convection Element Uniform Thermal 2D
Input Data Description
Top Surf Convection Defines the convection coefficient for the top surface of a shell element.
Bot Surf Convection Defines the convection coefficient for the bottom surface of a shell element.
Edge Convection Defines the convection coefficient for the edges of axisymmetric, plane
strain, and plane stress type elements.
Ambient Temp Defines the ambient temperature.
Object Type Type Dimension
Convection Element Uniform Thermal 3D
Main Index
349 Chapter 2: Building A Model
Loads and Boundary Conditions
Creates *FILM options.
Heat Flux
Creates *DFLUX options.
Creates *DFLUX options.
Heat Source
Input Data Description
Convection Defines the convection coefficient for the face of a solid element.
Ambient Temp Defines the ambient temperature.
Object Type Type Dimension
Heat Flux Element Uniform Thermal 2D
Input Data Description
Top Surf Heat Flux Defines the heat flux for the top surface of a shell element.
Bot Surf Heat Flux Defines the heat flux for the bottom surface of a shell element.
Edge Heat Flux Defines the heat flux for the edges of axisymmetric, plane strain, and plane
stress type elements.
Object Type Type Dimension
Heat Flux Element Uniform Thermal 3D
Input Data Description
Heat Flux Defines the heat flux for the face of a solid element.
Object Type Type
Heat Source Nodal Thermal
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Loads and Boundary Conditions
350
Creates *CFLUX options.
Creates *DFLUX options.
Initial Temperature
Creates *INITIAL CONDITIONS TYPE=TEMPERATURE options
Input Data Description
Heat Source Defines the reference magnitude for flux (units ).
Object Type Type
Heat Source Element Uniform Thermal
Input Data Description
Heat Source Defines the reference magnitude for flux (units ).
Object Type Type
Initial Temperature Nodal Thermal
Input Data Description
Temperature Defines the initial temperature for a specified node.
JT
1 Ó
JT
1 Ó
Main Index
351 Chapter 2: Building A Model
Load Cases
Load

Cases
Load Cases in Patran ABAQUS are used to group a series of Load sets into one load environment for the
model. A load case is selected when preparing an analysis, not load sets. The individual load sets are
translated into the input options described in the Object Tables of the section on Loads and Boundary
Conditions form.
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Group
352
Group
Groups in Patran ABAQUS are used to create groups of nodes (*NSET) and groups of elements
(*ELSET). All the groups created in Patran will be translated as *NSETs and *ELSETs except for the
“default_group” which always exists in the database, and group names which do not begin with an
alphabetic character (a-z, A-Z).d
Main Index
Chapter 3 : Running Analysis
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
3
Running an Analysis

Review of the Analysis Form 354

Translation Parameters 357

Restart Parameters 358

Optional Controls 359

Direct Text Input 360

Step Creation 361

Step Selection 432

Read Input File 433

ABAQUS Input File Reader 435
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Review of the Analysis Form
354
Review of the Analysis Form
The Analysis toggle located on the main form for Patran brings up The Analysis Form (p. 8) in the
MSC.Patran Reference Manual. This form is used to request an analysis of the model with the ABAQUS
finite element program. It can also be used to incorporate the contents of an ABAQUS results file into
the database. See Read Results.
The following page gives an introduction to the Analysis form used to prepare an ABAQUS analysis.
This is followed by detailed descriptions of the subordinate forms that can be displayed from the
Analysis form.
Main Index
355 Chapter 3 : Running Analysis
Review of the Analysis Form
Analysis

Form
Setting the Action option menu on the Analysis Form to Analyze indicates that an analysis run is
being prepared.
The Object indicates which part of the model is to be analyzed. It can be set to either Entire Model or
Current Group. If the whole model is to be analyzed, select Entire Model. If only a part of the model is
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Review of the Analysis Form
356
to be analyzed, create a group of that part, set that as the current group, then select Current Group as
the Object.
The Method indicates how far the translation is to be taken. Currently only Analysis Deck is supported.
The method generates an ABAQUS input deck.
Main Index
357 Chapter 3 : Running Analysis
Translation Parameters
Translation Parameters
This subordinate form appears whenever the Translation Parameters button is selected. The parameters
controlling the translation of the ABAQUS input deck are defined on this form.
Note: The spatially varying field property values are compared within the band of +half of
field properties tolerance and -half of field properties tolerance to group the
elements. The property values for this group of elements are added and divided by the number
of elements in this group to get the average property value to be used.
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Restart Parameters
358
Restart

Parameters
This subordinate form appears whenever the Restart Parameters button is selected. This form creates a
*RESTART option (see Section 7.10.1 of the ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual).
Main Index
359 Chapter 3 : Running Analysis
Optional Controls
Optional Controls
This subordinate form appears whenever the Restart Parameters button is selected.
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Direct Text Input
360
Direct Text Input
This subordinate form appears whenever the Direct Text Input button is selectedK
This widget is to facilitate the input of the ABAQUS input data that cannot be created using the
functionality available in Patran. All data input here will be appended to the ABAQUS model data before
the step history block.
Note: There is no checking available for invalid input.
Note: The font for the text input may vary from one system to another. A default font is specified in
app_defaults/Patran file:
Patran*fixedFont: -misc-fixed-bold-r-normal--13-100-100-100-c-70-iso8859-1
For any problems with the text on a particular system, change the font specifications in the
Patran file which should reside in your ~home directory. Use xfontsel, or xlxfonts commands to
get the list of available fonts on a given system.
Main Index
361 Chapter 3 : Running Analysis
Step Creation
Step Creation
This subordinate form appears whenever the Step Creation button is selected on the Analysis form. A
step is defined by associating the load cases created and stored on the database, with the ABAQUS
analysis procedure that best addresses that load case, and the relevant associated parameters that guide
the solution path for the chosen analysis procedure. There is no importance to the order in which the Job
Steps are created on this form--they will be ordered for the job in the Step Selection form.
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Step Creation
362
Select

Load Cases
This subordinate form appears whenever the Select Load Cases button is selected on the
Step Creation form.
Output

Requests
This subordinate form appears whenever the Output Requests button is selected on the Step Create form.
It is used for specifying the specific variables to be included in the output from ABAQUS options such
as: ∗EL PRINT, ∗ENERGY PRINT, ∗MODAL PRINT, ∗NODE PRINT, ∗PRINT, ∗EL FILE,
∗ENERGY FILE, ∗FILE FORMAT, ∗MODAL FILE, and ∗NODE FILE *ELEMENT MATRIX
OUTPUT. An explanation of the output variables that can be requested is included in the Output Requests
description for each solution type.
Main Index
363 Chapter 3 : Running Analysis
Step Creation
Direct Text Input
This subordinate form appears whenever the Direct Text Input button is selectedK
This widget is to facilitate the input of the ABAQUS input data that cannot be created using the
functionality available in Patran menus. All data input here will be appended to the ABAQUS step
history being created.
Note: There is no checking available for invalid data.
The font for the text input may vary from one system to another. A default font is specified
in app_defaults/Patran file:
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Step Creation
364
Patran*fixedFont: -misc-fixed-bold-r-normal--13-100-100-100-c-70-iso8859-1
For any problems with the text on a particular system, change the font specifications in the Patran file
which should reside in your ~home directory. Use xfontsel, or xlxfonts commands to get the list of
available fonts on a given system.
Solution

Types
Each step has an associated Solution type, and the information that is requested on the Solution
Parameters and Output Requests forms varies based on this selection. ABAQUS calls these analysis
procedures, and the full explanations of these procedures can be found in Chapter 2 “Procedures Library”
of the ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual.
Parameter Type Description
Linear Static Static stress analysis is used when inertia effects can be neglected.
During a linear static step, the model’s response is defined by the
linear elastic stiffness at the base state, the state of deformation and
stress at the beginning of the step. For ∗HYPERELASTIC and
∗HYPERFOAM materials, the tangent elastic moduli in the base
state is used. Contact conditions cannot change during the step--they
remain as they are defined in the base state.
Natural Frequency This solution type uses eigenvalue techniques to extract the
frequencies of the current system. The stiffness determined at the
end of the previous step is used as the basis for the extraction, so that
small vibrations of a preloaded structure can be modeled.
Main Index
365 Chapter 3 : Running Analysis
Step Creation
Bifurcation Buckling Eigenvalue buckling estimates are obtained. Classical eigenvalue
buckling analysis (e.g., “Euler” buckling) is often used to estimate
the critical (buckling) load of “stiff” structures. “Stiff” structures are
those that carry their design loads primarily by axial or membrane
action, rather than by bending action. Their response usually
involves very little deformation prior to buckling.
Direct Linear Transient This solution procedure integrates all of the equations of motion
through time, and is significantly more expensive than modal
methods for finding dynamic response for linear systems. For linear
systems, the dynamic method, using the Hilber-Hughes-Taylor
operator, is unconditionally stable, meaning there is no mathematical
limit on the size of the time increment that can be used to integrate a
linear system. Since the procedure uses a fixed time increment, the
HAFTOL parameter on the *DYNAMIC card is not required.
Direct Steady State Dynamics Calculates steady state response for the given range of frequencies.
The damping may be created by dashpots, by “Rayleigh” damping
associated with materials, and by viscoelasticity included in the
material definitions.
Modal Linear Transient This solution type gives the response of the model as a function of
time, based on a given time dependent loading. The procedure is
based on using a subset of the eigenmodes of the system, which must
first be extracted using the NATURAL FREQUENCY solution
type.The number of modes extracted must be sufficient to model the
dynamic response of the system adequately. This is a matter of
judgment on the part of the user. The modal amplitudes are
integrated through time and the response synthesized from these
modal responses.
Modal Steady State Dynamics This solution type provides the response of the system when it is
excited by harmonic loading at a given frequency. This procedure is
usually preceded by extraction of the natural modes using the
NATURAL FREQUENCY solution type, although ABAQUS also
allows the response to be calculated directly from the system
matrices for use in those cases where the eigenvalues cannot be
extracted, such as a nonsymmetric stiffness case, or models in which
the behavior is itself a function of frequency, such as frequency
dependent material damping.
Parameter Type Description
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Step Creation
366
Response Spectrum This solution type provides an estimate of the peak response of a
structure to steady-state dynamic motion of its fixed points (“base
motion”). The method is typically used when an approximate
estimate of such peak response is required for design purposes. The
procedure is based on using a subset of the eigenmodes of the
system, which must first be extracted using the NATURAL
FREQUENCY solution type.
Random Vibration This solution type predicts the response of a system which is
subjected to a nondeterministic continuous excitation that is
expressed in a statistical sense using a power spectral density
function. The procedure is based on using a subset of the eigenmodes
of the system, which must first be extracted using the NATURAL
FREQUENCY solution type.
Nonlinear Static Nonlinear static analysis requires the solution of nonlinear
equilibrium equations, for which ABAQUS uses Newton’s method.
Many problems involve history dependent response, so that the
solution is usually obtained as a series of increments, with iteration
within each increment to obtain equilibrium. For most cases, the
automatic incrementation provided by ABAQUS is preferred,
although direct user control is also provided for those cases where
the user has experience with a particular problem.
Parameter Type Description
Main Index
367 Chapter 3 : Running Analysis
Step Creation
Nonlinear Transient
Dynamic
This solution type is used when nonlinear dynamic response is being
studied. Because all of the equations of motion of the system must be
integrated through time, direct integration methods are generally
significantly more expensive than modal methods. For most cases,
the automatic incrementation provided by ABAQUS is preferred,
although direct user control is also provided for those cases where
the user has experience with a particular problem.
Creep This analysis procedure performs a transient, static,
stress⁄displacement analysis. It is especially provided for the analysis
of materials which are described by the ∗CREEP material form.
Viscoelastic (Time Domain) This is especially provided for the time domain analysis of materials
which are described by the ∗VISCOELASTIC, TIME material
option. The dissipative part of the material behavior is defined
through a Prony series representation of the normalized shear and
bulk relaxation moduli, either specified directly on the
∗VISCOELASTIC, TIME material option, determined from user
input creep test data, or determined from user input relaxation test
data.
Viscoelastic (Frequency
Domain)
This is especially provided for the frequency domain analysis of
materials which are described by the ∗VISCOELASTIC,
FREQUENCY material option, which is activated by a ∗STEADY
STATE DYNAMICS, DIRECT procedure.The dissipative part of the
material behavior is defined by the real and imaginary parts of the
Fourier transforms of the nondimensional shear viscoelasticity
parameter g and, for compressible materials, of the bulk
viscoelasticity parameter k.
Steady State Heat Transfer This solution type is for pure heat transfer problems for which the
∗HEAT TRANSFER option is used and where the temperature field
can be found without knowledge of stress and deformation of the
bodies being studied.
Transient Heat Transfer This solution type is for pure transient heat transfer problems for
which the ∗HEAT TRANSFER option is used and where the
temperature field can be found without knowledge of stress and
deformation of the bodies being studied. For all transient heat
transfer cases, the time increments may be specified directly, or will
be selected automatically based on a user prescribed maximum nodal
temperature change in a step. Automatic time incrementation is
generally preferred.
Parameter Type Description
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Step Creation
368
Linear Static
Read Temperature File=
This option is used to specify temperatures via the results file which has been generated from a previous
heat transfer analysis. Only one temperature results file is allowed in an analysis but the same file can be
referenced by many steps.
Main Index
369 Chapter 3 : Running Analysis
Step Creation
Linear Static
If the selected solution type is Linear Static then the following parameters may be defined on the Output
Requests form.
Parameter
Name Description
Output
Variable
Identifier
Stress
Components
The stress components output depend on the elements analyzed.
For example, the truss element outputs the axial stress (S11) only,
while a three-dimensional solid element outputs all six
components (S11, S22, S33, S12, S13, S23). Note that ABAQUS
always reports the Cauchy, or true stress, which is equal to the
force per current area. For more information about element output,
see Chapter 3 of the ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual.
S11, S22, S33,
S12, S13, S23
Stress
Invariants
The stress invariants output by ABAQUS are the Mises stress,
Tresca stress, Hydrostatic pressure, first principal stress, second
principal stress, third principal stress, and the third stress invariant.
These quantities are scalar quantities which do not vary with a
change of coordinate system. For elastic analyses, the von Mises
and/or the Tresca stress invariants can be monitored to ensure that
the analysis remains within the assumptions of linearity.
SINV
Strain
Components
This is the total strain value for each component output. The strain
components output depend on the elements analyzed, analogous to
the stress components. Note that, for linear elastic analyses, the
total strain is equal to the elastic strain.
E
Elem Energy
Densities
The strain energy per unit volume of each element. Plastic, creep,
and viscous dissipative energy densities should not be affected by
linear static analysis.
ENER
Elem Energy
Magnitudes
The strain energy of each element. Plastic, creep, and viscous
dissipative energy densities should not be affected by linear static
analysis.
ELEN
Internal Stress
Forces
The forces that are found at each node by summing the element
stress contributions at the nodes.
NFORC
Section Forces Section forces are output for beam elements and include the axial
force, and, as applicable, the shears, bending moments and
bimoment about the local axes. These are discussed in Section
3.5.1 and Section 7.5.2 of the ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual.
For shell elements, the section forces include the direct membrane,
shear, and moment forces per unit width, as applicable. These are
discussed in Section 3.6 of the ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual.
SF
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Step Creation
370
Section Strains Section strains are output for beam elements and, as applicable,
these include the axial strain, transverse shear strains, curvature
changes, and twist about the local axes.These are discussed in
Section 3.5.1 and Section 7.5.2 of the ABAQUS/Standard
User’s Manual.
For shell elements, the section strains include the direct
membrane, shear, curvature changes, and twist, as applicable.
These are discussed in Section 3.6 of the ABAQUS/Standard
User’s Manual.
SE
Shell Thickness Changes in thickness for shell elements (S3RF, S4RF,SAX1,
SAX2, SAXA1N, SAXA2N).
STH
Displacements Displacements are output at nodes and are referred to as follows:
1. x-displacement
2. y-displacement
3. z-displacement
4. Rotation about the x-axis
5. Rotation about the y-axis
6. Rotation about the z-axis
Except for axisymmetric elements, where the displacement and
rotation degrees-of-freedom are:
1. r-displacement
2. z-displacement
3. Rotation in the r-z plane
Here x, y, z, and r are global directions unless a coordinate
transformation is used at the node. Note that the warping degree-
of-freedom, the seventh displacement component of an open
section beam element, is not supported by Patran at this time.
U
Reaction
Forces
The forces at the nodes which are constrained and therefore, resist
changes in the system. The direction convention is the same as that
for nodal output.
RF
Point Forces The forces at the nodes resulting from the imposed loads
(e.g., the force at a node resulting from pressure distributions on
adjacent elements).
CF
Parameter
Name Description
Output
Variable
Identifier
Main Index
371 Chapter 3 : Running Analysis
Step Creation
Natural Frequency
This subordinate form appears whenever the Solution Parameters button is selected and the solution types
is Natural Frequency. This generates ∗FREQUENCY procedures (see Section 9.3.5 of the
ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual). The optional NLGEOM parameter on the ∗STEP option may be
included, as defined below. None of the other optional parameters on the ∗pqbm option (AMPLITUDE,
INC, or MONOTONIC) are used.
Natural Frequency
If the selected Solution Type is Natural Frequency, then the following parameters may be defined on the
Output Requests form. A complete discussion of the ABAQUS results file can be found in Chapter 6 of
the ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual. Note that the Natural Frequency solution type extracts the
frequency and corresponding mode shapes (eigenvalues and eigenmodes), usually for use in a later
analysis (e.g., Response Spectrum). The stresses and strains corresponding to the mode shapes can be
Whole Model
Energies
The summation of all the energy of the model. The kinetic,
recoverable (elastic) strain, plastic dissipation, creep dissipation,
and viscous dissipation are reported.
ALLEN
Element Mass
Matrix
Mass matrices output.
Element
Stiffness Matrix
Stiffness matrices output.
Parameter
Name Description
Output
Variable
Identifier
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Step Creation
372
output, but are usually of limited direct value except as a possible means for guiding mode limitations for
future analyses.
Parameter
Name Description
Output
Variable
Identifier
Stress
Components
The stress components output depend on the elements
analyzed. For example, the truss element outputs the axial
stress (S11) only, while a three-dimensional solid element
outputs all six components (S11, S22, S33, S12, S13, S23).
Note that ABAQUS always reports the Cauchy, or true stress,
which is equal to the force per current area. For more
information about element output, see Chapter 3 of the
ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual.
S11, S22, S33,
S12, S13, S23
Stress Invariants The stress invariants output by ABAQUS are the Mises stress,
Tresca stress, Hydrostatic pressure, First principal stress,
second principal stress, third principal stress, and the third
stress invariant. These quantities are scalar quantities which
do not vary with a change of coordinate system.
SINV
Strain
Components
This is the total strain value for each component output. The
strain components output depend on the elements analyzed,
analogous to the stress components. Note that, for linear
elastic analyses, the total strain is equal to the elastic strain.
E
Section Forces Section forces are output for beam elements and include the
axial force, and, as applicable, the shears, bending moments
and bimoment about the local axes. These are discussed in
Section 3.5.1 and Section 7.5.2 of the ABAQUS/Standard
User’s Manual.
For shell elements, the section forces include the direct
membrane, shear, and moment forces per unit width, as
applicable. These are discussed in Section 3.6 of the
ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual.
SF
Section Strains Section strains are output for beam elements and, as
applicable, these include the axial strain, transverse shear
strains, curvature changes, and twist about the local
axes.These are discussed in Section 3.5.1 and Section 7.5.2 of
the ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual.
For shell elements, the section strains include the direct
membrane, shear, curvature changes, and twist, as applicable.
These are discussed in Section 3.6 of the ABAQUS/Standard
User’s Manual.
SE
Main Index
373 Chapter 3 : Running Analysis
Step Creation
Bifurcation Buckling
This subordinate form appears whenever the Solution Parameters button is selected and the Solution
Type is Bifurcation Buckling. This form defines the data required for a *BUCKLE command (see Section
9.3.2 of the ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual). This step may be included either as the first step or when
the structure has already been preloaded. If the structure has been preloaded, the buckle sensitivity
around the preloaded state is calculated. The problem is a classical eigenvalue problem, with the
Shell Thickness Changes in thickness for shell elements (S3RF, S4RF,SAX1,
SAX2, SAXA1N, SAXA2N).
STH
Displacements Displacements are output at nodes and are referred to
as follows:
1. x-displacement
2. y-displacement
3. z-displacement
4. Rotation about the x-axis
5. Rotation about the y-axis
6. Rotation about the z-axis
Except for axisymmetric elements, where the displacement
and rotation degrees-of-freedom are:
1. r-displacement
2. z-displacement
3. Rotation in the r-z plane
Here x, y, z, and r are global directions unless a coordinate
transformation is used at the node. Note that the warping
degree-of-freedom, the seventh displacement component of
an open section beam element, is not supported by Patran at
this time.
U
Reaction Forces The forces at the nodes which are constrained and therefore,
resist changes in the system. The direction convention is the
same as that for nodal output.
RF
Element Mass
Matrix
Mass matrices output.
Element Stiffness
Matrix
Stiffness matrices output.
Parameter
Name Description
Output
Variable
Identifier
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Step Creation
374
eigenvalues defined as the load multipliers of the load pattern for which buckling sensitivity is being
investigated.
Bifurcation Buckling
If the selected Solution Type is Bifurcation Buckling then the following parameters may be defined on
the Output Requests form.
Parameter Name Description
Output
Variable
Identifier
Stress
Components
The stress components output depend on the elements analyzed.
For example, the truss element outputs the axial stress (S11)
only, while a three-dimensional solid element outputs all six
components (S11, S22, S33, S12, S13, S23). Note that
ABAQUS always reports the Cauchy, or true stress, which is
equal to the force per current area. For more information about
element output, see Chapter 3 of the ABAQUS/Standard User’s
Manual.
S11, S22,
S33, S12,
S13, S23
Stress Invariants The stress invariants output by ABAQUS are the Mises stress,
Tresca stress, Hydrostatic pressure, first principal stress, second
principal stress, third principal stress, and the third stress
invariant. These quantities are scalar quantities which do not
vary with a change of coordinate system. For elastic analyses,
the von Mises and/or the Tresca stress invariants can be
monitored to ensure that the analysis remains within the
assumptions of linearity.
SINV
Main Index
375 Chapter 3 : Running Analysis
Step Creation
Strain
Components
This is the total strain value for each component output. The
strain components output depend on the elements analyzed,
analogous to the stress components. Note that, for linear elastic
analyses, the total strain is equal to the elastic strain.
E
Section Forces Section forces are output for beam elements and include the
axial force, and, as applicable, the shears, bending moments and
bimoment about the local axes.
These are discussed in Section 3.5.1 and Section 7.5.2 of the
ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual.
For shell elements, the section forces include the direct
membrane, shear, and moment forces per unit width, as
applicable. These are discussed in Section 3.6 of the
ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual.
SF
Section Strains Section strains are output for beam elements and, as applicable,
these include the axial strain, transverse shear strains, curvature
changes, and twist about the local axes.These are discussed in
Section 3.5.1 and Sectiono 7.5.2 of the ABAQUS/Standard
User’s Manual.
For shell elements, the section strains include the direct
membrane, shear, curvature changes, and twist, as applicable.
These are discussed in Section 3.6 of the ABAQUS/Standard
User’s Manual.
SE
Shell Thickness Changes in thickness for shell elements (S3RF, S4RF,SAX1,
SAX2, SAXA1N, SAXA2N).
STH
Parameter Name Description
Output
Variable
Identifier
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Step Creation
376
Direct Linear Transient
This subordinate form appears whenever the Solution Parameters button is selected and the solution type
is Direct Linear Transient. This generates a *DYNAMIC procedure, with the optional DIRECT
parameter included (see Section 9.3.4 of the ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual). Note that modal
methods are usually more economical for linear dynamic analysis. Many of the parameters described in
the ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual for the *DYNAMIC option are not used for this option.
Displacements Displacements are output at nodes and are referred to as
follows:
1. x-displacement
2. y-displacement
3. z-displacement
4. Rotation about the x-axis
5. Rotation about the y-axis
6. Rotation about the z-axis
except for axisymmetric elements, where the displacement and
rotation degrees-of-freedom are:
1. r-displacement
2. z-displacement
3. Rotation in the r-z plane
Here x, y, z, and r are global directions unless a coordinate
transformation is used at the node. Note that the warping
degree-of-freedom, the seventh displacement component of an
open section beam element, is not supported by Patran at
this time.
U
Reaction Forces The forces at the nodes which are constrained and therefore,
resist changes in the system. The direction convention is the
same as that for nodal output.
RF
Element Mass
Matrix
Mass matrices output.
Element Stiffness
Matrix
Stiffness matrices output.
Parameter Name Description
Output
Variable
Identifier
Main Index
377 Chapter 3 : Running Analysis
Step Creation
Direct Linear Transient
If the selected Solution Type is Direct Linear Transient then the following parameters may be defined
on this form.
Parameter Name Description
Output
Variable
Identifier
Stress Components The stress components output depend on the elements
analyzed. For example, the truss element outputs the axial
stress (S11) only, while a three-dimensional solid element
outputs all six components (S11, S22, S33, S12, S13, S23).
Note that ABAQUS always reports the Cauchy, or true stress,
which is equal to the force per current area. For more
information about element output, see Chapter 3 of the
ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual.
S11, S22, S33,
S12, S13, S23
Stress Invariants The stress invariants output by ABAQUS are the Mises stress,
Tresca stress, Hydrostatic pressure, first principal stress,
second principal stress, third principal stress, and the third
stress invariant. These quantities are scalar quantities which do
not vary with a change of coordinate system. For elastic
analyses, the von Mises and/or the Tresca stress invariants can
be monitored to ensure that the analysis remains within the
assumptions of linearity.
SINV
Strain Components This is the total strain value for each component output. The
strain components output depend on the elements analyzed,
analogous to the stress components. Note that for linear elastic
analyses, the total strain is equal to the elastic strain.
E
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Step Creation
378
Elem Energy
Densities
The strain energy per unit volume of each element. ENER
Elem Energy
Magnitudes
The strain energy of each element. ELEN
Internal Stress
Forces
The forces that are found at each node by summing the element
stress contributions at the nodes.
NFORC
Section Forces Section forces are output for beam elements and include the
axial force, and, as applicable, the shears, bending moments
and bimoment about the local axes. These are discussed in
Section 3.5.1 and Section 7.5.2 of the ABAQUS/Standard
User’s Manual.
For shell elements, the section forces include the direct
membrane, shear, and moment forces per unit width, as
applicable. These are discussed in Section 3.6 of the
ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual.
SF
Section Strains Section strains are output for beam elements and, as applicable,
these include the axial strain, transverse shear strains, curvature
changes, and twist about the local axes.These are discussed in
Section 3.5.1 and Section 7.5.2 of the ABAQUS/Standard
User’s Manual.
For shell elements, the section strains include the direct
membrane, shear, curvature changes, and twist, as applicable.
These are discussed in Section 3.6 of the ABAQUS/Standard
User’s Manual.
SE
Shell Thickness Changes in thickness for shell elements (S3RF, S4RF,SAX1,
SAX2, SAXA1N, SAXA2N).
STH
Parameter Name Description
Output
Variable
Identifier
Main Index
379 Chapter 3 : Running Analysis
Step Creation
Displacements Displacements are output at nodes and are referred to
as follows:
1. x-displacement
2. y-displacement
3. z-displacement
4. Rotation about the x-axis
5. Rotation about the y-axis
6. Rotation about the z-axis
Except for axisymmetric elements, where the displacement and
rotation degrees-of-freedom are:
1. r-displacement
2. z-displacement
3. Rotation in the r-z plane
Here x, y, z, and r are global directions unless a coordinate
transformation is used at the node. Note that the warping
degree-of-freedom, the seventh displacement component of an
open section beam element, is not supported by Patran at
this time.
U
Velocities Nodal velocities, following the same convention as
for displacements.
V
Accelerations Nodal accelerations, following the same convention as
for displacements.
A
Reaction Forces The forces at the nodes which are constrained and therefore,
resist changes in the system. The direction convention is the
same as that for nodal output.
RF
Point Forces The forces at the nodes resulting from the imposed loads (e.g.,
the force at a node resulting from pressure distributions on
adjacent elements).
CF
Whole Model
Energies
The summation of all the energy of the model. The kinetic,
recoverable (elastic) strain, plastic dissipation, creep
dissipation, and viscous dissipation are reported.
ALLEN
Element Mass
Matrix
Mass matrices output.
Element Stiffness
Matrix
Stiffness matrices output.
Parameter Name Description
Output
Variable
Identifier
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Step Creation
380
Direct Steady State Dynamics
This subordinate form appears whenever the Solution Parameters button is selected and the solution type
is Direct Steady State Dynamics. This generates a ∗STEADY STATE DYNAMIC procedure.
Direct Steady State Dynamics
If the selected solution type is Direct Steady State Dynamics, then the following parameters may be
defined on the Output Requests form.
Parameter Name Description
Output
Variable
Identifier
Stress Components The stress components output depend on the elements
analyzed. For example, the truss element outputs the axial
stress (S11) only, while a three-dimensional solid element
outputs all six components (S11, S22, S33, S12, S13, S23).
Note that ABAQUS always reports the Cauchy, or true
stress, which is equal to the force per current area. For more
information about element output, see Chapter 3 of the
ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual.
S11, S22, S33,
S12, S13, S23
Stress Invariants The stress invariants output by ABAQUS are the Mises
stress, Tresca stress, Hydrostatic pressure, first principal
stress, second principal stress, third principal stress, and
the third stress invariant. These quantities are scalar
quantities which do not vary with a change of coordinate
system. For elastic analyses, the von Mises and/or the
Tresca stress invariants can be monitored to ensure that the
analysis remains within the assumptions of linearity.
SINV
Ph Angle Stress
Components
The phase angle shift of the stress components. PHS
Main Index
381 Chapter 3 : Running Analysis
Step Creation
Strain Components This is the total strain value for each component output.
The strain components output depend on the elements
analyzed, analogous to the stress components. Note that,
for linear elastic analyses, the total strain is equal to the
elastic strain.
E
Ph Angle Strain
Components
The phase angle shift of the strain components. PHE
Section Forces Section forces are output for beam elements and include
the axial force, and, as applicable, the shears, bending
moments and bimoment about the local axes. These are
discussed in Section 3.5.1 and Section 7.5.2 of the
ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual.
For shell elements, the section forces include the direct
membrane, shear, and moment forces per unit width, as
applicable. These are discussed in Section 3.6 of the
ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual.
SF
Section Strains Section strains are output for beam elements and, as
applicable, these include the axial strain, transverse shear
strains, curvature changes, and twist about the local
axes.These are discussed in Section 3.5.1 and Section 7.5.2
of the ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual.
For shell elements, the section strains include the direct
membrane, shear, curvature changes, and twist, as
applicable. These are discussed in Section 3.6 of the
ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual.
SE
Shell Thickness Changes in thickness for shell elements (S3RF,
S4RF,SAX1, SAX2, SAXA1N, SAXA2N).
STH
Parameter Name Description
Output
Variable
Identifier
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Step Creation
382
Displacements Displacements are output at nodes and are referred to as
follows:
1. x-displacement
2. y-displacement
3. z-displacement
4. Rotation about the x-axis
5. Rotation about the y-axis
6. Rotation about the z-axis
except for axisymmetric elements, where the displacement
and rotation degrees-of-freedom are:
1. r-displacement
2. z-displacement
3. Rotation in the r-z plane
Here x, y, z, and r are global directions unless a coordinate
transformation is used at the node. Note that the warping
degree-of-freedom, the seventh displacement component
of an open section beam element, is not supported by
Patran at this time.
U
Velocities Nodal velocities, following the same convention as for
displacements.
V
Accelerations Nodal accelerations, following the same convention as for
displacements.
A
Phase Angle Rel.
Displacements
The phase angle shift of the relative displacement
components.
PU
Reaction Forces The forces at the nodes which are constrained and
therefore, resist changes in the system. The direction
convention is the same as that for nodal output.
RF
Phase Angle Reaction
Forces
The phase angle shift of the reaction force components. PRF
Point Forces The forces at the nodes resulting from the imposed loads
(e.g., the force at a node resulting from pressure
distributions on adjacent elements).
CF
Element Mass Matrix Mass matrices output.
Element Stiffness
Matrix
Stiffness matrices output.
Parameter Name Description
Output
Variable
Identifier
Main Index
383 Chapter 3 : Running Analysis
Step Creation
Modal Linear Transient
This subordinate form appears whenever the Solution Parameters button is selected and the solution type
is Modal Linear Transient. This generates a *FREQUENCY procedure (see Section 9.3.5 of the
ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual) followed by a ∗MODAL DYNAMIC procedure (see Section 9.3.8
of the ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual). A ∗MODAL DAMPING option will also be generated, as
required. Only one load case may be selected.
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Step Creation
384
Modal Linear Transient
This subordinate form appears whenever the Output Request button is selected on the Step Create form,
and the Solution Type is Modal Linear Transient.
Parameter Name Description
Output
Variable
Identifier
Stress Components The stress components output depend on the elements
analyzed. For example, the truss element outputs the axial
stress (S11) only, while a three-dimensional solid element
outputs all six components (S11, S22, S33, S12, S13, S23).
Note that ABAQUS always reports the Cauchy, or true stress,
which is equal to the force per current area. For more
information about element output, see Chapter 3 of the
ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual.
S11, S22,
S33, S12,
S13, S23
Stress Invariants The stress invariants output by ABAQUS are the Mises
stress, Tresca stress, Hydrostatic pressure, first principal
stress, second principal stress, third principal tress, and the
third stress invariant. These quantities are scalar quantities
which do not vary with a change of coordinate system. For
elastic analyses, the von Mises and/or the Tresca stress
invariants can be monitored to ensure that the analysis
remains within the assumptions of linearity.
SINV
Strain Components This is the total strain value for each component output. The
strain components output depend on the elements analyzed,
analogous to the stress components. Note that for linear
elastic analyses, the total strain is equal to the elastic strain.
E
Section Forces Section forces are output for beam elements and include the
axial force, and, as applicable, the shears, bending moments
and bimoment about the local axes. These are discussed in
Section 3.5.1 and Section 7.5.2 of the ABAQUS/Standard
User’s Manual.
For shell elements, the section forces include the direct
membrane, shear, and moment forces per unit width, as
applicable. These are discussed in Section 3.6 of the
ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual.
SF
Main Index
385 Chapter 3 : Running Analysis
Step Creation
Section Strains Section strains are output for beam elements and, as
applicable, these include the axial strain, transverse shear
strains, curvature changes, and twist about the local
axes.These are discussed in Section 3.5.1 and Section 7.5.2 of
the ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual.
For shell elements, the section strains include the direct
membrane, shear, curvature changes, and twist, as applicable.
These are discussed in Section 3.6 of the ABAQUS/Standard
User’s Manual.
SE
Shell Thickness Changes in thickness for shell elements (S3RF, S4RF,SAX1,
SAX2, SAXA1N, SAXA2N)
STH
Displacements Displacements are output at nodes and are referred to as
follows:
1. x-displacement
2. y-displacement
3. z-displacement
4. Rotation about the x-axis
5. Rotation about the y-axis
6. Rotation about the z-axis
Except for axisymmetric elements, where the displacement
and rotation degrees-of-freedom are:
1. r-displacement
2. z-displacement
3. Rotation in the r-z plane
Here x, y, z, and r are global directions unless a coordinate
transformation is used at the node. Note that the warping
degree-of-freedom, the seventh displacement component of
an open section beam element, is not supported by Patran at
this time.
U
Velocities Nodal velocities, following the same convention as for
displacements.
V
Acceleration Nodal accelerations, following the same convention as for
displacements.
A
Parameter Name Description
Output
Variable
Identifier
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Step Creation
386
Total Displacements The summation of all individual modal components of
displacement. The output follows the same convention as for
the individual modal components.
TU
Total Velocities The summation of all individual modal components of
velocity. The output follows the same convention as for the
individual modal components.
TV
Total Accelerations The summation of all individual modal components of
acceleration. The output follows the same convention as for
the individual modal components.
TA
Reaction Forces The forces at the nodes which are constrained and therefore,
resist changes in the system. The direction convention is the
same as that for nodal output.
RF
Point Forces The forces at the nodes resulting from the imposed loads,
(e.g., the force at a node resulting from pressure distributions
on adjacent elements).
CF
Generalized
Displacements
The displacements associated with the modes of vibrations,
each of which have a shape (eigenmode) and associated
frequency (eigenvalue).
GU
Generalized
Velocities
The velocities associated with the modes of vibration. GV
Generalized
Accelerations
The accelerations associated with the modes of vibration. GA
Strain Energy per
Mode
Elastic strain energy for the entire model per each mode. SNE
Kinetic Energy per
Mode
Kinetic energy for the entire model per each mode. KE
External Work per
Mode
External work for the entire model per each mode. T
Base Motion The base motion (displacement, velocity, or acceleration). BM
Whole Model
Energies
The summation of all the energy of the model. The kinetic,
recoverable (elastic) strain, plastic dissipation, creep
dissipation, and viscous dissipation are reported.
ALLEN
Element Mass Matrix Mass matrices output.
Element Stiffness
Matrix
Stiffness matrices output.
Parameter Name Description
Output
Variable
Identifier
Main Index
387 Chapter 3 : Running Analysis
Step Creation
Define Damping Direct
When the type of Modal Damping selected is Direct, this subordinate form appears whenever Define
Damping is selected. The data is used to define the *MODAL DAMPING option (see Section 9.6.6 of
the ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual) with the MODAL parameter set to DIRECT.
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Step Creation
388
Define Damping Rayleigh
When the type of Modal Damping selected is Rayleigh, this subordinate form appears whenever Define
Damping is selected. This form defines the data required for the *MODAL DAMPING, RAYLEIGH
option (see Section 9.6.6 of the ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual).
Base Motion
This subordinate form appears whenever Define Base Motion is selected from the Modal Linear
Transient, Steady State Dynamics, or Viscoelasticity Frequency Domain Solution Parameter forms.
It defines the values on the ∗BASE MOTION option (see Section 9.4.2 of the ABAQUS/Standard
User’s Manual).
Main Index
389 Chapter 3 : Running Analysis
Step Creation
Steady State Dynamics
This subordinate form appears whenever the Solution Parameters button is selected and the Solution
Type is Steady State Dynamics. This generates a *STEADY STATE DYNAMICS procedure (see Section
9.3.13 of the ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual). A *FREQUENCY procedure may also be created
prior to the *STEADY STATE DYNAMICS procedure, if required.
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Step Creation
390
Steady State Dynamics
If the selected solution type is Steady State Dynamics, then the following parameters may be defined on
the Output Requests form.
Parameter Name Description
Output
Variable
Identifier
Stress Components The stress components output depend on the elements
analyzed. For example, the truss element outputs the axial
stress (S11) only, while a three-dimensional solid element
outputs all six components (S11, S22, S33, S12, S13,
S23). Note that ABAQUS always reports the Cauchy, or
true stress, which is equal to the force per current area. For
more information about element output, see Chapter 3 of
the ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual.
S11, S22, S33,
S12, S13, S23
Ph Angle Stress
Component
The phase angle shift of the stress components. PHS
Main Index
391 Chapter 3 : Running Analysis
Step Creation
Stress Invariants The stress invariants output by ABAQUS are the Mises
stress, Tresca stress, Hydrostatic pressure, first principal
stress, second principal stress, third principal stress, and
the third stress invariant. These quantities are scalar
quantities which do not vary with a change of coordinate
system. For elastic analyses, the von Mises and/or the
Tresca stress invariants can be monitored to ensure that
the analysis remains within the assumptions of linearity.
SINV
Strain Components This is the total strain value for each component output.
The strain components output depend on the elements
analyzed, analogous to the stress components. Note that
for linear elastic analyses, the total strain is equal to the
elastic strain.
E
Ph Angle Strain
Component
The phase angle shift of the strain components. PHE
Element Energy
Magnitudes
A scalar value for the energy content of the element. ELEN
Section Forces Section forces are output for beam elements and include
the axial force, and, as applicable, the shears, bending
moments and bimoment about the local axes. These are
discussed in Section 3.5.1 and Section 7.5.2 of the
ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual.
For shell elements, the section forces include the direct
membrane, shear, and moment forces per unit width, as
applicable. These are discussed in Section 3.6 of the
ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual.
SF
Section Strains Section strains are output for beam elements and, as
applicable, these include the axial strain, transverse shear
strains, curvature changes, and twist about the local
axes.These are discussed in Section 3.5.1 and Section
7.5.2 of the ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual.
For shell elements, the section strains include the direct
membrane, shear, curvature changes, and twist, as
applicable. These are discussed in Section 3.6 of the
ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual.
SE
Shell Thickness Changes in thickness for shell elements (S3RF,
S4RF,SAX1, SAX2, SAXA1N, SAXA2N).
STH
Parameter Name Description
Output
Variable
Identifier
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Step Creation
392
Displacements Displacements are output at nodes and are referred to as
follows:
1. x-displacement
2. y-displacement
3. z-displacement
4. Rotation about the x-axis
5. Rotation about the y-axis
6. Rotation about the z-axis
Except for axisymmetric elements, where the
displacement and rotation degrees-of-freedom are:
1. r-displacement
2. z-displacement
3. Rotation in the r-z plane
Here x, y, z, and r are global directions unless a coordinate
transformation is used at the node. Note that the warping
degree-of-freedom, the seventh displacement component
of an open section beam element, is not supported by
Patran at this time.
U
Velocities Nodal velocities, following the same convention as for
displacements.
V
Accelerations Nodal accelerations, following the same convention as for
displacements.
A
Total Displacements The summation of all individual modal components of
displacement. The output follows the same convention as
for the individual modal components.
TU
Total Velocities The summation of all individual modal components of
velocity. The output follows the same convention as for
the individual modal components.
TV
Total Accelerations The summation of all individual modal components of
acceleration. The output follows the same convention as
for the individual modal components.
TA
Phase Angle Rel.
Displacements
All components of the phase angle of the displacements at
the node.
PU
Phase Angle Total
Displacements
All components of the phase angle of the total
displacements at the node.
PTU
Parameter Name Description
Output
Variable
Identifier
Main Index
393 Chapter 3 : Running Analysis
Step Creation
Reaction Forces The forces at the nodes which are constrained and so,
therefore, resist changes in the system. The direction
convention is the same as that for nodal output.
RF
Phase Angle Reaction
Forces
All components of the phase angle of the reaction forces
at the node.
PRF
Point Forces The forces at the nodes resulting from the imposed loads,
(e.g., the force at a node resulting from pressure
distributions on adjacent elements).
CF
Generalized
Displacements
The displacements associated with the modes of
vibrations, each of which have a shape (eigenmode) and
associated frequency (eigenvalue).
GU
Generalized Velocities The velocities associated with the modes of vibration. GV
Generalized
Accelerations
The accelerations associated with the modes of vibration. GA
Phase Angle
Generalized
Displacements
The phase angle of displacements associated with the
modes of vibrations, each of which have a shape
(eigenmode) and associated frequency (eigenvalue).
PGU
Phase Angle
Generalized Velocities
The phase angle of velocities associated with the modes of
vibration.
PGV
Phase Angle
Generalized
Accelerations
The phase angle of accelerations associated with the
modes of vibration.
PGA
Strain Energy per
Mode
Elastic strain energy for the entire model per each mode. SNE
Kinetic Energy per
Mode
Kinetic energy for the entire model per each mode. KE
External Work per
Mode
External work for the entire model per each mode. T
Base Motion The base motion (displacement, velocity, or acceleration). BM
Whole Model Energies The summation of all the energy of the model. The kinetic,
recoverable (elastic) strain, plastic dissipation, creep
dissipation, and viscous dissipation are reported.
ALLEN
Element Mass Matrix Mass matrices output.
Element Stiffness
Matrix
Stiffness matrices output.
Parameter Name Description
Output
Variable
Identifier
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Step Creation
394
Define Frequencies
The data on this form is used to define the input for the *STEADY STATE DYNAMICS option (see
Section 9.3.13 of the ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual).
Response Spectrum
This subordinate form appears whenever the Solution Parameters button is selected and the Solution
Type is Response Spectrum. This generates a *FREQUENCY procedure, and a *RESPONSE
SPECTRUM procedure (see Sections 9.3.5 and 9.3.10, respectively, of the ABAQUS/Standard User’s
Manual). A ∗SPECTRUM option is also created (see Section 7.11.5 of the ABAQUS/Standard
User’s Manual).
Main Index
395 Chapter 3 : Running Analysis
Step Creation
Define Response Spectra (Response Spectrum)
This subordinate form appears whenever the Define Response Spectra button is selected on the Response
Spectrum Solution Parameter form.
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Step Creation
396
Define Spectrum (Response Spectrum)
This form appears whenever the Define Spectrum button is selected on the Response Spectra form, which
is itself subordinate to the Response Spectrum Solution Parameter Form. Similar forms are used for the
second and third directions.The data on this form will define the *SPECTRUM option (see Section 7.11.5
of the ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual).
Main Index
397 Chapter 3 : Running Analysis
Step Creation
Response Spectrum
If the selected solution type is Response Spectrum, then the following parameters may be defined on the
Output Requests form.
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Step Creation
398
Parameter Name Description
Output
Variable
Identifier
Stress Components The stress components output depend on the elements
analyzed. For example, the truss element outputs the axial
stress (S11) only, while a three-dimensional solid element
outputs all six components (S11, S22, S33, S12, S13, S23).
Note that ABAQUS always reports the Cauchy, or true
stress, which is equal to the force per current area. For more
information about element output, see Chapter 3 of the
ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual.
S11, S22, S33,
S12, S13, S23
Stress Invariants The stress invariants output by ABAQUS are the Mises
stress, Tresca stress, Hydrostatic pressure, first principal
stress, second principal stress, third principal stress, and the
third stress invariant. These quantities are scalar quantities
which do not vary with a change of coordinate system. For
elastic analyses, the von Mises and/or the Tresca stress
invariants can be monitored to ensure that the analysis
remains within the assumptions of linearity.
SINV
Strain Components This is the total strain value for each component output. The
strain components output depend on the elements analyzed,
analogous to the stress components. Note that for linear
elastic analyses, the total strain is equal to the elastic strain.
E
Section Forces Section forces are output for beam elements and include the
axial force, and, as applicable, the shears, bending moments
and bimoment about the local axes. These are discussed in
Section 3.5.1 and Section 7.5.2 of the ABAQUS/Standard
User’s Manual.
For shell elements, the section forces include the direct
membrane, shear, and moment forces per unit width, as
applicable. These are discussed in Section 3.6 of the
ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual.
SF
Main Index
399 Chapter 3 : Running Analysis
Step Creation
Section Strains Section strains are output for beam elements and, as
applicable, these include the axial strain, transverse shear
strains, curvature changes, and twist about the local
axes.These are discussed in Section 3.5.1 and Section 7.5.2
of the ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual.
For shell elements, the section strains include the direct
membrane, shear, curvature changes, and twist, as
applicable. These are discussed in Section 3.6 of the
ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual.
SE
Shell Thickness Changes in thickness for shell elements (S3RF,
S4RF,SAX1, SAX2, SAXA1N, SAXA2N).
STH
Displacements Displacements are output at nodes and are referred to as
follows:
1. x-displacement
2. y-displacement
3. z-displacement
4. Rotation about the x-axis
5. Rotation about the y-axis
6. Rotation about the z-axis
Except for axisymmetric elements, where the displacement
and rotation degrees-of-freedom are:
1. r-displacement
2. z-displacement
3. Rotation in the r-z plane
Here x, y, z, and r are global directions unless a coordinate
transformation is used at the node. Note that the warping
degree-of-freedom, the seventh displacement component of
an open section beam element, is not supported by Patran at
this time.
U
Velocities Nodal velocities, following the same convention as for
displacements.
V
Accelerations Nodal accelerations, following the same convention as for
displacements.
A
Parameter Name Description
Output
Variable
Identifier
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Step Creation
400
Reaction Forces The forces at the nodes which are constrained and therefore,
resist changes in the system. The direction convention is the
same as that for nodal output.
RF
Point Forces The forces at the nodes resulting from the imposed loads
(e.g., the force at a node resulting from pressure
distributions on adjacent elements).
CF
Parameter Name Description
Output
Variable
Identifier
Main Index
401 Chapter 3 : Running Analysis
Step Creation
Generalized
Displacements
The displacements associated with the modes of vibrations,
each of which have a shape (eigenmode) and associated
frequency (eigenvalue).
GU
Generalized Velocities The velocities associated with the modes of vibration. GV
Generalized
Accelerations
The accelerations associated with the modes of vibration. GA
Strain Energy per
Mode
Elastic strain energy for the entire model per each mode. SNE
Kinetic Energy per
Mode
Kinetic energy for the entire model per each mode. KE
External Work per
Mode
External work for the entire model per each mode. T
Base Motion The base motion (displacement, velocity, or acceleration). BM
Whole Model Energies The summation of all the energy of the model. The kinetic,
recoverable (elastic) strain, plastic dissipation, creep
dissipation, and viscous dissipation are reported.
ALLEN
Element Mass Matrix Mass matrices output.
Element Stiffness
Matrix
Stiffness matrices output.
Parameter Name Description
Output
Variable
Identifier
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Step Creation
402
Random Vibration
This subordinate form appears whenever the Solution Parameters button is selected and the Solution
Type is Random Vibration. This generates a *FREQUENCY procedure and a *RANDOM RESPONSE
procedure (see Sections 9.3.5 and 9.3.9 of the ABAQUS⁄Standard User’s Manual).
Main Index
403 Chapter 3 : Running Analysis
Step Creation
Define Spectrum (Random Vibration)
The Spectrum Data Table form is used to define the power spectral density function data for the ∗PSD-
DEFINITION option (see Section 7.11.3 of the ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual).
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Step Creation
404
Random Vibration
If the selected solution type is Random Vibration, then the following parameters may be defined on the
Output Requests form.
Parameter Name Description
Output
Variable
Identifier
Stress Components The stress components output depend on the elements
analyzed. For example, the truss element outputs the axial
stress (S11) only, while a three-dimensional solid element
outputs all six components (S11, S22, S33, S12, S13, S23).
Note that ABAQUS always reports the Cauchy, or true stress,
which is equal to the force per current area. For more
information about element output, see Chapter 3 of the
ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual.
S11, S22,
S33, S12,
S13, S23
R.M.S. Stress
Components
The root mean square value of the stress components. RA
Stress Invariants The stress invariants output by ABAQUS are the Mises stress,
Tresca stress, Hydrostatic pressure, first principal stress,
second principal stress, third principal stress, and the third
stress invariant. These quantities are scalar quantities which
do not vary with a change of coordinate system. For elastic
analyses, the von Mises and/or the Tresca stress invariants can
be monitored to ensure that the analysis remains within the
assumptions of linearity.
SINV
Strain Components This is the total strain value for each component output. The
strain components output depend on the elements analyzed,
analogous to the stress components. Note that for linear elastic
analyses, the total strain is equal to the elastic strain.
E
R.M.S. Strain
Components
The root mean square value of the strain components. RE
Section Forces Section forces are output for beam elements and include the
axial force, and, as applicable, the shears, bending moments
and bimoment about the local axes. These are discussed in
Section 3.5.1 and Section 7.5.2 of the ABAQUS/Standard
User’s Manual.
For shell elements, the section forces include the direct
membrane, shear, and moment forces per unit width, as
applicable. These are discussed in Section 3.6 of the
ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual.
SF
Main Index
405 Chapter 3 : Running Analysis
Step Creation
Section Strains Section strains are output for beam elements and, as
applicable, these include the axial strain, transverse shear
strains, curvature changes, and twist about the local
axes.These are discussed in Section 3.5.1 and Section 7.5.2 of
the ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual.
For shell elements, the section strains include the direct
membrane, shear, curvature changes, and twist, as applicable.
These are discussed in Section 3.6 of the ABAQUS/Standard
User’s Manual.
SE
Shell Thickness Changes in thickness for shell elements (S3RF, S4RF,SAX1,
SAX2, SAXA1N, SAXA2N).
STH
Displacements Displacements are output at nodes and are referred to
as follows:
1. x-displacement
2. y-displacement
3. z-displacement
4. Rotation about the x-axis
5. Rotation about the y-axis
6. Rotation about the z-axis
Except for axisymmetric elements, where the displacement
and rotation degrees-of-freedom are:
1. r-displacement
2. z-displacement
3. Rotation in the r-z plane
Here x, y, z, and r are global directions unless a coordinate
transformation is used at the node. Note that the warping
degree-of-freedom, the seventh displacement component of
an open section beam element, is not supported by Patran at
this time.
U
Velocities Nodal velocities, following the same convention as
for displacements.
V
Accelerations Nodal accelerations, following the same convention as
for displacements.
A
R.M.S. Relative
Displacement
The root mean square value of the displacement components
relative to the base motion.
RU
Parameter Name Description
Output
Variable
Identifier
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Step Creation
406
R.M.S. Relative
Velocities
The root mean square value of the velocity components
relative to the base motion.
RV
R.M.S. Relative
Acceleration
The root mean square value of the acceleration components
relative to the base motion.
RA
Total Displacements The total displacement (including base motion) of the nodes. TU
Total Velocities The total velocity (including base motion) of the nodes. TV
Total Acceleration The total acceleration (including base motion) of the nodes. TA
R.M.S. Total
Displacements
The root mean square value of the displacement components
including the base motion.
RTU
R.M.S. Total
Velocities
The root mean square value of the velocity components
including the base motion.
RTV
R.M.S. Total
Accelerations
The root mean square value of the acceleration components
including the base motion.
RTA
Reaction Forces The forces at the nodes which are constrained and therefore,
resist changes in the system. The direction convention is the
same as that for nodal output.
RF
R.M.S. Reaction
Forces
The root mean square value of the modal component of the
reaction forces.
RRF
Point Forces The forces at the nodes resulting from the imposed loads (e.g.,
the force at a node resulting from pressure distributions on
adjacent elements).
CF
Generalized
Displacements
The displacements associated with the modes of vibrations,
each of which have a shape (eigenmode) and associated
frequency (eigenvalue).
GU
Generalized
Velocities
The velocities associated with the modes of vibrations, each of
which have a shape (eigenmode) and associated frequency
(eigenvalue).
GV
Generalized
Accelerations
The accelerations associated with the modes of vibrations,
each of which have a shape (eigenmode) and associated
frequency (eigenvalue).
GA
Base Motion The base motion (displacement, velocity, or acceleration). BM
Whole Model
Energies
The summation of all the energy of the model. The kinetic,
recoverable (elastic) strain, plastic dissipation, creep
dissipation, and viscous dissipation is reported.
ALLEN
Parameter Name Description
Output
Variable
Identifier
Main Index
407 Chapter 3 : Running Analysis
Step Creation
Nonlinear Static
This subordinate form appears whenever the Solution Parameters button is selected and the Solution
Type is Nonlinear Static. This generates a *STATIC procedure with the associated *STEP option. The
NLGEOM parameter on the *STEP command is included. The NLGEOM parameter is included on the
*STEP option.
More data input is available for defining the Nonlinear Static Solution Parameters shown on the
previous page. Listed below are the remaining parameters contained in this menu if the Riks method is
not selected.
Element Mass
Matrix
Mass matrices output.
Element Stiffness
Matrix
Stiffness matrices output.
Parameter Name Description
Output
Variable
Identifier
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Step Creation
408
Listed below are the remaining parameters contained in this menu if the Riks method is selected.
Parameter Name Description
Max No of Increments Defines the maximum number of increments that can be used
within a single step. This is a positive integer value. This is the
optional INC parameter on the ∗STEP option.
Initial DELTA-T Defines the initial time increment to be used. This is a real
constant. This will be modified as required if the automatic time
stepping scheme is used. Otherwise, it will be used as a constant
time increment.
Minimum DELTA-T Defines the minimum time increment to be used. This is a real
constant. It is only used for automatic time incrementation. If
ABAQUS finds it needs a smaller time increment than this value,
the analysis is terminated.
Maximum DELTA-T Defines the maximum time increment to be used. This is a real
constant. It is only used for automatic time incrementation. If this
value is not specified, no upper limit is imposed.
Time Duration of Step Defines the total time period of the step. This is a real constant.
Parameter Name Description
Initial Load Fraction Defines the initial load fraction to be applied to the model. This is
a real constant. This is the initial time increment data value on the
∗STATIC command.
Minimum Load Fraction Defines the minimum load fraction which will be added during any
increment. These are real constants.
Maximum Load Fraction Defines the maximum load fraction which will be added during
any increment. These are real constants.
Stopping Condition Indicates which stopping condition is to be used. This can be set to
“Max. no. increments”, “Max. load multiplier”, or “Monitor a
Node.” This indicates which stopping condition data values are to
be defined on the ∗STATIC option.
Max. Load Multiplier This defines the maximum load multiplier allowed before the
iteration will be stopped. This is only used if “Max. load
multiplier,” or “Monitor a Node” are selected.
Node Number Indicates the node ID to be monitored. This is only used if
“Monitor a Node” is selected.
Main Index
409 Chapter 3 : Running Analysis
Step Creation
Nonlinear Static
If the selected solution type is Nonlinear Static, then the following parameters may be defined on the
Output Requests form.
Limit Value Defines the limiting displacement at the node being monitored.
This is only used if “Monitor a Node” is selected.
DOF Number Indicates which degree-of-freedom at this node is to be monitored.
This is only used if “Monitor a Node” is selected.
Parameter Name Description
Output
Variable
Identifier
Stress Components The stress components output depend on the elements
analyzed. For example, the truss element outputs the axial
stress (S11) only, while a three-dimensional solid element
outputs all six components (S11, S22, S33, S12, S13, S23).
Note that ABAQUS always reports the Cauchy, or true stress,
which is equal to the force per current area. For more
information about element output, see Chapter 3 of the
ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual.
S11, S22,
S33, S12,
S13, S23
Stress Invariants The stress invariants output by ABAQUS are the Mises stress,
Tresca stress, Hydrostatic pressure, first principal stress,
second principal stress, third principal stress, and the third
stress invariant. These quantities are scalar quantities which do
not vary with a change of coordinate system. For elastic
analyses, the von Mises and/or the Tresca stress invariants can
be monitored to ensure that the analysis remains within the
assumptions of linearity.
SINV
Strain Components This is the total strain value for each component output. The
strain components output depend on the elements analyzed,
analogous to the stress components. Note that for linear elastic
analyses, the total strain is equal to the elastic strain.
E
Plastic Strains The plastic strain component of the total strain. PE
Creep Strains The creep strain component of the total strain. CE
Elastic Strains The elastic strain component of the total strain. Note that the
elastic strain component is the component from which the
stress is computed.
EE
Inelastic Strains The total strain minus the elastic strain component. IE
Parameter Name Description
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Step Creation
410
Elem Energy
Densities
The energy per unit volume of each element. Strain, plastic,
creep, and viscous dissipative energy densities are reported.
ENER
Elem Energy
Magnitudes
The energy of each element. Strain, kinetic, plastic, creep, and
viscous dissipative energies are reported.
ELEN
Internal Stress
Forces
The forces that are found at each node by summing the element
stress contributions at the nodes.
NFORC
Section Forces Section forces are output for beam elements and include the
axial force, and, as applicable, the shears, bending moments
and bimoment about the local axes. These are discussed in
Section 3.5.1 and Section 7.5.2 of the ABAQUS/Standard
User’s Manual.
For shell elements, the section forces include the direct
membrane, shear, and moment forces per unit width, as
applicable. These are discussed in Section 3.6 of the
ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual.
SF
Section Strains Section strains are output for beam elements and, as
applicable, these include the axial strain, transverse shear
strains, curvature changes, and twist about the local axes.These
are discussed in Section 3.5.1 and Section 7.5.2 of the
ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual.
For shell elements, the section strains include the direct
membrane, shear, curvature changes, and twist, as applicable.
These are discussed in Section 3.6 of the ABAQUS/Standard
User’s Manual.
SE
Shell Thickness Changes in thickness for shell elements (S3RF, S4RF,SAX1,
SAX2, SAXA1N, SAXA2N).
STH
Parameter Name Description
Output
Variable
Identifier
Main Index
411 Chapter 3 : Running Analysis
Step Creation
Displacement Displacements are output at nodes and are referred to
as follows:
1. x-displacement
2. y-displacement
3. z-displacement
4. Rotation about the x-axis
5. Rotation about the y-axis
6. Rotation about the z-axis
Except for axisymmetric elements, where the displacement
and rotation degrees-of-freedom are:
1. r-displacement
2. z-displacement
3. Rotation in the r-z plane
Here x, y, z, and r are global directions unless a coordinate
transformation is used at the node. Note that the warping
degree-of-freedom, the seventh displacement component of an
open section beam element, is not supported by Patran at
this time.
U
Reaction Forces The forces at the nodes which are constrained and therefore,
resist changes in the system. The direction convention is the
same as that for nodal output.
RF
Point Forces The forces at the nodes resulting from the imposed loads (e.g.,
the force at a node resulting from pressure distributions on
adjacent elements).
CF
Whole Model
Energies
The summation of all the energy of the model. The kinetic,
recoverable (elastic) strain, plastic dissipation, creep
dissipation, and viscous dissipation is reported.
ALLEN
Element Mass
Matrix
Mass matrices output.
Element Stiffness
Matrix
Stiffness matrices output.
Parameter Name Description
Output
Variable
Identifier
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Step Creation
412
Nonlinear Transient Dynamic
This subordinate form appears whenever the Solution Parameters button is selected and the Solution
Type is Nonlinear Transient Dynamic. This generates a ∗DYNAMIC procedure, with the associated
∗STEP option. The DIRECT and HAFTOL parameters are available on the ∗DYNAMIC option.
Main Index
413 Chapter 3 : Running Analysis
Step Creation
More data input is available for defining the Nonlinear Transient Dynamic Solution Parameters shown
on the previous page. Listed below are the remaining parameters contained in this menu.
Parameter Name Description
Initial DELTA-T Defines the initial time increment to be used. This is a real constant.
This will be modified as required if the automatic time stepping
scheme is used. Otherwise, it will be used as a constant time
increment.
Minimum DELTA-T Defines the minimum time increment to be used. This is a real
constant. It is only used for automatic time incrementation. If
ABAQUS finds it needs a smaller time increment than this value, the
analysis is terminated.
Maximum DELTA-T Defines the maximum time increment to be used. This is a real
constant. It is only used for automatic time incrementation. If this
value is not specified, no upper limit is imposed.
Time Duration of Step Defines the total time period of the step. This is a real constant.
Max Error in Mid Increment
Residual
This is the HAFTOL parameter on the ∗DYNAMIC option. See
Section 9.3.4 of the ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual and Section
5.2.1 of the ABAQUS/Standard Example Problems.
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Step Creation
414
Nonlinear Transient Dynamic
If the selected solution type is Nonlinear Transient Dynamics, then the following parameters may be
defined on the Output Requests form.
Parameter Name Description
Output
Variable
Identifier
Stress Components The stress components output depend on the elements
analyzed. For example, the truss element outputs the axial
stress (S11) only, while a three-dimensional solid element
outputs all six components (S11, S22, S33, S12, S13, S23).
Note that ABAQUS always reports the Cauchy, or true
stress, which is equal to the force per current area. For more
information about element output, see Chapter 3 of the
ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual.
S11, S22, S33,
S12, S13, S23
Stress Invariants The stress invariants output by ABAQUS are the Mises
stress, Tresca stress, Hydrostatic pressure, first principal
stress, second principal stress, third principal stress, and the
third stress invariant. These quantities are scalar quantities
which do not vary with a change of coordinate system. For
elastic analyses, the von Mises and/or the Tresca stress
invariants can be monitored to ensure that the analysis
remains within the assumptions of linearity.
SINV
Strain Components This is the total strain value for each component output. The
strain components output depend on the elements analyzed,
analogous to the stress components. Note that, for linear
elastic analyses, the total strain is equal to the elastic strain.
E
Plastic Strains The plastic strain component of the total strain. PE
Creep Strains The creep strain component of the total strain. CE
Elastic Strains The elastic strain component of the total strain. Note that the
elastic strain component is the component from which the
stress is computed.
EE
Inelastic Strains The total strain minus the elastic strain component. IE
Elem Energy
Densities
The energy per unit volume of each element. Strain, plastic,
creep, and viscous dissipative energy densities are reported.
ENER
Elem Energy
Magnitudes
The energy of each element. Strain, kinetic, elastic, creep,
and viscous dissipative energies are reported.
ELEM
Internal Stress
Forces
The forces that are found at each node by summing the
element stress contributions at the nodes.
NFORC
Main Index
415 Chapter 3 : Running Analysis
Step Creation
Section Forces Section forces are output for beam elements and include the
axial force, and, as applicable, the shears, bending moments
and bimoment about the local axes. These are discussed in
Section 3.5.1 and Section 7.5.2 of the ABAQUS/Standard
User’s Manual.
For shell elements, the section forces include the direct
membrane, shear, and moment forces per unit width, as
applicable. These are discussed in Section 3.6 of the
ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual.
SF
Section Strains Section strains are output for beam elements and, as
applicable, these include the axial strain, transverse shear
strains, curvature changes, and twist about the local
axes.These are discussed in Section 3.5.1 and Section 7.5.2
of the ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual.
For shell elements, the section strains include the direct
membrane, shear, curvature changes, and twist, as
applicable. These are discussed in Section 3.6 of the
ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual.
SW
Shell Thickness Changes in thickness for shell elements (S3RF, S4RF,SAX1,
SAX2, SAXA1N, SAXA2N).
STH
Parameter Name Description
Output
Variable
Identifier
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Step Creation
416
Displacements Displacements are output at nodes and are referred to as
follows:
1. x-displacement
2. y-displacement
3. z-displacement
4. Rotation about the x-axis
5. Rotation about the y-axis
6. Rotation about the z-axis
Except for axisymmetric elements, where the displacement
and rotation degrees-of-freedom are:
1. r-displacement
2. z-displacement
3. Rotation in the r-z plane
Here x, y, z, and r are global directions unless a coordinate
transformation is used at the node. Note that the warping
degree-of-freedom, the seventh displacement component of
an open section beam element, is not supported by Patran at
this time.
U
Velocities Nodal velocities, following the same convention as for
displacements.
V
Accelerations Nodal accelerations, following the same convention as for
displacements.
A
Reaction Forces The forces at the nodes which are constrained and therefore,
resist changes in the system. The direction convention is the
same as that for nodal output.
RF
Point Forces The forces at the nodes resulting from the imposed loads
(e.g., the force at a node resulting from pressure distributions
on adjacent elements).
CF
Whole Model
Energies
The summation of all the energy of the model. The kinetic,
recoverable (elastic) strain, plastic dissipation, creep
dissipation, and viscous dissipation is reported.
ALLEN
Element Mass
Matrix
Mass matrices output.
Element Stiffness
Matrix
Stiffness matrices output.
Parameter Name Description
Output
Variable
Identifier
Main Index
417 Chapter 3 : Running Analysis
Step Creation
Creep
This subordinate form appears whenever the Solution Parameters button is selected and the Solution
Type is Creep. This generates a ∗VISCO procedure, with the associated ∗STEP option.
More data input is available for defining the Creep Solution Parameters shown on the previous page.
Listed below are the remaining parameters contained in this menu.
Parameter Name Description
Initial DELTA-T Defines the initial time increment to be used. This is a real constant.
This will be modified as required if the automatic time stepping
scheme is used.
Otherwise, it will be used as a constant time increment.
Minimum DELTA-T Defines the minimum time increment to be used. This is a real
constant. It is only used for automatic time incrementation. If
ABAQUS finds it needs a smaller time increment than this value, the
analysis is terminated.
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Step Creation
418
Creep
The strain components output depend on the elements analyzed, analogous to the stress components. In
addition, the total strain component can be separated into its contributory parts (e.g., elastic strain, plastic
strains, etc.) and these are reported separately.
Maximum DELTA-T Defines the maximum time increment to be used. This is a real
constant. It is only used for automatic time incrementation. If this
value is not specified, no upper limit is imposed.
Time Duration of Step Defines the total time period of the step. This is a real constant.
Admissable Error in Strain
Increment
This is the CETOL parameter on the ∗VISCO option. See Section
9.3.15 of the ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual.
Parameter Name Description
Output
Variable
Identifier
Stress Components The stress components output depend on the elements
analyzed. For example, the truss element outputs the axial
stress (S11) only, while a three-dimensional solid element
outputs all six components (S11, S22, S33, S12, S13, S23).
Note that ABAQUS always reports the Cauchy, or true
stress, which is equal to the force per current area. For more
information about element output, see Chapter 3 of the
ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual.
S11, S22, S33,
S12, S13, S23
Stress Invariants The stress invariants output by ABAQUS are the Mises
stress, Tresca stress, Hydrostatic pressure, first principal
stress, second principal stress, third principal stress, and the
third stress invariant. These quantities are scalar quantities
which do not vary with a change of coordinate system. For
elastic analyses, the von Mises and/or the Tresca stress
invariants can be monitored to ensure that the analysis
remains within the assumptions of linearity.
SINV
Strain Components This is the total strain value for each component output. The
strain components output depend on the elements analyzed,
analogous to the stress components. Note that for linear
elastic analyses, the total strain is equal to the elastic strain.
E
Plastic Strains The plastic strain component of the total strain. PE
Creep Strains The creep strain component of the total strain. CE
Parameter Name Description
Main Index
419 Chapter 3 : Running Analysis
Step Creation
Elastic Strains The elastic strain component of the total strain. Note that the
elastic strain component is the component from which the
stress is computed.
EE
Inelastic Strains The total strain minus the elastic strain component. IE
Elem Energy
Densities
The energy per unit volume of each element. Strain, plastic,
creep, and viscous dissipative energy densities are reported.
ENER
Elem Energy
Magnitudes
The energy of each element. Strain, kinetic, elastic, creep,
and viscous dissipative energies are reported.
ELEM
Internal Stress
Forces
The forces that are found at each node by summing the
element stress contributions at the nodes.
NFORC
Section Forces Section forces are output for beam elements and include the
axial force, and, as applicable, the shears, bending moments
and bimoment about the local axes. These are discussed in
Section 3.5.1 and Section 7.5.2 of the ABAQUS/Standard
User’s Manual.
For shell elements, the section forces include the direct
membrane, shear, and moment forces per unit width, as
applicable. These are discussed in Section 3.6 of the
ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual.
SF
Section Strains Section strains are output for beam elements and, as
applicable, these include the axial strain, transverse shear
strains, curvature changes, and twist about the local
axes.These are discussed in Section 3.5.1 and Section 7.5.2
of the ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual.
For shell elements, the section strains include the direct
membrane, shear, curvature changes, and twist, as
applicable. These are discussed in Section 3.6 of the
ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual.
SE
Shell Thickness Changes in thickness for shell elements (S3RF,
S4RF,SAX1, SAX2, SAXA1N, SAXA2N).
STH
Parameter Name Description
Output
Variable
Identifier
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Step Creation
420
Displacements Displacements are output at nodes and are referred to
as follows:
1. x-displacement
2. y-displacement
3. z-displacement
4. Rotation about the x-axis
5. Rotation about the y-axis
6. Rotation about the z-axis
Except for axisymmetric elements, where the displacement
and rotation degrees-of-freedom are:
1. r-displacement
2. z-displacement
3. Rotation in the r-z plane
Here x, y, z, and r are global directions unless a coordinate
transformation is used at the node. Note that the warping
degree-of-freedom, the seventh displacement component of
an open section beam element, is not supported by Patran at
this time.
U
Reaction Forces The forces at the nodes which are constrained and therefore,
resist changes in the system. The direction convention is the
same as that for nodal output.
RF
Point Forces The forces at the nodes resulting from the imposed loads
(e.g., the force at a node resulting from pressure
distributions on adjacent elements).
CF
Whole Model
Energies
The summation of all the energy of the model. The kinetic,
recoverable (elastic) strain, plastic dissipation, creep
dissipation, and viscous dissipation are reported.
ALLEN
Element Mass
Matrix
Mass matrices output.
Element Stiffness
Matrix
Stiffness matrices output.
Parameter Name Description
Output
Variable
Identifier
Main Index
421 Chapter 3 : Running Analysis
Step Creation
Viscoelastic (Time Domain)
This subordinate form appears whenever Solution Parameters is selected and the Solution Type is
Viscoelastic (Time Domain). This generates a ∗VISCO procedure, with the associated ∗STEP command.
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Step Creation
422
More data input is available for defining the Viscoelastic (Time Domain) Solution Parameters shown on
the previous page. Listed below are the remaining parameters contained in this menu.
Viscoelastic (Time Domain)
If the selected Solution Type is Viscoelastic (Time Domain), then the following parameters may be
defined on the Output Requests form.
Parameter Name Description
Initial DELTA-T Defines the initial time increment to be used. This is a real constant.
This will be modified as required if the automatic time stepping
scheme is used. Otherwise, it will be used as a constant time
increment.
Minimum DELTA-T Defines the minimum time increment to be used. This is a real
constant. It is only used for automatic time incrementation. If
ABAQUS finds it needs a smaller time increment than this value, the
analysis is terminated.
Maximum DELTA-T Defines the maximum time increment to be used. This is a real
constant. It is only used for automatic time incrementation. If this
value is not specified, no upper limit is imposed.
Time Duration of Step Defines the total time period of the step. This is a real constant.
Parameter Name Description
Output
Variable
Identifier
Stress Components The stress components output depend on the elements
analyzed. For example, the truss element outputs the axial
stress (S11) only, while a three-dimensional solid element
outputs all six components (S11, S22, S33, S12, S13, S23).
Note that ABAQUS always reports the Cauchy, or true
stress, which is equal to the force per current area. For more
information about element output, see Chapter 3 of the
ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual.
S11, S22, S33,
S12, S13, S23
Stress Invariants The stress invariants output by ABAQUS are the Mises
stress, Tresca stress, Hydrostatic pressure, first principal
stress, second principal stress, third principal stress, and the
third stress invariant. These quantities are scalar quantities
which do not vary with a change of coordinate system. For
elastic analyses, the von Mises and/or the Tresca stress
invariants can be monitored to ensure that the analysis
remains within the assumptions of linearity.
SINV
Main Index
423 Chapter 3 : Running Analysis
Step Creation
Strain Components This is the total strain value for each component output. The
strain components output depend on the elements analyzed,
analogous to the stress components. Note that for linear
elastic analyses, the total strain is equal to the elastic strain.
E
Plastic Strains The plastic strain component of the total strain. PE
Creep Strains The creep strain component of the total strain. CE
Elastic Strains The elastic strain component of the total strain. Note that
the elastic strain component is the component from which
the stress is computed.
EE
Inelastic Strains The total strain minus the elastic strain component. IE
Elem Energy
Densities
The energy per unit volume of each element. Strain, plastic,
creep, and viscous dissipative energy densities are reported.
ENER
Elem Energy
Magnitudes
The energy of each element. Strain, kinetic, elastic, creep,
and viscous dissipative energies are reported.
ELEM
Internal Stress
Forces
The forces that are found at each node by summing the
element stress contributions at the nodes.
NFORC
Section Forces Section forces are output for beam elements and include the
axial force, and, as applicable, the shears, bending moments
and bimoment about the local axes. These are discussed in
Section 3.5.1 and Section 7.5.2 of the ABAQUS/Standard
User’s Manual.
For shell elements, the section forces include the direct
membrane, shear, and moment forces per unit width, as
applicable. These are discussed in Section 3.6 of the
ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual.
SF
Section Strains Section strains are output for beam elements and, as
applicable, these include the axial strain, transverse shear
strains, curvature changes, and twist about the local
axes.These are discussed in Section 3.5.1 and Section 7.5.2
of the ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual.
For shell elements, the section strains include the direct
membrane, shear, curvature changes, and twist, as
applicable. These are discussed in Section 3.6 of the
ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual.
SE
Shell Thickness Changes in thickness for shell elements (S3RF,
S4RF,SAX1, SAX2, SAXA1N, SAXA2N).
STH
Parameter Name Description
Output
Variable
Identifier
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Step Creation
424
Displacements Displacements are output at nodes and are referred to
as follows:
1. x-displacement
2. y-displacement
3. z-displacement
4. Rotation about the x-axis
5. Rotation about the y-axis
6. Rotation about the z-axis
Except for axisymmetric elements, where the displacement
and rotation degrees-of-freedom are:
1. r-displacement
2. z-displacement
3. Rotation in the r-z plane
Here x, y, z, and r are global directions unless a coordinate
transformation is used at the node. Note that the warping
degree-of-freedom, the seventh displacement component of
an open section beam element, is not supported by Patran at
this time.
U
Reaction Forces The forces at the nodes which are constrained and
therefore, resist changes in the system. The direction
convention is the same as that for nodal output.
RF
Point Forces The forces at the nodes resulting from the imposed loads
(e.g., the force at a node resulting from pressure
distributions on adjacent elements).
CF
Whole Model
Energies
The summation of all the energy of the model. The kinetic,
recoverable (elastic) strain, plastic dissipation, creep
dissipation, and viscous dissipation is reported.
ALLEN
Element Mass
Matrix
Mass matrices output.
Element Stiffness
Matrix
Stiffness matrices output.
Parameter Name Description
Output
Variable
Identifier
Main Index
425 Chapter 3 : Running Analysis
Step Creation
Viscoelastic (Frequency Domain)
This subordinate form appears whenever the Solution Parameters button is selected and the solution type
is Viscoelastic (Frequency Domain). This generates a *STEADY STATE DYNAMIC procedure.
Viscoelastic (Frequency Domain)
If the selected solution type is Viscoelastic (Frequency Domain), then the following parameters may be
defined on the Output Requests form.
Parameter Name Description
Output
Variable
Identifier
Stress Components The stress components output depend on the elements
analyzed. For example, the truss element outputs the axial
stress (S11) only, while a three-dimensional solid element
outputs all six components (S11, S22, S33, S12, S13, S23).
Note that ABAQUS always reports the Cauchy, or true
stress, which is equal to the force per current area. For more
information about element output, see Chapter 3 of the
ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual.
S11, S22, S33,
S12, S13, S23
Stress Invariants The stress invariants output by ABAQUS are the Mises
stress, Tresca stress, Hydrostatic pressure, first principal
stress, second principal stress, third principal stress, and the
third stress invariant. These quantities are scalar quantities
which do not vary with a change of coordinate system. For
elastic analyses, the von Mises and/or the Tresca stress
invariants can be monitored to ensure that the analysis
remains within the assumptions of linearity.
SINV
Ph Angle Stress
Components
The phase angle shift of the stress components. PHS
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Step Creation
426
Strain Components This is the total strain value for each component output. The
strain components output depend on the elements analyzed,
analogous to the stress components. Note that, for linear
elastic analyses, the total strain is equal to the elastic strain.
E
Ph Angle Strain
Components
The phase angle shift of the strain components. PHE
Section Forces Section forces are output for beam elements and include the
axial force, and, as applicable, the shears, bending moments
and bimoment about the local axes. These are discussed in
Section 3.5.1 and Section 7.5.2 of the ABAQUS/Standard
User’s Manual.
For shell elements, the section forces include the direct
membrane, shear, and moment forces per unit width, as
applicable. These are discussed in Section 3.6 of the
ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual.
SF
Section Strains Section strains are output for beam elements and, as
applicable, these include the axial strain, transverse shear
strains, curvature changes, and twist about the local
axes.These are discussed in Section 3.5.1 and Section 7.5.2
of the ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual.
For shell elements, the section strains include the direct
membrane, shear, curvature changes, and twist, as
applicable. These are discussed in Section 3.6 of the
ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual.
SE
Shell Thickness Changes in thickness for shell elements (S3RF,
S4RF,SAX1, SAX2, SAXA1N, SAXA2N).
STH
Parameter Name Description
Output
Variable
Identifier
Main Index
427 Chapter 3 : Running Analysis
Step Creation
Displacements Displacements are output at nodes and are referred to as
follows:
1. x-displacement
2. y-displacement
3. z-displacement
4. Rotation about the x-axis
5. Rotation about the y-axis
6. Rotation about the z-axis
Except for axisymmetric elements, where the displacement
and rotation degrees-of-freedom are:
1. r-displacement
2. z-displacement
3. Rotation in the r-z plane
Here x, y, z, and r are global directions unless a coordinate
transformation is used at the node. Note that the warping
degree-of-freedom, the seventh displacement component of
an open section beam element, is not supported by Patran at
this time.
U
Velocities Nodal velocities, following the same convention as for
displacements.
V
Accelerations Nodal accelerations, following the same convention as for
displacements.
A
Phase Angle Rel.
Displacements
The phase angle shift of the relative displacement
components.
PU
Reaction Forces The forces at the nodes which are constrained and so,
therefore, resist changes in the system. The direction
convention is the same as that for nodal output.
RF
Phase Angle
Reaction Forces
The phase angle shift of the reaction force components. PRF
Point Forces The forces at the nodes resulting from the imposed loads
(e.g., the force at a node resulting from pressure
distributions on adjacent elements).
CF
Parameter Name Description
Output
Variable
Identifier
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Step Creation
428
Steady State Heat Transfer
This subordinate form appears whenever Solution Parameters is selected and the solution type is Steady
State Heat Transfer. This generates a ∗HEAT TRANSFER, STEADY STATE procedure.
Steady State Heat Transfer
If the selected solution type is Steady State Heat Transfer, then the following parameters may be defined
on the Output Requests form.
Element Mass
Matrix
Mass matrices output.
Element Stiffness
Matrix
Stiffness matrices output.
Parameter Name Description
Output
Variable
Identifier
Element Temperature Temperature. TEMP
Heat Flux Current magnitude and components of the heat flux
vector. The integration of points for these values are
located at the Gauss points.
HFL
Nodal Temperatures All temperature values at a node. These will be the
temperatures defined as degrees-of-freedom if heat
transfer elements are connected to the node, or
predefined temperatures if the node is only connected to
stress elements without temperature degrees-of-freedom.
NT
Reaction Fluxes All reaction flux values (conjugate to temperature). RFL
Parameter Name Description
Output
Variable
Identifier
Main Index
429 Chapter 3 : Running Analysis
Step Creation
Concentrated Fluxes All concentrated flux values. CFL
Element Stiffness
Matrix
Stiffness matrices output.
Parameter Name Description
Output
Variable
Identifier
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Step Creation
430
Transient Heat Transfer
This subordinate option is Transient Heat Transfer. This generates a ∗HEAT TRANSFER procedure.
Transient Heat Transfer
If the selected solution type is Transient Heat Transfer, then the following parameters may be defined on
the Output Requests form.
Main Index
431 Chapter 3 : Running Analysis
Step Creation
Parameter Name Description
Output
Variable
Identifier
Element Temperature Temperature. TEMP
Heat Flux Current magnitude and components of the heat flux
vector. The integration of points for these values are
located at the Gauss points.
HFL
Nodal Temperatures All temperature values at a node. These will be the
temperatures defined as degrees-of-freedom if heat
transfer elements are connected to the node, or
predefined temperatures if the node is only connected to
stress elements without temperature degrees-of-freedom.
NT
Reaction Fluxes All reaction flux values (conjugate to temperature). RFL
Concentrated Fluxes All concentrated flux values. CFL
Element Stiffness
Matrix
Stiffness matrices output.
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Step Selection
432
Step Selection
This subordinate form appears whenever the Step Selection button is selected on the main Analysis form.
This form is used to select and order the Job Steps that will be analyzed for the ABAQUS Job.
Main Index
433 Chapter 3 : Running Analysis
Read Input File
Read Input File
It is possible to read an existing ABAQUS input file (jobname.inp) into Patran. This is not a fully
supported feature and must be invoked by setting a special parameter. This is done by editing the
settings.pcl file and adding the following line:
pref_env_set_logical( "shareware_input_file", TRUE )
If this setting is set to TRUE, then an additional Action item will appear under the Analysis form called
Read Input File. This file can exist in the installation, local or home directories.
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Read Input File
434
Main Index
435 Chapter 3 : Running Analysis
ABAQUS Input File Reader
ABAQUS Input File Reader
This section describes a software module that reads ABAQUS input files and writes the data to the
MSC/PATRAN database in a form compatible with the MSC/PATRAN ABAQUS preference.
Input Deck Formats
Both fixed format and free format entries are supported. Floating point formats with and without an “E”
in the exponent are supported (e.g. 1.23E6 and 1.23+6 are both supported).
Message File
Informative, warning, and error messages are written to an external file with the name
<input_file_basename>.msg.<version_number> where <input_file_basename> is the portion of the
ABAQUS input file name before the suffix and <version_number> is a unique version number beginning
with 01. After import, this file should be carefully examined to understand what was processed by the
reader and what was not. Sometimes the error messages will indicate where minor editing of the input
deck will convert an unsupported entity to one that can be handled by the reader.
ABAQUS ELSET and NSET Entries
A PATRAN group is created for each ABAQUS ELSET or NSET entry. The name of the group is taken
from the NAME parameter of the ELSET or NSET.
Supported Element Types
When the reader encounters a *ELEMENT entry, the combination of the element type and the ABAQUS
property set entry are used to map the ABAQUS element type to the appropriate PATRAN element type.
In some cases this is not possible because not all ABAQUS element types are currently supported in
PATRAN. In these cases, the reader attempts to find the PATRAN element type that “best” matches the
ABAQUS type. Thus, the ABAQUS elements retain their association to their property set. This allows
the finite element mesh to be edited in PATRAN and an ABAQUS input deck output that can be easily
edited to correct the property entry.
Supported Keywords
The table below describes the ABAQUS keywords that are supported in the current version of
the product.
ABAQUS Keyword Notes
Model Section
*AMPLITUDE A PATRAN time- or frequency-dependent field is created.
*BEAM GENERAL
SECTION
A PATRAN property set is created.
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
ABAQUS Input File Reader
436
*BEAM SECTION A PATRAN property set is created.
*BOUNDARY A PATRAN LBC set is created for each ABAQUS BOUNDARY and
added to all load cases. Displacement, temperature, velocity, and
acceleration boundary conditions are currently supported.
*CENTROID Location is added to the PATRAN property set.
*CONDUCTIVITY Value is added to the PATRAN material.
*CONTACT NODE SET When referenced in a *CONTACT PAIR, this data is added to a
contact-type LBC set.
*CONTACT PAIR A PATRAN contact-type LBC set is created for each entry in
*CONTACT PAIR.
*CORRELATION
*DAMPING Value is added to the PATRAN material or shell element property set.
*DASHPOT A PATRAN property set is created.
*DENSITY Value is added to the PATRAN material.
*ELASTIC Values are added to the PATRAN material.
*ELCOPY Element Generation Command
*ELEMENT PATRAN elements are created. Both a PATRAN group and a property
set are created with the ELSET name.
*ELGEN PATRAN elements are created.
*ELSET A PATRAN group is created.
*EQUATION A PATRAN MPC is created. The use of node sets in *EQUATION
entries is not currently supported.
*EXPANSION Values are added to the PATRAN material.
*FRICTION The *FRICTION keyword is supported within *GAP, *INTERFACE,
and *SURFACE INTERACTION blocks. The friction properties are
added to the appropriate property or LBC set.
*GAP A PATRAN property set is created.
*HEADING A PATRAN analysis job is created with this description.
*HOURGLASS STIFFNESS The values are added to the appropriate PATRAN property set.
*INCLUDE The referenced file is read. *INCLUDE entries may be nested to any
reasonable depth.
*MASS A PATRAN property set is created.
*MATERIAL A PATRAN material is created.
*MEMBRANE SECTION A PATRAN property set is created.
ABAQUS Keyword Notes
Main Index
437 Chapter 3 : Running Analysis
ABAQUS Input File Reader
*MPC A PATRAN MPC is created. The use of node sets in *MPC entries is
not currently supported.
*MODAL DAMPING
*NCOPY Generates additional nodes using NID and X/Y/Z offsets.
*NFILL PATRAN nodes are created. The SINGULAR option is not currently
supported.
*NGEN PATRAN nodes are created. Nodes may be generated along a line or a
circular arc (LINE=C) but not along a parabola (LINE=P).
*NODAL THICKNESS A PATRAN nodal FEM field and property set are created.
*NODE PATRAN nodes are created. If an NSET parameter is specified, a
PATRAN group is created with this name, otherwise the nodes are
added to the default group.
*NSET A PATRAN group is created.
*ORIENTATION Is used to define orientation for homogeneous or laminate material
properties.
*PLASTIC Only HARDENING=ISOTROPIC and HARDENING=KINEMATIC
are currently supported. The RATE parameter is not currently
supported; only the first set *PLASTIC entries for a material are
imported.
*PSD
*RIGID BODY When referenced in a *CONTACT PAIR, this data is added to a
contact-type LBC set.
*RIGID SURFACE The *RIGID SURFACE keyword is currently supported in two ways
by the PATRAN, ABAQUS preference. For the older style of
ABAQUS contact, which required the use of IRSx type elements,
*RIGID SURFACE entries were written out for “rigid surface type”
element properties. For the newer style of ABAQUS contact ,which
uses *CONTACT PAIR, geometric curves are selected directly in a
PATRAN contact-type LBC. Only this second usage of *RIGID
SURFACE is supported by the reader. When referenced in a
*CONTACT PAIR entry, curves are created and references to them
added to the contact-type LBC set.
*ROTARY INERTIA A PATRAN property set is created.
*SECTION POINTS Points are added to the PATRAN property set.
*SHEAR CENTER Location is added to the PATRAN property set.
*SHELL GENERAL
SECTION
A PATRAN property set is created.
*SHELL SECTION A PATRAN property set is created.
ABAQUS Keyword Notes
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
ABAQUS Input File Reader
438
*SOLID SECTION A PATRAN property set is created.
*SPECTRUM
*SPECIFIC HEAT Value is added to the PATRAN material.
*SPRING A PATRAN property set is created.
*SURFACE DEFINITION When referenced in a *CONTACT PAIR, this data is added to a
contact-type LBC set.
*SURFACE INTERACTION The only keyword currently supported within this block is
*FRICTION. The keyword parameters and friction data are added to
the appropriate contact-type LBC set.
*SYSTEM PATRAN node locations are transformed to the coordinate system
defined on this entry.
*TRANSFORM A PATRAN coordinate frame is created and used to define the analysis
system for the node.
*TRANSVERSE SHEAR
STIFFNESS
The values are added to the appropriate PATRAN property set.
History Section
*BOUNDARY A PATRAN LBC set is created for each ABAQUS BOUNDARY and
added to the load case for this step. Displacement, temperature,
velocity, and acceleration boundary conditions are currently
supported.
*BUCKLE The parameters associated with this entry are added to the PATRAN
analysis step.
*CFLUX A PATRAN LBC set is created for each ABAQUS CFLUX and added
to the load case for this step.
*CLOAD A PATRAN LBC set is created for each ABAQUS CLOAD and added
to the load case for this step.
*DFLUX A PATRAN LBC set is created for each ABAQUS DFLUX and added
to the load case for this step.
*DLOAD A PATRAN LBC set is created for each ABAQUS DLOAD and added
to the load case for this step. The pressure DLOAD types as well as
GRAV, CENT, CENTRIF, and CORIO are currently supported.
*DYNAMIC The parameters associated with this entry are added to the PATRAN
analysis step.
*FILM A PATRAN LBC set is created for each ABAQUS FILM and added to
the load case for this step.
*FREQUENCY The parameters associated with this entry are added to the PATRAN
analysis step.
ABAQUS Keyword Notes
Main Index
439 Chapter 3 : Running Analysis
ABAQUS Input File Reader
Both fixed format and free format entries are supported.
The table below shows the PATRAN element property options that are created when a specific ABAQUS
element type is imported.
*HEAT TRANSFER The parameters associated with this entry are added to the PATRAN
analysis step.
*MODAL DYNAMIC The parameters associated with this entry are added to the PATRAN
analysis step.
*STATIC The parameters associated with this entry are added to the PATRAN
analysis step.
*STEADY STATE
DYNAMICS
The parameters associated with this entry are added to the PATRAN
analysis step.
*STEP A PATRAN load case and an analysis job step are created for each
ABAQUS step. The parameters on the *STEP entry are added to the
analysis step
*TEMPERATURE A PATRAN LBC set is created for each ABAQUS TEMPERATURE
and added to the load case for this step.
*VISCO The parameters associated with this entry are added to the PATRAN
analysis step.
Table 3-1 PATRAN Property Options for Each ABAQUS Element
ABAQUS
Element Dim Name Option1 Option2
AC1D2 1D IRS (planar/axisym) Axisymmetric Elastic Slip Hard Contact
AC1D3 1D ISL (in plane) Axisymmetric Lagrange Soft Contact
AC2D4 2D Rigid Surface(LBC)
AC2D8 2D 2D Interface Axisymmetric Lagrange Vis Damping
AC3D20 3D Solid Homogeneous Standard Formulation
AC3D8 3D Solid Homogeneous Hybrid
ACAX4 2D Rigid Surface(LBC)
ACAX8 2D 2D Interface Axisymmetric Lagrange Vis Damping
ASI1 0D IRS (single node) Planar Elas Slip Vis Damping
ASI2 1D IRS (planar/axisym) Axisymmetric Elastic Slip Hard Contact
ASI2A 1D IRS (planar/axisym) Axisymmetric Elastic Slip Hard Contact
ASI3 2D IRS (shell/solid) Elastic Slip Hard
Contact
ASI3A 2D Shell General Large Strain Homogeneous
ASI4 2D IRS (shell/solid) Lagrange Hard
Contact
ABAQUS Keyword Notes
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
ABAQUS Input File Reader
440
ASI8 2D 2D Interface Axisymmetric Lagrange Vis Damping
B21 1D Beam in XY Plane General Section Standard Formulation
B21H 1D Beam in XY Plane General Section Hybrid
B22 1D Beam in XY Plane General Section Standard Formulation
B22H 1D Beam in XY Plane General Section Hybrid
B23 1D Beam in XY Plane General Section Cubic Interpolation
B23H 1D Beam in XY Plane General Section Cubic Hybrid
B31 1D Beam in Space General Section Standard Formulation
B31H 1D Beam in Space General Section Hybrid
B31OS 1D Beam in Space Open Section Standard Formulation
B31OSH 1D Beam in Space Open Section Hybrid
B32 1D Beam in Space General Section Standard Formulation
B32H 1D Beam in Space General Section Hybrid
B32OS 1D Beam in Space Open Section Standard Formulation
B32OSH 1D Beam in Space Open Section Hybrid
B33 1D Beam in Space General Section Cubic Interpolation
B33H 1D Beam in Space General Section Cubic Hybrid
B34 1D Beam in Space General Section Cubic Initially Straight
C1D2 1D Truss Standard Formulation
C1D2H 1D Truss Hybrid
C1D2T 1D Truss Hybrid
C1D3 1D Truss Standard Formulation
C1D3H 1D Truss Hybrid
C1D3T 1D Truss Standard Formulation
C3D10 3D Solid Homogeneous Standard Formulation
C3D10E 3D Solid Homogeneous Homogeneous
C3D10H 3D Solid Homogeneous Hybrid
C3D10M 3D Solid Homogeneous Modified Formulation
C3D10MH 3D Solid Homogeneous Modified/Hybrid
C3D15 3D Solid Homogeneous Standard Formulation
C3D15E 3D Solid Homogeneous Standard Formulation
C3D15H 3D Solid Homogeneous Hybrid
C3D15V 3D Solid Homogeneous Standard Formulation
C3D15VH 3D Solid Homogeneous Hybrid
C3D20 3D Solid Homogeneous Standard Formulation
C3D20E 3D Solid Homogeneous Standard Formulation
C3D20H 3D Solid Homogeneous Hybrid
C3D20HT 3D Solid Homogeneous Standard Formulation
C3D20P 3D Solid Homogeneous Standard Formulation
Table 3-1 PATRAN Property Options for Each ABAQUS Element (continued)
ABAQUS
Element Dim Name Option1 Option2
Main Index
441 Chapter 3 : Running Analysis
ABAQUS Input File Reader
C3D20PH 3D Solid Homogeneous Standard Formulation
C3D20R 3D Solid Homogeneous Reduced Integration
C3D20RE 3D Solid Homogeneous Standard Formulation
C3D20RH 3D Solid Homogeneous Hybrid/Reduced
Integration
C3D20RHT 3D Solid Homogeneous Standard Formulation
C3D20RP 3D Solid Homogeneous Standard Formulation
C3D20RPH 3D Solid Homogeneous Standard Formulation
C3D20RT 3D Solid Homogeneous Standard Formulation
C3D20T 3D Solid Homogeneous Standard Formulation
C3D27 3D Solid Homogeneous Standard Formulation
C3D27H 3D Solid Homogeneous Hybrid
C3D27R 3D Solid Homogeneous Reduced Integration
C3D27RH 3D Solid Homogeneous Hybrid/Reduced
Integration
C3D4 3D Solid Homogeneous Standard Formulation
C3D4E 3D Solid Standard Formulation
C3D4H 3D Solid Homogeneous Hybrid
C3D6 3D Solid Homogeneous Standard Formulation
C3D6E 3D Solid Homogeneous Standard Formulation
C3D6H 3D Solid Homogeneous Hybrid
C3D8 3D Solid Homogeneous Standard Formulation
C3D8E 3D Solid Homogeneous Hybrid
C3D8H 3D Solid Homogeneous Hybrid
C3D8HT 3D Solid Homogeneous Hybrid
C3D8I 3D Solid Homogeneous Incompatible Modes
C3D8IH 3D Solid Homogeneous Hybrid/Incompatible
Modes
C3D8R 3D Solid Homogeneous Reduced Integration
C3D8RH 3D Solid Homogeneous Hybrid/Reduced
Integration
C3D8T 3D Solid Homogeneous Hybrid
CAX3 2D 2D Solid Axisymmetric Standard Formulation
CAX3E 2D 2D Solid Axisymmetric Standard Formulation
CAX3H 2D 2D Solid Axisymmetric Hybrid
CAX4 2D 2D Solid Axisymmetric Standard Formulation
CAX4E 2D 2D Solid Axisymmetric Standard Formulation
CAX4H 2D 2D Solid Axisymmetric Hybrid
CAX4HT 2D 2D Solid Axisymmetric Standard Formulation
Table 3-1 PATRAN Property Options for Each ABAQUS Element (continued)
ABAQUS
Element Dim Name Option1 Option2
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
ABAQUS Input File Reader
442
CAX4I 2D 2D Solid Axisymmetric Incompatible Modes
CAX4IH 2D 2D Solid Axisymmetric Hybrid/Incompatible
Modes
CAX4P 2D 2D Solid Axisymmetric Standard Formulation
CAX4PH 2D 2D Solid Axisymmetric Standard Formulation
CAX4R 2D 2D Solid Axisymmetric Reduced Integration
CAX4RH 2D 2D Solid Axisymmetric Hybrid/Reduced
Integration
CAX4T 2D 2D Solid Axisymmetric Standard Formulation
CAX6 2D 2D Solid Axisymmetric Standard Formulation
CAX6E 2D 2D Solid Axisymmetric Axisymmetric
CAX6H 2D 2D Solid Axisymmetric Hybrid
CAX6M 2D 2D Solid Axisymmetric Modified Formulation
CAX6MH 2D 2D Solid Axisymmetric Modified/Hybrid
CAX8 2D 2D Solid Axisymmetric Standard Formulation
CAX8E 2D 2D Solid Axisymmetric Hybrid
CAX8H 2D 2D Solid Axisymmetric Hybrid
CAX8HT 2D 2D Solid Axisymmetric Hybrid
CAX8P 2D 2D Solid Axisymmetric Hybrid
CAX8PH 2D 2D Solid Axisymmetric Hybrid
CAX8R 2D 2D Solid Axisymmetric Reduced Integration
CAX8RE 2D 2D Solid Axisymmetric Hybrid
CAX8RH 2D 2D Solid Axisymmetric Hybrid/Reduced
Integration
CAX8RHT 2D 2D Solid Axisymmetric Hybrid
CAX8RP 2D 2D Solid Axisymmetric Hybrid
CAX8RPH 2D 2D Solid Axisymmetric Hybrid
CAX8RT 2D 2D Solid Axisymmetric Hybrid
CAX8T 2D 2D Solid Axisymmetric Hybrid
CAXA41 2D 2D Solid Axisymmetric Standard Formulation
CAXA42 2D 2D Solid Axisymmetric Standard Formulation
CAXA43 2D 2D Solid Axisymmetric Standard Formulation
CAXA44 2D 2D Solid Axisymmetric Standard Formulation
CAXA4H1 2D 2D Solid Axisymmetric Hybrid
CAXA4H2 2D 2D Solid Axisymmetric Hybrid
CAXA4H3 2D 2D Solid Axisymmetric Hybrid
CAXA4H4 2D 2D Solid Axisymmetric Hybrid
CAXA4R1 2D 2D Solid Axisymmetric Reduced Integration
CAXA4R2 2D 2D Solid Axisymmetric Reduced Integration
Table 3-1 PATRAN Property Options for Each ABAQUS Element (continued)
ABAQUS
Element Dim Name Option1 Option2
Main Index
443 Chapter 3 : Running Analysis
ABAQUS Input File Reader
CAXA4R3 2D 2D Solid Axisymmetric Reduced Integration
CAXA4R4 2D 2D Solid Axisymmetric Reduced Integration
CAXA4RH1 2D 2D Solid Axisymmetric Hybrid/Reduced
Integration
CAXA4RH2 2D 2D Solid Axisymmetric Hybrid/Reduced
Integration
CAXA4RH3 2D 2D Solid Axisymmetric Hybrid/Reduced
Integration
CAXA4RH4 2D 2D Solid Axisymmetric Hybrid/Reduced
Integration
CAXA81 2D 2D Solid Axisymmetric Standard Formulation
CAXA82 2D 2D Solid Axisymmetric Standard Formulation
CAXA83 2D 2D Solid Axisymmetric Standard Formulation
CAXA84 2D 2D Solid Axisymmetric Standard Formulation
CAXA8H1 2D 2D Solid Axisymmetric Hybrid
CAXA8H2 2D 2D Solid Axisymmetric Hybrid
CAXA8H3 2D 2D Solid Axisymmetric Hybrid
CAXA8H4 2D 2D Solid Axisymmetric Hybrid
CAXA8P1 2D 2D Solid Axisymmetric Hybrid
CAXA8P2 2D 2D Solid Axisymmetric Hybrid
CAXA8P3 2D 2D Solid Axisymmetric Hybrid
CAXA8P4 2D 2D Solid Axisymmetric Hybrid
CAXA8R1 2D 2D Solid Axisymmetric Reduced Integration
CAXA8R2 2D 2D Solid Axisymmetric Reduced Integration
CAXA8R3 2D 2D Solid Axisymmetric Reduced Integration
CAXA8R4 2D 2D Solid Axisymmetric Reduced Integration
CAXA8RH1 2D 2D Solid Axisymmetric Hybrid/Reduced
Integration
CAXA8RH2 2D 2D Solid Axisymmetric Hybrid/Reduced
Integration
CAXA8RH3 2D 2D Solid Axisymmetric Hybrid/Reduced
Integration
CAXA8RH4 2D 2D Solid Axisymmetric Hybrid/Reduced
Integration
CAXA8RP1 2D 2D Solid Axisymmetric Hybrid
CAXA8RP2 2D 2D Solid Axisymmetric Hybrid
CAXA8RP3 2D 2D Solid Axisymmetric Hybrid
CAXA8RP4 2D 2D Solid Axisymmetric Hybrid
CGAX3 2D 2D Solid Axisymmetric Standard Formulation
Table 3-1 PATRAN Property Options for Each ABAQUS Element (continued)
ABAQUS
Element Dim Name Option1 Option2
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
ABAQUS Input File Reader
444
CGAX3H 2D 2D Solid Axisymmetric Hybrid
CGAX4 2D 2D Solid Axisymmetric Standard Formulation
CGAX4H 2D 2D Solid Axisymmetric Hybrid
CGAX4I 2D 2D Solid Axisymmetric Incompatible Modes
CGAX4IH 2D 2D Solid Axisymmetric Hybrid/Incompatible
Modes
CGAX4R 2D 2D Solid Axisymmetric Reduced Integration
CGAX4RH 2D 2D Solid Axisymmetric Hybrid/Reduced
Integration
CGAX6 2D 2D Solid Axisymmetric Axisymmetric
CGAX6H 2D 2D Solid Axisymmetric Hybrid
CGAX8 2D 2D Solid Axisymmetric Standard Formulation
CGAX8H 2D 2D Solid Axisymmetric Hybrid
CGAX8R 2D 2D Solid Axisymmetric Reduced Integration
CGAX8RH 2D 2D Solid Axisymmetric Hybrid/Reduced
Integration
CGPE10 2D 2D Solid General Plane Strain Standard Formulation
CGPE10H 2D 2D Solid General Plane Strain Hybrid
CGPE10R 2D 2D Solid General Plane Strain Reduced Integration
CGPE10RH 2D 2D Solid General Plane Strain Hybrid/Reduced
Integration
CGPE5 2D 2D Solid General Plane Strain Standard Formulation
CGPE5H 2D 2D Solid General Plane Strain Hybrid
CGPE6 2D 2D Solid General Plane Strain Standard Formulation
CGPE6H 2D 2D Solid General Plane Strain Hybrid
CGPE6I 2D 2D Solid General Plane Strain Incompatible Modes
CGPE6IH 2D 2D Solid General Plane Strain Hybrid/Incompatible
Modes
CGPE6R 2D 2D Solid General Plane Strain Reduced Integration
CGPE6RH 2D 2D Solid General Plane Strain Hybrid/Reduced
Integration
CGPE8 2D 2D Solid General Plane Strain Standard Formulation
CGPE8H 2D 2D Solid General Plane Strain Hybrid
Table 3-1 PATRAN Property Options for Each ABAQUS Element (continued)
ABAQUS
Element Dim Name Option1 Option2
Main Index
445 Chapter 3 : Running Analysis
ABAQUS Input File Reader
CONN2D2 1D Mech Joint (2D
Model)
ALIGN
AXIAL
BEAM
CARTESIAN
JOIN
JOINTC
LINK
ROTATION
SLOT
TRANSLATOR
WELD
CONN3D2 1D Mech Joint (3D
Model)
ALIGN
AXIAL
BEAM
CARDAN
CARTESIAN
CONSTANT
VELOCITY
CVJOINT
CYLINDRICAL
EULER
FLEXION-TORSION
HINGE
JOIN
JOINTC
LINK
PLANAR
RADIAL-THRUST
REVOLUTE
ROTATION
SLIDE-PLANE
SLOT
TRANSLATOR
UJOINT
UNIVERSAL
WELD
CPE3 2D 2D Solid Plane Strain Standard Formulation
CPE3E 2D 2D Solid Plane Strain Plane Strain
CPE3H 2D 2D Solid Plane Strain Hybrid
CPE4 2D 2D Solid Plane Strain Standard Formulation
CPE4E 2D 2D Solid Plane Strain Reduced Integration
Table 3-1 PATRAN Property Options for Each ABAQUS Element (continued)
ABAQUS
Element Dim Name Option1 Option2
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
ABAQUS Input File Reader
446
CPE4H 2D 2D Solid Plane Strain Hybrid
CPE4HT 2D 2D Solid Plane Strain Reduced Integration
CPE4I 2D 2D Solid Plane Strain Incompatible Modes
CPE4IH 2D 2D Solid Plane Strain Hybrid/Incompatible
Modes
CPE4R 2D 2D Solid Plane Strain Reduced Integration
CPE4RH 2D 2D Solid Plane Strain Hybrid/Reduced
Integration
CPE4T 2D 2D Solid Plane Strain Reduced Integration
CPE6 2D 2D Solid Plane Strain Standard Formulation
CPE6E 2D 2D Solid Plane Strain Standard Formulation
CPE6H 2D 2D Solid Plane Strain Hybrid
CPE8 2D 2D Solid Plane Strain Standard Formulation
CPE8E 2D 2D Solid Plane Strain Reduced Integration
CPE8H 2D 2D Solid Plane Strain Hybrid
CPE8HT 2D 2D Solid Plane Strain Reduced Integration
CPE8P 2D 2D Solid Plane Strain Standard Formulation
CPE8PH 2D 2D Solid Plane Strain Hybrid
CPE8R 2D 2D Solid Plane Strain Reduced Integration
CPE8RE 2D 2D Solid Plane Strain Reduced Integration
CPE8RH 2D 2D Solid Plane Strain Hybrid/Reduced
Integration
CPE8RHT 2D 2D Solid Plane Strain Reduced Integration
CPE8RP 2D 2D Solid Plane Strain Reduced Integration
CPE8RPH 2D 2D Solid Plane Strain Hybrid/Reduced
Integration
CPE8RT 2D 2D Solid Plane Strain Reduced Integration
CPE8T 2D 2D Solid Plane Strain Reduced Integration
CPS3 2D 2D Solid Plane Stress Standard Formulation
CPS3E 2D 2D Solid Plane Stress Plane Stress
CPS4 2D 2D Solid Plane Stress Standard Formulation
CPS4E 2D 2D Solid Plane Stress Reduced Integration
CPS4I 2D 2D Solid Plane Stress Incompatible Modes
CPS4R 2D 2D Solid Plane Stress Reduced Integration
CPS4T 2D 2D Solid Plane Stress Reduced Integration
CPS6 2D 2D Solid Plane Stress Standard Formulation
CPS6E 2D 2D Solid Plane Stress Standard Formulation
CPS6M 2D 2D Solid Plane Stress Modified Formulation
CPS8 2D 2D Solid Plane Stress Standard Formulation
Table 3-1 PATRAN Property Options for Each ABAQUS Element (continued)
ABAQUS
Element Dim Name Option1 Option2
Main Index
447 Chapter 3 : Running Analysis
ABAQUS Input File Reader
CPS8E 2D 2D Solid Plane Stress Standard Formulation
CPS8R 2D 2D Solid Plane Stress Reduced Integration
CPS8RE 2D 2D Solid Plane Stress Standard Formulation
CPS8RT 2D 2D Solid Plane Stress Standard Formulation
CPS8T 2D 2D Solid Plane Stress Standard Formulation
DASHPOT1 0D Grounded Damper Linear
DASHPOT2 1D Damper Linear Fixed Direction
DASHPOTA 1D Damper Linear Standard Formulation
DC1D2 1D Link
DC1D2E 1D Link
DC1D3 1D Link
DC1D3E 1D Link
DC2D3 2D 2D Solid Planar Standard Formulation
DC2D4 2D 2D Solid Planar Standard Formulation
DC2D6 2D 2D Solid Planar Standard Formulation
DC2D8 2D 2D Solid Planar Standard Formulation
DC3D10 3D Solid Standard Formulation
DC3D15 3D Solid Standard Formulation
DC3D20 3D Solid Standard Formulation
DC3D4 3D Solid Standard Formulation
DC3D6 3D Solid Standard Formulation
DC3D8 3D Solid Standard Formulation
DCAX3 2D 2D Solid Axisymmetric Standard Formulation
DCAX4 2D 2D Solid Axisymmetric Standard Formulation
DCAX6 2D 2D Solid Axisymmetric Standard Formulation
DCAX8 2D 2D Solid Axisymmetric Standard Formulation
DCC1D2 1D IRS (planar/axisym) Axisymmetric Elastic Slip Hard Contact
DCC1D2D 1D IRS (planar/axisym) Axisymmetric Elastic Slip Hard Contact
DCC2D4 2D 2D Solid Planar Convection/Diffusion
DCC2D4D 2D 2D Solid Planar Convection/Diffusion
with Dispersion Control
DCC3D8 3D Solid Convection/Diffusion
DCC3D8D 3D Solid Convection/Diffusion
with Dispersion
Control
DCCAX2 1D IRS (planar/axisym) Axisymmetric Elastic Slip Hard Contact
DCCAX2D 1D IRS (planar/axisym) Axisymmetric Elastic Slip Hard Contact
DCCAX4 2D 2D Solid Axisymmetric Convection/Diffusion
Table 3-1 PATRAN Property Options for Each ABAQUS Element (continued)
ABAQUS
Element Dim Name Option1 Option2
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
ABAQUS Input File Reader
448
DCCAX4D 2D 2D Solid Axisymmetric Convection/Diffusion
with Dispersion Control
DINTER1 1D 1D Interface
DINTER2 2D 2D Interface Planar
DINTER2A 2D 2D Interface Axisymmetric
DINTER3 2D 2D Interface Planar
DINTER3A 2D 2D Interface Axisymmetric Lagrange Vis Damping
DINTER4 3D 3D Interface
DINTER8 3D 3D Interface
DS4 2D Shell Homogeneous
DS8 2D Shell Homogeneous
DSAX1 1D Axisym Shell Homogeneous
DSAX2 1D Axisym Shell Homogeneous
ELBOW31 1D Beam in Space Curved with Pipe
Section
Standard Formulation
ELBOW31B 1D Beam in Space Curved with Pipe
Section
Ovalization Only
ELBOW31C 1D Beam in Space Curved with Pipe
Section
Ovaliz Only with
Approximated Fourier
ELBOW32 1D Beam in Space Curved with Pipe
Section
Standard Formulation
F2D2 1D IRS (planar/axisym) Axisymmetric Elastic Slip Hard Contact
F3D3 2D Shell General Large Strain Homogeneous
F3D4 2D Rigid Surface(LBC)
FAX2 1D IRS (planar/axisym) Axisymmetric Elastic Slip Hard Contact
FLINK 1D Link
GAPCYL 1D Gap Cylindrical True Distance
GAPSPHER 1D Gap Spherical Elas Slip Vis Damping
GAPUNI 1D Gap Uniaxial Lagrange Vis Damping
No Sep
INTER1 1D IRS (planar/axisym) Axisymmetric Elastic Slip Hard Contact
INTER1P 1D IRS (planar/axisym) Axisymmetric Elastic Slip Hard Contact
INTER1T 1D IRS (planar/axisym) Axisymmetric Elastic Slip Hard Contact
INTER2 2D IRS (shell/solid) Lagrange Hard
Contact
INTER2A 2D 2D Interface Axisymmetric Lagrange Hard Contact
INTER2AT 2D 2D Interface Axisymmetric Lagrange Hard Contact
INTER2T 2D IRS (shell/solid) Lagrange Hard
Contact
Table 3-1 PATRAN Property Options for Each ABAQUS Element (continued)
ABAQUS
Element Dim Name Option1 Option2
Main Index
449 Chapter 3 : Running Analysis
ABAQUS Input File Reader
INTER3 2D 2D Interface Axisymmetric Lagrange Vis Damping
INTER3A 2D 2D Interface Axisymmetric Lagrange Vis Damping
INTER3AP 2D 2D Interface Axisymmetric Lagrange Vis Damping
INTER3AT 2D 2D Interface Axisymmetric Lagrange Vis Damping
INTER3P 2D 2D Interface Axisymmetric Lagrange Vis Damping
INTER3T 2D 2D Interface Axisymmetric Lagrange Vis Damping
INTER4 3D 3D Interface Lagrange Vis
Damping
INTER4T 3D 3D Interface Lagrange Vis
Damping
INTER8 3D 3D Interface Elas Slip Vis Damping
INTER8T 3D 3D Interface Elas Slip Vis Damping
INTER9 3D 3D Interface Lagrange Vis
Damping
IRS12 0D IRS (single node) Planar Elas Slip Vis Damping
IRS13 0D IRS (single node) Planar Elas Slip Vis Damping
IRS21 1D IRS (planar/axisym) Axisymmetric Elastic Slip Hard Contact
IRS21A 1D IRS (planar/axisym) Axisymmetric Elastic Slip Hard Contact
IRS22 1D ISL (in plane) Axisymmetric Lagrange Soft Contact
IRS22A 1D ISL (in plane) Axisymmetric Lagrange Soft Contact
IRS3 2D IRS (shell/solid) Elastic Slip Hard
Contact
IRS31 1D IRS (planar/axisym) Axisymmetric Elastic Slip Hard Contact
IRS32 1D ISL (in plane) Axisymmetric Lagrange Soft Contact
IRS4 2D IRS (shell/solid) Lagrange Hard
Contact
IRS9 2D IRS (shell/solid) Lagrange Hard
Contact
ISL21 1D IRS (planar/axisym) Axisymmetric Elastic Slip Hard Contact
ISL21A 1D IRS (planar/axisym) Axisymmetric Elastic Slip Hard Contact
ISL21AT 1D IRS (planar/axisym) Axisymmetric Elastic Slip Hard Contact
ISL21T 1D IRS (planar/axisym) Axisymmetric Elastic Slip Hard Contact
ISL22 1D ISL (in plane) Axisymmetric Lagrange Soft Contact
ISL22A 1D ISL (in plane) Axisymmetric Lagrange Soft Contact
ISL22AT 1D ISL (in plane) Axisymmetric Lagrange Soft Contact
ISL31 1D IRS (planar/axisym) Axisymmetric Elastic Slip Hard Contact
ISL31A 1D IRS (planar/axisym) Axisymmetric Elastic Slip Hard Contact
ISL32 1D ISL (in plane) Axisymmetric Lagrange Soft Contact
ISL32A 1D ISL (in plane) Axisymmetric Lagrange Soft Contact
Table 3-1 PATRAN Property Options for Each ABAQUS Element (continued)
ABAQUS
Element Dim Name Option1 Option2
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
ABAQUS Input File Reader
450
ISP1 0D IRS (single node) Planar Elas Slip Vis Damping
ISP1T 0D IRS (single node) Planar Elas Slip Vis Damping
ISP3 2D Shell Thick Homogeneous
ISP4 2D Shell General Large Strain Homogeneous
ISP4T 2D Shell General Large Strain Homogeneous
JOINTC 1D IRS (planar/axisym) Axisymmetric Elastic Slip Hard Contact
LS6 2D Shell Thin Homogeneous
M3D3 2D Membrane Standard Formulation
M3D4 2D Membrane Standard Formulation
M3D4R 2D Membrane Reduced Integration
M3D6 2D Membrane Standard Formulation
M3D8 2D Membrane Standard Formulation
M3D8R 2D Membrane Reduced Integration
M3D9 2D Membrane Standard Formulation
M3D9R 2D Membrane Reduced Integration
MASS 0D Mass
MAX1 1D IRS (planar/axisym) Axisymmetric Elastic Slip Hard Contact
MAX2 1D ISL (in plane) Axisymmetric Lagrange Soft Contact
MGAX1 1D IRS (planar/axisym) Axisymmetric Elastic Slip Hard Contact
MGAX2 1D ISL (in plane) Axisymmetric Lagrange Soft Contact
PIPE21 1D Beam in XY Plane Pipe Section Standard Formulation
PIPE21H 1D Beam in XY Plane Pipe Section Hybrid
PIPE22 1D Beam in XY Plane Pipe Section Standard Formulation
PIPE22H 1D Beam in XY Plane Pipe Section Hybrid
PIPE31 1D Beam in XY Plane Pipe Section Standard Formulation
PIPE31H 1D Beam in XY Plane Pipe Section Standard Formulation
PIPE32 1D Beam in Space Pipe Section Standard Formulation
PIPE32H 1D Beam in Space Pipe Section Standard Formulation
R2D2 1D IRS (planar/axisym) Axisymmetric Elastic Slip Hard Contact
R3D3 2D Rigid Surface(LBC)
R3D4 2D Rigid Surface(LBC)
RAX2 1D IRS (planar/axisym) Axisymmetric Elastic Slip Hard Contact
RB2D2 1D Rigid Line(LBC)
RB3D2 1D Rigid Line(LBC)
ROTARYI 0D Rotary Inertia
S3 2D Shell Thick Homogeneous
S3R 2D Shell General Large Strain Homogeneous
S4 2D Shell General Large Strain Homogeneous
S4R 2D Shell Thick Homogeneous
Table 3-1 PATRAN Property Options for Each ABAQUS Element (continued)
ABAQUS
Element Dim Name Option1 Option2
Main Index
451 Chapter 3 : Running Analysis
ABAQUS Input File Reader
S4R5 2D Shell Thin Homogeneous
S8R 2D Shell Thick Homogeneous
S8R5 2D Shell Thin Homogeneous
S8RT 2D Shell Thick Homogeneous
S9R5 2D Shell Thin Homogeneous
SAX1 1D Axisym Shell Homogeneous
SAX2 1D Axisym Shell Homogeneous
SAX2T 1D Axisym Shell Homogeneous
SAXA11 1D Axisym Shell Homogeneous
SAXA12 1D Axisym Shell Homogeneous
SAXA13 1D Axisym Shell Homogeneous
SAXA14 1D Axisym Shell Homogeneous
SAXA21 1D Axisym Shell Homogeneous
SAXA22 1D Axisym Shell Homogeneous
SAXA23 1D Axisym Shell Homogeneous
SAXA24 1D Axisym Shell Homogeneous
SPRING1 0D Grounded Spring Linear
SPRING2 1D Spring Linear Fixed Direction
SPRINGA 1D Spring Linear Standard Formulation
STRI3 2D Shell Thick Homogeneous
STRI35 2D Shell Thin Homogeneous
STRI65 2D Shell Thick Homogeneous
T2D2 1D Truss Hybrid
T2D2E 1D Truss Hybrid
T2D2H 1D Truss Hybrid
T2D2T 1D Truss Hybrid
T2D3 1D Truss Standard Formulation
T2D3E 1D Truss Standard Formulation
T2D3H 1D Truss Standard Formulation
T2D3T 1D Truss Standard Formulation
T3D2 1D Truss Standard Formulation
T3D2E 1D Truss Hybrid
T3D2H 1D Truss Hybrid
T3D2T 1D Truss Hybrid
T3D3 1D Truss Standard Formulation
T3D3E 1D Truss Standard Formulation
T3D3H 1D Truss Hybrid
T3D3T 1D Truss Standard Formulation
Table 3-1 PATRAN Property Options for Each ABAQUS Element (continued)
ABAQUS
Element Dim Name Option1 Option2
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
ABAQUS Input File Reader
452
Under some circumstances, the values of the option menus in Patran (Option 1 and Option 2) may be
different than shown in the table. This is often the case when the ABAQUS element is one that is not
directly supported by the Patran interface and the translator is making a “best guess” at which Patran
element to choose. For many beam elements in the table, Option 1 is shown as “General Section”.
Depending on the beam cross section type defined on the *BEAM SECTION or *BEAM GENERAL
SECTION entry, Option 1 may be General Section, Box Section, Circular Section, Hexagonal Section, I
Section, Pipe Section, Rectangular Section, or Trapezoid Section. For the 3D solid elements and shell
elements in the table, Option 1 is shown as Homogeneous. Depending on the *SHELL SECTION or
*SHELL GENERAL SECTION entry, Option 1 may be either Homogeneous or Laminate.
Main Index
Chapter 4: Read Results
Patran Interface to ABAQUS preference Guide
4
Read Results

Review of the Read Results Form 454

Translation Parameters 457

Select Results File 458

Data Translated from the Analysis Code Results File 463

Key Differences between Attach and Translate Methods 464

Delete Result Attachment Form 466
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS preference Guide
Review of the Read Results Form
454
Review of the Read Results Form
By choosing the Analysis toggle located on the Patran main form, an Analysis form will appear.
Selecting Read Results as the Action on the Analysis form allows you to read results data into the Patran
database from a text (“jobname”.fin) or binary (“jobname”.fil) ABAQUS results file, or to
access ABAQUS results directly from an ABAQUS results output database (“jobname”.odb). Other
forms that are accessible from here are used to define translation parameters and select the ABAQUS
results file. These forms are described on the following pages.
Upgrading ABAQUS ODB Results Files
Since the ABAQUS DRA in Patran is integrated with the ABAQUS 6.3-1 libraries, you must make sure
your ODB results files have been upgraded to 6.3 before attempting to attach to them from within Patran.
This can be done in one of two ways:
Manually Upgrade ODB Files
The procedure for upgrading ODB files is part of ABAQUS:
abaqus upgrade job=job-name odb=old-odb-file-name
Automatic Upgrade of ODB Files
If you want to automatically upgrade your older ODB results files, you can set the following
environment variable:
Setenv ABAQUS_DRA_UPGRADE_ODB=YES
By setting this variable, Patran will make a copy of the ODB results file and upgrade the copy to the
current version of ABAQUS.
Main Index
455 Chapter 4: Read Results
Review of the Read Results Form
Read Results Form
Read Results defines the type of data to be read from the analysis code results file into Patran. The Object
box may only be set to Results Entities.
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS preference Guide
Review of the Read Results Form
456
Flat File Results
In some cases, the translation will not be able to write the data directly into the Patran database. In those
cases, a text file will be created containing all the instructions as to how this data is to be loaded into the
database. This file can be transferred between computers if necessary, then read into the proper database
using the File Import functionality. The full functionality of this form is described in Working with Files
(p. 45) in the Patran Reference Manual.
Main Index
457 Chapter 4: Read Results
Translation Parameters
Translation Parameters
The Translation Parameters form is used to define filters for the data being accessed.
Attach Method
There is only one filter control for the Attach method, which indicates whether or not to allow access to
the results invariants, as calculated by Abaqus.
Translate and Control File Methods
Translation parameters for the Translate and Control File methods include the results filtering options
based on the step number and the increment number. If none of the options are specified, then all the
results will be translated. If only step is specified, then all the increments in that step will be translated.
If only increment is specified, then that increment for the first step will be translated. If both step and
increment are specified, then only the increment for that step will be translated.
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS preference Guide
Select Results File
458
Select Results File
The Select file form allows you to select a file to be read. There are several features available. This form
is brought up when you select the Select Results File button on the Read Results form. The default file
filters will change depending on the Current analysis code in the Preferences menu.
Results

Created in
Patran
For direct ODB access (Attach method), no results are created in Patran, and all result types represented
within the field output data in the ODB file are available for postprocessing.
The following table indicates all the possible results quantities which can be loaded into the Patran
database during results translation (Translate method) from ABAQUS. The Primary and Secondary
Labels are the items you select from the postprocessing menus. The Type indicates whether the results
are Scalar, Vector, or Tensor. This determines which postprocessing techniques will be available to view
this results quantity. Post Codes indicates which ABAQUS element post codes the data comes from. The
Description gives a brief discussion about the results quantity. The Output Requests forms use the actual
Main Index
459 Chapter 4: Read Results
Select Results File
primary and secondary labels that will appear in the results. For example, if “Strain, Elastic” is selected
on the Element Output Requests form, the “Strain, Elastic” is created for postprocessing.
Table 4-1 Results Quantities Loaded into Patran During Translation
Primary Label Secondary Label Type
Results
Key
Acceleration Generalized Rotational Vector 303
Generalized Translational Vector 303
Rotational Vector 103
Translational Vector 103
Base Motion Rotational Vector 304
Translational Vector 304
Change in Length Components Tensor 21
Concentrated Flux (Nodal) Layer or Section Points Scalar 206
Concentrated Load Vector 106
Moment Vector 106
Deformation Displacements Vector 101
Rotations Vector 101
Displacements Generalized Displacements Vector 301
Generalized Rotations Vector 301
Elastic Strain Components Tensor 25
Energy Density Artificial Strain Energy Scalar 14
Creep Dissipation Scalar 14
Plastic Dissipation Scalar 14
Strain Energy Scalar 14
Viscous Dissipation Scalar 14
Energy in Element Artificial Strain Energy Scalar 19
Creep Dissipation Scalar 19
Kinetic Energy Scalar 19
Plastic Dissipation Scalar 19
Strain Energy Scalar 19
Viscous Dissipation Scalar 19
Total Energy Total Artificial Strain Energy Scalar 1999
Total Creep Dissipation Scalar 1999
Total Energy Loss at Impact Scalar 1999
Total External Work Scalar 1999
Total Kinetic Scalar 1999
Total Plastic Dissipation Scalar 1999
Total Strain Scalar 1999
Total Viscous Dissipation Scalar 1999
Force and Shear Force Components Tensor 11
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS preference Guide
Select Results File
460
Force Components Tensor 11
Frequency Steady State Dynamics Scalar 2000
Heat Flux (Nodal) Components Vector 10
Heat Flux Components Vector 28
Magnitude Scalar 28
Inelastic Strain Components Tensor 24
Internal Flux (Nodal) Layer or Section Points Scalar 214
Internal Forces Components at Element Node Vector 15
Mass Flux Components Vector 39
Magnitude Scalar 39
Modal Composite Damping Scalar 1980
Effective Mass Scalar 1980
Eigen Values Scalar 1980
Generalized Mass Scalar 1980
Participation Factor Scalar 1980
Mag-Phase Strain Components Tensor 65
Mag-Phase Stress Components Tensor 62
Phase Angle Generalized Displacements Vector 305
Generalized Rotational Acceleration Vector 307
Generalized Rotational Velocities Vector 306
Generalized Rotations Vector 305
Generalized Translational Accelerations Vector 307
Generalized Translational Velocities Vector 306
Mag-Phase Reaction Force Vector 135
Mag-Phase Reaction Moment Vector 135
Mag-Phase Displacements Displacements Vector 111
Mag-Phase Acceleration Rotational Vector 137
Mag-Phase Velocity Rotational Vector 136
Mag-Phase Displacements Rotations Vector 111
Mag-Phase Velocity Translational Vector 136
Mag-Phase Total
Displacement
Translational Vector 112
Mag-Phase Total
Acceleration
Rotational Vector 140
Mag-Phase Total Velocity Rotational Vector 139
Mag-Phase Total
Displacement
Rotational Vector 112
Mag-Phase Total
Acceleration
Translational Vector 140
Table 4-1 Results Quantities Loaded into Patran During Translation (continued)
Primary Label Secondary Label Type
Results
Key
Main Index
461 Chapter 4: Read Results
Select Results File
Mag-Phase Total Velocity Translational Vector 139
Mag-Phase Acceleration Translational Vector 137
Plastic Strain Components Tensor 22
Equivalent Scalar 22
Magnitude Scalar 22
Yield Flag Scalar 22
Pressure and Shear
Stresses
Components Tensor 11
RMS Strain Components Tensor 66
RMS Stress Components Tensor 63
Reaction Force Vector 104
Moment Vector 104
Relative Displacements
and Shear Slips
Components Tensor 21
Rel. Normal & Tangential
Displacements
Components Tensor 21
Residual Flux (Nodal) Layer and Section Points Scalar 204
Root Mean Square Reaction Forces Vector 134
Reaction Moments Vector 134
Relative Displacements Vector 123
Relative Rotational Accelerations Vector 131
Relative Rotational Velocities Vector 127
Relative Rotations Vector 123
Relative Translational Velocities Vector 127
Total Displacements Vector 124
Total Rotational Accelerations Vector 132
Total Rotational Velocities Vector 128
Total Rotations Vector 124
Total Translational Accelerations Vector 132
Total Translational Velocities Vector 128
Relative Translational Accelerations Vector 131
Strain Components Tensor 21
Table 4-1 Results Quantities Loaded into Patran During Translation (continued)
Primary Label Secondary Label Type
Results
Key
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS preference Guide
Select Results File
462
Stress 1st Principal Scalar 12
2nd Principal Scalar 12
3rd Principal Scalar 12
3rd Stress Invariant Scalar 12
Components Tensor 11
Hydrostatic Pressure Scalar 12
Maximum Stress in Section Scalar 16
Mises Scalar 12
Tresca Scalar 12
Temperature (Nodal) Layer or Section Points Scalar 201
Temperature Element Centroidal Temperature Scalar 2
Total Acceleration Rotational Vector 115
Translational Vector 115
Total Displacement Rotational Vector 113
Translational Vector 113
Total Velocity Rotational Vector 114
Translational Vector 114
Total Creep Time Scalar 2000
Dynamic Time Scalar 2000
Heat Transfer Time Scalar 2000
Soils Time Scalar 2000
Time Scalar 2000
Velocity Generalized Rotational Vector 302
Generalized Translational Vector 302
Rotational Vector 102
Translational Vector 102
Creep Strain Components Tensor 23
Equivalent Scalar 23
Magnitude Scalar 23
Yield Flag Scalar 23
Table 4-1 Results Quantities Loaded into Patran During Translation (continued)
Primary Label Secondary Label Type
Results
Key
Main Index
463 Chapter 4: Read Results
Data Translated from the Analysis Code Results File
Data Translated from the Analysis Code Results File
When reading model data from an ABAQUS results file, the following table defines all the data which
will be created. No other model data is extracted from the results file. This data should be sufficient for
evaluating any results values.
Item Results Key Description
Nodes 1901 Node ID
Nodal Coordinates
Elements 1900 Element ID
Nodal Connectivity
Groups n/a, ODB access only Group name
Node and Element references
Groups are generated for each part instance, as well as for each
node and element set.
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS preference Guide
Key Differences between Attach and Translate Methods
464
Key Differences between Attach and
Translate Methods
The most obvious difference between direct ODB access (Attach method) and results translation
(Translate method) is that the results are not imported into the Patran database in the case of the former,
while they are for the latter. Direct access avoids redundancy and saves disk space, while Translation uses
more disk space, but takes less time to retrieve results for postprocessing.
The following sections describe other differences that users should be aware of, before deciding which
method to use.
Result Type Naming Conventions
The names used for the result types within an ODB attachment come directly from the field output
description fields of the ODB database. Using the “direct access” philosophy of bringing the data in as-
is, there is no attempt to map those names to the same names used by the Translate method (listed in
Table 4-1).
Therefore, direct ODB access will use Abaqus terminology exclusively in generating the result type
names. The primary name is equal to the field output description field, while the secondary name is the
field output key. For example, the stress tensor result type is “Stress components, S”, where “Stress
components” is the field output description, and “S” is the field output key.
Vector vs. Scalar Moment and Rotational Results
For results such as reaction moments or rotational displacements, the ODB database saves space by only
storing results for the non-zero component, whenever possible. So, if non-zero values for moments only
occur in the Z component, then the ODB database stores it as a scalar result (e.g. key RM3). However,
the Translate method will import the results as vector results, with the X and Y values always being zero.
This difference may cause confusion when comparing translated results against direct ODB access via
the quick or fringe plot operations, where reaction moments and rotational displacements are concerned.
The default “invariant” for fringe plots of vector data is “Magnitude”, which is always a positive value.
If the magnitude of the translated vector data is compared against the ODB scalar data, then they will not
always match (all negative data from the ODB access will be flipped positive in the translated plot). To
compare “apples with apples”, one must display the appropriate component (Z from our example) from
the translated case, and compare that against the scalar (key RM3) from the direct ODB access case.
Main Index
465 Chapter 4: Read Results
Key Differences between Attach and Translate Methods
Reaction Forces
During translation, only non-zero reaction force data is imported. Direct ODB access, on the other hand,
returns zero vectors for any nodes that do not have any reaction forces. This makes no difference for the
display of reaction force vectors; however, if one displays a fringe plot distribution of the reaction forces,
the fringe plots vary between translation and direct ODB access dramatically. The translation plot is all
black, with only the min/max values displayed on a hidden line plot; while the ODB fringe plot shows a
color distribution from the zero values (white over most of the model) to the non-zero values. For the
latter, the contours only vary over elements with nodes having non-zero reaction forces.
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS preference Guide
Delete Result Attachment Form
466
Delete Result Attachment Form
The following form may be used to remove a results attachment, created via the Attach method, from
the database.
Main Index
Chapter 5 : Files
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
5
Files

Files 468
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Files
468
Files
There are several files associated which are either used or created by the Patran ABAQUS Application
Preference. The following table describes each file and how it is used. In the definition of the file names,
any occurrence of “jobname” would be replaced with the jobname the user assigns.
File Name Description
jobname.db This is the Patran database from which the model data is read during an
analyze pass, and into which model and⁄or results data is written during
a Read Results pass.
jobname.jbm
jobname.jbr
These are small files used to pass certain information between Patran and
the Application Preference during translation. You should never have
need to do anything directly with these files.
jobname.inp This is the ABAQUS input file created by the interface.
jobname.fil This is the ABAQUS results file which is read by the Read Results pass.
jobname.flat This file may be generated during a Read Results pass. If the results
translation cannot, for any reason, write data directly into the jobname.db
Patran database, it will create this jobname.flat file.
jobname.msg These message files contain any diagnostic output from the translation,
either forward or reverse.
AbaqusExecute This is a UNIX script file which is called on to submit both the forward
PAT3ABA translation program, as well as to submit ABAQUS after
translation is complete. This file should be customized for your
particular site installation.
ResultsSubmit This is another UNIX script which is called on to submit the reverse,
ABAPAT3 translation program. This file should also be customized for
your particular site.
load_abaqus.ses This file is only used when creating a new Patran template database. This
file loads in all the element, material, MPCs and loads and boundary
condition tables for the Patran ABAQUS product.
Main Index
Chapter 6 : Errors/Warnings
Patran Intreface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
6
Errors/Warnings

Errors/Warnings 470
Main Index
Patran Intreface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Errors/Warnings
470
Errors/Warnings
There are several error or warning messages which may be generated by the Patran ABAQUS
Application Preference.
Message Description
Fatal This error stops the translation and exits the Preference.
Warning Some expected action did not execute. Translation continues. Check
the .msg file.
Information General Messages about the translation.
Main Index
jp`Kc~íáÖìÉ=nìáÅâ=pí~êí=dìáÇÉ
I ndex
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Numerics
1D interface, 96, 104, 151
2D interface, 101, 104
2D orthotropic, 81
2D orthotropic lamina, 54
2D solid, 100, 104
3D anisotropic, 56, 84
3D anisotropic thermal, 88
3D interface, 103, 105, 312
3D orthotropic, 55, 82
3D orthotropic thermal, 87
A
abapat3, 4
ABAQUS, 3
abaqus.plb, 4, 5
AbaqusExecute, 468
AbaqusSubmit, 5, 7
acceleration, 334, 340
Acommand, 7
amplitude, 14
analysis, 354
arbitrary beam, 127
area moment I12, 126
average shear stiffness, 254
axisymmetric 2D interface, 279
axisymmetric ISL, 156
axisymmetric shell, 95, 104, 148
laminate, 149
axisymmetric solid, 273
B
base motion, 15, 388
beam, 28, 32
circular, 122
cross-sectional shape, 122
elements, 16, 17, 18
general section, 11, 117, 125
hexagonal, 122
in space, 93
in XY plane, 92
section, 11
bifurcation buckling, 365, 373, 374
bilinear, 28, 36
boundary, 14, 15
box beam, 119
buckle, 15
C
C biquad, 29, 39
cap
hardening, 13, 78
plasticity, 13
centrifugal force, 339
centroid, 11
centroid coordinate, 126
CETOL, 418
CFLUX, 15
change material status, 52
circular beam, 122
solid, 122
clearance zero damping, 114, 117, 153
clearance zero-pressure, 114, 117, 153
CLOAD, 15
combined creep test data, 71
combined test data, 13
composite, 56, 88, 319
conductivity, 13
constitutive models, 52
control, 104
convection, 104, 334, 348
convection/diffusion, 320, 323

Ç
É
ñ=
Index
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide

472
coordinate frames, 22
Coriolis force, 339
correlation, 15
creep, 13, 54, 55, 56, 79, 80, 367, 417, 418
creep test data, 71
cubic hybrid, 92, 93
cubic initially straight, 93
cubic interpolation, 92, 93
curved pipe, 130
D
damper, 94
damping, 13
direct, 387
Rayleigh, 388
zero clearance, 114, 117, 153
dashpot, 12
elements, 19
DASHPOT1, 110
DASHPOT2, 142, 144
DASHPOTA, 141, 143
deformation plasticity, 13, 54, 73
degree-of-freedom, 30
density, 13, 67, 88
DFLUX, 15
diffusion, 104
direct linear transient, 365, 376, 377
direct steady state dynamics, 365, 380
direct text input, 360, 363
dispersion, 104
displacement, 334, 337
DLOAD, 15
Drucker-Prager, 13, 77
dynamic, 15
E
eigenvalue, 364
eigenvalue buckling, 365
EL
file, 16, 362
print, 16, 362
elastic, 13, 53, 54, 55, 56, 58, 81, 82, 83
elastic slip, 113, 116, 152, 154, 157, 160, 162,
165, 168, 170, 278, 280, 282, 314
hard contact, 92
no separation, 92
soft contact, 92
vis damping, 92
vis damping no separation, 92
elbow, 29, 42
elements, 19
MPC, 42
ELBOW31, 42, 130
ELBOW31B, 130
ELBOW32, 42, 130
element, 11, 25
definition, 11
matrix output, 16, 362
properties, 90
elements
beam, 16, 17, 18
dashpot, 19
elbow, 19
gap, 20
heat transfer, 20, 21
mass, 19
membrane, 18
rigid surface contact, 20
rotary inertia, 19
shell, 19
slide line contact, 20
small sliding contact, 20
spring, 19
ELSET, 11, 352
end step, 15
energy
file, 16, 362
print, 16, 362
engineering constants, 82
equation, 14, 28, 31
expansion, 13, 67
explicit, 28
F
fatal, 470
Main Index
473 INDEX
file
EL, 16, 362
energy, 16, 362
format, 16, 362
modal, 16, 362
node, 16, 362
output definition, 16
film, 15
finite elements, 23
flat file results, 456
force, 334, 337
Frac Clearance Const Damping, 114, 117, 153
fraction of critical damping, 59
frequency, 15, 394
friction, 12, 112
Friction in Dir_1, 113, 116
Friction in Dir_2, 116
G
gap, 12, 95
conductance, 12, 317, 324
cylindrical, 145
elements, 20
radiation, 12, 317, 324
spherical, 147
uniaxial, 145
GAPCYL, 146
GAPSPHER, 147
GAPUNI, 146
general beam, 117, 124
general large strain, 266
general thick, 262
general thick shell
laminated, 264
general thin, 258
general thin shell
laminated, 261
gravity loads, 339
grounded damper, 92
grounded spring, 92
group, 352
H
HAFTOL, 412, 413
hard contact, 114, 117, 153, 155, 158, 160, 163,
166, 169, 171, 278, 281, 283, 314
harmonic loading, 365
heat flux, 334, 349
heat source, 334, 349
heat transfer, 15
elements, 20, 21
hexagonal beam, 122
Hilber-Hughes-Taylor operator, 365
host, 7
hourglass stiffness, 12, 255
bending, 254, 257, 260, 263, 266, 269
membrane, 254, 257, 260, 263, 266, 269
normal, 254, 257, 260, 263, 266, 269
hybrid, 92, 93, 100, 269, 310
integration, 100
modes, 100
hyperbolic, 80
hyperelastic, 13, 53, 60, 61, 62, 63, 64, 65, 66,
68
hyperfoam, 13, 67
I
import input file, 433
incompatible modes, 100, 269, 270, 272, 273,
274, 310
inertia
rotary, 12
inertial load, 334, 339
information, 470
initial conditions, 14
initial temperature, 334, 350
initial velocity, 334, 339
input data, 334
interface, 12, 112
IRS, 97, 102, 112, 115
axisymmetric, 167
beam/pipe, 169
planar, 164
shell/solid, 281
single node, 92
IRS12, 112
IRS13, 115
I-section, 123
ISL, 96, 97
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide

474
isotropic, 53, 58, 75
thermal, 86
J
jobname.db, 468
K
kinematic, 76
constraints, 14
L
Lagrange
hard contact, 92
no separation, 92
soft contact, 92
vis damping, 92
vis damping no separation, 92
Lamina, 81
laminate, 56, 89
large strain, 265
latent heat, 13
linear, 28, 34
linear damper, 109, 141, 142
grounded, 109
linear spring, 108, 137, 138
grounded, 108
linear static, 364, 368, 369
linear surf-surf, 28
linear surf-surf MPC, 34
linear surf-vol, 28
linear surf-vol MPC, 34, 35
linear vol-vol, 28
linear vol-vol MPC, 36
link, 28, 33, 104
load cases, 351, 362
loading definition, 15
loads and boundary conditions, 332
L-section beam, 132
M
mass, 12, 92, 106
elements, 19
mass proportional damping, 59
material, 13
change status, 52
definition, 13
orientation, 14
temperature dependent, 53
materials, 51
form, 52
maximum friction stress, 114, 117, 152
maximum negative pressure, 114, 117, 153
maximum overclosure, 114, 117, 153
membrane, 101, 275
elements, 18
Mises/Hill, 74, 75, 76
modal
damping, 15
dynamic, 15
file, 16, 362
print, 16, 362
steady state dynamics, 365
modal linear transient, 365, 383, 384
modified Drucker-Prager/Cap, 78
Moony Rivlin, 62
MPC, 14
elbow, 42
explicit, 31
linear surf-surf, 34
linear surf-vol, 34, 35
linear vol-vol, 36
pin, 43
quad surf-surf, 37
quad surf-vol, 37, 38
quad vol-vol, 39
revolute, 44
rigid fixed, 32
rigid pinned, 33
slider, 40
SS bilinear, 48
SS linear, 47
SSF bilinear, 49
tie, 43
universal, 47
V Local, 46
multi-point constraints, 27
N
natural frequency, 364, 371
Main Index
475 INDEX
Neo Hookean, 62
Newton’s method, 366
no compression, 13
no sliding contact, 114, 117, 153
no tension, 13
node, 11, 23
definition, 11
file, 16, 362
print, 16, 362
nondeterministic continuous excitation, 366
nonlinear damper, 110, 143, 144
grounded, 110
nonlinear spring, 109, 139, 140
grounded, 109
nonlinear static, 366, 407, 409
nonlinear transient dynamic, 367, 412, 414
NSET, 11, 23, 352
O
object tables, 336
Ogden, 60, 61, 63, 64, 66, 68
open beam, 134
optional controls, 359
orientation, 14, 22, 89
system, 253
output requests, 362
P
parallel ISL, 158
pat3aba, 4
peak response, 366
perfect plasticity, 74
pin, 43
pin MPC, 43
pipe beam, 123
planar
2D interface, 277
ISL, 153
test data, 13
plane strain, 269, 270
plane stress, 272
plastic, 13, 54, 55, 56, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78
point mass, 106
Poisson parameter, 118, 121, 126, 128, 133,
136
Poisson’s ratio, 67
polynomial, 60, 62, 63, 65
potential, 13
power spectral density, 403
preferences, 10
analysis, 10
preprint, 16
prescribed boundary conditions, 15
pressure, 334, 337
pressure zero clearance, 114, 117, 153
pre-tension, 347
print, 16, 362
definition, 16
EL, 16, 362
energy, 16, 362
modal, 16, 362
node, 16, 362
procedure definition, 15
Prony, 70, 367
property definition, 11
PSD-Definition, 14
Q
quad surf-surf, 29
quad surf-surf MPC, 37
quad surf-vol, 29
quad surf-vol MPC, 37, 38
quad vol-vol, 29
quad vol-vol MPC, 39
quadratic, 29, 37
R
radial ISL, 161
random response, 15
random vibration, 366, 402, 403, 404
rate dependent, 13
read input file, 433
read results, 454, 455
read temperature file, 368
rebar 2D, 285
rectangular beam, 124
reduced integration, 100, 269, 270, 272, 273,
274, 275, 310
reference temperature, 59
relaxation test data, 72
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide

476
response spectrum, 15, 366, 394, 395, 396, 397
restart, 14
restart parameters, 358
results file
select, 458
ResultsSubmit, 5, 468
revolute, 29, 44
revolute MPC, 44
rigid
fixed, 28
pinned, 28
rigid fixed MPC, 32
rigid line, 98
LBC, 175
rigid pinned MPC, 33
rigid surf, 98, 102
rigid surface, 11, 112, 115, 165, 167, 170, 171,
172, 174, 175, 281, 283
axisymmetric, 173
Bezier 2D, 174
Bezier 3D, 283
cylindrical, 172
LBC, 284
segments, 171
rigid surface contact
elements, 20
ROTARI, 107
rotary inertia, 12, 92, 107
elements, 19
rough (no slip) friction, 114, 117, 153, 155, 158,
160, 163, 166, 169, 278, 281, 283, 314
rough parameter, 171
S
Scratchdir, 7
section point coordinate, 126
shear centroid coordinate, 126
shear factor, 118, 121, 126, 129, 134, 136
shear test data, 13
shell, 100, 104
elements, 19
general section, 12, 262
section, 12, 255
simple shear test data, 14
slide line, 11, 97, 163
slide line contact
elements, 20
slider, 29, 40
slider MPC, 40
sliding friction, 113, 154, 157, 159, 162, 165,
168, 170, 282
slip tolerance, 113, 116, 152
small sliding contact
elements, 20
soft contact, 114, 117, 153, 155, 158, 160, 163,
166, 169, 171, 278, 280, 283, 314
solid, 103, 105, 310
solid section, 12
solution types, 364
specific heat, 14, 88
spectrum, 14
spring, 12, 94
elements, 19
SPRING1, 108, 109
SPRING2, 138, 140
SPRINGA, 137, 139
SS bilinear, 29, 30, 38, 48
SS bilinear MPC, 48
SS linear, 28, 30, 35, 47
SS linear MPC, 47
SSF bilinear, 30, 49
SSF bilinear MPC, 49
standard formulation, 92, 93, 100, 104
static, 15, 334
steady state dynamics, 15, 389, 390
steady state heat transfer, 367, 428
steady state response, 365
step, 15
creation, 361
initialization, 15
selection, 432
termination, 15
stiffness
hourglass, 12
transverse shear, 13
stiffness in stick, 113, 117, 152
stiffness proportional damping, 59
strain, 79
surface contact, 12, 279
Main Index
477 INDEX
T
tabular formula, 69
tangent elastic moduli, 364
TAUMAX, 152, 155, 158, 160, 163, 166, 169,
171, 278, 280, 283, 314
temperature, 15, 334, 338
thermal, 334, 348
temperature dependent material, 53
test data
combined, 13
creep, 71
creep combined, 71
Ogden, 66
planar, 13
relaxation, 72
shear, 13
simple shear, 14
uniaxial, 14
volumetric, 14
thermal 1D interface, 317
thermal axisymmetric shell, 315
laminated, 316
thermal expansion coefficient, 59, 67
thermal interface
planar, 321
solid, 324
thermal link, 314
thermal planar solid, 320
thermal shell, 318
laminated, 319
thermal solid, 323
thermal strain, 59
thick shell, 255
laminated, 257
thin shell, 252
laminated, 254
tie, 29, 43
tie MPC, 43
time, 79
time dependent loading, 365
torsional constant, 126, 135
transform, 11, 22
transient, 335
transient heat transfer, 367, 430
translation parameters, 357, 457
transverse shear stiffness, 13, 122, 125, 127
trapezoid beam, 124
true distance, 95
truss, 94, 136
U
uniaxial test data, 14
universal, 30, 47
universal MPC, 47
V
V Local, 29, 46
V Local MPC, 46
velocity, 334, 340
VISCO, 15, 417
viscoelastic, 14, 54, 55, 56, 69, 70, 71, 72
frequency domain, 367, 425
time domain, 367, 421, 422
volumetric pressure, 67
volumetric test data, 14, 67
W
warning, 470
warping constant, 136
wavefront minimization, 14
X
XY plane
definition, 126, 128
Y
yield, 14
Main Index
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide

478
Main Index

Corporate
MSC.Software Corporation 2 MacArthur Place Santa Ana, CA 92707 USA Telephone: (800) 345-2078 Fax: (714) 784-4056

Europe
MSC.Software GmbH Am Moosfeld 13 81829 Munich, Germany Telephone: (49) (89) 43 19 87 0 Fax: (49) (89) 43 61 71 6

Asia Pacific
MSC.Software Japan Ltd. Shinjuku First West 8F 23-7 Nishi Shinjuku 1-Chome, Shinjuku-Ku Tokyo 160-0023, JAPAN Telephone: (81) (3)-6911-1200 Fax: (81) (3)-6911-1201

Worldwide Web
www.mscsoftware.com

Disclaimer
This documentation, as well as the software described in it, is furnished under license and may be used only in accordance with the terms of such license. MSC.Software Corporation reserves the right to make changes in specifications and other information contained in this document without prior notice. The concepts, methods, and examples presented in this text are for illustrative and educational purposes only, and are not intended to be exhaustive or to apply to any particular engineering problem or design. MSC.Software Corporation assumes no liability or responsibility to any person or company for direct or indirect damages resulting from the use of any information contained herein. User Documentation: Copyright ©2008 MSC.Software Corporation. Printed in U.S.A. All Rights Reserved. This notice shall be marked on any reproduction of this documentation, in whole or in part. Any reproduction or distribution of this document, in whole or in part, without the prior written consent of MSC.Software Corporation is prohibited. The software described herein may contain certain third-party software that is protected by copyright and licensed from MSC.Software suppliers. Contains IBM XL Fortran for AIX V8.1, Runtime Modules, (c) Copyright IBM Corporation 1990-2002, All Rights Reserved. MSC, MSC/, MSC Nastran, MD Nastran, MSC Fatigue, Marc, Patran, Dytran, and Laminate Modeler are trademarks or registered trademarks of MSC.Software Corporation in the United States and/or other countries. NASTRAN is a registered trademark of NASA. PAM-CRASH is a trademark or registered trademark of ESI Group. SAMCEF is a trademark or registered trademark of Samtech SA. LS-DYNA is a trademark or registered trademark of Livermore Software Technology Corporation. ANSYS is a registered trademark of SAS IP, Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of ANSYS Inc. ACIS is a registered trademark of Spatial Technology, Inc. ABAQUS, and CATIA are registered trademark of Dassault Systemes, SA. EUCLID is a registered trademark of Matra Datavision Corporation. FLEXlm is a registered trademark of Macrovision Corporation. HPGL is a trademark of Hewlett Packard. PostScript is a registered trademark of Adobe Systems, Inc. PTC, CADDS and Pro/ENGINEER are trademarks or registered trademarks of Parametric Technology Corporation or its subsidiaries in the United States and/or other countries. Unigraphics, Parasolid and I-DEAS are registered trademarks of UGS Corp. a Siemens Group Company. All other brand names, product names or trademarks belong to their respective owners.

P3*2008R1*Z*ABAQUS*Z* DC-USR

Main Index

Contents
Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
1 Overview
Purpose 2 3 4 5 7

ABAQUS Product Information

What is Included with this Product? Patran ABAQUS Integration with Patran Configuring the ABAQUS Submit File

2

Building A Model
Introduction to Building a Model Coordinate Frames Finite Elements 23 Nodes 23 Elements 25 Multi-Point Constraints Material Library Materials Form 51 52 22 10

27

Element Properties 90 Element Properties Form 90 Loads and Boundary Conditions Loads & Boundary Conditions Form Load Cases Group 352 351 332 332

3

Running an Analysis
Review of the Analysis Form 354

Main Index

ii Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide

Analysis Form

355 357 358 359 360

Translation Parameters Restart Parameters Optional Controls Direct Text Input

Step Creation 361 Select Load Cases 362 Output Requests 362 Direct Text Input 363 Solution Types 364 Step Selection Read Input File 432 433

ABAQUS Input File Reader 435 435 Input Deck Formats ABAQUS ELSET and NSET Entries

435

4

Read Results
Review of the Read Results Form 454 Upgrading ABAQUS ODB Results Files 454 Read Results Form 455 Flat File Results 456 Translation Parameters 457 Attach Method 457 Translate and Control File Methods Select Results File 458 Results Created in Patran 458 Data Translated from the Analysis Code Results File Key Differences between Attach and Translate Methods 464 Result Type Naming Conventions 464 Vector vs. Scalar Moment and Rotational Results Reaction Forces 465 Delete Result Attachment Form 466 463

457

464

Main Index

CONTENTS iii

5

Files
Files 468

6

Errors/Warnings
Errors/Warnings 470

Main Index

iv Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide

Main Index

Chapter 1: Overview Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide

1

Overview

Purpose

2 3 4 5 7

ABAQUS Product Information

What is Included with this Product?

Patran ABAQUS Integration with Patran Configuring the ABAQUS Submit File

Main Index

2 Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Purpose

Purpose
Patran comprises a suite of products written and maintained by MSC.Software Corporation. The core of the product suite is a finite element analysis pre and postprocessor. The Patran system also includes several optional products such as advanced postprocessing programs, tightly coupled solvers, and interfaces to third party solvers. This document describes one of these interfaces. See the Patran User Manual for more information. The Patran ABAQUS Application Preference Guide provides a communication link between Patran and ABAQUS. It also provides customization of certain features that can be activated simply by selecting ABAQUS as the analysis code preference in Patran. Patran ABAQUS is integrated into Patran. The casual user will never need to be aware that separate programs are being used. For the expert user, there are three main components of Patran ABAQUS: several PCL files to provide the customization of Patran for ABAQUS, PAT3ABA to convert model data from the Patran database into the analysis code input file, and ABAPAT3 to translate results and⁄or model data from the analysis code results file into the Patran database. Selecting ABAQUS as the analysis code under the “Analysis Preference” menu customizes Patran in five main areas: 1. MPCs 2. Material Library 3. Element Library 4. Loads and Boundary Conditions 5. Analysis forms PAT3ABA translates model data directly from the .Patran database into the analysis code-specific input file format. This translation must have direct access to the originating Patran database. The program name indicates the direction of translation: from Patran to ABAQUS. ABAPAT3 translates results and⁄or model data from the analysis code-specific results file into the Patran database. This program can be run such that the data is loaded directly into the Patran database, or if incompatible computer platforms are being used, an intermediate file can be created. The program name indicates the direction of translation: from ABAQUS to Patran.

Main Index

Chapter 1: Overview 3
ABAQUS Product Information

ABAQUS Product Information
ABAQUS is a general-purpose finite element computer program for structural and thermal analyses. It is developed, supported, and maintained by Hibbitt, Karlsson, and Sorensen, Inc., 1080 Main Street, Pawtucket, Rhode Island 02860, (401) 727-4200. See the ABAQUS User’s Manual for a general description of ABAQUS’ capabilities.

Main Index

An on-line version is also provided to allow you direct access to this information from within Patran. Although these programs are separate executables.4 Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide What is Included with this Product? What is Included with this Product? The Patran ABAQUS product includes all of the following items: 1. This Application Preference User’s Manual is included as part of the product. Script files are also included to drive the programs in item 2. 3. abaqus. These script files are started by Patran and control the running of the programs in Patran ABAQUS. they are run from within Patran. The executable programs pat3aba and abapat3 which perform the forward and results translation of data. Main Index . contains Patran ABAQUS-specific definitions. 4. 2.plb. and are transparent to the user. A PCL library file.

a . Figure 1-1 Forward Translation Figure 1-2 shows the process of reading information from an analysis results file.plb library defines the various Translation Parameter. If PAT3ABA finishes successfully. This script may need to be modified for Main Index . a. depending on whether model or results data is to be read.jbr file is created. site customization of some of these files is indicated. In some cases. the script will then start ABAQUS. A message file is also created to record any translation messages. The abaqus. This script may need to be modified for your site installation. When the Apply button is selected on the Read Results form. and Output Request forms called by the Analysis form. PAT3ABA reads data from the database and creates the ABAQUS input deck. When the Apply button is selected on the Analyze form. and you have requested it. Solution Parameter. The ResultsSubmit script is also started.Chapter 1: Overview 5 Patran ABAQUS Integration with Patran Patran ABAQUS Integration with Patran Two diagrams are shown below to indicate how these files and programs fit into the Patran environment. starts the PAT3ABA forward translation. and the script AbaqusSubmit is started. Figure 1-1 shows the process of running an analysis. Patran operation is suspended at this time.jba file is created. The script. Please see the Patran Installation and Operations Guide for more information on this topic. in turn. Solution Type.

the results will be loaded directly into it. Figure 1-2 Results Translation Main Index .6 Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide Patran ABAQUS Integration with Patran your site installation. however. ABAPAT3 reads the data from the ABAQUS results file. ABAPAT3 will write all the data into a flat file. If. it cannot find the database (for example. If ABAPAT3 can find the desired database. A message file is created to record any translation messages. starts the ABAPAT3 results translation. in turn. if you are running on several incompatible platforms). The Patran database is closed while this translation occurs. This flat file can be taken to wherever the database is and read in using the read file selections. The script.

the analysis is performed on the same machine as the Patran session (PAT3ABA translations are always performed on the same machine as the Patran session. Host=LOCAL Scratchdir=” Acommand=’abaqus’ The Host parameter defines the machine that is used to perform the ABAQUS analysis. The advantage of having a scratch directory is that the contents of the analysis scratch files are never transferred across the network. If the Host is not LOCAL then the executable should include the complete pathname. The job specific information is automatically supplied by Patran as command line arguments at run time. This benefit is not achieved when the Host parameter is set to LOCAL. When this parameter is set to LOCAL. It is located in the Patran directory called <installation_dir>/patran/patran3/bin/exe/ The information that AbaqusSubmit uses to perform its operations can be categorized as specific to the job and the site.Chapter 1: Overview 7 Configuring the ABAQUS Submit File Configuring the ABAQUS Submit File The AbaqusSubmit script file controls the execution of the PAT3ABA translator and the ABAQUS analysis code. so the Scratchdir parameter is ignored for this condition. The site specific information is set within the script file at the time of installation.) The Scratchdir parameter defines the directory on the host machine that temporarily holds the analysis files as they are created. Main Index . The Acommand is the ABAQUS analysis code executable.

8 Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide Configuring the ABAQUS Submit File Main Index .

Chapter 2: Building A Model Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide 2 Building A Model Introduction to Building a Model Coordinate Frames Finite Elements Material Library 23 51 90 22 10 Element Properties Loads and Boundary Conditions Load Cases Group 352 351 332 Main Index .

and the analysis forms. For more details. In several cases. The selected Analysis Type may also affect the allowable selections in these same areas. The specified code may be changed at any time during model creation. These areas include the material and element libraries (including multi-point constraints). Analysis Settings defines the intended analysis code which is to be used for this mode. The setting of this option defines what will be presented in several areas during the subsequent modeling steps. Under Preferences on the Patran main form is a selection for Analysis Settings. As much data as possible will be converted if the analysis code is changed after the modeling process has already begun. Other parts of the model are created using standard forms. see Analysis Codes (p. 426) in the Patran Reference Manual.10 Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide Introduction to Building a Model Introduction to Building a Model There are many aspects to building a finite element analysis model. Main Index . the forms used to create the finite element data are dependent on the selected analysis type. the applicable loads and boundary conditions.

2.4. 114 p.Chapter 2: Building A Model 11 Introduction to Building a Model Supported ABAQUS Commands The following tables summarize all the ABAQUS commands supported by the Patran ABAQUS Preference Guide.1 7. 115 to p.3. • p.2 7. 154.8 7. 147 • p. 261 Command ∗HEADING ∗NODE ∗NSET ∗TRANSFORM ABAQUS/ Standard Section # 7. p.2 Element Definition ∗ELEMENT ∗ELSET ∗RIGID SURFACE ∗SLIDE LINE Property Definition ∗BEAM GENERAL SECTION ∗BEAM SECTION *CENTROID p. • p.3. • p.3 7. 121 p. 113.7 7. 328 • p.2 7. 155.4. 18 • p.11 7. 156 p. 16 • p.8 7.4. 18 • p. 108. 106.4. 19 • p. p.5. 119.5. Main Index . 334 • p.3. • p.6 7. The tables indicate where in this guide you can find more information on how the commands are supported Table 2-1 History Definition Options Initial Options Node Definition Supported ABAQUS Model Definition Options Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide Page No.2 7.5.

140. 135. p. 252. p. • p. 7. 136. 97 • p.5. • p. 255 to p. p. • p.5. 294. 7. 259. 300 p. 235. • p. 259. 298 7.5 7. 252. 136. 248. • p. 254. 128 to p. • p. 96 • p. 299 7. 234. 251. 152 p. p. 298. Command ∗DASHPOT ∗FRICTION ABAQUS/ Standard Section # 7. 241. 254.5. p. 103. 150. 241.19 7. 255. 294. • p. 289. p. p. 102. p. 134. • p.5. • p. p. 291. p. p. 132. p. 7. p. 145. p. 100. p.5. • p. p. p. 99. 289 p. • p. 238. 232. 298. 104.5. 255.8 p. p. 294. 142. • p. 102 to p. p.5. 101. 124 to p. 238. p. 152. 287. 244. p. 296 p.13 p. • p.5. p. p. p. 295. p. 300 • p.5.21 ∗SPRING ∗SURFACE CONTACT • p. • p. 148 to p. 123. 80. Property Definition (continued) ∗GAP *GAP CONDUCTANCE *GAP RADIATION ∗HOURGLASS STIFFNESS ∗INTERFACE • p. • p. 136 to p. 293. 244. p. • p. p. 297.26 Main Index .18 7. 289 p. 235. 7. 246. p. p. p.5. p. p. 145. 138. p. 237. p. p. 98. 132. 131 p. 232. 127 p. 133. p. p. 259.7 p. p. 292.20 ∗SOLID SECTION • p. p. • p. p. 133.5. 148.17 7. 300 • p. 104. 257. 287 p. 251. 248. p. 246 p.14 ∗MASS ∗ROTARY INERTIA ∗SHELL GENERAL SECTION ∗SHELL SECTION • p. • p.12 Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide Introduction to Building a Model Table 2-1 History Definition Options Supported ABAQUS Model Definition Options (continued) Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide Page No. p. • p. 257.

30 p. • p.6.Chapter 2: Building A Model 13 Introduction to Building a Model Table 2-1 History Definition Options Supported ABAQUS Model Definition Options (continued) Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide Page No. p. p.6. • p.6.22 7.6. • p. p.6. 59 p. p.11 7. 44 • p. p. 69 • p. 69 • p. 59 p. 72.6. 72 to p. 65 to p. p. 110. 72 to p.5 7. 71 7. • p.6. • p. 59. 70.2 7.23 7.13 7. p. 232.6. 113. 49 to p. 115.27 7.6. 234. 67 p. 77.6.6. 119. • p. 238. 246 p.9 7. • p. 107.6.6. p. • p. 121. 65 to p.6.18 7. 235. 59 p.8 7. p. p.16 7. • p.27 Material Definition ∗MATERIAL ∗CAP HARDENING ∗COMBINED TEST DATA ∗CAP PLASTICITY ∗CONDUCTIVITY ∗CREEP ∗DAMPING ∗DEFORMATION PLASTICITY ∗DENSITY • p. 56 • p. 59. 57. • p. 59 p. 69 • p.37 • p. p. 69 Main Index . 64 p. 244.6. 51 to p. 237. 69 • p.34 7. 70. • p. p. Command ∗TRANSVERSE SHEAR STIFFNESS ABAQUS/ Standard Section # 7.6.12 7. 57. 75 p. 66. 49. 68 • p. 65. • p. 57. p. p. • p. 72 to p.4 7. 78.6.29 7. 69 • p. 49 to p. p. 57. 241. p. 67. 79 7.5. 79 7. 49. 108. 75 p.17 Material Definition (continued) ∗DRUCKER-PRAGER ∗ELASTIC ∗EXPANSION ∗HYPERELASTIC ∗HYPERFOAM ∗LATENT HEAT ∗NO COMPRESSION ∗NO TENSION ∗PLANAR TEST DATA ∗PLASTIC ∗POTENTIAL ∗RATE DEPENDENT ∗SHEAR TEST DATA p.6. p. • p. 74. 73. p. 79 p. 71 p.

p.5 7. 332 • p.11. p. p. p. p.8. 63 p. p. p. • p.11.1 Kinematic Constraints ∗BOUNDARY ∗EQUATION ∗MPC ∗INITIAL CONDITIONS ∗RESTART ∗AMPLITUDE ∗PSD-DEFINITION ∗SPECTRUM ∗WAVEFRONT MINIMIZATION • p. 232. p. • p. 297. 296. p.8. 251.43 ∗VOLUMETRIC TEST • p. 62. p. p. 235. • p. 80.6.1 7. 69 • p. p.11. 299 7. p. 60. p.9. 241.44 7.1 7. 42 • p. 287. 374 • p.1 7.6.3 7.5. • p. p. 346 • p.40 7. 316. 69 DATA *YIELD Material Orientation ∗ORIENTATION • p. 25 to p. 77. 79 Command ∗SIMPLE SHEAR TEST DATA ∗SPECIFIC HEAT ∗UNIAXIAL TEST DATA ∗VISCOELASTIC ABAQUS/ Standard Section # 7.10. 68 • p. 246. p. 238.4 7. p.7.14 Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide Introduction to Building a Model Table 2-1 History Definition Options Supported ABAQUS Model Definition Options (continued) Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide Page No. p. 248. p.9 • p. 313. 326 Initial Conditions Restart Options Miscellaneous Model Options Main Index . 61. 317.11. p. 378 • p. 78.1 7. 24 9. 237. 318 p. 234.3 7. 295. 69 • p. 244. 334 p.6.

386 p. p.3. 386. 401.5 9. 324 • p.1 • p. Table 2-2 History Definition Options Step Initialization/ Termination Supported ABAQUS History Definition Options Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide Page No.Chapter 2: Building A Model 15 Introduction to Building a Model The following ABAQUS History Definition options are supported. • p. p.2 9. • p.18 9.6. 394 p. p.3. 359 p.6 Main Index . 359. 359 to p.15 9.4.5. 336.8 9.4. p. 364 9. 318 p.10 9. 325 • p. • p. p. 382. 402 9.3.9 9. 377 • p.4. 366 Procedure Definition ∗BUCKLE ∗DYNAMIC ∗FREQUENCY ∗HEAT TRANSFER ∗MODAL DYNAMIC ∗RESPONSE SPECTRUM ∗STATIC ∗STEADY STATE DYNAMICS ∗VISCO ∗RANDOM RESPONSE • p. 9.2 9. 346.12 9. 390.2 9. 349 • p. p.4 9. 390. 365. • p.9 9. 359.13 9. • p.5 9.3.12 p.4.7 9. p. 370 p.3. 394. p.4.4. • p. 377 p.3. 366. 366. 382 • p.10 9. 336 • p. • p. 314.4 9. 314 • p.3. 316 9. • p. 374 • p.3. 325 • p. 377 • p. 374.6 9.1 Loading Definition ∗BASE MOTION ∗CFLUX ∗CLOAD ∗DFLUX ∗DLOAD ∗FILM ∗TEMPERATURE Prescribed Boundary Conditions Miscellaneous History Options ∗BOUNDARY ∗CORRELATION ∗MODAL DAMPING • p.3.4.3.2. 352.2.4. 313 • p. 402 Command *STEP ∗END STEP ABAQUS/ Standard Section No. p.

3 9.6 9.9.6 The following ABAQUS element types are supported. 338 • p. 338 • p.3 9.9. 338 Command ∗EL PRINT ∗ENERGY PRINT ∗MODAL PRINT ∗NODE PRINT ∗PRINT ABAQUS/ Standard Section No. 338 • p.4 9.16 Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide Introduction to Building a Model Table 2-2 History Definition Options Print Definition Supported ABAQUS History Definition Options (continued) Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide Page No.8. 9.9. 338 • p.9. 121 Main Index . 108 Three-dimensional • p. 338 • p. p. p. • p.8.2 9.7 9. 119 Three-dimensional Open Section • p.4 9. 338 • p. 338 • p. 106. Table 2-3 Supported ABAQUS Element Types Patran ABAQUS Preference Guide Page No. p.9.2 File Output Definition ∗EL FILE ∗ELEMENT MATRIX OUTPUT ∗ENERGY FILE FILE FORMAT ∗MODAL FILE ∗NODE FILE ∗PREPRINT 9.8. Element Types Stress-Displacement Elements Beam Elements Two-dimensional B21 B21H B22 B31 B31H B32 B32H B31OS B31OSH B22H B23 B23H B33 B33H B34 B32OS B32OSH • p. 113.8. 338 • p. 338 • p. 338 • p. 338 • p.8.5 9. 115.

Chapter 2: Building A Model 17 Introduction to Building a Model Table 2-3 Supported ABAQUS Element Types (continued) Patran ABAQUS Preference Guide Page No. 249 Plane Stress • p. 251 Main Index . 252 Axisymmetric with twist • p. 253 Plane Strain • p. 123 • p. Element Types Stress-Displacement Elements Beam Elements One-dimensional Axisymmetric C1D2 C1D2H CAX3 CAX3H CAX4 CAX4H CAX4I CAX4IH CGAX3 CGAX3H CGAX4 CGAX4H CGAX4R CGAX4RH CPE3 CPE3H CPE4 CPE4H CPE4I CPE4IH CGPE5 CGPE5H CGPE6 CGPE6H CGPE6I CGPE6IH CGPE6R CPS3 CPS4 CPS4I CPS4R C1D3 C1D3H CAX4R CAX4RH CAX6 CAX6H CAX8 CAX8H CAX8R CAX8RH CGAX6 CGAX6H CGAX8 CGAX8H CGAX8R CGAX8RH CPE4R CPE4RH CPE6 CPE6H CPE6M CPE6MH CGPE6RH CGPE8 CGPE8H CGPE10 CGPE10H CGPE10R CGPE10RH CPS6 CPS6M CPS8 CPS8R CPE8 CPE8H CPE8R CPE8RH • p. 248 Generalized Plane Strain • p.

287 • p. Element Types Stress-Displacement Elements Beam Elements Three-dimensional C3D4 C3D4H C3D6 C3D10MH C3D6H C3D15 C3D8 C3D15H C3D8H C3D20 C3D8I C3D20H C3D8IH C3D20R C3D8R C3D20RH C3D8RH Membrane Elements Membrane Elements M3D3 M3D4 M3D4R M3D6 M3D8 M3D8R M3D9 M3D9R C3D27RH C3D10 C3D10HC3 D10M C3D27 C3D27H C3D27R • p. 254 Main Index .18 Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide Introduction to Building a Model Table 2-3 Supported ABAQUS Element Types (continued) Patran ABAQUS Preference Guide Page No.

100 • p. p. p. p. 241 p. p. • p. 124. 117 ELBOW31B ELBOW32 Spring Elements Spring Elements SPRING1 SPRING2 SPRINGA Dashpot Elements Dashpot Elements DASHPOT1 DASHPOT2 DASHPOTA Mass Element Mass Element Rotary Inertia Element MASS Rotary Inertia Element ROTARY1 • p.Chapter 2: Building A Model 19 Introduction to Building a Model Table 2-3 Supported ABAQUS Element Types (continued) Patran ABAQUS Preference Guide Page No. p. • p. 232. 234. 234. • p. 232. 130 p. • p. p. 237. p. 235. p. 97 • p. 234. p. p. • p. 235. 241 p. 232. p. 127 p. p. • p. 101. 238 p. 128. 98. 135 Elbow Elements • p. 238 p. p. 238 p. 40. 41. p. 232. 125. 244. 126 Main Index . 234. 99 p. p. 96 • p. p. 41. • p. 129. • p. 241 p. 246 p. 237. Element Types Stress-Displacement Elements Shell Elements Shell S3RF S4R S4R5 S8R S8R5 STRI35 STRI65 Special Elements Axisymmetric Elbow Elements SAX1 ELBOW31 SAX2 ELBOW31C S4RF STRI3 S9R5 • p. 40. 238. • p. 134. p. 237. 131 • p. 235. • p.

257 Rigid Surface Contact Elements • p. Element Types Special Elements Gap Elements Gap Elements GAPCYL GAPSPHER GAPUNI Small Sliding Contact Elements Interface INTER1 INTER2 INTER4 INTER8 Axisymmetric Rigid Surface INTER2A IRS3 IRS4 IRS12 IRS13 IRS21 IRS31 Axisymmetric Two-dimensional Three-dimensional Axisymmetric IRS21A ISL21 ISL31 ISL21A ISL31A IRS22 IRS32 IRS22A ISL22 ISL32 ISL22A ISL32A INTER3 INTER9 INTER3A IRS9 • p. p. 145. 102 • p. 289 • p. 104 • p. • p. 150 Slide Line Contact Elements • p. • p. 142. 147 Heat Transfer Elements Heat Transfer Elements Axisymmetric Axisymmetric Convection/Diffusion One-dimensional DCAX3 DCAX4 DCCAX2 DCCAX4 DC1D2 DCAX6 DCAX8 DCCAX2D DCCAX4D DC1D3 • p. 147 p. 147 p. 255 • p. 291 • p. 147 p. 138. 259 • p.20 Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide Introduction to Building a Model Table 2-3 Supported ABAQUS Element Types (continued) Patran ABAQUS Preference Guide Page No. 132 • p. 140. 152 • p. 297 • p. 133 • p. 132 • p. 148 • p. 136 • p. • p. 297 Main Index .

Element Types Heat Transfer Elements Heat Transfer Elements Two-dimensional Two-dimensional Convection/Diffusion Three-dimensional DC2D3 DC2D4 DCC2D4 DCC2D4D DC3D4 DC3D6 DC3D8 DCC3D8 DINTER1 DINTER2 DINTER4 Interface Elements. 295. 297 • p. Axisymmetric Shell Elements Shell Elements. 298 • p. • p. 292. 299 • p. 297 • p. 296 p. 293 Main Index . p. Axisymmetric DINTER2A DINTER3A DS4 DS8 DSAX1 DSAX2 DINTER3 DINTER8 DC3D10 DC3D15 DC3D20 DCC3D8D DC2D6 DC2D8 • p.Chapter 2: Building A Model 21 Introduction to Building a Model Table 2-3 Supported ABAQUS Element Types (continued) Patran ABAQUS Preference Guide Page No. 300 • p. 294 • p. 299 Three-dimensional Convection/Diffusion Interface Elements • p. 298 • p.

the appropriate *ORIENTATION option will be created. If a coordinate frame is referenced for element property orientation. Unreferenced coordinate frames will not be translated into ABAQUS. If a node references a coordinate frame in the Analysis Coordinate Frame field. Main Index . All vector type loads or boundary conditions must reference the same coordinate frame as the node. depending on the use of the coordinate frame. the nodal degrees-offreedom will be rotated into that system through the use of the *TRANSFORM option.22 Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide Coordinate Frames Coordinate Frames Coordinate frames will generate different ABAQUS input.

Nodes The nodes form will generate the ∗klab option (see Section 7.Chapter 2: Building A Model 23 Finite Elements Finite Elements Finite Elements in Patran allows the definition of basic finite element constructs. and multi-point constraints. For example. element topology. NSET=CID1. including the creation of nodes. Main Index .6 in the ABAQUS / Standard User’s Manual).3. The name of the node set to which the nodes will be assigned will be based on the associated analysis coordinate frame number. creating nodes in analysis coordinate frame “Coord 1" will generate the ABAQUS option ∗NSET.

24 Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide Finite Elements Main Index .

Main Index .Chapter 2: Building A Model 25 Finite Elements Elements Finite elements in Patran simply assigns element topology. See Element Properties Form for details concerning the ABAQUS element types. such as Quad⁄4. or indirectly using the Mesh object. Elements can be created either discretely using the Element object. The type of element to be created is not determined until the element properties are assigned. for standard finite elements.

26 Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide Finite Elements Main Index .

The forms for creating MPCs are found by selecting MPC as the Object on the Finite Elements form.Chapter 2: Building A Model 27 Finite Elements Multi-Point Constraints Multi-point constraints (MPCs) can also be created from the Finite Elements menu. These are special element types which define a rigorous behavior between several specified nodes. The full functionality of the MPC forms are defined in Create Action (FEM Entities) (Ch. 3) in the Reference Manual . Main Index .Part III .

and a degree-of-freedom. Each term consists of a single node.28 Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide Finite Elements MPC Types To create an MPC. One dependent and two independent terms can be specified. Creates a LINEAR type MPC between a dependent node on one linear 2D element and two independent nodes on another linear 2D element to model a continuum. The dependent term consists of a node ID and a degree-of-freedom. MPC Type Explicit Analysis Type Structural Thermal Description Creates an ∗EQUATION option which defines an explicit MPC between a dependent degree-of-freedom and one or more independent degrees-of-freedom. One dependent and four independent terms can be specified. Rigid (Fixed) Structural Rigid (Pinned) Structural Linear Surf-Surf Structural Thermal Linear Surf-Vol Structural Linear Vol-Vol Structural Thermal Main Index . One dependent and two independent terms can be specified. Creates a BILINEAR type MPC between a dependent node on one linear 3D solid element and four independent nodes on another linear 3D solid element to model a continuum. Each term consists of a single node. Each term consists of a single node. a node ID. Each term consists of a single node. An unlimited number of dependent terms and one independent term can be specified. The types that will appear in this option menu are dependent on the current Analysis Type preference setting. Creates a BEAM type MPC between one independent node and one or more dependent nodes in which all six structural degrees-of-freedom are rigidly attached to each other. An unlimited number of dependent terms and one independent term can be specified. An unlimited number of independent terms and one dependent term can be specified. Creates an SS LINEAR type MPC between a dependent node on a linear 2D plate element and two independent nodes on a linear 3D solid element to connect the plate element to the solid element. Creates a LINK type MPC between one independent node and one or more dependent nodes in which only the three translational structural degrees-of-freedom are rigidly attached to each other. Each term consists of a single node. The following table describes the MPC types that are supported. you must first select the type of MPC you want to create from an option menu. while an independent term consists of a coefficient.

One dependent and two independent terms can be specified. These local directions rotate according to the rotation at the second node. Quad. Each term consists of a single node. Creates an SS BILINEAR type MPC between a dependent node on a quadratic 2D plate element and three independent nodes on a quadratic 3D solid element to connect the plate element to the solid element. Each term consists of a single node. One dependent and three independent terms can be specified. One dependent and two independent terms can be specified. Each term consists of a single node.Chapter 2: Building A Model 29 Finite Elements MPC Type Quad. One dependent and two independent terms can be specified. Vol-Vol Structural Slider Structural Elbow Structural Tie Structural Revolute Structural V Local Structural Main Index . Each term consists of a single node. Creates a V LOCAL type MPC which constrains the velocity components at the first node to be equal to the velocity components at the third node along local. One dependent and one independent terms can be specified. Each term consists of a single node. One dependent and eight independent terms can be specified. Each term consists of a single node. Each term consists of a single node. One dependent and one independent terms can be specified. Creates a C BIQUAD type MPC between a dependent node on one quadratic 3D solid and eight independent nodes on another quadratic 3D solid element to model a continuum. rotating. Each term consists of a single node. One dependent and three independent terms can be specified. Surf-Vol Structural Quad. Surf-Surf Analysis Type Structural Description Creates a QUADRATIC type MPC between a dependent node on one quadratic 2D element and three independent nodes on another quadratic 2D element to model a continuum. Creates a REVOLUTE type MPC which defines a revolute joint. Creates a SLIDER type MPC between one dependent node and two independent nodes which forces the dependent node to move along the vector defined by the two independent nodes. Creates a TIE type MPC which makes all active degrees-offreedom equal at two nodes. Creates an ELBOW type MPC which constrains two nodes of ELBOW31 or ELBOW32 elements together. directions.

Each term consists of a single node. One dependent and an unlimited number of independent terms can be specified. Creates an SSF BILINEAR type MPC which constrains a mid-side shell node to a line of mid-face solid nodes for quadratic elements. The following degrees-of-freedom are supported by the Patran ABAQUS MPCs for the various analysis types: Degrees-of-Freedom UX UY UZ RX RY RZ Temperature Analysis Type Structural Structural Structural Structural Structural Structural Thermal Main Index . One dependent and an unlimited number of independent terms can be specified. It is valid for the current Analysis Type Preference. In most cases.30 Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide Finite Elements MPC Type Universal Analysis Type Structural Description Creates a UNIVERSAL type MPC which defines a universal joint. A degree-of-freedom is valid if: 1. One dependent and an unlimited number of independent terms can be specified. Each term consists of a single node. It is valid for the selected MPC type. SS Linear Structural SS Bilinear Structural SSF Bilinear Structural Degrees-of-Freedom Whenever a list of degrees-of-freedom is expected for an MPC term. a listbox containing the valid degrees-of-freedom is displayed on the form. Each term consists of a single node. Creates an SS LINEAR type MPC which constrains a shell node to a line of solid nodes for linear elements. Creates an SS BILINEAR type MPC which constrains a shell node to a line of solid nodes for quadratic elements. Each term consists of a single node. all degrees-of-freedom which are valid for the current Analysis Type preference are valid for the MPC type. 2. One dependent and three independent terms can be specified.

8. a node that is attached only to solid structural elements will not have any rotational degrees-of-freedom. For example. (See Section 7. Explicit MPCs Creates an *EQUATION option.3 in the ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual). However.0 to create the desired equation.Chapter 2: Building A Model 31 Finite Elements Note: Care must be taken to make sure that a degree-of-freedom selected for an MPC actually exists at the nodes. Patran will allow you to select rotational degreesof-freedom at this node when defining an MPC. Main Index . The A1 multiplier for the dependent term will be set to -1. No constant term is allowed for this type of equation.

4 in the ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual). Main Index . corresponding to the presence of a rigid beam between the two nodes. This provides a rigid beam between two nodes to constrain the displacement and rotation at the first node to the displacement and rotation at the second node.32 Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide Finite Elements Rigid (Fixed) MPCs Creates an *MPC option of type BEAM for each dependent node (see Section 7.8.

Main Index .Chapter 2: Building A Model 33 Finite Elements Rigid (Pinned) MPCs Creates an *MPC of type LINK for each dependent node (see Section 7. if any.8. The rotations at the nodes. This provides a pinned rigid link between two nodes in order to keep the distance between the two nodes constant. are not involved in this constraint.4 in the ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual). The displacements of the first node are modified to enforce this constraint.

This is the standard method for mesh refinement of first-order elements. Main Index .8.34 Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide Finite Elements Linear Surf-Surf MPCs Creates an *MPC option of type LINEAR (see Section 7. Note: Linear Surf-Surf and Linear Surf-Vol MPCs both generate the ABAQUS ∗MPC type LINEAR. This MPC constrains each degree-of-freedom at the dependent node to be interpolated linearly from the corresponding degrees-of-freedom at the independent nodes .4 in the ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual).

Chapter 2: Building A Model 35 Finite Elements Linear Surf-Vol MPCs Creates an *MPC option of type SS LINEAR (see Section 7.4 in the ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual). This is the standard method for mesh refinement of first-order elements.8. Note: Main Index . Linear Surf-Surf and Linear Surf-Vol MPCs both generate the ABAQUS ∗MPC type SS LINEAR. This MPC constrains each degree-of-freedom at the dependent node to be interpolated linearly from the corresponding degrees-offreedom at the independent nodes.

This is a standard method for mesh refinement of first-order solid elements in three dimensions.36 Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide Finite Elements Linear Vol-Vol MPCs Creates an *MPC option of type BILINEAR (see Section 7.8. This MPC constrains each degree-of-freedom at the dependent node to be interpolated bilinearly from the corresponding degrees-of-freedom at the independent nodes. Main Index .4 in the ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual).

4 in the ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual).Chapter 2: Building A Model 37 Finite Elements Quad. This MPC constrains each degree-of-freedom at the dependent node to be interpolated quadratically from the corresponding degrees-of-freedom at the independent nodes. Surf-Surf MPCs Creates an *MPC option of type QUADRATIC (see Section 7.8. This is a standard method for mesh refinement of second-order elements. Note: Quad Surf-Surf and Quad Surf-Vol MPCs both generate the ABAQUS *MPC type QUADRATIC Main Index .

Note: Main Index .38 Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide Finite Elements Quad. This MPC constrains each degree-of-freedom at the dependent node to be interpolated quadratically from the corresponding degrees-of-freedom at the independent nodes. This is a standard method for mesh refinement of second-order elements.4 in the ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual).8. Surf-Vol MPCs Creates an *MPC option of type SS BILINEAR (see Section 7. Quad Surf-Surf and Quad Surf-Vol MPCs both generate the ABAQUS ∗MPC type SS BILINEAR.

This is a standard method for mesh refinement of second-order solid elements in three dimensions. Vol-Vol MPCs Creates an *MPC option of type C BIQUAD (see Section 7.Chapter 2: Building A Model 39 Finite Elements Quad. This MPC constrains each degree-of-freedom at the dependent node to be interpolated by a constrained biquadratic from the corresponding degrees-of-freedom at the eight independent nodes.8.4 in the ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual). Main Index .

Main Index .4 in the ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual).40 Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide Finite Elements Slider MPCs Creates an *MPC option of type SLIDER (see Section 7. and the line to change length. This MPC will keep a node on a straight line defined by two other nodes. but allows the possibility of moving along the line.8.

Chapter 2: Building A Model 41 Finite Elements Main Index .

This MPC constrains two ELBOW31 or ELBOW32 elements together. Main Index . where the cross-sectional direction changes.4 in the ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual).42 Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide Finite Elements Elbow MPCs Creates an *MPC option of type ELBOW (see Section 7.8.

If there are different degrees-of-freedom active at the two nodes. Main Index . only those in common will be constrained.4 in the ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual). Tie MPCs Creates an *MPC option of type TIE (see Section 7.8. This makes the displacements equal.4 in the ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual). It is usually used to join two parts of a mesh when corresponding nodes on the two parts are to be fully connected.Chapter 2: Building A Model 43 Finite Elements Pin MPCs Creates an *MPC option of type PIN (see Section 7. This MPC makes all active degrees-of-freedom equal at two nodes. but leaves the rotations. if they exist. independent of each other. This MPC provides a pinned joint between two nodes.8.

8.4 in the ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual). Main Index .44 Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide Finite Elements Revolute MPCs Creates an *MPC option of type REVOLUTE (see Section 7.

Chapter 2: Building A Model 45 Finite Elements Main Index .

4 in the ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual). Main Index .8.46 Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide Finite Elements V Local MPCs Creates an *MPC option of type V LOCAL (see Section 7.

SAX1.8. etc. C3D20R.8. etc. SS Linear MPCs Creates an *MPC option of type SS LINEAR (see Section 7.4 in the ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual). S8R5. C3D8R. This MPC is only valid for small rotations.) or for midside lines on quadratic elements (S8R.Chapter 2: Building A Model 47 Finite Elements Universal MPCs Creates an *MPC option of type UNIVERSAL (see Section 7. C3D20.4 in the ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual). This MPC is used to constrain a shell node to a solid node line for linear elements (S4R or S4R5. CAX4. C3D8.). Main Index .

This MPC is only valid for small rotations.48 Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide Finite Elements SS Bilinear MPCs Creates an *MPC option of type SS BILINEAR (see Section 7. This MPC is used to constrain a corner node of a quadratic shell element (S8R. Main Index .8.4 in the ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual). S8R5) to a line of edge nodes on 20-node bricks.

Main Index . S8R5) to a line of edge nodes on 20-node bricks.4 in the ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual).Chapter 2: Building A Model 49 Finite Elements SSF Bilinear MPCs Creates an *MPC option of type SSF BILINEAR (see Section 7.8. This MPC is only valid for small rotations. This MPC is used to constrain a corner node of a quadratic shell element (S8R.

50 Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide Finite Elements Main Index .

Chapter 2: Building A Model 51 Material Library Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide Material Library Selecting Materials from this Patran window displays the main form for the creation of materials. The following sections provide an introduction to the Materials form. Main Index . followed by the details of all the material property definitions supported by the Patran ABAQUS Application Interface.

Main Index . Change Material Status The approach to defining material properties in Patran is similar to that in ABAQUS. Then the plastic properties are defined by selecting Plastic as Option 1. For example. to define a material for a plasticity analysis. the complete material model is defined by individually defining the necessary constitutive models. the hardening law as Option 3. one would first define the elastic properties and select Apply.52 Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide Materials Form Materials Form The Materials form shown below provides the following options for the purpose of creating ABAQUS materials. the yield criteria as Option 2. entering the appropriate data and pushing Apply.

Chapter 2: Building A Model 53 Materials Form Not all constitutive model options are valid for a particular material in a particular ABAQUS analysis. if a user defines both Elastic and Hyperelastic properties for a given material. This field can then be selected from a listbox on the Materials. When the databox for a material property that may be temperature dependent is selected. the fields listbox appears. it is not permissible to have both elastic and hyperelastic properties defined for the same ABAQUS material. Object Isotropic Option 1 • Elastic Option 2 Material Failure Theory Incompressible Test Data • Ogden Option 3 Hyperelastic • Polynomial Coefficients • Ogden • Mooney Rivlin • Neo Hookean • Polynomial Slightly Compressible Test Data • Ogden • Polynomial Coefficients • Ogden • Polynomial Main Index . Input Options form. however. The ABAQUS interface in Patran generally supports this as well. The following table shows the allowable selections for all options when the Action is set to Create and the Analysis Type in the Analysis Preference form is set to Structural. Patran. For example. The various options have different names. one of these constitutive options must be deactivated on the Change Material Status form before initiating the ABAQUS analysis. allows these different constitutive models to be defined and then “deactivated” for a given ABAQUS analysis. This is done on the form displayed when the Change Material Status button is selected on the main Materials form. For example. Temperature Dependence ABAQUS allows most material properties to be functions of temperature. The first step in defining a temperature dependent material property is to define a temperature dependent material field in the Fields application. depending on previous selections.

54 Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide Materials Form Object Option 1 Option 2 Compressible Test Data • Ogden Option 3 Coefficients • Ogden Viscoelastic Frequency Time • Formula • Tabular • Prony • Creep Test Data • Combined Creep Test Data • Relaxation Test Data • Combined Relax Test Data • Deformation Plasticity Plastic Mises/Hill • Perfect Plasticity • Isotropic • Kinematic • Drucker-Prager Compression Tension Shear Modified D-Prager/Cap Creep • Time • Strain • Hyperbolic Cap Hardening 2D Orthotropic (Lamina) • Elastic Material Failure Theory Viscoelastic Frequency Time • Formula Tabular • Prony • Creep Test Data Combined Creep Test Data • Relaxation Test Data Combined Relax Test Data Main Index .

Chapter 2: Building A Model 55 Materials Form Object Option 1 Plastic Option 2 Mises/Hill • Isotropic Option 3 • Perfect Plasticity • Kinematic • Drucker-Prager Compression Tension Shear Modified D-Prager/Cap Creep • Time • Strain • Hyperbolic Cap Hardening 3D Orthotropic • Elastic Engineering Constants • [D] Matrix Material Failure Theory Viscoelastic Frequency Time • Formula Tabular • Prony • Creep Test Data Combined Creep Test Data • Relaxation Test Data Combined Relax Test Data Plastic Mises/Hill • Perfect Plasticity • Isotropic • Kinematic • Drucker-Prager Compression Tension Shear Modified D-Prager/Cap Creep • Time • Strain • Hyperbolic Cap Hardening Main Index .

Ribbon HAL Disc. Fiber HAL Disc. Ribbon HAL Particulate Short Fiber 1D Short Fiber 2D Main Index .56 Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide Materials Form Object 3D Anisotropic Option 1 • Elastic Option 2 [D] Matrix Frequency Time • Formula Tabular • Prony Option 3 Material Failure Theory Viscoelastic • Creep Test Data Combined Creep Test Data • Relaxation Test Data Combined Relax Test Data Plastic Mises/Hill • Perfect Plasticity • Isotropic • Kinematic • Drucker-Prager Compression Tension Shear Modified D-Prager/Cap Creep • Time • Strain • Hyperbolic Cap Hardening Composite • Laminate Rule of Mixtures HAL Cont. Fiber HAL Cont.

Fiber HAL Cont. Object Isotropic 3D Orthotropic 3D Anisotropic Option 1 Thermal Thermal Laminate Composite Rule of Mixtures HAL Cont. depending on previous selections. The various options have different names. Ribbon HAL Disc.Chapter 2: Building A Model 57 Materials Form The following table shows the allowable selections for all options when the Action is set to Create and the Analysis Type is set to Thermal in the Analysis Preference form. Ribbon HAL Particulate Short Fiber 1D Short Fiber 2D Main Index . Fiber HAL Disc.

58 Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide Materials Form Isotropic Elastic Object Isotropic Option 1 Elastic Option 2 Material Failure Theory Main Index .

The default is 0. Set this parameter equal to the fraction of critical damping to be used with this material in calculating composite damping factors for the modes (for use in modal dynamics).0). This value is ignored in modal dynamics. The thermal strain in the material is based on the difference between the current temperature and this reference value (default is 0.0). Thermal Expansion Coeff Fraction Critical Damping Mass Propornl Damping Stiffness Propornl Damping Main Index .0. Factor for mass proportional damping in direct integration dynamics (default = 0. This value is ignored in modal dynamics. Factor for stiffness proportional damping in direct integration dynamics (default = 0. The value is ignored in direct integration dynamics.0). Coefficient of thermal expansion for the isotropic material. Listed below are the descriptions for the remaining material properties. Property Name Reference Temperature Description This is the reference value of temperature for the coefficient of thermal expansion.Chapter 2: Building A Model 59 Materials Form More data input is available for defining the Elastic properties for the Isotropic materials.

60 Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide Materials Form Hyperelastic Object Isotropic Option 1 Hyperelastic Option 2 Incompressible Option 3 Test Data Ogden Polynomial Main Index .

Chapter 2: Building A Model 61 Materials Form Hyperelastic Object Isotropic Option 1 Hyperelastic Option 2 Incompressible Option 3 Coefficients .Ogden Main Index .

62 Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide Materials Form Hyperelastic Object Isotropic Option 1 Hyperelastic Option 2 Incompressible Option 3 Coefficients Moony Rivlin Neo Hookean Polynomial Main Index .

Chapter 2: Building A Model 63 Materials Form Hyperelastic Object Isotropic Option 1 Hyperelastic Option 2 Slightly Compressible Option 3 Test Data Ogden Polynomial Main Index .

64 Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide Materials Form Hyperelastic Object Isotropic Option 1 Hyperelastic Option 2 Slightly Compressible Option 3 Coefficients .Ogden Main Index .

Chapter 2: Building A Model 65 Materials Form Hyperelastic Object Isotropic Option 1 Hyperelastic Option 2 Slightly Compressible Option 3 Coefficients .Polynomial Main Index .

66 Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide Materials Form Hyperelastic Object Isotropic Option 1 Hyperelastic Option 2 Compressible Option 3 Test Data .Ogden Main Index .

Effective Poisson’s ratio of the material which will be equal to all ν i .Chapter 2: Building A Model 67 Materials Form More data input is available for defining the Hyperelastic properties. Coefficient of thermal expansion for the isotropic material. Defines the material mass density. Listed below are the descriptions for the remaining material properties. If no value is given. This field appears on the *VOLUMETRIC TEST DATA sub option. This is the value of the POISSON parameter on the *HYPERFOAM option. Property Name Volumetric Pressure Description Material field defining volume ratio (current volume/original volume) as a function of pressure. the lateral strains should be entered. Poisson’s Ratio Density Thermal Expansion Coeff Main Index . This quantity appears on the *DENSITY option. This parameter appears as a on the *EXPANSION option.

Ogden Main Index .68 Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide Materials Form Hyperelastic Object Isotropic Option 1 Hyperelastic Option 2 Compressible Option 3 Coefficients .

3D Orthotropic or 3D Anisotropic Option 1 Viscoelastic Option 2 Frequency Option 3 Tabular Formula Main Index . 2D Orthotropic.Chapter 2: Building A Model 69 Materials Form Viscoelastic Object Isotropic.

3D Orthotropic or 3D Anisotropic Option 1 Viscoelastic Option 2 Time Option 3 Prony Main Index . 2D Orthotropic.70 Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide Materials Form Viscoelastic Object Isotropic.

3D Orthotropic or 3D Anisotropic Option 1 Viscoelastic Option 2 Time Option 3 Creep Test Data Combined Creep Test Data Main Index . 2D Orthotropic.Chapter 2: Building A Model 71 Materials Form Viscoelastic Object Isotropic.

2D Orthotropic. 3D Orthotropic or 3D Anisotropic Option 1 Viscoelastic Option 2 Time Option 3 Relaxation Test Data Combined Relax Test Data Main Index .72 Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide Materials Form Viscoelastic Object Isotropic.

Chapter 2: Building A Model 73 Materials Form Deformation Plasticity Object Isotropic Option 1 Deformation Plasticity Main Index .

74 Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide Materials Form Plastic Object Isotropic. 2D Orthotropic. 3D Orthotropic or 3D Anisotropic Option 1 Plastic Option 2 Mises/Hill Option 3 Perfect Plasticity Main Index .

Chapter 2: Building A Model 75 Materials Form Plastic Object Isotropic. 2DOrthotropic. 3DOrthotropic or 3D Anisotropic Option 1 Plastic Option 2 Mises/Hill Option 3 Isotropic Main Index .

3DOrthotropic or 3D Anisotropic Option 1 Plastic Option 2 Mises/Hill Option 3 Kinematic Main Index .76 Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide Materials Form Plastic Object Isotropic. 2D Orthotropic.

2D Orthotropic.Chapter 2: Building A Model 77 Materials Form Plastic Object Isotropic. 3D Orthotropic or 3D Anisotropic Option 1 Plastic Option 2 Drucker-Prager Option 3 Compression Tension Shear Main Index .

78 Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide Materials Form Plastic Object Isotropic. 3D Orthotropic or 3D Anisotropic Option 1 Plastic Option 2 Modified D-Prager/Cap Option 3 Cap Hardening Main Index . 2D Orthotropic.

3D Orthotropic or 3D Anisotropic Option 1 Creep Option 2 Time Strain Main Index . 2D Orthotropic.Chapter 2: Building A Model 79 Materials Form CrÉep Object Isotropic.

80 Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide Materials Form Creep Object Isotropic. 2D Orthotropic. 3D Orthotropic or 3D Anisotropic Option 1 Creep Option 2 Hyperbolic Main Index .

Chapter 2: Building A Model 81 Materials Form 2D Orthotropic (Lamina) Elastic Option 1 Elastic Option 2 Material Failure Theory Main Index .

82 Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide Materials Form 3D Orthotropic Elastic Option 1 Elastic Option 2 Engineering Constants Option 3 Material Failure Theory Main Index .

Chapter 2: Building A Model 83 Materials Form Elastic Object 3D Orthotropic Option 1 Elastic Option 2 [D] Matrix Option 3 Material Failure Theory Main Index .

84 Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide Materials Form 3D Anisotropic Elastic Option 1 Elastic Option 2 [D] Matrix Main Index .

Property Name D1212 (C34) D1212 (C44) D1113 (C15) D2213 (C25) D3313 (C35) D1213 (C45) D1313 (C55) D1123 (C16) D2223 (C26) D3323 (C36) D1223 (C46) D1323 (C56) D2323 (C66) Density Desciption Coefficients in the 6 x 6 stress-strain matrix for the 3D anisotropic material. Listed below are the descriptions for the remaining material properties.Chapter 2: Building A Model 85 Materials Form More data input is available for defining the Elastic properties for the 3D Anisotropic materials. Defines the material mass density. Main Index .

86 Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide Materials Form Isotropic (Thermal) Main Index .

Chapter 2: Building A Model 87 Materials Form 3D Orthotropic (Thermal) Main Index .

and the Homogeneous option on the Element Properties Form for shells. with the exception of the laminated composites. For the laminated composites. can be assigned to elements like any homogeneous material through the element property forms. Main Index . plates and beam must be changed to Laminate to avoid reentry of this information. All of the composite materials. the section thickness is entered indirectly through the definition of the stack.88 Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide Materials Form 3D Anisotropic (Thermal) Composite The Composite forms allow existing materials to be combined to create new materials.

refer to the Composite Materials Construction (p. Laminate Main Index . 116) in the Patran Reference Manual.Chapter 2: Building A Model 89 Materials Form For details on how to use these forms.

67) in the Patran Reference Manual. an element properties form will appear. The selections made in these option menus will determine which element property form is presented.90 Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide Element Properties Patran I nterface to ABAQU S Preference Gu ide Element Properties By choosing the Element Properties item. When creating element properties. Main Index . For more details. located on the application switch for Patran. Element Properties Form When Element Properties is selected on the main menu. and which property forms are to be displayed. several option menus are available. see the Element Properties Forms (p. which ABAQUS element will be created. Four option menus on this form are used to determine which ABAQUS element types are to be created. this is the form which will be displayed. The individual property forms are documented later in this section. The following pages give an introduction to the Element Properties form. and ultimately. followed by the details of all the element property definitions supported by the Patran ABAQUS Application Preference.

Chapter 2: Building A Model 91 Element Properties Main Index .

B22H B23 B23H B21. B22 B21H. B22 B21H. Dimension 0D Type • Mass • Rotary Inertia Grounded Spring Option 1 Option 2 Name MASS ROTARYI • Linear • Nonlinear SPRING1 SPRING2 DASHPOT1 DASHPOT2 Elastic Slip Soft Contact IRS12 Elastic Slip Hard Contact Lagrange Soft Contact Lagrange Hard Contact Elastic Slip No Separation Lagrange No Separation Elastic Slip Vis Damping Elastic Slip Vis Damping No Separation Lagrange Vis Damping Lagrange Vis Damping No Separation Elastic Slip Soft Contact IRS13 Elastic Slip Hard Contact Lagrange Soft Contact Lagrange Hard Contact Elastic Slip No Separation Lagrange No Separation Elastic Slip Vis Damping Elastic Slip Vis Damping No Separation Lagrange Vis Damping Lagrange Vis Damping No Separation Standard Formulation Hybrid Cubic Interpolation Cubic Hybrid Standard Formulation Hybrid Cubic Interpolation Cubic Hybrid B21.92 Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide Element Properties The following table shows the allowable selections for all option menus when Analysis Type is set to Structural. B22H B23 B23H Grounded Damper • Linear • Nonlinear IRS (single node) • Planar • Spatial 1D Beam in XY Plane • General Section • Box Section • Circular Beam (Solid) Standard Formulation Hybrid Cubic Interpolation Cubic Hybrid Main Index . B22 B21H. B22H B23 B23H B21.

B32 B31H. B22H B23 B23H B21. B22H B23 B23H B31. B32H B33 B33H B34 ELBOW31. B22H B23 B23H B21. B22 B21H.Chapter 2: Building A Model 93 Element Properties Dimension Type Option 1 • Hexagonal Beam Option 2 Standard Formulation Hybrid Cubic Interpolation Cubic Hybrid Standard Formulation Hybrid Cubic Interpolation Cubic Hybrid Standard Formulation Hybrid Cubic Interpolation Cubic Hybrid Standard Formulation Hybrid Cubic Interpolation Cubic Hybrid Standard Formulation Hybrid Cubic Interpolation Cubic Hybrid Standard Formulation Hybrid Cubic Interpolation Cubic Hybrid Cubic Initially Straight Standard Formulation Hybrid Cubic Interpolation Cubic Hybrid Cubic Initially Straight Standard Formulation Hybrid Cubic Interpolation Cubic Hybrid Cubic Initially Straight Standard Formulation Hybrid Cubic Interpolation Cubic Hybrid Cubic Initially Straight Standard Formulation Ovalization Only Ovalization Only with Approximated Fourier Standard Formulation Hybrid Cubic Interpolation Cubic Hybrid Cubic Initially Straight Name B21. B22H B23 B23H B21. B32H B33 B33H B34 B31. B32H B33 B33H B34 B31. B32H B33 B33H B34 B31. ELBOW32 ELBOW31B ELBOW31C B31. B22 B21H. B32 B31H. B22 B21H. B32 B31H. B22 B21H. B22H B23 B23H B21. B22 B21H. B32 B31H. B32 B31H. B32H B33 B33H B34 • I Section • Pipe Section • Rectangular Section • Trapezoid Section Beam in Space • General Section • Arbitrary Section • Box Section • Circular Section • Curved w/Pipe Section • Hexagonal Section Main Index .

B32H B33 B33H B34 B31. B32OS B31OSH. B32 B31H. B32 B31H. B32H B33 B33H B34 B31. CID3 CID2H. B32 B31H.94 Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide Element Properties Dimension Type Option 1 • I Section Option 2 Standard Formulation Hybrid Cubic Interpolation Cubic Hybrid Cubic Initially Straight Standard Formulation Hybrid Cubic Interpolation Cubic Hybrid Cubic Initially Straight Standard Formulation Hybrid Standard Formulation Hybrid Cubic Interpolation Cubic Hybrid Cubic Initially Straight Standard Formulation Hybrid Cubic Interpolation Cubic Hybrid Cubic Initially Straight Standard Formulation Hybrid Cubic Interpolation Cubic Hybrid Cubic Initially Straight Name B31. B32 B31H. B32 B31H. B32H B33 B33H B34 B31. B32OSH B31. B32H B33 B33H B34 CID2. B32H B33 B33H B34 B31OS. CID3H • L Section • Open Section • Pipe Section • Rectangular Section • Trapezoidal Section • Truss Spring Standard Formulation Hybrid Linear Nonlinear • Standard Formulation SPRINGA SPRING2 Fixed Direction • Standard Formulation Fixed Direction • Standard Formulation DASHPOTA DASHPOT2 Fixed Direction • Standard Formulation Fixed Direction Damper Linear Nonlinear Main Index .

SAX2 Axisym Shell • Homogeneous • Laminate Main Index .Chapter 2: Building A Model 95 Element Properties Dimension 1D (continued) Gap Type Option 1 • Cylindrical Option 2 Name True Distance GAPCYL Elastic Slip Soft Contact Elastic Slip Hard Contact Lagrange Soft Contact Lagrange Hard Contact Elastic Slip No Separation Lagrange No Separation Elastic Slip Vis Damping Elastic Slip Vis Damping No Separation Lagrange Vis Damping Lagrange Vis Damping No Separation True Distance Elastic Slip Soft Contact Elastic Slip Hard Contact Lagrange Soft Contact Lagrange Hard Contact Elastic Slip No Separation Lagrange No Separation Elastic Slip Vis Damping Elastic Slip Vis Damping No Separation Lagrange Vis Damping Lagrange Vis Damping No Separation GAPSPHER • Spherical • Uniaxial True Distance GAPUNI Elastic Slip Soft Contact Elastic Slip Hard Contact Lagrange Soft Contact Lagrange Hard Contact Elastic Slip No Separation Lagrange No Separation Elastic Slip Vis Damping Elastic Slip Vis DampingNo Separation Lagrange Vis Damping Lagrange Vis Damping No Separation SAX1.

ISL32 ISL (in space) • Parallel Main Index . ISL22 • Axisymmetric Elastic Slip Soft Contact ISL21A.96 Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide Element Properties Dimension 1D (continued) Type • 1D Interface Option 1 Elastic Slip Soft Contact Elastic Slip Hard Contact Lagrange Soft Contact Lagrange Hard Contact Elastic Slip No Separation Lagrange No Separation Elastic Slip Vis Damping Elastic Slip Vis DampingNo Separation Lagrange Vis Damping Lagrange Vis Damping No Separation • Planar Option 2 Name INTER1 ISL (in plane) Elastic Slip Soft Contact Elastic Slip Hard Contact Lagrange Soft Contact Lagrange Hard Contact Elastic Slip No Separation Lagrange No Separation Elastic Slip Vis Damping Elastic Slip Vis Damping No Separation Lagrange Vis Damping Lagrange Vis Damping No Separation ISL21. Elastic Slip Hard Contact ISL22A Lagrange Soft Contact Lagrange Hard Contact Elastic Slip No Separation Lagrange No Separation Elastic Slip Vis Damping Elastic Slip Vis Damping No Separation Lagrange Vis Damping Lagrange Vis Damping No Separation Elastic Slip Soft Contact Elastic Slip Hard Contact Lagrange Soft Contact Lagrange Hard Contact Elastic Slip No Separation Lagrange No Separation Elastic Slip Vis Damping Elastic Slip Vis Damping No Separation Lagrange Vis Damping Lagrange Vis Damping No Separation ISL31. ISL32 ISL31.

Elastic Slip Hard Contact ISL32A Lagrange Soft Contact Lagrange Hard Contact Elastic Slip No Separation Lagrange No Separation Elastic Slip Vis Damping Elastic Slip Vis Damping No Separation Lagrange Vis Damping Lagrange Vis Damping No Separation -Elastic Slip Soft Contact IRS21.) IRS31.Chapter 2: Building A Model 97 Element Properties Dimension 1D (continued) Type ISL (in space) (continued) Option 1 • Radial Option 2 Name Elastic Slip Soft Contact ISL31A. IRS32 • Slide Line IRS (planar/axisym) • Planar • Axisymmetric • IRS (beam/pipe) Elastic Slip Soft Contact Elastic Slip Hard Contact Lagrange Soft Contact Lagrange Hard Contact Elastic Slip No Separation Lagrange No Separation Elastic Slip Vis Damping Elastic Slip Vis Damping No Separation Lagrange Vis Damping Lagrange Vis Damping No Separation Main Index . IRS22 Elastic Slip Hard Contact Lagrange Soft Contact Lagrange Hard Contact Elastic Slip No Separation Lagrange No Separation Elastic Slip Vis Damping Elastic Slip Vis Damping No Separation Lagrange Vis Damping Lagrange Vis Damping No Separation Elastic Slip Soft Contact IRS21A. Elastic Slip Hard Contact IRS22A Lagrange Soft Contact Lagrange Hard Contact Elastic Slip No Separation Lagrange No Separation Elastic Slip Vis Damping Elastic Slip Vis Damping No Separation Lagrange Vis Damping Lagrange Vis Damping No Separation1D (cont.

SFMAX2 SFMGAX1. SFMGAX2 • Mech Joint (2D Model) ALIGN AXIAL BEAM CARTESIAN JOIN JOINTC LINK ROTATION SLOT TRANSLATOR WELD • Mech Joint (3D Model) ALIGN AXIAL BEAM CARDAN CARTESIAN CONSTANT VELOCITY CVJOINT CYLINDRICAL EULER FLEXION-TORSION Main Index .98 Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide Element Properties Dimension 1D (continued) Type • Rigid Surf (Seg) • Rigid Surf (Cyl) • Rigid Surf (Axi) • Rigid Surf (Bz2D) • Rigid Line (Lbc) • Rebar Option 1 Option 2 ----- Name R2D2. RAX2 Axisymmetric General Axisymmetric SFMAX1.

Chapter 2: Building A Model 99 Element Properties Dimension Type JOIN Option 1 HINGE JOINTC LINK PLANAR RADIAL-THRUST REVOLUTE ROTATION SLIDE-PLANE SLOT TRANSLATOR UJOINT UNIVERSAL WELD Option 2 Name • 1D Gasket Axisymmetric Link Gasket Behavior Model Thickness Behavior Only Built-in Material GKAX2 GKAX2N GKAX2 GK3D2 GK3D2N GK3D2 GK2D2 GK2D2N GK2D2 3D Link Gasket Behavior Model Thickness Behavior Only Built-in Material 2D Link Gasket Behavior Model Thickness Behavior Only Built-in Material Main Index .

S4R. CPE8 CPE3H. S4R5. CPE8R CPE4I CPE4IH CPE6M. S4R. S9R5 S3R. CPS8 CPS4R. STRI65. CPS4. CPS6MH Hybrid / Reduced Integration Reduced Integration Incompatible Modes Hybrid/Incompatible Modes Modified Modified/Hybrid • Plane Stress Standard Formulation Reduced Integration Incompatible Modes Modified Modified/Hybrid Main Index . S8R Thick Homogeneous Laminate • General Thin Homogeneous Laminate • General Thick Homogeneous Laminate • Large Strain • General Large Strain 2D Solid • Plane Strain Standard Formulation Hybrid S3R. CPE6H. CPE6MH CPS3. STRI65. S8R5. S9R5 S3R. CPE8H CPE4RH. CPE4H. CPE6. S8R CPE3. S8R5. CPS8R CPS4I CPS6M.100 Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide Element Properties Dimension 2D Shell Type Thin Option 1 Option 2 • Homogeneous Laminate Name STRI35. STRI65. CPS6. CPE8RH CPE4R. CPE4. S4R. S4R5. STRI65. S8R STRI35.

CGAX8R M3D3. CAX8RH CAX4R. INTER3 Main Index . CAX6H. CAX6. M3D4. CGAX8H CGAX4RH. CAX8R CAX4I CAX4IH CAX6M CAX6MH CGAX3. M3D6. CAX4H. CGAX4. CGAX6H. M3D9 M3D4R. CGAX6. M3D9R Hybrid/Reduced Integration Reduced Integration Incompatible Modes Hybrid/Incompatible Modes Modified Modified/Hybrid • Axisymmetric with Twist Standard Formulation Hybrid Hybrid/Reduced Integration Reduced Integration • Membrane Standard Formulation Reduced Integration 2D Interface • Planar Elastic Slip Soft Contact Elastic Slip Hard Contact Lagrange Soft Contact Lagrange Hard Contact Elastic Slip No Separation Lagrange No Separation Elastic Slip Vis Damping Elastic Slip Vis Damping No Separation Lagrange Vis Damping Lagrange Vis Damping No Separation INTER2. M3D8R.Chapter 2: Building A Model 101 Element Properties Dimension 2D (continued) Type 2D Solid (continued) Option 1 • Axisymmetric Option 2 Standard Formulation Hybrid Name CAX3. CAX8H CAX4RH. CGAX4H. CGAX8RH CGAX4R. CGAX8 CGAX3H. CAX8 CAX3H. CAX4. M3D8.

SFM3D4. R3D4 SFMCL9 SFM3D3. SFM3D8 SFM3D4R. SFM3D8R GKPE4 GKPE4 GKPS4 GKPS4N GKPS4 GKAX4 GKAX4N GKAX4 Reduced Integration • 2D Gasket Plane Strain Plane Stress Gasket Behavior Model Built-in Material Gasket Behavior Model Thickness Behavior Only Built-in Material Axisymmetric Gasket Behavior Model Thickness Behavior Only Built-in Material Main Index . INTER3A IRS (shell/solid) Elastic Slip Soft Contact Elastic Slip Hard Contact Lagrange Soft Contact Lagrange Hard Contact Elastic Slip No Separation Lagrange No Separation Elastic Slip Vis Damping Elastic Slip Vis Damping No Separation Lagrange Vis Damping Lagrange Vis Damping No Separation IRS3.102 Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide Element Properties Dimension 2D (continued) Type 2D Solid (continued) Option 1 • Axisymmetric Option 2 Elastic Slip Soft Contact Elastic Slip Hard Contact Lagrange Soft Contact Lagrange Hard Contact Elastic Slip No Separation Lagrange No Separation Elastic Slip Vis Damping Elastic Slip Vis Damping No Separation Lagrange Vis Damping Lagrange Vis Damping No Separation Name INTER2A. SFM3D6. IRS4. IRS9 • Rigid Surf (Bz3D) • Rigid Surface(Lbc) • 2D Rebar Cylindrical General Standard Formulation -R3D3.

GK3D6 Main Index . C3D10H. C3D8. C3D20H C3D8RH. GK3D6 GK3D8N. C3D20 C3D4H. C3D8H. C3D10. C3D6H. INTER8. C3D15H. C3D20RH C3D8R. C3D15. INTER9 • Gasket GK3D8. GK3D6N GK3D8. C3D20R C3D8I C3D8IH 3D • Solid Standard Formulation Laminate Hybrid Laminate Hybrid/Red Integration Laminate Reduced Integration Laminate Incompatible Modes Laminate Hybrid/Incomp Modes Laminate Modified Modified/Hybrid • 3D Interface Elastic Slip Soft Contact Elastic Slip Hard Contact Lagrange Soft Contact Lagrange Hard Contact Elastic Slip No Separation Lagrange No Separation Elastic Slip Vis Damping Elastic Slip Vis Damping No Separation Lagrange Vis Damping Lagrange Vis Damping No Separation Gasket Behavior Model Thickness Behavior Only Built-in Material C3D10M C3D1OH INTER4. C3D6.Chapter 2: Building A Model 103 Element Properties Dimension Type Line Option 1 Option 2 Gasket Behavior Mode Thickness Behavior Only Built-in Material Name GK3D4L GK3D4LN GK3D4L C3D4.

Dimension 1D Type • Link Option 1 • Homogeneous • Laminate Option 2 Name DCID2. DINTER3 DINTER2A. DINTER3A Main Index . DCAX8 DCCAX4 DCCAX4D Convection/Diffusion Convection/Diffusion with Dispersion/Control • 2D Interface Planar Axisymmetric DINTER2. DCAS6. DSAX2 DINTER1 Axisymmetric Shell • 1D Interface 2D Shell 2D Solid • Homogeneous • Laminate • Planar DS4. DC2D6. DCAX4.104 Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide Element Properties The following table shows the allowable selections for all option menus when Analysis Type is set to Thermal. DC2D8 DCC2D4 Convection/Diffusion DCC2D4D Convection/Diffusion with Dispersion/Control • Axisymmetric Standard Formulation DCAX3. DCID3 DSAX1. DS8 Standard Formulation DC2D2. DC2D4.

Chapter 2: Building A Model 105 Element Properties Dimension 3D Type • Solid Option 1 Standard Formulation Option 2 Name DC3D4. DINTER8 Main Index . DC3D15. DC3D10. DC3D20 DCC3D8 DCC3D8D Convection/Diffusion Convection/Diffusion with Dispersion Control • 3D Interface DINTER4. DC3D6. DC3D8.

This creates a concentrated mass at a point. Main Index . The mass is associated with the translational degrees-of-freedom at a node.106 Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide Element Properties Point Mass Analysis Type Structural Dimension 0D Type Mass Option 1 Option 2 Topologies Point/1 Options above create MASS elements with ∗MASS properties.

An ∗ORIENTATION option may also be created.Chapter 2: Building A Model 107 Element Properties Rotary Inertia Analysis Type Structural Dimension 0D Type Rotary Inertia Option 1 Option 2 Topologies Point/1 Options above createROTARI elements with ∗ROT ARY INERTIA properties. This element allows the rotary inertia of a rigid body to be included at a node. Main Index . as required.

An ∗ORIENTATION option may also be created. Main Index . as required.108 Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide Element Properties Linear Spring (Grounded) Analysis Type Structural Dimension 0D Type Grounded Spring Option 1 Linear Option 2 Topologies Point/1 Options above create SPRING1 elements with ∗SPRING properties. This element defines a linear spring between a node and ground.

An ∗ORIENTATION option may also be created. as required.Chapter 2: Building A Model 109 Element Properties Nonlinear Spring (Grounded) Analysis Type Structural Dimension 0D Type Grounded Spring Option 1 Nonlinear Option 2 Topologies Point/1 Options above create SPRING1 elements with ∗SPRING properties. Linear Damper (Grounded) Analysis Type Structural Dimension 0D Type Grounded Damper Option 1 Linear Option 2 Topologies Point/1 Main Index . This element defines a nonlinear spring between a node and ground.

This element defines a nonlinear dashpot between a node and ground. as required. Nonlinear Damper (Grounded) Analysis Type Structural Dimension 0D Type Grounded Damper Option 1 Nonlinear Option 2 Topologies Point/1 Options above create DASHPOT1 elements with ∗DASHPOT properties. An ∗ORIENTATION option may also be created. as required. Main Index .110 Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide Element Properties Options above create DASHPOT1 elements with ∗DASHPOT properties. An ∗ORIENTATION option may also be created. This element defines a linear damper between a node and ground.

Chapter 2: Building A Model 111 Element Properties Main Index .

112 Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide Element Properties IRS (Single Node. Planar) Analysis Type Structural Dimension 0D Type IRS (single node) Option 1 Planar Option 2 Elastic Slip Soft Contact Elastic Slip Hard Contact Lagrange Soft Contact Lagrange Hard Contact Elastic Slip No Separation Lagrange No Separation Elastic Slip Vis Damping Elastic Slip Vis Damping No Separation Lagrange Vis Damping Lagrange Vis Damping No Separation Topologies Point/1 Options above create IRS12 elements with ∗INTERFACE and ∗FRICTION properties. This element defines an interface between a node on a planar model and a rigid surface. Main Index .

Elastic Slip. Defines the value of F f . Elastic Slip Slip Tolerance Stiffness in Stick Main Index . This is the value of the ELASTIC SLIP parameter on the ∗FRICTION option. If values are entered for more than one of these options.005. and No Sliding Contact are mutually exclusive. Listed below are the remaining options contained in this menu. This is the friction coefficient on the second card of the *FRICTION option definition. Slip Tolerance. planar) elements by scrolling down the input properties menu bar on the previous page. Property Name Friction in Dir_1 Description Defines the sliding friction in the element’s 1 direction. Defines the absolute magnitude of the allowable maximum elastic slip to be used in the stiffness method for sticking friction.Chapter 2: Building A Model 113 Element Properties More=data input is available for creating IRS (single node. to redefine the ratio of allowable maximum elastic slip to characteristic element length dimension. This is currently not used. This is the value of the SLIP TOLERANCE parameter on the ∗FRICTION option. The default is . all but the first will be ignored.

This is a real constant. This is the c value on the *SURFACE CONTACT. This property is only used for the Soft Contact option. Defines the pressure at zero clearance. Defines the maximum overclosure allowed in points not considered in contact. Defines the magnitude of the maximum negative pressure allowed to be carried across points in contact. This is a real constant. This is the p 0 value on the *SURFACE CONTACT option. Pressure Zero Clearance Maximum Overclosure Maximum Negative Pressure No Sliding Contact Clearance Zero Damping Damping Zero Clearance Frac Clearance Const Damping Main Index . This is the c value on the *SURFACE CONTACT option. Chooses the Lagrange multiplier formulation for sticking friction when completely rough (no slip) friction is desired. SOFTENED option. SOFTENED option. This property is only used for the Soft Contact option. This property is only used for the Soft Contact option. Clearance at which the damping coefficient is zero. This property is only used for the Hard Contact option. This is a real constant. Fraction of the clearance interval over which the damping coefficient is constant. This is the value of the TAUMAX parameter on the ∗FRICTION option. This is the p 0 value on the *SURFACE CONTACT. Damping coefficient at zero clearance.114 Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide Element Properties Property Name Maximum Friction Stress Clearance Zero-Pressure Description Defines the equivalent shear stress limit of the gap element. Defines the clearance at which the contact pressure is 0. This is a real constant.

Spatial) Analysis Type Dimension Structural 0D Type IRS (single node) Option 1 Spatial Option 2 Elastic Slip Soft Contact Elastic Slip Hard Contact Lagrange Soft Contact Lagrange Hard Contact Elastic Slip No Separation Lagrange No Separation Elastic Slip Vis Damping Elastic Slip Vis Damping No Separation Lagrange Vis Damping Lagrange Vis Damping No Separation Options above create IRS13 elements with ∗INTERFACE and ∗FRICTION properties.Chapter 2: Building A Model 115 Element Properties IRS (Single Node. This element defines an interface between a node on a spatial model and a rigid surface. Topologies Point/1 Main Index .

005. If Friction in Dir_2 is specified. spatial) elements by scrolling down the input properties menu bar on the previous page. Elastic Slip Slip Tolerance Main Index . Property Name Friction in Dir_1 Friction in Dir_2 Description Defines the sliding friction in the element’s 1. Listed below are the remaining options contained in this menu. Elastic Slip. These values can be either real constants or references to existing field definitions. to redefine the ratio of allowable maximum elastic slip to characteristic element length dimension. Slip Tolerance. all but the first will be ignored.116 Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide Element Properties More data input is available for creating IRS (single node. These are the friction coefficients on the second card of the ∗FRICTION option. This is the value of the ELASTIC SLIP parameter on the ∗FRICTION option. Defines the absolute magnitude of the allowable maximum elastic slip to be used in the stiffness method for sticking friction.and 2-directions. This is the value of the SLIP TOLERANCE parameter on the ∗FRICTION option. If values are entered for more than one of these options. Defines the value of F f . then the ANISOTROPIC parameter is included on the ∗FRICTION option. The default is . and No Sliding Contact are mutually exclusive.

Main Index . B23. This defines a general section beam which is restricted to remain in the XY plane. depending on the specified options and topology. This property is only used for the Soft Contact option. This property is only used for the Soft Contact option. This is a real constant. Maximum Overclosure Defines the maximum overclosure allowed in points not considered in contact. SOFTENED option. Pressure Zero Clearance Defines the pressure at zero clearance. SOFTENED option. This is the p 0 value on the *SURFACE CONTACT option. SECTION=GENERAL properties are also created. This is a real constant.Chapter 2: Building A Model 117 Element Properties Property Name Stiffness in Stick Maximum Friction Stress Description This is currently not used. or B23H elements. Damping coefficient at zero clearance. ∗BEAM GENERAL SECTION. Bar/3 Bar/2 Bar/2 Options above create B21. Bar/3 Hybrid Cubic Interpolation Cubic Hybrid Bar/2. Chooses the Language multiplier formulation for sticking friction when completely rough (no slip) friction is desired. Fraction of the clearance interval over which the damping coefficient is constant. Clearance Zero-Pressure Defines the clearance at which the contact pressure is 0. B21H. This property is only used for the Hard Contact option. This property is only used for the Soft Contact option. Clearance at which the damping coefficient is zero. Defines the equivalent shear stress limit of the gap element. This is the p 0 value on the *SURFACE CONTACT. Maximum Negative Pressure No Sliding Contact Clearance Zero Damping Damping Zero Clearance Frac Clearance Const Damping General Beam in Plane Analysis Type Structural Dimension 1D Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies Beam in XY General Plane Section Standard Formulation Bar/2. This is the c value on the *SURFACE CONTACT. This is the c value on the *SURFACE CONTACT option. B22H. This is a real constant. This is a real constant. B22. This is the equivalent shear stress limit value on the second card of the *FRICTION option. Defines the magnitude of the maximum negative pressure allowed to be carried across points in contact.

the beam cross-sectional area.118 Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide Element Properties More data input is available for creating General Beam in Plane elements by scrolling down the input properties menu bar on the previous page. Listed below are the remaining options contained in this menu. The product of this factor. Property Name Poisson Parameter Description Permits an “overall” change of the cross section dimensions as a function of the axial strains. This is the value of the POISSON parameter on the *BEAM GENERAL SECTION option. Shear Factor Main Index . and the shear modulus for the material defines the transverse shear stiffness for the beam.

∗BEAM SECTION. Bar/3 Bar/2. B32. B33. SECTION=BOX properties are also created. depending on the specified options and topology. B34. Main Index . or B31. ∗TRANSVERSE SHEAR STIFFNESS is also created. B22H. Bar/3 Bar/2 Bar/2 Beam in Box Section XY Plane Options above create B21. B23. B32H or B33H elements in space.Chapter 2: Building A Model 119 Element Properties Box Beam in Plane/Space Analysis Type Structural Dimension 1D Type Option 1 Option 2 Standard Formulation Hybrid Cubic Interpolation Cubic Hybrid Topologies Bar/2. as required. B22. B31H. or B23H elements in a plane. For the spatial beam. B21H. The planar box section beam is restricted to remain in the XY-plane.

120 Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide Element Properties Main Index .

Defines the orientation of the XY-plane of the element coordinate system. respectively. This corresponds to the second line of data under the *BEAM SECTION option. Listed below are the remaining options contained in this menu. The required input is a vector in the beam’s 1-direction. All of the Patran tools are available via the select menu to define this vector. These can be either real constants or references to existing field definitions. left-hand side. the beam cross-sectional area. To activate the display. The beam display is shown on beam elements only. and the shear modulus for the material defines the transverse shear stiffness for the beam. This is the value of the POISSON parameter on the *BEAM GENERAL SECTION option. Permits an “overall” change of the cross section dimensions as a function of the axial strains. These options are discribed in detail in Display>LBC/Element Property Attributes (p.Chapter 2: Building A Model 121 Element Properties More data input is available for creating Box Beam in Plane elements by scrolling down the input properties menu bar on the previous page. not geometry. 385) in the Patran Reference Manual. and bottom.. These are four of the data values on the second card of the *BEAM SECTION option. go to Display/Load/BC/Elem. These properties are required.. Main Index . top. Property Name Thickness_RHS Thickness_TOP Thickness_LHS Thickness_BOT Poisson Parameter Description Defines the wall thickness of the element cross section. Props. The product of this factor. These are for the right-hand side. Shear Factor Definition of XY Plane (for beams in space only) Beam Shape Display in Plane/Space All of the beam shapes can be displayed in their proper orientation on the 3D model. and set the "Beam Display" option.

The integration schemes for planar analysis (left) and spatial analysis (right) are shown below. All that is required for the definition of the cross section is the radius. *ORIENTATION and *TRANSVERSE SHEAR STIFFNESS is also created.122 Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide Element Properties Additional Beam Shapes in Plane/Space Additional commonly used beam cross-sectional shapes are defined by forms analogous to that for box beams. All that is required for the definition of the cross section is the circumscribing radius and the wall thickness. The integration schemes for planar analysis (left) and spatial analysis(right) are shown below. The planar option defines a beam which is restricted to remain in the XY plane. HEXAGONAL BEAM This property will have the SECTION=HEX parameter. Main Index . For the spatial beam. CIRCULAR BEAM (SOLID) This property will have the SECTION=CIRC parameter. as required.

the height of the centroid. PIPE BEAM This property will have the SECTION=PIPE parameter. The height of section. Note also that judicious specification of the flange widths and thicknesses will allow modelling of a T-section.Chapter 2: Building A Model 123 Element Properties I-SECTION This property will have the SECTION=I parameter. In addition. and associated thicknesses are required. The integration schemes for planar analysis (left) and spatial analysis (right) are shown below. The pipe thickness and outside radius define the cross section.2-11 of the ABAQUS User’s Manual for details. This allows placement of the origin of the local cross-section axis anywhere on the symmetry line. The integration schemes for planar analysis (left) and spatial analysis (right) are shown below. flange widths. Main Index . 3. See p. depicted as “l” is also required.5.

The top and bottom width and section height define the cross section. Bar/3 Bar/2. The integration schemes for planar analysis (left) and spatial analysis (right) are shown below. The section width and section height define the cross section. TRAPEZOID BEAM (SOLID) This property will have the SECTION=TRAP parameter.124 Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide Element Properties RECTANGULAR BEAM (SOLID) This property will have the SECTION=RECT parameter. The integration schemes for planar analysis (left) and spatial analysis (right) are shown below. Bar/3 Bar/2 Bar/2 Bar/2 Main Index . General Beam in Space Analysis Type Structural Dimension 1D Type Beam in Space Option 1 General Section Option 2 Standard Formulation Hybrid Cubic Interpolation Cubic Hybrid Cubic Initially Straight Topologies Bar/2.

B31H. This defines a general section beam. B34. or B33H elements depending on the specified options and topology. B32H. *ORIENTATION and *TRANSVERSE SHEAR STIFFNESS options are also created. Listed below are the remaining options contained in this menu. Main Index . This property will have the SECTION=GENERAL parameter. More data input is available for creating General Beam in Space elements by scrolling down the input properties menu bar on the previous page.Chapter 2: Building A Model 125 Element Properties Options above create B31. as required. *BEAM GENERAL SECTION properties are also created. B33. B32.

The lists must have the same number of entries. This can be either a real constant or a reference to an existing field definition. The product of this factor. This value appears on the ∗TRANSVERSE SHEAR STIFFNESS option. This corresponds to the second line of data under the ∗BEAM GENERAL SECTION option. These are the values on the ∗CENTROID suboption of the ∗BEAM GENERAL SECTION option. Defines the torsional constant of the element cross section. Defines the location of the shear centroid of the cross section with respect to the nodal locations. This is the I12 value on the second card of the *BEAM GENERAL SECTION option. These values are measured in the local cross section coordinate system. These are the values on the *SECTION POINTS suboption of the *BEAM GENERAL SECTION option. All of the Patran tools are available via the select menu to define this vector. These values are either real constants or references to existing field definitions. Defines the coordinates of points in the beam cross section where output is requested. This is the value of the POISSON parameter on the *BEAM GENERAL SECTION option. Defines the orientation of the XY plane of the element coordinate system.126 Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide Element Properties Property Name Area Moment I12 Description Defines the area moment of the element cross section. These values are either real constants or references to existing field definitions. These values are measured in the beam cross section coordinate system. Defines the location of the centroid of the cross section with respect to the local cross section coordinate system. The required input is a vector in the beam’s 1-direction. Permits an “overall” change of the cross section dimensions as a function of the axial strains. These are the values on the *SHEAR CENTER suboption on the *BEAM GENERAL SECTION option. the beam cross-sectional area. These are lists of real constants. Torsional Constant Definition of XY Plane Centroid Coord 1 Centroid Coord 2 Shear Centroid Coord 1 Shear Centroid Coord 2 Poisson Parameter Shear Factor Section Point Coord 1 Section Point Coord 2 Main Index . This is the J value on the second card of the *BEAM GENERAL SECTION option. and the shear modulus for the material defines the transverse shear stiffness for the beam. This can be either a real constant or a reference to an existing field definition.

∗BEAM SECTION. B32. SECTION=ARBITRARY properties are also created. Bar/3 Bar/2.Chapter 2: Building A Model 127 Element Properties Arbitrary Beam in Space Analysis Type Dimension Structural 1D Type Beam in Space Option 1 Arbitrary Section Option 2 Standard Formulation Hybrid Bar/2 Cubic Interpolation Bar/2 Cubic Hybrid Bar/2 Cubic Initially Straight Options above create B31. B34. B31H. or B33H elements depending on the specified options and topology. B32H. This defines an arbitrary section beam. Bar/3 Main Index . Topologies Bar/2. ∗ORIENTATION and ∗TRANSVERSE SHEAR STIFFNESS options are created. as required. B33.

Poisson Parameter Main Index . Permits an “overall” change of the cross section dimensions as a function of the axial strains. This is the data on the second card of the ∗BEAM SECTION option. Listed below are the remaining options contained in this menu Property Name Definition of XY Plane Description Defines the cross section axis N1 of the beam such that the tangent along the beam and the cross section axes N1 and N2 form a righthand rule. This is a real vector. This property is required. This is the value of the POISSON parameter on the *BEAM GENERAL SECTION option.128 Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide Element Properties More data input is available for creating Arbitrary Beam in Space elements by scrolling down the input properties menu bar on the previous page.

Main Index . and the shear modulus for the material defines the transverse shear stiffness for the beam. the beam cross-sectional area. This value appears on the ∗TRANSVERSE SHEAR STIFFNESS option.Chapter 2: Building A Model 129 Element Properties Property Name Shear Factor Description The product of this factor.

∗ORIENTATION and ∗TRANSVERSE SHEAR STIFFNESS options are created. ∗BEAM SECTION. SECTION=ELBOW properties are also created.130 Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide Element Properties Curved Pipe in Space Analysis Type Structural Dimension 1D Type Beam in Space Option 1 Curved w/Pipe Section Option 2 Standard Formulation Ovalization Only Ovaliz Only w/ Approx Fourier Topologies Bar/2. This defines an elbow element. or C elements depending on the specified options and topology. ELBOW31B. Main Index . Bar/3 Bar/2 Bar/2 Options above create ELBOW31. as required. ELBOW32.

This is one of the data values on the second card of the *BEAM SECTION option. This property is required. Defines the number of integration points to be used around the pipe cross section. This property is required. Property Name Torus Radius Description Defines the radius of the elbow bend. Listed below are the remaining options contained in this menu. This is the second value on the fourth card of the *BEAM SECTION option. Integ Points around Pi Main Index .Chapter 2: Building A Model 131 Element Properties More data input is available for creating Curved Pipe in Space elements by scrolling down the input properties menu bar on the previous page. This is an integer value. This is either a real constant or a reference to an existing field definition.

as required. B31H. Bar/3 Bar/2. or B33H elements depending on the specified options and topology. ∗BEAM SECTION. The product of this factor. Bar/3 Bar/2 Bar/2 Bar/2 Options above create B31. This property is required. Integ Points thru Thick # Ovalization Modes Poisson Parameter Shear Factor L-Section Beam in Space Analysis Type Dimension Structural 1D Type Beam in Space Option 1 L-Section Option 2 Standard Formulation Hybrid Cubic Interpolation Cubic Hybrid Cubic Initially Straight Topologies Bar/2. This is the third value of the fourth card of the *BEAM SECTION option. This value appears on the ∗TRANSVERSE SHEAR STIFFNESS option. ∗ORIENTATION and ∗TRANSVERSE SHEAR STIFFNESS options are created. This is an integer value.132 Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide Element Properties Property Name Point Tangents Inters Description Defines the orientation of the XY plane of the element coordinate system. the beam cross-sectional area. SECTION=L properties are also created. and the shear modulus for the material defines the transverse shear stiffness for the beam. This is a Node ID. B32H. This defines an L-section beam. This is the value of the POISSON parameter on the ∗BEAM SECTION option. B32. This is the first value on the fourth card of the *BEAM SECTION option. Main Index . Defines the number of integration points to be used through the pipe wall thickness. This is the data on the second card of the *BEAM SECTION option. Defines the number of ovalization modes to be included in the shape functions of this element. B34. This is an integer value. Permits an “overall” change of the cross section dimensions as a function of the axial strains. B33.

Listed below are the remaining options contained in this menu. Poisson Parameter Main Index . This is a real vector.Chapter 2: Building A Model 133 Element Properties More data input is available for creating L-Section Beam in Space elements by scrolling down the input properties menu bar on the previous page. This is the data on the second card of the *BEAM SECTION option. This property is required. Property Name Definition of XY Plane Description Defines the cross section axis N1 of the beam such that the tangent along the beam and the cross section axes N1 and N2 form a right-hand rule. Permits an “overall” change of the cross section dimensions as a function of the axial strains. This is the value of the POISSON parameter on the ∗BEAM SECTION option.

Bar/3 Options above create B31OS. Bar/3 Bar/2. and the shear modulus for the material defines the transverse shear stiffness for the beam. B31OSH. B32OS. ∗ORIENTATION and ∗TRANSVERSE SHEAR STIFFNESS options are created.134 Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide Element Properties Property Name Shear Factor Description The product of this factor. as required. ∗BEAM GENERAL SECTION. This value appears on the ∗TRANSVERSE SHEAR STIFFNESS option. This defines an open section beam. Main Index . Open Beam in Space Analysis Type Structural Dimension 1D Type Beam in Space Option 1 Open Section Option 2 Standard Formulation Hybrid Topologies Bar/2. SECTION=GENERAL properties are also created. the beam cross sectional area. or B32OSH elements depending on the specified options and topology.

This is the I12 value on the second card of the *BEAM GENERAL SECTION option. This can be either a real constant or a reference to an existing field definition. Listed below are the remaining options contained in this menu. This can be either a real constant or a reference to an existing field definition. Defines the torsional constant of the element cross section. This is the J value on the second card of the *BEAM GENERAL SECTION option. Torsional Constant Main Index .Chapter 2: Building A Model 135 Element Properties More data input is available for creating Open Beam in Space elements by scrolling down the input properties menu bar on the previous page. Property Name Area Moment I12 Description Defines the area moment of the element cross section.

This is the value of the POISSON parameter on the *BEAM GENERAL SECTION option. The lists must have the same number of entries. 1st. These are lists of real constants. This is the data on the second card of the *BEAM GENERAL SECTION option. Defines the location of the centroid of the cross section with respect to the local cross section coordinate system. These are the values on the ∗CENTROID suboption of the ∗BEAM GENERAL SECTION option.136 Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide Element Properties Property Name Description Definition of XY Plane Defines the cross section axis N1 of the beam such that the tangent along the beam and the cross section axes N1 and N2 form a right-hand rule. These values are measured in the beam cross section coordinate system. Defines the coordinates of points in the beam cross section where output is requested. These are the values on the ∗SHEAR CENTER suboption of the ∗BEAM GENERAL SECTION option. These values are either real Shear Center Coord 2 constants or references to existing field definitions. This property is required. Shear Factor Section Point Coord 1 Section Point Coord 2 Truss Analysis Type Structural Dimension 1D Type Truss Option 1 Standard Formulation Hybrid Option 2 Topologies Bar/2. This property is required for open section beams. These values are either real constants or references to existing field definitions. This is a real vector. This value appears on the ∗TRANSVERSE SHEAR STIFFNESS option. Sectorial Moment Warping Constant Centroid Coord 1 Centroid Coord 2 This can be either a real constant or a reference to an existing field definition. the beam cross-sectional area. These are the values on the ∗SECTION POINTS suboption of the ∗BEAM GENERAL SECTION option. This property is required for open section beams. Poisson Parameter Permits an “overall” change of the cross section dimensions as a function of the axial strains. Bar/3 Bar/2. This can be either a real constant or a reference to an existing field definition. The product of this factor. Shear Center Coord 1 Defines the location of the shear centroid of the cross section with respect to the local cross section coordinate system. Bar/3 Main Index . and the shear modulus for the material defines the transverse shear stiffness for the beam.

Chapter 2: Building A Model 137 Element Properties Options above create T3D2. or T3D3H elements depending on the specified options and topology. This element defines a linear spring between two nodes whose line of action is the line joining the two nodes. *SOLID SECTION properties are also created. Linear Spring (Axial) Analysis Type Dimension Structural 1D Type Spring Option 1 Linear Option 2 Standard Formulation Topologies Bar/2 Options above create SPRINGA elements with *SPRING properties. Main Index . The cross sectional area is included on the *SOLID SECTION option. T3D2H. T3D3.

An *ORIENTATION option may also be created. as required. Main Index .This element defines a linear spring between specified degrees-of-freedoms at two nodes.138 Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide Element Properties Linear Spring (Fixed Direction) Analysis Type Structural Dimension 1D Type Spring Option 1 Linear Option 2 Topologies Fixed Direction Bar/2 Options above create SPRING2 elements with *SPRING properties.

Chapter 2: Building A Model 139 Element Properties Nonlinear Spring (Axial) Analysis Type Structural Dimension 1D Type Spring Option 1 Nonlinear Option 2 Standard Formulation Topologies Bar/2 Options above create SPRINGA elements with *SPRING properties. Main Index .This element defines a nonlinear spring between two nodes whose line of action is the line joining the two nodes.

An ∗ORIENTATION option may also be created.140 Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide Element Properties Nonlinear Spring (Fixed Direction) Analysis Type Structural Dimension 1D Type Spring Option 1 Nonlinear Option 2 Topologies Fixed Direction Bar/2 Options above create SPRING2 elements with ∗SPRING properties. Main Index . as required. acting in a fixed direction. This element type defines a nonlinear spring between two nodes.

Main Index . This element type defines a linear damper between two nodes whose line of action is the line joining the two nodes.Chapter 2: Building A Model 141 Element Properties Linear Damper (Axial) Analysis Type Structural Dimension 1D Type Damper Option 1 Linear Option 2 Standard Formulation Topologies Bar/2 Options above create DASHPOTA elements with ∗DASHPOT properties.

as required. This element type defines a linear damper between two nodes. acting in a fixed direction.142 Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide Element Properties Linear Damper (Fixed Direction) Analysis Type Structural Dimension 1D Type Damper Option 1 Linear Option 2 Fixed Direction Topologies Bar/2 Options above create DASHPOT2 elements with ∗DASHPOT properties. Main Index . An ∗lofbkq^qflk option may also be created.

Main Index .Chapter 2: Building A Model 143 Element Properties Nonlinear Damper (Axial) Analysis Type Structural Dimension 1D Type Damper Option 1 Nonlinear Option 2 Standard Formulation Topologies Bar/2 Options above create DASHPOTA elements with ∗DASHPOT properties. This element type defines a nonlinear damper between two nodes whose line of action is the line joining the two nodes.

Main Index . as required. An ∗lofbkq^qflk option may also be created. This element type defines a nonlinear damper between two specified nodes. acting in a fixed direction.144 Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide Element Properties Nonlinear Damper (Fixed Direction) Analysis Type Structural Dimension 1D Type Damper Option 1 Nonlinear Option 2 Topologies Fixed Direction Bar/2 Options above create DASHPOT2 elements with ∗a^pemlq properties.

Chapter 2: Building A Model 145 Element Properties Gap (Uniaxial). Gap (Cylindrical) Analysis Type Structural Dimension 1D Type Gap Option 1 Option 2 Topologies Bar/2 Cylindrical True Distance Uniaxial Elastic Slip Soft Contact Elastic Slip Hard Contact Lagrange Soft Contact Lagrange Hard Contact Elastic Slip No Separation Lagrange No Separation Elastic Slip Vis Damping Elastic Slip Vis Damping No Separation Lagrange Vis Damping Lagrange Vis Damping No Separation Main Index .

146 Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide Element Properties Options above create GAPUNI or GAPCYL elements with *GAP properties. The ∗FRICTION option is created. Main Index . as required.

Main Index .Chapter 2: Building A Model 147 Element Properties Gap (Spherical) Analysis Type Dimension Structural 1D Type Gap Option 1 Spherical Option 2 True Distance Elastic Slip Soft Contact Elastic Slip Hard Contact Lagrange Soft Contact Lagrange Hard Contact Elastic Slip No Separation Lagrange No Separation Elastic Slip Vis Damping Elastic Slip Vis Damping No Separation Lagrange Vis Damping Lagrange Vis Damping No Separation Topologies Bar/2 Options above create GAPSPHER elements with *GAP properties. The *FRICTION option is created. as required.

148 Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide Element Properties Axisymmetric Shell Analysis Type Structural Dimension 1D Type Axisymmetric Shell Option 1 Homogeneous Option 2 Topologies Bar/2 Bar/3 Options above create SAX1 or SAX2 elements. with *SHELL SECTION properties. depending on the specified topology. Main Index .

Chapter 2: Building A Model 149 Element Properties Axisymmetric Shell (Laminate) Analysis Type Dimension Structural 1D Type Axisymmetric Shell Option 1 Laminate Option 2 Topologies Bar/2 Options above create SAX1 or SAX2 elements. Main Index . with ∗SHELL SECTION. depending on the specified topology. COMPOSITE properties.

150 Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide Element Properties Main Index .

The SOFTENED parameter on the *SURFACE CONTACT option may be included. depending on the selected option. This element defines an interface region between two portions of an axisymmetric model.Chapter 2: Building A Model 151 Element Properties 1D Interface Analysis Type Dimension Structural 1D Type 1D Interface Option 1 Elastic Slip Soft Contact Elastic Slip Hard Contact Lagrange Soft Contact Lagrange Hard Contact Elastic Slip No Separation Lagrange No Separation Elastic Slip Vis Damping Elastic Slip Vis Damping No Separation Lagrange Vis Damping Lagrange Vis Damping No Separation Option 2 Topologies Bar/2 Options above create INTER1 elements with *INTERFACE. Main Index . These elements must be created from one contact surface to the other. and *SURFACE CONTACT properties. *FRICTION.

005. This is the value of the ELASTIC SLIP parameter on the ∗FRICTION option.152 Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide Element Properties More data input is available for creating 1D Interface elements by scrolling down the input properties menu bar on the previous page. and No Sliding Contact are mutually exclusive. This is the value of the TAUMAX parameter on the ∗FRICTION option. Property Name Elastic Slip Description Defines the absolute magnitude of the allowable maximum elastic slip to be used in the stiffness method for sticking friction. Slip Tolerance. Slip tolerance Stiffness in Stick Maximum Friction Stress Main Index . to redefine the ratio of allowable maximum elastic slip to characteristic element length dimension. all but the first will be ignored. Listed below are the remaining options contained in this menu. If values are entered for more than one of these options. The default is . This is currently not used. Elastic Slip. Defines the value of F f . Defines the equivalent shear stress limit of the gap element. This is the value of the SLIP TOLERANCE parameter on the ∗FRICTION option.

Chapter 2: Building A Model 153
Element Properties

Property Name Clearance Zero-Pressure

Description Defines the clearance at which the contact pressure is 0. This is the c value on the ∗SURFACE CONTACT, SOFTENED option. This property is only used for the Soft Contact option. This is a real constant. Defines the pressure at zero clearance. This is the p 0 value on the *SURFACE CONTACT, SOFTENED option. This property is only used for the Soft Contact option. This is a real constant. Defines the maximum overclosure allowed in points not considered in contact. This is the c value on the ∗SURFACE CONTACT option. This property is only used for the Soft Contact option. This is a real constant. Defines the magnitude of the maximum negative pressure allowed to be carried across points in contact. This is the p 0 value on the ∗SURFACE CONTACT option. This property is only used for the Hard Contact option. This is a real constant. Chooses the Language multiplier formulation for sticking friction when completely rough (no slip) friction is desired. Clearance at which the damping coefficient is zero. Damping coefficient at zero clearance. Fraction of the clearance interval over which the damping coefficient is constant.

Pressure Zero Clearance

Maximum Overclosure

Maximum Negative Pressure

No Sliding Contact Clearance Zero Damping Damping Zero Clearance Frac Clearance Const Damping Planar ISL (In Plane)

Analysis Type Structural

Dimensio n 1D

Type ISL (in plane)

Option 1 Planar

Option 2

Topologies

Elastic Slip Soft Contact Bar/2, Bar/3 Elastic Slip Hard Contact Lagrange Soft Contact Lagrange Hard Contact Elastic Slip No Separation Lagrange No Separation Elastic Slip Vis Damping Elastic Slip Vis Damping No Separation Lagrange Vis Damping Lagrange Vis Damping No Separation

Main Index

154 Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Element Properties

Options above create ISL21 or ISL22 elements (depending on the selected topology) with *INTERFACE and *FRICTION properties. This element defines an interface between the edge of an element on a planar model and another part of the model.

More data input is available for creating Planar ISL (in plane) elements by scrolling down the input properties menu bar on the previous page. Listed below are the remaining options contained in this menu. Elastic Slip, Slip Tolerance, and No Sliding Contact are mutually exclusive. If values are entered for more than one of these options, all but the first will be ignored.

Property Name Friction in Dir_1 Elastic Slip

Description Defines the sliding friction in the element’s 1 direction. This is the friction coefficient on the second card of the *FRICTION option. Defines the absolute magnitude of the allowable maximum elastic slip to be used in the stiffness method for sticking friction. This is the value of the ELASTIC SLIP parameter on the ∗FRICTION option.

Main Index

Chapter 2: Building A Model 155
Element Properties

Property Name Slip Tolerance

Description Defines the value of F f , to redefine the ratio of allowable maximum elastic slip to characteristic element length dimension. The default is .005. This is the value of the SLIP TOLERANCE parameter on the ∗FRICTION option. This is currently not used.

Stiffness in Stick

Maximum Friction Stress Defines the equivalent shear stress limit of the gap element. This is the value of the TAUMAX parameter on the ∗FRICTION option. Clearance Zero Pressure Defines the clearance at which the contact pressure is 0. This is the c value on the ∗SURFACE CONTACT, SOFTENED option. This property is only used for the Soft Contact option. This is a real constant. Defines the pressure at zero clearance. This is the p 0 value on the ∗SURFACE CONTACT, SOFTENED option. This property is only used for the Soft Contact option. This is a real constant. Defines the maximum overclosure allowed in points not considered in contact. This is the c value on the *SURFACE CONTACT option. This property is only used for the Soft Contact option. This is a real constant. Defines the magnitude of the maximum negative pressure allowed to be carried across points in contact. This is the p 0 value on the ∗SURFACE CONTACT option. This property is only used for the Hard Contact option. This is a real constant. Chooses the Language multiplier formulation for sticking friction when completely rough (no slip) friction is desired. Clearance at which the damping coefficient is zero. Damping coefficient at zero clearance. Fraction of the clearance interval over which the damping coefficient is constant.

Press Zero Clearance

Maximum Overclosure

Maximum Negative Pressure No Sliding Contact Clearance Zero Damping Damping Zero Clearance Frac Clearance Const Damping

Main Index

156 Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Element Properties

Axisymmetric ISL (In Plane) Analysis Type Structural

Dimension 1D

Type ISL (in plane)

Option 1

Option 2

Topologies Bar/2, Bar/3

Axisymmetric Elastic Slip Soft Contact Elastic Slip Hard Contact Lagrange Soft Contact Lagrange Hard Contact Elastic Slip No Separation Lagrange No Separation Elastic Slip Vis Damping Elastic Slip Vis Damping No Separation Lagrange Vis Damping Lagrange Vis Damping No Separation

Options above create ISL21A or ISL22A elements (depending on the selected topology) with *INTERFACE and *FRICTION properties. This element defines an interface between the edge of an element on an axisymmetric model and another part of the model.

Main Index

Chapter 2: Building A Model 157
Element Properties

More data input is available for creating Axisymmetric ISL (in plane) elements by scrolling down the input properties menu bar on the previous page. Listed below are the remaining options contained in this menu. Elastic Slip, Slip Tolerance, and No Sliding Contact are mutually exclusive. If values are entered for more than one of these options, all but the first will be ignored.

Property Name Friction in Dir_1 Elastic Slip

Description Defines the sliding friction in the element’s 1 direction. This is the friction coefficient on the second card of the *FRICTION option. Defines the absolute magnitude of the allowable maximum elastic slip to be used in the stiffness method for sticking friction. This is the value of the ELASTIC SLIP parameter on the ∗FRICTION option. Defines the value of F f , to redefine the ratio of allowable maximum elastic slip to characteristic element length dimension. The default is .005. This is the value of the SLIP TOLERANCE parameter on the ∗FRICTION option. This is currently not used.

Slip Tolerance

Stiffness in Stick

Main Index

158 Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Element Properties

Property Name Maximum Friction Stress Clearance Zero Pressure

Description Defines the equivalent shear stress limit of the gap element. This is the value of the TAUMAX parameter on the ∗FRICTION option. Defines the clearance at which the contact pressure is 0. This is the c value on the *SURFACE CONTACT, SOFTENED option. This property is only used for the Soft Contact option. This is a real constant. Defines the pressure at zero clearance. This is the p 0 value on the ∗SURFACE CONTACT, SOFTENED option. This property is only used for the Soft Contact option. This is a real constant. Defines the maximum overclosure allowed in points not considered in contact. This is the c value on the *SURFACE CONTACT option. This property is only used for the Soft Contact option. This is a real constant. Defines the magnitude of the maximum negative pressure allowed to be carried across points in contact. This is the p 0 value on the *SURFACE CONTACT option. This property is only used for the Hard Contact option. This is a real constant. Chooses the Language multiplier formulation for sticking friction when completely rough (no slip) friction is desired. Clearance at which the damping coefficient is zero. Damping coefficient at zero clearance. Fraction of the clearance interval over which the damping coefficient is constant.

Press Zero Clearance

Maximum Overclosure

Maximum Negative Pressure

No Sliding Contact Clearance Zero Damping Damping Zero Clearance Frac Clearance Const Damping Parallel ISL (In Space)

Analysis Type Dimension Structural 1D

Type ISL (in space)

Option 1 Parallel

Option 2

Topologies

Bar/2, Bar/3 Elastic Slip Soft Contact Elastic Slip Hard Contact Lagrange Soft Contact Lagrange Hard Contact Elastic Slip No Separation Lagrange No Separation Elastic Slip Vis Damping Elastic Slip Vis Damping No Separation Lagrange Vis Dampin Lagrange Vis Damping No Separation

Main Index

Chapter 2: Building A Model 159
Element Properties

Options above create ISL31 or ISL32 elements (depending on the selected topology) with *INTERFACE and *FRICTION properties. This element type defines an interface between the edge of an element and another part of the model.

More data input is available for creating Parallel ISL (in space) elements by scrolling down the input properties menu bar on the previous page. Listed below are the remaining options contained in this menu. Elastic Slip, Slip Tolerance, and No Sliding Contact are mutually exclusive. If values are entered for more than one of these options, all but the first will be ignored.

Property Name Friction in Dir_1 Friction in Dir_2

Description Defines the sliding friction in the element’s 1 and 2 directions. These are the friction coefficients on the second card of the *FRICTION option. If Friction in Dir_2 is specified, then the ANISOTROPIC parameter is included on the *FRICTION option. These values can be either real constants or references to existing field definitions. Defines the normal to the plane in which sliding contact occurs. This is the second card of the *INTERFACE option. This value is a global vector. This property is required.

Vector

Main Index

160 Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Element Properties

Property Name Elastic Slip

Description Defines the absolute magnitude of the allowable maximum elastic slip to be used in the stiffness method for sticking friction. This is the value of the ELASTIC SLIP parameter on the *FRICTION option. Defines the value of F f , to redefine the ratio of allowable maximum elastic slip to characteristic element length dimension. The default is .005. This is the value of the SLIP TOLERANCE parameter on the *FRICTION option. This is currently not used.

Slip Tolerance

Stiffness in Stick

Maximum Friction Stress Defines the equivalent shear stress limit of the gap element. This is the value of the TAUMAX parameter on the *FRICTION option. Clearance Zero Pressure Defines the clearance at which the contact pressure is 0. This is the c value on the *SURFACE CONTACT, SOFTENED option. This property is only used for the Soft Contact option. This is a real constant. Defines the pressure at zero clearance. This is the p 0 value on the *SURFACE CONTACT, SOFTENED option. This property is only used for the Soft Contact option. This is a real constant. Defines the maximum overclosure allowed in points not considered in contact. This is the c value on the *SURFACE CONTACT option. This property is only used for the Soft Contact option. This is a real constant. Defines the magnitude of the maximum negative pressure allowed to be carried across points in contact. This is the p0 value on the *SURFACE CONTACT option. This property is only used for the Hard Contact option. This is a real constant. Chooses the Language multiplier formulation for sticking friction when completely rough (no slip) friction is desired.

Pressure Zero Clearance

Maximum Overclosure

Maximum Negative Pressure

No Sliding Contact

Clearance Zero Damping Clearance at which the damping coefficient is zero. Damping Zero Clearance Damping coefficient at zero clearance. Frac Clearance Const Damping Fraction of the clearance interval over which the damping coefficient is constant.

Main Index

Chapter 2: Building A Model 161
Element Properties

Radial ISL (In Space) Analysis Type Structural

Dimension 1D

Type

Option 1

Option 2

Topologies

ISL (in space) Radial

Elastic Slip Soft Contact Bar/2, Bar/3 Elastic Slip Hard Contact Lagrange Soft Contact Lagrange Hard Contact Elastic Slip No Separation Lagrange No Separation Elastic Slip Vis Damping Elastic Slip Vis Damping No Separation Lagrange Vis Damping Lagrange Vis Damping No Separation

Options above create ISL31 or ISL32 elements (depending on the selected topology) with *INTERFACE and *FRICTION properties. This element defines an interface between the edge of an element and another part of the model.

Main Index

Defines the normal to the plane in which sliding contact occurs. This property is required. Elastic Slip. This value is a global vector. Defines the absolute magnitude of the allowable maximum elastic slip to be used in the stiffness method for sticking friction. If Friction in Dir_2 is specified. then the ANISOTROPIC parameter is included on the ∗FRICTION option. These values can be either real constants or references to existing field definitions. Vector Elastic Slip Main Index . These are the friction coefficients on the second card of the ∗FRICTION option. and No Sliding Contact are mutually exclusive.and 2-directions. If values are entered for more than one of these options. all but the first will be ignored. Listed below are the remaining options contained in this menu. Slip Tolerance. This is the second card of the ∗INTERFACE option. This is the value of the ELASTIC SLIP parameter on the ∗FRICTION option.162 Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide Element Properties More data input is available for creating Radial ISL (in space) elements by scrolling down the input properties menu bar on the previous page. Property Name Friction in Dir_1 Friction in Dir_2 Description Defines the sliding friction in the element’s 1.

Chapter 2: Building A Model 163
Element Properties

Property Name Slip Tolerance

Description Defines the value of F f , to redefine the ratio of allowable maximum elastic slip to characteristic element length dimension. The default is .005. This is the value of the SLIP TOLERANCE parameter on the ∗FRICTION option. This is currently not used. Defines the equivalent shear stress limit of the gap element. This is the value of the TAUMAX parameter on the ∗FRICTION option. Defines the clearance at which the contact pressure is 0. This is the c value on the ∗SURFACE CONTACT, SOFTENED option. This property is only used for the Soft Contact option. This is a real constant. Defines the pressure at zero clearance. This is the p 0 value on the ∗SURFACE CONTACT, SOFTENED option. This property is only used for the Soft Contact option. This is a real constant. Defines the maximum overclosure allowed in points not considered in contact. This is the c value on the *SURFACE CONTACT option. This property is only used for the Soft Contact option. This is a real constant. Defines the magnitude of the maximum negative pressure allowed to be carried across points in contact. This is the p 0 value on the ∗SURFACE CONTACT option. This property is only used for the Hard Contact option. This is a real constant. Chooses the Language multiplier formulation for sticking friction when completely rough (no slip) friction is desired. Clearance at which the damping coefficient is zero. Damping coefficient at zero clearance. Fraction of the clearance interval over which the damping coefficient is constant.

Stiffness in Stick Maximum Friction Stress Clearance Zero Pressure Pressure Zero Clearance Maximum Overclosure

Maximum Negative Pressure

No Sliding Contact Clearance Zero Damping Damping Zero Clearance Frac Clearance Const Damping Slide Line

Analysis Type Structural

Dimensio n 1D

Type Slide Line

Option 1

Option 2

Topologies Bar/2, Bar/3

Options above create Slide Lines for the ISL elements. These elements must be equivalenced and continuous.

Main Index

164 Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Element Properties

IRS (Planar) Analysis Type Structural Option 1 Planar

Dimension 1D

Type IRS (plane/axisym)

Option 2

Topologies

Bar/2, Bar/3 Elastic Slip Soft Contact Elastic Slip Hard Contact Lagrange Soft Contact Lagrange Hard Contact Elastic Slip No Separation Lagrange No Separation Elastic Slip Vis Damping Elastic Slip Vis Damping No Separation Lagrange Vis Damping Lagrange Vis Damping No Separation

Main Index

Chapter 2: Building A Model 165
Element Properties

Options above create IRS21 or IRS22 elements (depending on the selected topology) with *INTERFACE and *FRICTION properties. This element type defines an interface between the edge of a linear element on a planar model and a rigid surface.

More data input is available for creating IRS (planar) elements by scrolling down the input properties menu bar on the previous page. Listed below are the remaining options contained in this menu. Elastic Slip, Slip Tolerance, and No Sliding Contact are mutually exclusive. If values are entered for more than one of these options, all but the first will be ignored.

Property Name Friction in Dir_1 Elastic Slip

Description Defines the sliding friction in the element’s 1 direction. This is the friction coefficient on the second card of the *FRICTION option. Defines the absolute magnitude of the allowable maximum elastic slip to be used in the stiffness method for sticking friction. This is the value of the ELASTIC SLIP parameter on the *FRICTION option.

Main Index

166 Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Element Properties

Property Name Slip Tolerance

Description Defines the value of F f , to redefine the ratio of allowable maximum elastic slip to characteristic element length dimension. The default is .005. This is the value of the SLIP TOLERANCE parameter on the *FRICTION option. This is currently not used. Defines the equivalent shear stress limit of the gap element. This is the value of the TAUMAX parameter on the *FRICTION option. Defines the clearance at which the contact pressure is 0. This is the c value on the *SURFACE CONTACT, SOFTENED option. This property is only used for the Soft Contact option. This is a real constant. Defines the pressure at zero clearance. This is the p 0 value on the *SURFACE CONTACT, SOFTENED option. This property is only used for the Soft Contact option. This is a real constant. Defines the maximum overclosure allowed in points considered not in contact. This is the c value on the *SURFACE CONTACT option. This property is only used for the Hard Contact option. This is a real constant. Defines the magnitude of the maximum negative pressure allowed to be carried across points in contact. This is the p 0 value on the *SURFACE CONTACT option. This property is only used for the Hard Contact option. This is a real constant. Chooses the Language multiplier formulation for sticking friction when completely rough (no slip) friction is desired. Clearance at which the damping coefficient is zero. Damping coefficient at zero clearance. Fraction of the clearance interval over which the damping coefficient is constant.

Stiffness in Stick Maximum Friction Stress Clearance Zero Pressure

Pressure Zero Clearance

Maximum Overclosure

Maximum Negative Pressure

No Sliding Contact Clearance Zero Damping Damping Zero Clearance Frac Clearance Const Damping

Main Index

Chapter 2: Building A Model 167
Element Properties

IRS (Axisymmetric) Analysis Type Structural Dimensio n 1D

Type

Option 1

Option 2

Topologies

IRS Axisymmetric (plane/axisym)

Elastic Slip Soft Contact Bar/2, Bar/3 Elastic Slip Hard Contact Lagrange Soft Contact Lagrange Hard Contact Elastic Slip No Separation Lagrange No Separation Elastic Slip Vis Damping Elastic Slip Vis Damping No Separation Lagrange Vis Damping Lagrange Vis Damping No Separation

Options above create IRS21A or IRS22A elements (depending on the selected topology) with *INTERFACE and *FRICTION properties. This element type defines an interface between the edge of a linear element on an axisymmetric model and a rigid surface.

Main Index

168 Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Element Properties

More data input is available for creating IRS (axisymmetric) elements by scrolling down the input properties menu bar on the previous page. Listed below are the remaining options contained in this menu. Elastic Slip, Slip Tolerance, and No Sliding Contact are mutually exclusive. If values are entered for more than one of these options, all but the first will be ignored.

Property Name Friction in Dir_1 Elastic Slip

Description Defines the sliding friction in the element’s 1 direction. This is the friction coefficient on the second card of the *FRICTION option. Defines the absolute magnitude of the allowable maximum elastic slip to be used in the stiffness method for sticking friction. This is the value of the ELASTIC SLIP parameter on the ∗FRICTION option. Defines the value of F f , to redefine the ratio of allowable maximum elastic slip to characteristic element length dimension. The default is .005. This is the value of the SLIP TOLERANCE parameter on the ∗FRICTION option. This is currently not used.

Slip Tolerance

Stiffness in Stick

Main Index

Chapter 2: Building A Model 169
Element Properties

Property Name

Description

Maximum Friction Stress Defines the equivalent shear stress limit of the gap element. This is the value of the TAUMAX parameter on the ∗FRICTION option. Clearance Zero Pressure Defines the clearance at which the contact pressure is 0. This is the c value on the ∗SURFACE CONTACT, SOFTENED option. This property is only used for the Soft Contact option. This is a real constant. Defines the pressure at zero clearance. This is the p 0 value on the ∗SURFACE CONTACT, SOFTENED option. This property is only used for the Soft Contact option. This is a real constant. Defines the maximum overclosure allowed in points considered not in contact. This is the c value on the ∗SURFACE CONTACT option. This property is only used for the Hard Contact option. This is a real constant. Defines the magnitude of the maximum negative pressure allowed to be carried across points in contact. This is the p 0 value on the ∗SURFACE CONTACT option. This property is only used for the Hard Contact option. This is a real constant. Chooses the Language multiplier formulation for sticking friction when completely rough (no slip) friction is desired. Clearance at which the damping coefficient is zero. Damping coefficient at zero clearance. Fraction of the clearance interval over which the damping coefficient is constant.

Pressure Zero Clearance

Maximum Overclosure

Maximum Negative Pressure

No Sliding Contact Clearance Zero Damping Damping Zero Clearance Frac Clearance Const Damping IRS (Beam/Pipe) Analysis Type Structural

Dimension 1D

Type IRS (beam/pipe)

Option 1 Elastic Slip Soft Contact Elastic Slip Hard Contact Lagrange Soft Contact Lagrange Hard Contact Elastic Slip No Separation Lagrange No Separation Elastic Slip Vis Damping Elastic Slip Vis Damping No Separation Lagrange Vis Damping Lagrange Vis Damping No Separation

Option 2

Topologies Bar/2, Bar/3

Main Index

170 Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Element Properties

Options above create IRS31 or IRS32 elements (depending on the selected topology) with *INTERFACE and *FRICTION properties. This element type defines an interface between a beam or pipe element on a spatial model and a rigid surface.

More data input is available for creating IRS (beam/pipe) elements by scrolling down the input properties menu bar on the previous page. Listed below are the remaining options contained in this menu. Elastic Slip, Slip Tolerance, and No Sliding Contact are mutually exclusive. If values are entered for more than one of these options, all but the first will be ignored.

Property Name Friction in Dir_1 Friction in Dir_2

Description Defines the sliding friction in the element’s 1 and 2 directions. These are the friction coefficients on the second card of the *FRICTION option. If Friction in Dir_2 is specified, then the ANISOTROPIC parameter is included on the *FRICTION option. These values can be either real constants or references to existing field definitions. Defines the absolute magnitude of the allowable maximum elastic slip to be used in the stiffness method for sticking friction. This is the value of the ELASTIC SLIP parameter on the *FRICTION option.

Elastic Slip

Main Index

Chapter 2: Building A Model 171
Element Properties

Property Name Slip Tolerance

Description Defines the value of F f , to redefine the ratio of allowable maximum elastic slip to characteristic element length dimension. The default is .005. This is the value of the SLIP TOLERANCE parameter on the *FRICTION option. This is currently not used.

Stiffness in Stick

Maximum Friction Stress Defines the equivalent shear stress limit of the gap element. This is the value of the TAUMAX parameter on the *FRICTION option. Clearance Zero Pressure Defines the clearance at which the contact pressure is 0. This is the c value on the *SURFACE CONTACT, SOFTENED option. This property is only used for the Soft Contact option. This is a real constant. Defines the pressure at zero clearance. This is the p 0 value on the *SURFACE CONTACT, SOFTENED option. This property is only used for the Soft Contact option. This is a real constant. Defines the maximum overclosure allowed in points not considered in contact. This is the c value on the *SURFACE CONTACT option. This property is only used for the Soft Contact option. This is a real constant. Defines the magnitude of the maximum negative pressure allowed to be carried across points in contact. This is the p 0 value on the *SURFACE CONTACT option. This property is only used for the Hard Contact option. This is a real constant. Defines the ROUGH parameter on the *FRICTION option. This property is only used for the Lagrange option. Clearance at which the damping coefficient is zero. Damping coefficient at zero clearance. Fraction of the clearance interval over which the damping coefficient is constant.

Pressure Zero Clearance

Maximum Overclosure

Maximum Negative Pressure

No Sliding Contact Clearance Zero Damping Damping Zero Clearance Frac Clearance Const Damping Rigid Surface (Segments)

Analysis Type Dimension Structural 1D

Type Rigid Surf (Seg)

Option 1

Option 2

Topologies Bar/2

Options above create a ∗RIGID SURFACE, TYPE=SEGMENTS option (see Section 7.4.7 of the ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual). The rigid surface is defined by creating Bar/2 elements. All the elements must be connected and should not have duplicate nodes. The start Point (Node ID) defines the positive progression direction along the surface. The right-handed rotation from this direction defines the outward normal.

Main Index

4.172 Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide Element Properties Rigid Surface (Cylindrical) Analysis Type Dimension Structural 1D Type Rigid Surf (Cyl) Option 1 Option 2 Topologies Bar/2 Options above create a ∗RIGID SURFACE. All the elements must be connected and should not have duplicate nodes. TYPE = CYLINDRICAL option (see Section 7.7 of the ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual). crossing the rigid surface’s +x axis with the +y axis. The +y direction is away from the object the rigid surface will be in contact with. Main Index . The +z direction (the surface generation vector) is defined by using right-hand rule. The rigid surface is first defined by creating Bar/2 elements. The rigid surface’s +x direction is defined from the start point (node ID) along the line of the rigid surface.

7 of the ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual). Main Index .4.Chapter 2: Building A Model 173 Element Properties Rigid Surface (Axisymmetric) Analysis Type Structural Dimension 1D Type Rigid Surf (Axi) Option 1 Option 2 Topologies Bar/2 Options above create a ∗RIGID SURFACE. TYPE=AXISYMMETRIC option (see Section 7.

All the elements must be connected and should not have duplicate nodes. Rigid Surface (Bezier 2D) Analysis Type Structural Dimension 1D Type Rigid Surf (Bz2D) Option 1 Option 2 Topologies Bar/2 Main Index . The Start Point defines the positive progression direction along the surface.174 Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide Element Properties The rigid surface is defined by creating Bar/2 elements. The right-handed rotation from this direction defines the outward normal.

7 of the ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual). The Start Point defines the positive progression direction along the surface. Rigid Line (LBC) Analysis Type Structural Dimension 1D Type Rigid Line(LBC) Option 1 Option 2 Topologies Bar/2 Main Index .4. The right-handed rotation from this direction defines the outward normal. The rigid surface is defined by creating Bar/2 elements.Chapter 2: Building A Model 175 Element Properties Options above create a ∗RIGID SURFACE. All the elements must be connected and should not have duplicate nodes. TYPE=BEZIER option for use in two-dimensional analysis (see Section 7.

SFMGAX1 and SFMGAX2 elements (depending on the selected options and topologies) with *SURFACE SECTION properties. The elements associated with this property set are translated as R2D2 and RAX2 elements. Bar/3 The options above create SFMAX1.176 Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide Element Properties This property set is created when the Rigid-Deform contact LBC is created in the Loads/BCs menu. SFMAX2. The creation or deletion of this property set is not required by the user. The *EMBEDDED ELEMENT and *REBAR LAYER options are also created. Main Index . Rebar Analysis Type Structural Dimension 1D Type Rebar Option 1 Axisymmetric General Axisymmetric Option 2 Topologies Bar/2.

X-Sectional Area Spacing Spacing Unit Type Main Index . This property is not required. This is the cross-sectional area value on the *REBAR LAYER option. a reference to an existing field definition. A real list is used to specify the cross-sectional area for more than one rebar layer. or a real list may be entered. or a real list may be entered. When “Angle” is specified. This property is required. A real constant. Defines the unit type for the spacing values. a list of all isotropic materials in the database is displayed.Chapter 2: Building A Model 177 Element Properties Material Name Defines the material to be used. This is the spacing value on the *REBAR LAYER option. Defines the spacing of the rebars within a layer. This property is required. “Distance” is the default value. Defines the area of the rebar cross-section. A real list is used to specify the spacing for more than one rebar layer. a reference to an existing field definition. This property is required. the ANGULAR SPACING parameter is used for the *REBAR LAYER option. This identifies the material that will be referenced on the *REBAR LAYER option. You can either pick one from the list with the mouse or type in the name. A real constant. When entering data here.

This property is not required. This is the “HOST ELSET” parameter on the *EMBEDDED ELEMENT option. This is the angular orientation value on the *REBAR LAYER option. A real scalar may be specified. A reference to an existing element property set may be specified. Host Property Set Roundoff Tolerance Mech Joint (2D Model) . This property is not required. a reference to an existing field definition. Angle Defines the angular orientation of the rebar from the meridional plane in degrees. A real list is used to specify the angular orientation for more than one rebar layer. The default value is 1E+6. the solver determines the host elements based on the position of the embedded elements within the model. This property is required. This is the ROUNDOFF TOLERANCE parameter on the *EMBEDDED ELEMENT option.178 Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide Element Properties Rebar Orient. The connection type is set to ALIGN on the *CONNECTOR SECTION option. Defines the element property set of the elements that host the rebar elements. A real constant. Defines the value below which the weigh factors of the host element’s nodes will be zeroed out. By default. or a real list may be entered.ALIGN Analysis Type Structural Dimension 1D Type Mech Joint (2D Model) Option 1 ALIGN Option 2 Topologies Bar/2 This option creates CONN2D2 elements. Main Index .

It is translated to the ABAQUS input file with an *ORIENTATION option and is referenced from the *CONNECTOR SECTION option. Use an existing coordinate system to specify this property. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file with an *ORIENTATION option and is referenced from the *CONNECTOR SECTION option. This property defines the directions for the degrees of freedom at the second node of the connector element. Node B Analysis CID Main Index .Chapter 2: Building A Model 179 Element Properties Node A Analysis CID This property defines the directions for the degrees of freedom at the first node of the connector element. Use an existing coordinate system to specify this property.

The connection type is set to AXIAL on the *CONNECTOR SECTION option.180 Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide Element Properties Mech Joint (2D Model) .AXIAL Analysis Type Structural Dimension 1D Type Mech Joint (2D Model) Option 1 AXIAL Option 2 Topologies Bar/2 This option creates CONN2D2 elements. Main Index .

and displacement is a required independent variable. Use a real constant or a non-spatial field to specify this property. This property value defines the stiffness associated with the friction portion of the connector element. This property value defines the force limit associated with the friction portion of the connector element. This value is translated to the ABAQUS input file with the *CONNECTOR CONSTITUTIVE REFERENCE option. This value appears as the STICK STIFFNESS parameter in the *CONNECTOR FRICTION option.Chapter 2: Building A Model 181 Element Properties Force/Disp. This property value defines an upper limit for the connector's relative position. The dependent variable for these fields is force. This property value defines the reference length of the unloaded connector element. Use a real constant to specify this property. Min Disp Main Index . Use a real constant to specify this property. Zero Force Ref Len Damping. The non-spatial fields that have been created with the “Tabular Input” method may be used to define damping that varies with velocity and temperature. X Axis This stiffness property value defines the relationship between force and relative displacement in the connector element. This property value defines a lower limit for the connector's relative position. This value is translated to the ABAQUS input file with the *CONNECTOR FRICTION option. This damping property value defines the relationship between force and the rate of change of relative displacement in the connector element. This value is translated to the ABAQUS input file with the *CONNECTOR LOCK option. The n on-spatial fields that have been created with the “Tabular Input” method may be used to define a limit that varies with temperature and/or displacement. Use a real constant to specify this property. and velocity is a required independent variable. A real constant or a non-spatial field may be used to specify this property. Use a real constant to specify this property. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file with the *CONNECTOR DAMPING option. X Axis Connector Min Stop Connector Max Stop Friction Lim. The dependent variable for this field is force. Use a real constant to specify this property. This property value defines the lower bound on the relative position that triggers a locked condition in the connector element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file with the *CONNECTOR ELASTICITY option. A real constant or a non-spatial field may be used for this property. The n on-spatial fields that have been created with the “Tabular Input” method may be used to define stiffness that varies with displacement and temperature. This value is translated to the ABAQUS input file with the *CONNECTOR STOP option. This value is translated to the ABAQUS input file with the *CONNECTOR STOP option. X Axis Friction Stick Stiff Lock. The dependent variable for these fields is force.

It is translated to the ABAQUS input file with an *ORIENTATION option and is referenced from the *CONNECTOR SECTION option.BEAM Analysis Type Structural Dimension 1D Type Mech Joint (2D Model) Option 1 BEAM Option 2 Topologies Bar/2 This option creates CONN2D2 elements. The connection type is set to BEAM on the *CONNECTOR SECTION option. Node B Analysis CID Main Index .182 Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide Element Properties Mech Joint (2D Model) . It is translated to the ABAQUS input file with an *ORIENTATION option and is referenced from the *CONNECTOR SECTION option. This property defines the directions for the degrees of freedom at the second node of the connector element. Use an existing coordinate system to specify this property. Node A Analysis CID This property defines the directions for the degrees of freedom at the first node of the connector element. Use an existing coordinate system to specify this property.

The connection type is set to CARTESIAN on the *CONNECTOR SECTION option. Y Axis Main Index . Force/Disp. The n on-spatial fields that have been created with the “Tabular Input” method may be used to define stiffness that varies with displacement and temperature. This stiffness property value defines the relationship between force and relative displacement in the connector element. Use an existing coordinate system to specify this property. Node A Analysis CID This property defines the directions for the degrees of freedom at the first node of the connector element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file with the *CONNECTOR ELASTICITY option. The dependent variable for this field is force. X Axis Force/Disp.Chapter 2: Building A Model 183 Element Properties Mech Joint (2D Model) .CARTESIAN Analysis Type Structural Dimension 1D Type Mech Joint (2D Model) Option 1 CARTESIAN Option 2 Topologies Bar/2 This option creates CONN2D2 elements. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file with an *ORIENTATION option and is referenced from the *CONNECTOR SECTION option. and displacement is a required independent variable. Use a real constant or a non-spatial field to specify this property.

Use a real vector to specify this property. Damping. The non-spatial fields that have been created with the “Tabular Input” method may be used to define damping that varies with velocity and temperature. Y Axis Connector Min Stop Connector Max Stop Mech Joint (2D Model) . These values are translated to the ABAQUS input file with the *CONNECTOR STOP option. These values are translated to the ABAQUS input file with the *CONNECTOR STOP option. Use a real vector to specify this property. The connection type is set to JOIN on the *CONNECTOR SECTION option.JOIN Analysis Type Structural Dimension 1D Type Mech Joint (2D Model) Option 1 JOIN Option 2 Topologies Bar/2 This option creates CONN2D2 elements. This damping property value defines the relationship between force and the rate of change of relative displacement in the connector element. These property values define the lower limits for the components of the connector's relative position. These values are translated to the ABAQUS input file with the *CONNECTOR CONSTITUTIVE REFERENCE option. These property values define the upper limits for the components of the connector's relative position. The dependent variable for these fields is force. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file with the *CONNECTOR DAMPING option. Main Index . and velocity is a required independent variable. A real constant or a non-spatial field may be used for this property.184 Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide Element Properties Zero Force Ref Len These property values define the reference lengths for the components of the unloaded connector element. Use a real vector to specify this property. X Axis Damping.

*SPRING and *DASHPOT options are used to define the properties. The *JOINT.JOINTC Analysis Type Dimension Structural 1D Type Mech Joint (2D Model) Option 1 JOINTC Option 2 Topologies Bar/2 This option creates JOINTC elements. Main Index .Chapter 2: Building A Model 185 Element Properties Node A Analysis CID This property defines the directions for the degrees of freedom at the first node of the connector element. Use an existing coordinate system to specify this property. Mech Joint (2D Model) . It is translated to the ABAQUS input file with an *ORIENTATION option and is referenced from the *CONNECTOR SECTION option.

X Axis Force/Disp. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file with an *ORIENTATION option and is referenced from the *JOINT option.186 Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide Element Properties Node A Analysis CID This property defines the directions for the degrees of freedom at the first node of the connector element. The dependent variable for this field is force. This property determines the units for the angle values. Use an existing coordinate system to specify this property. It may be set to either "Degrees" or "Radians". Units for Angles Force/Disp. This stiffness property value defines the relationship between force and relative displacement in the connector element. Y Axis Main Index . The default value is "Radians". and displacement is a required independent variable. The non-spatial fields that have been created with the “Tabular Input” method may be used to define stiffness that varies with displacement and temperature. A real constant or a nonspatial field may be used for this property. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file with the *SPRING option.

Damping. The non-spatial fields that have been created with the “Tabular Input” method may be used to define damping that varies with velocity and temperature. This damping property value defines the relationship between moment and the rate of change of relative displacement in the connector element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file with the *SPRING option. The dependent variable for this field is moment. and displacement is a required independent variable. The non-spatial fields that have been created with the “Tabular Input” method may be used to define damping that varies with velocity and temperature. The n on-spatial fields that have been created with the “Tabular Input” method may be used to define stiffness that varies with displacement and temperature. Y Axis Rot Damping. The dependent variable for these fields is moment. A real constant or a non-spatial field may be used for this property. and velocity is a required independent variable. The dependent variable for these fields is force. and velocity is a required independent variable. A real constant or non-spatial field may be used for this property.Chapter 2: Building A Model 187 Element Properties Mom/Rot about Z Axis This stiffness property value defines the relationship between moment and relative displacement in the connector element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file with the *DASHPOT option. This damping property value defines the relationship between force and the rate of change of relative displacement in the connector element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file with the *DASHPOT option. A real constant or a nonspatial field may be used for this property. Z Axis Main Index . X Axis Damping.

Node A Analysis CID This property defines the directions for the degrees of freedom at the first node of the connector element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file with an *ORIENTATION option and is referenced from the *CONNECTOR SECTION option. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file with an *ORIENTATION option and is referenced from the *CONNECTOR SECTION option. Use an existing coordinate system to specify this property.188 Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide Element Properties Mech Joint (2D Model) .LINK Analysis Type Structural Dimension 1D Type Mech Joint (2D Model) Option 1 LINK Option 2 Topologies Bar/2 This option creates CONN2D2 elements. Use an existing coordinate system to specify this property. The connection type is set to LINK on the *CONNECTOR SECTION option. This property defines the directions for the degrees of freedom at the second node of the connector element. Node B Analysis CID Main Index .

ROTATION Analysis Type Structural Dimension 1D Type Mech Joint (2D Model) Option 1 ROTATION Option 2 Topologies Bar/2 This option creates CONN2D2 elements. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file with an *ORIENTATION option and is referenced from the *CONNECTOR SECTION option.Chapter 2: Building A Model 189 Element Properties Mech Joint (2D Model) . Use an existing coordinate system to specify this property. Node B Analysis CID Main Index . It is translated to the ABAQUS input file with an *ORIENTATION option and is referenced from the *CONNECTOR SECTION option. The connection type is set to ROTATION on the *CONNECTOR SECTION option. Node A Analysis CID This property defines the directions for the degrees of freedom at the first node of the connector element. Use an existing coordinate system to specify this property. This property defines the directions for the degrees of freedom at the second node of the connector element.

This stiffness property value defines the relationship between moment and relative displacement in the connector element. This value is translated to the ABAQUS input file with the *CONNECTOR CONSTITUTIVE REFERENCE option. The dependent variable for these fields is moment. A real constant or non-spatial field may be used for this property. The n on-spatial fields that have been created with the “Tabular Input” method may be used to define damping that varies with velocity and temperature. This property value defines an upper limit for the connector's relative position. and displacement is a required independent variable. This property value defines the reference angle of the unloaded connector element. Use a real constant to specify this property. and velocity is a required independent variable. A real constant or a non-spatial field may be used for this property. This value is translated to the ABAQUS input file with the *CONNECTOR STOP option. This property value defines a lower limit for the connector's relative position. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file with the *CONNECTOR DAMPING option. The dependent variable for this field is moment. Zero Moment Ref Ang Rot Damping. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file with the *CONNECTOR ELASTICITY option. This damping property value defines the relationship between moment and the rate of change of relative displacement in the connector element. It may be set to either "Degrees" or "Radians". Use a real constant to specify this property.190 Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide Element Properties Units for Angles Mom/Rot about Z Axis This property determines the units for the angle values. This value is translated to the ABAQUS input file with the *CONNECTOR STOP option. Use a real constant to specify this property. Z Axis Connector Min Stop Connector Max Stop Main Index . The non-spatial fields that have been created with the “Tabular Input” method may be used to define stiffness that varies with displacement and temperature. The default value is "Radians".

The connection type is set to SLOT on the *CONNECTOR SECTION option. Main Index .Chapter 2: Building A Model 191 Element Properties jÉÅÜ=gçáåí=EOa=jçÇÉäF=J=pilq Analysis Type Structural Dimension 1D Type Mech Joint (2D Model) Option 1 SLOT Option 2 Topologies Bar/2 This option creates CONN2D2 elements.

This property value defines a lower limit for the connector's relative position. This value is translated to the ABAQUS input file with the *CONNECTOR CONSTITUTIVE REFERENCE option. Use a real constant to specify this property. Use an existing coordinate system to specify this property.192 Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide Element Properties Node A Analysis CID This property defines the directions for the degrees of freedom at the first node of the connector element. This value is translated to the ABAQUS input file with the *CONNECTOR STOP option. and displacement is a required independent variable. The non-spatial fields that have been created with the “Tabular Input” method may be used to define damping that varies with velocity and temperature. X Axis Friction Stick Stiff Main Index . This property value defines the stiffness associated with the friction portion of the connector element. This value is translated to the ABAQUS input file with the *CONNECTOR FRICTION option. Use a real constant to specify this property. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file with an *ORIENTATION option and is referenced from the *CONNECTOR SECTION option. X Axis Connector Min Stop Connector Max Stop Friction Lim. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file with the *CONNECTOR DAMPING option. The n on-spatial fields that have been created with the “Tabular Input” method may be used to define stiffness that varies with displacement and temperature. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file with the *CONNECTOR ELASTICITY option. Force/Disp. Use a real constant to specify this property. A real constant or a non-spatial field may be used to specify this property. and velocity is a required independent variable. The dependent variable for these fields is force. Use a real constant to specify this property. The dependent variable for this field is force. This value is translated to the ABAQUS input file with the *CONNECTOR STOP option. X Axis Zero Force Ref Len Damping. This property value defines an upper limit for the connector's relative position. This stiffness property value defines the relationship between force and relative displacement in the connector element. This property value defines the force limit associated with the friction portion of the connector element. This damping property value defines the relationship between moment and the rate of change of relative displacement in the connector element. Use a real constant or a non-spatial field to specify this property. A real constant or non-spatial field may be used for this property. The n on-spatial fields that have been created with the “Tabular Input” method may be used to define a limit that varies with temperature and/or displacement. This property value defines the reference length of the unloaded connector element. The dependent variable for these fields is moment. This value appears as the STICK STIFFNESS parameter in the *CONNECTOR FRICTION option.

It is translated to the ABAQUS input file with an *ORIENTATION option and is referenced from the *CONNECTOR SECTION option.TRANSLATOR Analysis Type Structural Dimension 1D Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies Bar/2 Mech Joint TRANSLATOR (2D Model) This option creates CONN2D2 elements. Use an existing coordinate system to specify this property. Node B Analysis CID Main Index .Chapter 2: Building A Model 193 Element Properties Mech Joint (2D Model) . It is translated to the ABAQUS input file with an *ORIENTATION option and is referenced from the *CONNECTOR SECTION option. Use an existing coordinate system to specify this property. The connection type is set to TRANSLATOR on the *CONNECTOR SECTION option. This property defines the directions for the degrees of freedom at the second node of the connector element. Node A Analysis CID This property defines the directions for the degrees of freedom at the first node of the connector element.

194 Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide Element Properties Mech Joint (2D Model) . Use an existing coordinate system to specify this property. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file with an *ORIENTATION option and is referenced from the *CONNECTOR SECTION option.WELD Analysis Type Structural Dimension 1D Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies Bar/2 Mech Joint WELD (2D Model) This option creates CONN2D2 elements. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file with an *ORIENTATION option and is referenced from the *CONNECTOR SECTION option. This property defines the directions for the degrees of freedom at the second node of the connector element. Node B Analysis CID Main Index . Node A Analysis CID This property defines the directions for the degrees of freedom at the first node of the connector element. Use an existing coordinate system to specify this property. The connection type is set to WELD on the *CONNECTOR SECTION option.

It is translated to the ABAQUS input file with an *ORIENTATION option and is referenced from the *CONNECTOR SECTION option. Use an existing coordinate system to specify this property. Node B Analysis CID Main Index .Chapter 2: Building A Model 195 Element Properties Mech Joint (3D Model) . Use an existing coordinate system to specify this property.ALIGN Analysis Type Structural Dimension 1D Type Mech Joint (3D Model) Option 1 ALIGN Option 2 Topologies Bar/2 This option creates CONN3D2 elements. Node A Analysis CID This property defines the directions for the degrees of freedom at the first node of the connector element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file with an *ORIENTATION option and is referenced from the *CONNECTOR SECTION option. This property defines the directions for the degrees of freedom at the second node of the connector element. The connection type is set to ALIGN on the *CONNECTOR SECTION option.

The connection type is set to AXIAL on the *CONNECTOR SECTION option. Use a real constant or a non-spatial field to specify this property. Use a real constant to specify this property. This property value defines the reference length of the unloaded connector element.196 Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide Element Properties Mech Joint (3D Model) . X Axis This stiffness property value defines the relationship between force and relative displacement in the connector element. The dependent variable for this field is force. This value is translated to the ABAQUS input file with the *CONNECTOR CONSTITUTIVE REFERENCE option.AXIAL Analysis Type Structural Dimension 1D Type Mech Joint (3D Model) Option 1 AXIAL Option 2 Topologies Bar/2 This option creates CONN3D2 elements. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file with the *CONNECTOR ELASTICITY option. Force/Disp. The n on-spatial fields that have been created with the “Tabular Input” method may be used to define stiffness that varies with displacement and temperature. Zero Force Ref Len Main Index . and displacement is a required independent variable.

Connector Min Stop Connector Max Stop Friction Lim. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file with the *CONNECTOR DAMPING option. X Axis Friction Stick Stiff Lock Min Disp Main Index . and velocity is a required independent variable. This value is translated to the ABAQUS input file with the *CONNECTOR STOP option. This property value defines the stiffness associated with the friction portion of the connector element. This value is translated to the ABAQUS input file with the *CONNECTOR LOCK option. Use a real constant to specify this property. A real constant or non-spatial field may be used for this property. This value is translated to the ABAQUS input file with the *CONNECTOR FRICTION option. This value is translated to the ABAQUS input file with the *CONNECTOR STOP option. This property value defines a lower limit for the connector's relative position. Use a real constant to specify this property. The non-spatial fields that have been created with the “Tabular Input” method may be used to define a limit that varies with temperature and/or displacement. A real constant or a non-spatial field may be used to specify this property. Use a real constant to specify this property. The dependent variable for these fields is force.Chapter 2: Building A Model 197 Element Properties Damping. Use a real constant to specify this property. X Axis This damping property value defines the relationship between moment and the rate of change of relative displacement in the connector element. The dependent variable for these fields is moment. This value appears as the STICK STIFFNESS parameter in the *CONNECTOR FRICTION option. The non-spatial fields that have been created with the “Tabular Input” method may be used to define damping that varies with velocity and temperature. This property value defines the upper bound on the relative position that triggers a locked condition in the connector element. This property value defines an upper limit for the connector's relative position. This property value defines the force limit associated with the friction portion of the connector element.

Use an existing coordinate system to specify this property.198 Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide Element Properties Mech Joint (3D Model) .BEAM Analysis Type Structural Dimension 1D Type Mech Joint (3D Model) Option 1 BEAM Option 2 Topologies Bar/2 This option creates CONN3D2 elements. This property defines the directions for the degrees of freedom at the second node of the connector element. The connection type is set to BEAM on the *CONNECTOR SECTION option. Use an existing coordinate system to specify this property. Node B Analysis CID Main Index . Node A Analysis CID This property defines the directions for the degrees of freedom at the first node of the connector element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file with an *ORIENTATION option and is referenced from the *CONNECTOR SECTION option. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file with an *ORIENTATION option and is referenced from the *CONNECTOR SECTION option.

Node B Analysis CID Main Index .CARDAN Analysis Type Dimension Structural 1D Type Mech Joint (3D Model) Option 1 CARDAN Option 2 Topologies Bar/2 This option creates CONN3D2 elements. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file with an *ORIENTATION option and is referenced from the *CONNECTOR SECTION option. Use an existing coordinate system to specify this property.Chapter 2: Building A Model 199 Element Properties Mech Joint (3D Model) . It is translated to the ABAQUS input file with an *ORIENTATION option and is referenced from the *CONNECTOR SECTION option. This property defines the directions for the degrees of freedom at the second node of the connector element. Node A Analysis CID This property defines the directions for the degrees of freedom at the first node of the connector element. Use an existing coordinate system to specify this property. The connection type is set to CARDAN on the *CONNECTOR SECTION option.

This stiffness property value defines the relationship between moment and relative displacement in the connector element. and displacement is a required independent variable. The n onspatial fields that have been created with the “Tabular Input” method may be used to define stiffness that varies with displacement and temperature. Use a real vector to specify this property. The n on-spatial fields that have been created with the “Tabular Input” method may be used to define damping that varies with velocity and temperature. The dependent variable for these fields is moment. It may be set to either "Degrees" or "Radians". A real constant or non-spatial field may be used for this property. Main Index . The connection type is set to CARTESIAN on the *CONNECTOR SECTION option. This damping property value defines the relationship between moment and the rate of change of relative displacement in the connector element. The dependent variable for this field is moment. These values are translated to the ABAQUS input file with the *CONNECTOR CONSTITUTIVE REFERENCE option. These property values define the reference angles for the components of the unloaded connector element. The default value is "Radians". and velocity is a required independent variable.200 Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide Element Properties Units for Angles Mom/Rot about X Axis Mom/Rot about Y Axis Mom/Rot about Z Axis This property determines the units for the angle values. Zero Moment Ref Ang Rot Damping. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file with the *CONNECTOR DAMPING option. X Axis jÉÅÜ=gçáåí=EPa=jçÇÉäF=J=`^oqbpf^k Analysis Type Structural Dimension 1D Type Mech Joint (3D Model) Option 1 CARTESIAN Option 2 Topologies Bar/2 This option creates CONN3D2 elements. A real constant or a non-spatial field may be used for this property. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file with the *CONNECTOR ELASTICITY option.

YAxis Force/Disp. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file with the *CONNECTOR ELASTICITY option. and displacement is a required independent variable.Chapter 2: Building A Model 201 Element Properties Node A Analysis CID This property defines the directions for the degrees of freedom at the first node of the connector element. Force/Disp. The dependent variable for this field is force. The n on-spatial fields that have been created with the “Tabular Input” method may be used to define stiffness that varies with displacement and temperature. Z Axis Main Index . Use a real constant or a non-spatial field to specify this property. This stiffness property value defines the relationship between force and relative displacement in the connector element. X Axis Force/Disp. Use an existing coordinate system to specify this property. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file with an *ORIENTATION option and is referenced from the *CONNECTOR SECTION option.

This damping property value defines the relationship between force and the rate of change of relative displacement in the connector element. Damping. Main Index . A real constant or a non-spatial field may be used for this property.202 Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide Element Properties Zero Force Ref Len These property values define the reference angles for the components of the unloaded connector element. The dependent variable for these fields is force. Z Axis Mech Joint (3D Model) . The non-spatial fields that have been created with the “Tabular Input” method may be used to define damping that varies with velocity and temperature. The connection type is set to CONSTANT VELOCITY on the *CONNECTOR SECTION option. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file with the *CONNECTOR DAMPING option.CONSTANT VELOCITY Analysis Type Structural Dimension 1D Type Mech Joint (3D Model) Option 1 CONSTANT VELOCITY Option 2 Topologies Bar/2 This option creates CONN3D2 elements. and velocity is a required independent variable. Y Axis Damping. These values are translated to the ABAQUS input file with the *CONNECTOR CONSTITUTIVE REFERENCE option. X Axis Damping. Use a real vector to specify this property.

It is translated to the ABAQUS input file with an *ORIENTATION option and is referenced from the *CONNECTOR SECTION option. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file with an *ORIENTATION option and is referenced from the *CONNECTOR SECTION option. Use an existing coordinate system to specify this property. This property defines the directions for the degrees of freedom at the second node of the connector element. Node B Analysis CID Mech Joint (3D Model) .Chapter 2: Building A Model 203 Element Properties Node A Analysis CID This property defines the directions for the degrees of freedom at the first node of the connector element. The connection type is set to CVJOINT on the *CONNECTOR SECTION option.CVJOINT Analysis Type Structural Dimension 1D Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies Bar/2 Mech Joint CVJOINT (3D Model) This option creates CONN3D2 elements. Use an existing coordinate system to specify this property. Main Index .

Use an existing coordinate system to specify this property.204 Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide Element Properties Node A Analysis CID This property defines the directions for the degrees of freedom at the first node of the connector element. Use an existing coordinate system to specify this property. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file with an *ORIENTATION option and is referenced from the *CONNECTOR SECTION option. This property defines the directions for the degrees of freedom at the second node of the connector element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file with an *ORIENTATION option and is referenced from the *CONNECTOR SECTION option. Node B Analysis CID Main Index .

Node A Analysis CID This property defines the directions for the degrees of freedom at the first node of the connector element. Use an existing coordinate system to specify this property. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file with an *ORIENTATION option and is referenced from the *CONNECTOR SECTION option. Use an existing coordinate system to specify this property. Node B Analysis CID Main Index . The connection type is set to CYLINDRICAL on the *CONNECTOR SECTION option. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file with an *ORIENTATION option and is referenced from the *CONNECTOR SECTION option. This property defines the directions for the degrees of freedom at the second node of the connector element.CYLINDRICAL Analysis Type Structural Dimension 1D Type Mech Joint (3D Model) Option 1 CYLINDRICAL Option 2 Topologies Bar/2 This option creates CONN3D2 elements.Chapter 2: Building A Model 205 Element Properties Mech Joint (3D Model) .

EULER Analysis Type Structural Dimension 1D Type Mech Joint (3D Model) Option 1 EULER Option 2 Topologies Bar/2 This option creates CONN3D2 elements.206 Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide Element Properties Mech Joint (3D Model) . The connection type is set to EULER on the *CONNECTOR SECTION option. Main Index .

It is translated to the ABAQUS input file with an *ORIENTATION option and is referenced from the *CONNECTOR SECTION option. This property determines the units for the angle values. It may be set to either "Degrees" or "Radians". Node B Analysis CID Units for Angles Main Index . Use an existing coordinate system to specify this property.Chapter 2: Building A Model 207 Element Properties Node A Analysis CID This property defines the directions for the degrees of freedom at the first node of the connector element. Use an existing coordinate system to specify this property. The default value is "Radians". It is translated to the ABAQUS input file with an *ORIENTATION option and is referenced from the *CONNECTOR SECTION option. This property defines the directions for the degrees of freedom at the second node of the connector element.

This damping property value defines the relationship between moment and the rate of change of relative displacement in the connector element. The dependent variable for these fields is moment. A real constant or a non-spatial field may be used for this property. Main Index .FLEXION-TORSION Analysis Type Structural Dimension 1D Type Mech Joint (3D Model) Option 1 FLEXION-TORSION Option 2 Topologies Bar/2 This option creates CONN3D2 elements. A real constant or non-spatial field may be used for this property. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file with the *CONNECTOR ELASTICITY option. The dependent variable for this field is moment. These values are translated to the ABAQUS input file with the *CONNECTOR CONSTITUTIVE REFERENCE option. These property values define the reference angles for the components of the unloaded connector element. Use a real vector to specify this property. The n on-spatial fields that have been created with the “Tabular Input” method may be used to define damping that varies with velocity and temperature. X Axis Mech Joint (3D Model) . and velocity is a required independent variable.208 Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide Element Properties Mom/Rot about X Axis Mom/Rot about Y Axis Mom/Rot about Z Axis This stiffness property value defines the relationship between moment and relative displacement in the connector element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file with the *CONNECTOR DAMPING option. Zero Moment Ref Ang Rot Damping. The connection type is set to FLEXION-TORSION on the *CONNECTOR SECTION option. The nonspatial fields that have been created with the “Tabular Input” method may be used to define stiffness that varies with displacement and temperature. and displacement is a required independent variable.

Use an existing coordinate system to specify this property. It may be set to either "Degrees" or "Radians". This property defines the directions for the degrees of freedom at the second node of the connector element.Chapter 2: Building A Model 209 Element Properties Node A Analysis CID This property defines the directions for the degrees of freedom at the first node of the connector element. This property determines the units for the angle values. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file with an *ORIENTATION option and is referenced from the *CONNECTOR SECTION option. Use an existing coordinate system to specify this property. The default value is "Radians". It is translated to the ABAQUS input file with an *ORIENTATION option and is referenced from the *CONNECTOR SECTION option. Node B Analysis CID Units for Angles Main Index .

X Axis Mech Joint (3D Model) .210 Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide Element Properties Mom/Rot about X Axis Mom/Rot about Y Axis Mom/Rot about Z Axis This stiffness property value defines the relationship between moment and relative displacement in the connector element. A real constant or a non-spatial field may be used for this property. This damping property value defines the relationship between moment and the rate of change of relative displacement in the connector element. The connection type is set to HINGE on the *CONNECTOR SECTION option. The dependent variable for these fields is moment. These property values define the reference angles for the components of the unloaded connector element. Main Index . The n on-spatial fields that have been created with the “Tabular Input” method may be used to define damping that varies with velocity and temperature.HINGE Analysis Type Structural Dimension 1D Type Mech Joint (3D Model) Option 1 HINGE Option 2 Topologies Bar/2 This option creates CONN3D2 elements. Use a real vector to specify this property. A real constant or non-spatial field may be used for this property. and velocity is a required independent variable. The dependent variable for this field is moment. The nonspatial fields that have been created with the “Tabular Input” method may be used to define stiffness that varies with displacement and temperature. Zero Moment Ref Ang Rot Damping. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file with the *CONNECTOR DAMPING option. and displacement is a required independent variable. These values are translated to the ABAQUS input file with the *CONNECTOR CONSTITUTIVE REFERENCE option. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file with the *CONNECTOR ELASTICITY option.

It is translated to the ABAQUS input file with an *ORIENTATION option and is referenced from the *CONNECTOR SECTION option. Use an existing coordinate system to specify this property. Use an existing coordinate system to specify this property. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file with an *ORIENTATION option and is referenced from the *CONNECTOR SECTION option. Node B Analysis CID Main Index .Chapter 2: Building A Model 211 Element Properties Node A Analysis CID This property defines the directions for the degrees of freedom at the first node of the connector element. This property defines the directions for the degrees of freedom at the second node of the connector element.

212 Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide Element Properties Mech Joint (3D Model) . The connection type is set to JOIN on the *CONNECTOR SECTION option.JOIN Analysis Type Structural Dimension 1D Type Mech Joint (3D Model) Option 1 Option 2 Topologies JOIN Bar/2 This option creates CONN3D2 elements. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file with an *ORIENTATION option and is referenced from the *CONNECTOR SECTION option. Main Index . Use an existing coordinate system to specify this property. Node A Analysis CID This property defines the directions for the degrees of freedom at the first node of the connector element.

It is translated to the ABAQUS input file with an *ORIENTATION option and is referenced from the *JOINT option.JOINTC Analysis Type Dimension Structural 1D Type Mech Joint (3D Model) Option 1 JOINTC Option 2 Topologies Bar/2 This option creates JOINTC elements. This property determines the units for the angle values. Units for Angles Main Index . Use an existing coordinate system to specify this property. It may be set to either "Degrees" or "Radians". Node A Analysis CID This property defines the directions for the degrees of freedom at the first node of the connector element.Chapter 2: Building A Model 213 Element Properties Mech Joint (3D Model) . The *JOINT. The default value is "Radians". *SPRING and *DASHPOT options are used to define the properties.

It is translated to the ABAQUS input file with the *SPRING option. The dependent variable for this field is moment. The dependent variable for this field is force. This stiffness property value defines the relationship between moment and relative displacement in the connector element. Y Axis Force/Disp. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file with the *SPRING option. The non-spatial fields that have been created with the “Tabular Input” method may be used to define stiffness that varies with displacement and temperature. The n on-spatial fields that have been created with the “Tabular Input” method may be used to define stiffness that varies with displacement and temperature. and displacement is a required independent variable.214 Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide Element Properties Force/Disp. Z Axis This stiffness property value defines the relationship between force and relative displacement in the connector element. A real constant or a nonspatial field may be used for this property. and displacement is a required independent variable. X Axis Force/Disp. A real constant or a nonspatial field may be used for this property. Mom/Rot about X Axis Mom/Rot about Y Axis Mom/Rot about Z Axis Main Index .

LINK Analysis Type Structural Dimension 1D Type Mech Joint (3D Model) Option 1 LINK Option 2 Topologies Bar/2 This option creates CONN3D2 elements. The connection type is set to LINK on the *CONNECTOR SECTION option. Node B Analysis CID Main Index .Chapter 2: Building A Model 215 Element Properties Mech Joint (3D Model) . It is translated to the ABAQUS input file with an *ORIENTATION option and is referenced from the *CONNECTOR SECTION option. Use an existing coordinate system to specify this property. Node A Analysis CID This property defines the directions for the degrees of freedom at the first node of the connector element. This property defines the directions for the degrees of freedom at the second node of the connector element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file with an *ORIENTATION option and is referenced from the *CONNECTOR SECTION option. Use an existing coordinate system to specify this property.

The connection type is set to PLANAR on the *CONNECTOR SECTION option.216 Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide Element Properties Mech Joint (3D Model) .PLANAR Analysis Type Dimension Structural 1D Type Mech Joint (3D Model) Option 1 PLANAR Option 2 Topologies Bar/2 This option creates CONN3D2 elements. Main Index .

It is translated to the ABAQUS input file with an *ORIENTATION option and is referenced from the *CONNECTOR SECTION option. Node B Analysis CID Mech Joint (3D Model) .Chapter 2: Building A Model 217 Element Properties Node A Analysis CID This property defines the directions for the degrees of freedom at the first node of the connector element. Main Index . Use an existing coordinate system to specify this property. Use an existing coordinate system to specify this property. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file with an *ORIENTATION option and is referenced from the *CONNECTOR SECTION option.RADIAL-THRUST Analysis Type Dimension Structural 1D Type Mech Joint (3D Model) Option 1 RADIAL-THRUST Option 2 Topologies Bar/2 This option creates CONN3D2 elements. This property defines the directions for the degrees of freedom at the second node of the connector element. The connection type is set to RADIAL-THRUST on the *CONNECTOR SECTION option.

218 Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide Element Properties Node A Analysis CID This property defines the directions for the degrees of freedom at the first node of the connector element. These property values define the reference lengths for the components of the unloaded connector element. This stiffness property value defines the relationship between force and relative displacement in the connector element. ZAxis Zero Force Ref Len Main Index . Force/Disp. The dependent variable for this field is force. Use a real vector to specify this property. and displacement is a required independent variable. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file with an *ORIENTATION option and is referenced from the *CONNECTOR SECTION option. Use a real constant or a non-spatial field to specify this property. The non-spatial fields that have been created with the “Tabular Input” method may be used to define stiffness that varies with displacement and temperature. X Axis Force/Disp. Use an existing coordinate system to specify this property. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file with the *CONNECTOR ELASTICITY option. These values are translated to the ABAQUS input file with the *CONNECTOR CONSTITUTIVE REFERENCE option.

Use a real vector to specify this property. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file with the *CONNECTOR DAMPING option. A real constant or a non-spatial field may be used for this property.Chapter 2: Building A Model 219 Element Properties Damping. and velocity is a required independent variable. The n on-spatial fields that have been created with the “Tabular Input” method may be used to define damping that varies with velocity and temperature. Connector Min Stop Connector Max Stop Mech Joint (3D Model) . Use a real vector to specify this property. Z Axis This damping property value defines the relationship between force and the rate of change of relative displacement in the connector element. The connection type is set to REVOLUTE on the *CONNECTOR SECTION option. The dependent variable for these fields is force.REVOLUTE Analysis Type Structural Dimension 1D Type Mech Joint (3D Model) Option 1 REVOLUTE Option 2 Topologies Bar/2 This option creates CONN3D2 elements. These values are translated to the ABAQUS input file with the *CONNECTOR STOP option. These property values define the upper limits for the components of the connector's relative position. These property values define the lower limits for the components of the connector's relative position. These values are translated to the ABAQUS input file with the *CONNECTOR STOP option. X Axis Damping. Main Index .

Node B Analysis CID Units for Angles Main Index . Use an existing coordinate system to specify this property. Use an existing coordinate system to specify this property. The default value is "Radians". This property defines the directions for the degrees of freedom at the second node of the connector element. It may be set to either "Degrees" or "Radians". This property determines the units for the angle values.220 Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide Element Properties Node A Analysis CID This property defines the directions for the degrees of freedom at the first node of the connector element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file with an *ORIENTATION option and is referenced from the *CONNECTOR SECTION option. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file with an *ORIENTATION option and is referenced from the *CONNECTOR SECTION option.

This damping property value defines the relationship between moment and the rate of change of relative displacement in the connector element. A real constant or non-spatial field may be used for this property. This property value defines a lower limit for the connector's relative position. X Axis Connector Min Stop Connector Max Stop Mech Joint (3D Model) . The dependent variable for this field is moment. Use a real constant to specify this property. A real constant or a non-spatial field may be used for this property. The nonspatial fields that have been created with the “Tabular Input” method may be used to define stiffness that varies with displacement and temperature. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file with the *CONNECTOR ELASTICITY option. This value is translated to the ABAQUS input file with the *CONNECTOR STOP option. Zero Moment Ref Ang Rot Damping.ROTATION Analysis Type Structural Dimension 1D Type Mech Joint (3D Model) Option 1 ROTATION Option 2 Topologies Bar/2 This option creates CONN3D2 elements. Main Index . This value is translated to the ABAQUS input file with the *CONNECTOR STOP option. This property value defines an upper limit for the connector's relative position. The dependent variable for these fields is moment. The connection type is set to ROTATION on the *CONNECTOR SECTION option.Chapter 2: Building A Model 221 Element Properties Mom/Rot about X Axis This stiffness property value defines the relationship between moment and relative displacement in the connector element. This value is translated to the ABAQUS input file with the *CONNECTOR CONSTITUTIVE REFERENCE option. Use a real constant to specify this property. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file with the *CONNECTOR DAMPING option. and velocity is a required independent variable. Use a real constant to specify this property. and displacement is a required independent variable. The n on-spatial fields that have been created with the “Tabular Input” method may be used to define damping that varies with velocity and temperature. This property value defines the reference angle of the unloaded connector element.

It is translated to the ABAQUS input file with an *ORIENTATION option and is referenced from the *CONNECTOR SECTION option.222 Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide Element Properties Node A Analysis CID This property defines the directions for the degrees of freedom at the first node of the connector element. Use an existing coordinate system to specify this property. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file with an *ORIENTATION option and is referenced from the *CONNECTOR SECTION option. It may be set to either "Degrees" or "Radians". Use an existing coordinate system to specify this property. Node B Analysis CID Units for Angles Main Index . The default value is "Radians". This property defines the directions for the degrees of freedom at the second node of the connector element. This property determines the units for the angle values.

It is translated to the ABAQUS input file with the *CONNECTOR ELASTICITY option. These property values define the reference angles for the components of the unloaded connector element. X Axis Mech Joint (3D Model) . The n on-spatial fields that have been created with the “Tabular Input” method may be used to define damping that varies with velocity and temperature.SLIDE-PLANE Analysis Type Dimension Structural 1D Type Mech Joint (3D Model) Option 1 SLIDE-PLANE Option 2 Topologies Bar/2 This option creates CONN3D2 elements. Use a real vector to specify this property. and velocity is a required independent variable. The nonspatial fields that have been created with the “Tabular Input” method may be used to define stiffness that varies with displacement and temperature. The connection type is set to SLIDE-PLANE on the *CONNECTOR SECTION option. A real constant or a non-spatial field may be used for this property. Zero Moment Ref Ang Rot Damping. These values are translated to the ABAQUS input file with the *CONNECTOR CONSTITUTIVE REFERENCE option. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file with the *CONNECTOR DAMPING option. The dependent variable for these fields is moment. The dependent variable for this field is moment.Chapter 2: Building A Model 223 Element Properties Mom/Rot about X Axis Mom/Rot about Y Axis Mom/Rot about Z Axis This stiffness property value defines the relationship between moment and relative displacement in the connector element. Main Index . and displacement is a required independent variable. This damping property value defines the relationship between moment and the rate of change of relative displacement in the connector element. A real constant or non-spatial field may be used for this property.

This stiffness property value defines the relationship between force and relative displacement in the connector element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file with an *ORIENTATION option and is referenced from the *CONNECTOR SECTION option. Y Axis Force/Disp. and displacement is a required independent variable. Use an existing coordinate system to specify this property. Use a real constant or a non-spatial field to specify this property. Force/Disp. Use a real vector to specify this property. The dependent variable for this field is force. These values are translated to the ABAQUS input file with the *CONNECTOR CONSTITUTIVE REFERENCE option. Z Axis Zero Force Ref Len Main Index .224 Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide Element Properties Node A Analysis CID This property defines the directions for the degrees of freedom at the first node of the connector element. The n on-spatial fields that have been created with the “Tabular Input” method may be used to define stiffness that varies with displacement and temperature. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file with the *CONNECTOR ELASTICITY option. These property values define the reference lengths for the components of the unloaded connector element.

Use a real vector to specify this property. Main Index . and velocity is a required independent variable. These values are translated to the ABAQUS input file with the *CONNECTOR STOP option. A real constant or a non-spatial field may be used for this property. These values are translated to the ABAQUS input file with the *CONNECTOR STOP option. The connection type is set to SLOT on the *CONNECTOR SECTION option.SLOT Analysis Type Dimension Structural 1D Type Mech Joint (3D Model) Option 1 SLOT Option 2 Topologies Bar/2 This option creates CONN3D2 elements. Z Axis This damping property value defines the relationship between force and the rate of change of relative displacement in the connector element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file with the *CONNECTOR DAMPING option.Chapter 2: Building A Model 225 Element Properties Damping. Connector Min Stop Connector Max Stop Mech Joint (3D Model) . These property values define the lower limits for the components of the connector's relative position. Y Axis Damping. The dependent variable for these fields is force. These property values define the upper limits for the components of the connector's relative position. The n on-spatial fields that have been created with the “Tabular Input” method may be used to define damping that varies with velocity and temperature. Use a real vector to specify this property.

Use an existing coordinate system to specify this property. Force/Disp. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file with the *CONNECTOR ELASTICITY option. This property value defines the reference length of the unloaded connector element. and displacement is a required independent variable. Use a real constant to specify this property. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file with an *ORIENTATION option and is referenced from the *CONNECTOR SECTION option. The n on-spatial fields that have been created with the “Tabular Input” method may be used to define stiffness that varies with displacement and temperature. X Axis Zero Force Ref Len Main Index . Use a real constant or a non-spatial field to specify this property. This stiffness property value defines the relationship between force and relative displacement in the connector element. The dependent variable for this field is force. This value is translated to the ABAQUS input file with the *CONNECTOR CONSTITUTIVE REFERENCE option.226 Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide Element Properties Node A Analysis CID This property defines the directions for the degrees of freedom at the first node of the connector element.

This value is translated to the ABAQUS input file with the *CONNECTOR STOP option. Use a real constant to specify this property.Chapter 2: Building A Model 227 Element Properties Damping. Use a real constant to specify this property. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file with the *CONNECTOR DAMPING option. This property value defines the force limit associated with the friction portion of the connector element. A real constant or a non-spatial field may be used to specify this property. This property value defines a lower limit for the connector's relative position.TRANSLATOR Analysis Type Dimension Structural 1D Type Mech Joint (3D Model) Option 1 TRANSLATOR Option 2 Topologies Bar/2 This option creates CONN3D2 elements. and velocity is a required independent variable. Main Index . X Axis Friction Stick Stiff Mech Joint (3D Model) . The non-spatial fields that have been created with the “Tabular Input” method may be used to define damping that varies with velocity and temperature. A real constant or non-spatial field may be used for this property. The dependent variable for these fields is moment. This property value defines an upper limit for the connector's relative position. X Axis This damping property value defines the relationship between moment and the rate of change of relative displacement in the connector element. The connection type is set to TRANSLATOR on the *CONNECTOR SECTION option. This value appears as the STICK STIFFNESS parameter in the *CONNECTOR FRICTION option. The n on-spatial fields that have been created with the “Tabular Input” method may be used to define a limit that varies with temperature and/or displacement. This value is translated to the ABAQUS input file with the *CONNECTOR FRICTION option. Connector Min Stop Connector Max Stop Friction Lim. Use a real constant to specify this property. This property value defines the stiffness associated with the friction portion of the connector element. The dependent variable for these fields is force. This value is translated to the ABAQUS input file with the *CONNECTOR STOP option.

This property defines the directions for the degrees of freedom at the second node of the connector element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file with an *ORIENTATION option and is referenced from the *CONNECTOR SECTION option. Use an existing coordinate system to specify this property.228 Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide Element Properties Node A Analysis CID This property defines the directions for the degrees of freedom at the first node of the connector element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file with an *ORIENTATION option and is referenced from the *CONNECTOR SECTION option. The connection type is set to UJOINT on the *CONNECTOR Main Index . Node B Analysis CID Mech Joint (3D Model) . Use an existing coordinate system to specify this property.UJOINT Analysis Type Dimension Structural 1D Type Mech Joint (3D Model) Option 1 UJOINT Option 2 Topologies Bar/2 This option creates CONN3D2 elements.

Chapter 2: Building A Model 229 Element Properties SECTION option. Use an existing coordinate system to specify this property. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file with an *ORIENTATION option and is referenced from the *CONNECTOR SECTION option. Node B Analysis CID Main Index . Use an existing coordinate system to specify this property. Node A Analysis CID This property defines the directions for the degrees of freedom at the first node of the connector element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file with an *ORIENTATION option and is referenced from the *CONNECTOR SECTION option. This property defines the directions for the degrees of freedom at the second node of the connector element.

The connection type is set to UNIVERSAL on the *CONNECTOR SECTION option.230 Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide Element Properties Mech Joint (3D Model) . Main Index .UNIVERSAL Analysis Type Structural Dimension 1D Type Mech Joint (3D Model) Option 1 UNIVERSAL Option 2 Topologies Bar/2 This option creates CONN3D2 elements.

The default value is "Radians". This stiffness property value defines the relationship between moment and relative displacement in the connector element.Chapter 2: Building A Model 231 Element Properties Node A Analysis CID This property defines the directions for the degrees of freedom at the first node of the connector element. The non-spatial fields that have been created with the “Tabular Input” method may be used to define damping that varies with velocity and temperature. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file with the *CONNECTOR DAMPING option. A real constant or a non-spatial field may be used for this property.WELD Dimensio n 1D Analysis Type Structural Type Mech Joint (3D Model) Option 1 WELD Option 2 Topologies Bar/2 This option creates CONN3D2 elements. This property defines the directions for the degrees of freedom at the second node of the connector element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file with the *CONNECTOR ELASTICITY option. and displacement is a required independent variable. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file with an *ORIENTATION option and is referenced from the *CONNECTOR SECTION option. The n onspatial fields that have been created with the “Tabular Input” method may be used to define stiffness that varies with displacement and temperature. These values are translated to the ABAQUS input file with the *CONNECTOR CONSTITUTIVE REFERENCE option. Node B Analysis CID Units for Angles Mom/Rot about X Axis Mom/Rot about Z Axis Zero Moment Ref Ang Rot Damping. The dependent variable for this field is moment. It may be set to either "Degrees" or "Radians". X Axis Rot Damping. Use a real vector to specify this property. This damping property value defines the relationship between moment and the rate of change of relative displacement in the connector element. The connection type is set to WELD on the *CONNECTOR Main Index . These property values define the reference angles for the components of the unloaded connector element. This property determines the units for the angle values. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file with an *ORIENTATION option and is referenced from the *CONNECTOR SECTION option. Use an existing coordinate system to specify this property. A real constant or non-spatial field may be used for this property. Z Axis Mech Joint (3D Model) . Use an existing coordinate system to specify this property. The dependent variable for these fields is moment. and velocity is a required independent variable.

It is translated to the ABAQUS input file with an *ORIENTATION option and is referenced from the *CONNECTOR SECTION option. Node B Analysis CID Main Index . Node A Analysis CID This property defines the directions for the degrees of freedom at the first node of the connector element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file with an *ORIENTATION option and is referenced from the *CONNECTOR SECTION option. Use an existing coordinate system to specify this property. This property defines the directions for the degrees of freedom at the second node of the connector element. Use an existing coordinate system to specify this property.232 Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide Element Properties SECTION option.

It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as the *GASKET ELASTICITY option with the COMPONENT parameter set to MEMBRANE. This property defines the type of behavior for the thickness direction. Membrane Material This property defines the membrane material to be used. Behavior Type Main Index . This property is required. The *GASKET SECTION option is used to define the gasket thickness. This property is not required. This value is translated to the ABAQUS input file as the TYPE parameter on the *GASKET THICKNESS BEHAVIOR option. The Elastic Modulus and Poisson's Ratio may vary with temperature. width. The *GASKET THICKNESS BEHAVIOR option is used to define the behavior in the thickness direction. The *GASKET ELASTICITY option is used to define the membrane and transverse shear behaviors. initial gap and initial void values. It may be set to either "Damage" or "Elastic-Plastic".Chapter 2: Building A Model 233 Element Properties Axisym Link Gasket Analysis Type Structural Dimension 1D Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies 1D Gasket Axisymmetric Gasket Bar2 Link Behavior Model These options create GKAX2 elements.

A real constant or a spatially varying field may be used to define this property. Closure (Unloading) Shear Stiffness Gasket Thickness Thickness Direction Width Initial Gap Initial Void Main Index . This property is required. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the *GASKET SECTION option. This property defines the initial void in the thickness direction of the gasket element. This property is not required. Closure (Loading) This property defines the force per unit length versus gasket closure for loading in the thickness direction. This property is required. A non-spatial field created with the "Tabular Input" method must be used to define this property. When this property is not specified. A real vector or a spatially varying vector field may be used to define this property. This property is not required. The field's independent variables must be either displacement or displacement and temperature. This property defines the thickness direction (local one direction) for the elements. The nonspatial fields that have been created with the "Tabular Input" method may be used to define shear stiffness that varies with temperature. This property is not required. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the *GASKET SECTION option. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file on the *GASKET SECTION option. the gasket elements' thicknesses are determined from their nodal coordinates. This property defines the shear stiffness of the gasket elements. The field's independent variables must be either Displacement or Displacement and Temperature. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as the *GASKET THICKNESS BEHAVIOR option with the DIRECTION parameter set to UNLOADING. A real constant or a spatially varying field may be used to define this property. A real constant or a spatially varying field may be used to define this property. This property defines the force per unit length versus gasket closure for unloading in the thickness direction. This property is not required. This property is not required. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as the *GASKET THICKNESS BEHAVIOR option with the DIRECTION parameter set to LOADING. This property defines the width of the gasket element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the *GASKET SECTION option. This property defines the initial gap in the thickness direction of the gasket element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the *GASKET SECTION option. This property is not required. A real constant or a non-spatial field may be used to define this property. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as the *GASKET ELASTICITY option with the COMPONENT parameter set to TRANSVERSE SHEAR. A real constant or a spatially varying field may be used to define this property. F/L vs. A non-spatial field created with the "Tabular Input" method must be used to define this property.234 Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide Element Properties F/L vs. This property defines the thickness of the gasket elements.

Main Index .Chapter 2: Building A Model 235 Element Properties Axisym Link Gasket (Thick only) Analysis Type Structural Dimension 1D Type Option 1 Option 2 Thickness Behavior Only Topologies Bar2 1D Gasket Axisymmetric Link These options create GKAX2N elements. width. The *GASKET THICKNESS BEHAVIOR option is used to define the behavior in the thickness direction. The *GASKET SECTION option is used to define the gasket thickness. initial gap and initial void values.

This property is required. Closure (Unloading) Gasket Thickness Thickness Direction Width Initial Gap Initial Void Axisym Link Gasket (Material) Main Index . The field's independent variables must be either Displacement or Displacement and Temperature. This property defines the thickness of the gasket elements. the gasket elements' thicknesses are determined from their nodal coordinates. This property defines the initial gap in the thickness direction of the gasket element. When this property is not specified. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the *GASKET SECTION option. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the *GASKET SECTION option. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as the *GASKET THICKNESS BEHAVIOR option with the DIRECTION parameter set to LOADING. A real constant or a spatially varying field may be used to define this property. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as the *GASKET THICKNESS BEHAVIOR option with the DIRECTION parameter set to UNLOADING. This property defines the thickness direction (local one direction) for the elements. A non-spatial field created with the "Tabular Input" method must be used to define this property. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the *GASKET SECTION option. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file on the *GASKET SECTION option. Closure (Loading) F/L vs. A real constant or a spatially varying field may be used to define this property. A real constant or a spatially varying field may be used to define this property. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the *GASKET SECTION option. This property is not required. This property is required. This property defines the width of the gasket element.236 Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide Element Properties Behavior Type This property defines the type of behavior for the thickness direction. This property is required. F/L vs. This property is not required. This value is translated to the ABAQUS input file as the TYPE parameter on the *GASKET THICKNESS BEHAVIOR option. This property is not required. A non-spatial field created with the "Tabular Input" method must be used to define this property. A real constant or a spatially varying field may be used to define this property. It may be set to either "Damage" or "Elastic-Plastic". The field's independent variables must be either displacement or displacement and temperature. This property is not required. This property defines the initial void in the thickness direction of the gasket element. This property is not required. This property defines the force per unit length versus gasket closure for loading in the thickness direction. This property defines the force per unit length versus gasket closure for unloading in the thickness direction. A real vector or a spatially varying vector field may be used to define this property.

Chapter 2: Building A Model 237 Element Properties Analysis Type Structural Dimension 1D Type Option 1 Option 2 Built-in Material Topologies Bar2 1D Gasket Axisymmetric Link These options create GKAX2 elements. This property is not required. Material Name This property defines the material to be used. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the *GASKET SECTION option. The *GASKET SECTION option is used to define the gasket thickness. This property is required. This property defines the thickness of the gasket elements. A real constant or a spatially varying field may be used to define this property. initial gap and initial void values. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as the MATERIAL parameter on the *GASKET SECTION option. The gasket material is specified using the MATERIAL parameter on the *GASKET SECTION option. Gasket Thickness Main Index . width. the gasket elements' thicknesses are determined from their nodal coordinates. When this property is not specified.

This property defines the initial void in the thickness direction of the gasket element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the *GASKET SECTION option. The *GASKET ELASTICITY option is used to define the transverse shear behavior. This property defines the width of the gasket element. A real constant or a spatially varying field may be used to define this property. The *GASKET THICKNESS BEHAVIOR option is used to define the behavior in the thickness direction. A real vector or a spatially varying vector field may be used to define this property. This property is not required. A real constant or a spatially varying field may be used to define this property. This property defines the initial gap in the thickness direction of the gasket element. initial gap and initial void values. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file on the *GASKET SECTION option. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the *GASKET SECTION option. Main Index . The *GASKET SECTION option is used to define the gasket thickness. This property is required. Width Initial Gap Initial Void 3D Link Gasket Analysis Type Structural Dimension 1D Type Option 1 Option 2 Gasket Behavior Model Topologies Bar2 1D Gasket 3D Link These options create GK3D2 elements. This property is not required. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the *GASKET SECTION option. A real constant or a spatially varying field may be used to define this property. x-sectional area.238 Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide Element Properties Thickness Direction This property defines the thickness direction (local one direction) for the elements. This property is not required.

This property defines the force versus gasket closure for loading in the thickness direction. This property is required. A non-spatial field created with the "Tabular Input" method must be used to define this property. This value is translated to the ABAQUS input file as the TYPE parameter on the *GASKET THICKNESS BEHAVIOR option.Chapter 2: Building A Model 239 Element Properties Behavior Type This property defines the type of behavior for the thickness direction. It may be set to either "Damage" or "Elastic-Plastic". The field's independent variables must be either Displacement or Displacement and Temperature. Closure (Loading) Main Index . F vs. This property is required. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as the *GASKET THICKNESS BEHAVIOR option with the DIRECTION parameter set to LOADING.

It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the *GASKET SECTION option. This property is required. When this property is not specified. This property is not required. This property is not required. This property defines the thickness direction (local one direction) for the elements. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as the *GASKET ELASTICITY option with the COMPONENT parameter set to TRANSVERSE SHEAR. This property is not required. This property is not required. This property defines the coordinate system to use in defining the local two and three directions for the gasket elements. This property defines the shear stiffness of the gasket elements. This property is not required. A real constant or a spatially varying field may be used to define this property. A non-spatial field created with the "Tabular Input" method must be used to define this property. A real constant or a non-spatial field may be used to define this property. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the *GASKET SECTION option. This property defines the x-sectional area of the gasket element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as the *GASKET THICKNESS BEHAVIOR option with the DIRECTION parameter set to UNLOADING. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as an *ORIENTATION option that is referenced in the *GASKET SECTION option from the ORIENTATION parameter. The default value is 1. A real vector or a spatially varying vector field may be used to define this property. This property is not required. An existing coordinate frame may be used to define this property. This property defines the axis of rotation of the Orientation System for the Orientation Angle. The field's independent variables must be either displacement or displacement and temperature. An integer value of 1. Shear Stiffness Gasket Thickness Thickness Direction X-Sectional Area Orientation System Orientation Axis Main Index .240 Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide Element Properties F vs. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file on the *GASKET SECTION option. Closure (Unloading) This property defines the force versus gasket closure for unloading in the thickness direction. This property defines the thickness of the gasket elements. The nonspatial fields that have been created with the "Tabular Input" method may be used to define shear stiffness that varies with temperature. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as an *ORIENTATION option that is referenced in the *GASKET SECTION option from the ORIENTATION parameter. A real constant or a spatially varying field may be used to define this property. 2 or 3 may be used to define this property. the gasket elements' thicknesses are determined from their nodal coordinates.

Main Index . Initial Gap Initial Void 3D Link Gasket (Thick only) Analysis Type Structural Dimension 1D Type Option 1 Option 2 Thickness Behavior Only Topologies Bar2 1D Gasket 3D Link These options create GK3D2N elements. A real constant or a spatially varying field may be used to define this property. A real constant or a spatially varying field may be used to define this property. The *GASKET SECTION option is used to define the gasket thickness. x-sectional area. This property is not required. initial gap and initial void values. This property is not required. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the *GASKET SECTION option. A real constant or a spatially varying field may be used to define this property. The *GASKET THICKNESS BEHAVIOR option is used to define the behavior in the thickness direction. This property is not required. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as an *ORIENTATION option that is referenced in the *GASKET SECTION option from the ORIENTATION parameter. This property defines the initial void in the thickness direction of the gasket element.Chapter 2: Building A Model 241 Element Properties Orientation Angle This property defines the additional rotation about the Orientation Axis in degrees. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the *GASKET SECTION option. This property defines the initial gap in the thickness direction of the gasket element.

This property defines the force versus gasket closure for loading in the thickness direction. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as the *GASKET THICKNESS BEHAVIOR option with the DIRECTION parameter set to LOADING. Closure (Loading) Main Index . It may be set to either "Damage" or "Elastic-Plastic". F vs. This value is translated to the ABAQUS input file as the TYPE parameter on the *GASKET THICKNESS BEHAVIOR option. A non-spatial field created with the "Tabular Input" method must be used to define this property. This property is required. This property is required. The field's independent variables must be either Displacement or Displacement and Temperature.242 Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide Element Properties Behavior Type This property defines the type of behavior for the thickness direction.

It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the *GASKET SECTION option. When this property is not specified. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as the *GASKET THICKNESS BEHAVIOR option with the DIRECTION parameter set to UNLOADING. This property defines the thickness direction (local one direction) for the elements. This property defines the initial void in the thickness direction of the gasket element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file on the *GASKET SECTION option. A real constant or a spatially varying field may be used to define this property. A real constant or a spatially varying field may be used to define this property. This property is not required. A real constant or a spatially varying field may be used to define this property. This property defines the thickness of the gasket elements. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the *GASKET SECTION option. the gasket elements' thicknesses are determined from their nodal coordinates. A real constant or a spatially varying field may be used to define this property. This property is not required. The field's independent variables must be either displacement or displacement and temperature. This property is not required. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the *GASKET SECTION option. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the *GASKET SECTION option. Closure (Unloading) This property defines the force versus gasket closure for unloading in the thickness direction. This property is not required. This property is required. This property defines the initial gap in the thickness direction of the gasket element.Chapter 2: Building A Model 243 Element Properties F vs. A non-spatial field created with the "Tabular Input" method must be used to define this property. Gasket Thickness Thickness Direction X-Sectional Area Initial Gap Initial Void Main Index . This property defines the x-sectional area of the gasket element. A real vector or a spatially varying vector field may be used to define this property. This property is not required.

The gasket material is specified using the MATERIAL parameter on the *GASKET SECTION option. x-sectional area.244 Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide Element Properties 3D Link Gasket (Material) Analysis Type Structural Dimension 1D Type Option 1 Option 2 Built-in Material Topologies Bar2 1D Gasket 3D Link These options create GK3D2 elements. The *GASKET SECTION option is used to define the gasket thickness. initial gap and initial void values. Main Index .

This property is not required. This property defines the initial void in the thickness direction of the gasket element. A real constant or a spatially varying field may be used to define this property. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the *GASKET SECTION option. This property defines the coordinate system to use in defining the local two and three directions for the gasket elements. This property is not required.Chapter 2: Building A Model 245 Element Properties Material Name This property defines the material to be used. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as an *ORIENTATION option that is referenced in the *GASKET SECTION option from the ORIENTATION parameter. This property is not required. This property is required. When this property is not specified. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file on the *GASKET SECTION option. An existing coordinate frame may be used to define this property. This property defines the axis of rotation of the Orientation System for the Orientation Angle. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as an *ORIENTATION option that is referenced in the *GASKET SECTION option from the ORIENTATION parameter. A real constant or a spatially varying field may be used to define this property. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the *GASKET SECTION option. A real vector or a spatially varying vector field may be used to define this property. 2 or 3 may be used to define this property. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as the MATERIAL parameter on the *GASKET SECTION option. The default value is 1. A real constant or a spatially varying field may be used to define this property. This property is not required. This property defines the x-sectional area of the gasket element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as an *ORIENTATION option that is referenced in the *GASKET SECTION option from the ORIENTATION parameter. This property defines the thickness of the gasket elements. This property is not required. This property is required. This property defines the thickness direction (local one direction) for the elements. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the *GASKET SECTION option. This property is not required. Gasket Thickness Thickness Direction X-Sectional Area Orientation System Orientation Axis Orientation Angle Initial Gap Initial Void Main Index . It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the *GASKET SECTION option. This property defines the initial gap in the thickness direction of the gasket element. A real constant or a spatially varying field may be used to define this property. This property is not required. An integer value of 1. A real constant or a spatially varying field may be used to define this property. This property defines the additional rotation about the Orientation Axis in degrees. the gasket elements' thicknesses are determined from their nodal coordinates.

x-sectional area. The *GASKET SECTION option is used to define the gasket thickness. The *GASKET THICKNESS BEHAVIOR option is used to define the behavior in the thickness direction. The *GASKET ELASTICITY option is used to define the transverse shear behavior. Main Index . initial gap and initial void values.246 Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide Element Properties 2D Link Gasket Analysis Type Structural Dimension 1D Type Option 1 Option 2 Gasket Behavior Model Topologies Bar2 1D Gasket 2D Link These options create GK2D2 elements.

This property defines the force versus gasket closure for loading in the thickness direction. When this property is not specified. This property defines the thickness direction (local one direction) for the elements. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file on the *GASKET SECTION option. A real constant or a non-spatial field may be used to define this property. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the *GASKET SECTION option. This property is required. A non-spatial field created with the "Tabular Input" method must be used to define this property. This property is not required. F vs Closure (Loading) F vs Closure (Unloading) Shear Stiffness Gasket Thickness Thickness Direction X-Sectional Area Main Index . This property defines the force versus gasket closure for unloading in the thickness direction.Chapter 2: Building A Model 247 Element Properties Behavior Type This property defines the type of behavior for the thickness direction. A real constant or a spatially varying field may be used to define this property. This value is translated to the ABAQUS input file as the TYPE parameter on the *GASKET THICKNESS BEHAVIOR option. It may be set to either "Damage" or "Elastic-Plastic". It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as the *GASKET THICKNESS BEHAVIOR option with the DIRECTION parameter set to UNLOADING. This property is not required. This property is required. the gasket elements' thicknesses are determined from their nodal coordinates. A real vector or a spatially varying vector field may be used to define this property. This property defines the thickness of the gasket elements. This property is not required. The nonspatial fields that have been created with the "Tabular Input" method may be used to define shear stiffness that varies with temperature. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as the *GASKET ELASTICITY option with the COMPONENT parameter set to TRANSVERSE SHEAR. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the *GASKET SECTION option. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as the *GASKET THICKNESS BEHAVIOR option with the DIRECTION parameter set to LOADING. This property defines the x-sectional area of the gasket element. This property defines the shear stiffness of the gasket elements. A non-spatial field created with the "Tabular Input" method must be used to define this property. The field's independent variables must be either displacement or displacement and temperature. A real constant or a spatially varying field may be used to define this property. This property is not required. This property is required. The field's independent variables must be either Displacement or Displacement and Temperature.

It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the *GASKET SECTION option. Initial Void 2D Link Gasket (Thick only) Analysis Type Structural Dimension 1D Type Option 1 Option 2 Thickness Behavior Only Topologies Bar2 1D Gasket 2D Link These options create GK2D2N elements. x-sectional area. The *GASKET SECTION option is used to define the gasket thickness. This property defines the initial void in the thickness direction of the gasket element. The *GASKET THICKNESS BEHAVIOR option is used to define the behavior in the thickness direction. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the *GASKET SECTION option. Main Index .248 Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide Element Properties Initial Gap This property defines the initial gap in the thickness direction of the gasket element. This property is not required. initial gap and initial void values. This property is not required. A real constant or a spatially varying field may be used to define this property. A real constant or a spatially varying field may be used to define this property.

This property defines the force versus gasket closure for loading in the thickness direction. This property is required. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as the *GASKET THICKNESS BEHAVIOR option with the DIRECTION parameter set to LOADING. A non-spatial field created with the "Tabular Input" method must be used to define this property.Chapter 2: Building A Model 249 Element Properties Behavior Type This property defines the type of behavior for the thickness direction. This property is required. It may be set to either "Damage" or "Elastic-Plastic". F vs Closure (Loading) Main Index . The field's independent variables must be either Displacement or Displacement and Temperature. This value is translated to the ABAQUS input file as the TYPE parameter on the *GASKET THICKNESS BEHAVIOR option.

It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as the *GASKET THICKNESS BEHAVIOR option with the DIRECTION parameter set to UNLOADING. A real constant or a spatially varying field may be used to define this property. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the *GASKET SECTION option. This property is not required. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the *GASKET SECTION option. A real vector or a spatially varying vector field may be used to define this property. This property is not required.250 Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide Element Properties F vs Closure (Unloading) This property defines the force versus gasket closure for unloading in the thickness direction. A real constant or a spatially varying field may be used to define this property. This property is not required. This property is not required. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the *GASKET SECTION option. This property is required. the gasket elements' thicknesses are determined from their nodal coordinates. This property defines the x-sectional area of the gasket element. A real constant or a spatially varying field may be used to define this property. A real constant or a spatially varying field may be used to define this property. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file on the *GASKET SECTION option. Gasket Thickness Thickness Direction X-Sectional Area Initial Gap Initial Void Main Index . This property defines the thickness direction (local one direction) for the elements. The field's independent variables must be either displacement or displacement and temperature. A non-spatial field created with the "Tabular Input" method must be used to define this property. This property defines the initial gap in the thickness direction of the gasket element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the *GASKET SECTION option. When this property is not specified. This property is not required. This property defines the initial void in the thickness direction of the gasket element. This property defines the thickness of the gasket elements.

x-sectional area. The gasket material is specified using the MATERIAL parameter on the *GASKET SECTION option.Chapter 2: Building A Model 251 Element Properties 2D Link Gasket (Material) Analysis Type Structural Dimension 1D Type Option 1 Option 2 Built-in Material Topologies Bar2 1D Gasket 2D Link These options create GK2D2 elements. initial gap and initial void values. The *GASKET SECTION option is used to define the gasket thickness. Main Index .

the gasket elements' thicknesses are determined from their nodal coordinates. A real vector or a spatially varying vector field may be used to define this property.252 Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide Element Properties Material Name This property defines the material to be used. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the *GASKET SECTION option. This property is not required. *ORIENTATION. This property defines the thickness of the gasket elements. This property is required. This element defines a standard thin shell element. This property is not required. This property is required. *TRANSVERSE SHEAR STIFFNESS. as required. A real constant or a spatially varying field may be used to define this property. STRI65. S4R5. This property is not required. and *HOURGLASS STIFFNESS options may also be created. Quad/4. S8R5. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the *GASKET SECTION option. This property is not required. This property defines the x-sectional area of the gasket element. Tri/6. Quad/8. Quad/9 Options above create STRI35. When this property is not specified. or S9R5 elements with *SHELL SECTION properties. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the *GASKET SECTION option. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file on the *GASKET SECTION option. This property defines the initial gap in the thickness direction of the gasket element. This property defines the initial void in the thickness direction of the gasket element. A real constant or a spatially varying field may be used to define this property. This property defines the thickness direction (local one direction) for the elements. Gasket Thickness Thickness Direction X-Sectional Area Initial Gap Initial Void Thin Shell Analysis Type Structural Dimension 2D Type Shell Option 1 Thin Shell Option 2 Homogeneous Topologies Tri/3. A real constant or a spatially varying field may be used to define this property. Main Index . A real constant or a spatially varying field may be used to define this property. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as the MATERIAL parameter on the *GASKET SECTION option. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the *GASKET SECTION option.

Main Index . The referenced coordinate system defines the data used to create the *ORIENTATION option. This is a reference to an existing coordinate system.Chapter 2: Building A Model 253 Element Properties More data input is available for creating Thin Shell elements by scrolling down the input properties menu bar on the previous page. Property Name Orientation System Description Defines the orientation of the material within the shell element. Listed below are the remaining options contained in this menu.

This defines a laminate thin shell element. *ORIENTATION and ∗TRANSVERSE SHEAR STIFFNESS options may also be created.254 Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide Element Properties Property Name Ave Shear Stiffness Description Defines the transverse shear stiffness. S4R5. Quad/8. and bending modes. STRI65. Main Index . Quad/9 Options above create STRI35. These can be either real constants or references to existing field definitions. This is the value on the *TRANSVERSE SHEAR STIFFNESS option. normal. These define parameters on the *HOURGLASS STIFFNESS option. This is either a real constant or a reference to an existing field definition. as required. or S9R5 elements with *SHELL SECTION properties. Membrane Hourglass Stiffness Normal Hourglass Stiffness Bending Hourglass Stiffness Thin Shell (Laminated) Analysis Type Structural Dimension 2D Type Shell Option 1 Thin Shell Option 2 Laminate Topologies Tri/3. S8R5. Define the artificial stiffness for hourglass control in membrane. Tri/6. Quad/4.

*ORIENTATION. *TRANSVERSE SHEAR STIFFNESS and *HOURGLASS STIFFNESS options may also be created. S4R. This defines a homogeneous thick shell element. STRI65. Main Index .Chapter 2: Building A Model 255 Element Properties Thick Shell Analysis Type Structural Dimension 2D Type Shell Option 1 Thick Shell Option 2 Homogeneous Topologies Tri/3. or S8R elements with *SHELL SECTION properties. Quad/4. as required. Tri/6. Quad/8 Options above create S3R.

256 Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide Element Properties More data input is available for creating Thick Shell elements by scrolling down the input properties menu bar on the previous page. The referenced coordinate system defines the data used to create the *ORIENTATION option. Main Index . Property Name Orientation System Description Defines the orientation of the material within the shell element. Listed below are the remaining options contained in this menu. This is a reference to an existing coordinate system.

These are either real constants or references to existing field definitions. STRI65. Main Index . Define the artificial stIffness for hourglass control in membrane.Chapter 2: Building A Model 257 Element Properties Property Name Shear Stiffness K13 Shear Stiffness K23 Membrane Hourglass Stiffness Normal Hourglass Stiffness Bending Hourglass Stiffness Description Defines the transverse shear stIffness. and bending modes. normal. Thick Shell (Laminated) Analysis Type Structural Dimension 2D Type Shell Option 1 Thick Shell Option 2 Laminate Topologies Tri/3. These are the values on the *TRANSVERSE SHEAR STIFFNESS option. *ORIENTATION and ∗TRANSVERSE SHEAR STIFFNESS options may also be created. or S8R elements with *SHELL SECTION properties. S4R. These define parameters on the *HOURGLASS STIFFNESS option. Tri/6. as required. This defines a laminate thick shell element. Quad/8 Options above create S3R. Quad/4. These can be either real constants or references to existing field definitions.

STRI65. Quad/9 Options above create STRI35. Quad/8. S4R5. Tri/6. *ORIENTATION. or S9R5 elements with *SHELL GENERAL SECTION properties. This defines a general thin shell element. Quad/4. as required. *TRANSVERSE SHEAR STIFFNESS. and *HOURGLASS STIFFNESS options may also be created. Main Index .258 Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide Element Properties General Thin Analysis Type Structural Dimension 2D Type Shell Option 1 General Thin Shell Option 2 Homogenous Topologies Tri/3. S8R5.

Chapter 2: Building A Model 259 Element Properties More data input is available for creating General Thin Shell elements by scrolling down the input properties menu bar on the previous page. Listed below are the remaining options contained in this menu. Main Index .

These can be either real constants or references to existing field definitions.F6} Description Defines the symmetric half of the [D] section stiffness matrix on the *SHELL GENERAL SECTION option. Define the temperature effects on the *SHELL GENERAL SECTION Temperature Scaling Thermal Expansion Scaling option. Defines the mass per unit area for the shell element. This is a reference to an existing coordinate system.. and bending modes. These are lists of real values. Each list must have the same Temperature Values number of values. This is the value on the *TRANSVERSE SHEAR STIFFNESS option. Defines the transverse shear stiffness. These values are optional. This is either a real constant or a reference to an existing field definition. This defines the ZERO parameter on the *SHELL GENERAL SECTION option.260 Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide Element Properties Property Name Section Stiffness D14 Section Stiffness D24 Section Stiffness D34 Section Stiffness D44 Section Stiffness D15 Section Stiffness D25 Section Stiffness D35 Section Stiffness D45 Section Stiffness D55 Section Stiffness D16 Section Stiffness D26 Section Stiffness D36 Section Stiffness D46 Section Stiffness D56 Section Stiffness D66 Force Vector {F1. This value can be either a real constant or a reference to an existing field definition. Reference Temperature Density. This is a list of 6 real constants. These define parameters on the *HOURGLASS STIFFNESS option. This vector defines the generalized stresses caused by a fully constrained unit temperature rise. Defines the 6 values of the {F} vector on the *SHELL GENERAL SECTION option. Defines the reference temperature for all thermal effects on this element. Define the artificial stiffness for hourglass control in membrane. mass/area Ave Shear Stiffness Membrane Hourglass Stiffness Normal Hourglass Stiffness Bending Hourglass Stiffness Main Index . The referenced coordinate system defines the data used to create the *ORIENTATION option. This is the DENSITY parameter on the *SHELL GENERAL SECTION option. This property is required. Orientation System Defines the orientation of the material within the shell element. These properties are required. normal.

Quad/9 Options above create STRI3. Quad/8. S4R5. as required. S8R5 or S9R5 elements with *SHELL GENERAL SECTION properties.Chapter 2: Building A Model 261 Element Properties General Thin Shell (Laminated) Analysis Type Structural Dimension 2D Type Shell Option 1 General Thin Shell Option 2 Laminate Topologies Tri/3. *ORIENTATION and ∗TRANSVERSE SHEAR STIFFNESS options may also be created. Main Index . STRI65. Quad/4. Tri/6. This defines a laminate thin shell element.

262 Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide Element Properties General Thick Analysis Type Structural Dimension 2D Type Shell Option 1 General Thick Shell Option 2 Topologies Tri/3. Quad/8 Options above create S3R. Main Index . as required. Tri/6. More data input is available for creating General Thick Shell elements by scrolling down the input properties menu bar on the previous page. STRI65. or S8R elements with *SHELL GENERAL SECTION properties. This defines a general thick shell element. Listed below are the remaining options contained in this menu. Quad/4. and *HOURGLASS STIFFNESS options may also be created. *ORIENTATION. S4R. *TRANSVERSE SHEAR STIFFNESS.

These properties are required. This is the DENSITY parameter on the *SHELL GENERAL SECTION option. normal. Defines the orientation of the material within the shell element. The referenced coordinate system defines the data used to create the *ORIENTATION option. These define parameters on the *HOURGLASS STIFFNESS option. These are either real constants or references to existing field definitions. and bending modes. This defines the ZERO parameter on the *SHELL GENERAL SECTION option. Defines the transverse shear stiffness.F6} Description Defines the symmetric half of the [D] section stiffness matrix on the *SHELL GENERAL SECTION option. These are the values on the *TRANSVERSE SHEAR STIFFNESS option. Define the artificial stiffness for hourglass control in membrane. These are lists of real values. These values are optional. Each list must have the same number of values. This value can be either a real constant or a reference to an existing field definition. Defines the 6 values of the {F} vector on the *SHELL GENERAL SECTION option.. Defines the reference temperature for all thermal effects on this element. mass/area Shear Stiffness K13 Shear Stiffness K23 Membrane Hourglass Stiffness Normal Hourglass Stiffness Bending Hourglass Stiffness Main Index .Chapter 2: Building A Model 263 Element Properties Property Name Section Stiffness D14 Section Stiffness D24 Section Stiffness D34 Section Stiffness D44 Section Stiffness D15 Section Stiffness D25 Section Stiffness D35 Section Stiffness D45 Section Stiffness D55 Section Stiffness D16 Section Stiffness D26 Section Stiffness D36 Section Stiffness D46 Section Stiffness D56 Section Stiffness D66 Force Vector {F1. This is a reference to an existing coordinate system. Temperature Scaling Thermal Expansion Scaling Temperature Values Orientation System Reference Temperature Density. These can be either real constants or references to existing field definitions. Define the temperature effects on the *SHELL GENERAL SECTION option. This property is required. This vector defines the generalized stresses caused by a fully constrained unit temperature rise. This is a list of 6 real constants. Defines the mass per unit area for the shell element.

Quad/9 General Thick Laminate Shell Options above create S3R. S4R. Main Index . This defines a laminate thick shell element. or S8R elements with *SHELL GENERAL SECTION properties.264 Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide Element Properties General Thick Shell (Laminated) Analysis Type Structural Dimension 2D Type Shell Option 1 Option 2 Topologies Tri/3. Quad/4. *ORIENTATION and ∗TRANSVERSE SHEAR STIFFNESS options may also be created. as required. Tri/6. Quad/8. STRI65.

Quad/4. Main Index . and ∗HOURGLASS STIFFNESS options may also be created. as required.Chapter 2: Building A Model 265 Element Properties Large Strain Analysis Type Structural Dimension 2D Type Shell Option 1 Large Strain Shell Option 2 Topologies Tri/3. S4R. Tri/6. ∗TRANSVERSE SHEAR STIFFNESS. ∗ORIENTATION. or S8R elements with ∗SHELL SECTION properties. Quad/8 Options above create S3R. This defines a large strain element.

266 Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide Element Properties More data input is available for creating Large Strain Shell elements by scrolling down the input properties menu bar on the previous page. Quad/4 Options above create S3R. Main Index . ∗TRANSVERSE SHEAR STIFFNESS. ∗ORIENTATION. These define parameters on the ∗HOURGLASS STIFFNESS option. or S8R elements with ∗SHELL GENERAL SECTION properties. and bending modes. as required. These can be either real constants or references to existing field definitions. Listed below are the remaining options contained in this menu . and ∗HOURGLASS STIFFNESS options may also be created. General Large Strain Analysis Type Structural Dimension 2D Type Shell Option 1 General Large Strain Shell Option 2 Topologies Tri/3. This defines a general large strain element. S4R. Property Name Membrane Hourglass Stiff Normal Hourglass Stiff Bending Hourglass Stiff Description Define the artificial stiffness for hourglass control in membrane. normal.

Main Index . Listed below are the remaining options contained in this menu.Chapter 2: Building A Model 267 Element Properties More data input is available for creating General Large Strain Shell elements by scrolling down the input properties menu bar on the previous page.

Each list must have the same number of values. mass/area Poisson Parameter Main Index .. This defines the ZERO parameter on the ∗SHELL GENERAL SECTION option. This vector defines the generalized stresses caused by a fully constrained unit temperature rise. Permits an “overall” change of the cross section dimensions as a function of the axial strains. Define the temperature effects on the ∗SHELL GENERAL SECTION option. The referenced coordinate system defines the data used to create the ∗ORIENTATION option. Temperature Scaling D Thermal Expansion Scaling Temperature Values Orientation System Reference Temperature Density. Defines the orientation of the material within the shell element. Defines the mass per unit surface area for the shell element.. This property is required. These are lists of real values. This is the DENSITY parameter on the ∗SHELL GENERAL SECTION option. This value can be either a real constant or a reference to an existing field definition. This is a list of 6 real constants. Defines the 6 values of the {F} vector on the ∗SHELL GENERAL SECTION option. Defines the reference temperature for all thermal effects on this element. These values are optional. This is a reference to an existing coordinate system. These properties are required. This is the value of the POISSON parameter on the *SHELL GENERAL SECTION option.F6 Description Defines the symmetric half of the [D] section stiffness matrix on the ∗SHELL GENERAL SECTION option.268 Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide Element Properties Property Name Section Stiffness D14 Section Stiffness D24 Section Stiffness D34 Section Stiffness D44 Section Stiffness D15 Section Stiffness D25 Section Stiffness D35 Section Stiffness D45 Section Stiffness D55 Section Stiffness D16 Section Stiffness D26 Section Stiffness D36 Section Stiffness D46 Section Stiffness D56 Section Stiffness D66 Force Vector F1.

CPE4R. These define parameters on the ∗HOURGLASS STIFFNESS option. Define the artificial stiffness for hourglass control in membrane. or CPE8RH (depending on the selected options and topologies) elements with *SOLID SECTION properties. normal. Quad/4. The thickness value on the *SOLID SECTION option is included. and bending modes. CPE8R. Plane Strain Analysis Type Structural Dimension 2D Type 2D Solid Option 1 Plane Strain Option 2 Standard Formulation Hybrid Hybrid/Reduced Integration Reduced Integration Incompatible Modes Hybrid/Incompatible Modes Modified Formulation Modified/Hybrid Options above create CPE3. CPE6M. These are the values on the ∗TRANSVERSE SHEAR STIFFNESS option. CPE6. as required. CPE4H. standard integration elements will be used Tri/6 Tri/6 Topologies Tri/3. CPE6MH. CPE8H.Chapter 2: Building A Model 269 Element Properties Property Name Shear Stiffness K13 Shear Stiffness K23 Membrane Hourglass Stiffness Normal Hourglass Stiffness Bending Hourglass Stiffness Description Defines the transverse shear stiffness. CPE3H. CPE4. Quad/8 Main Index . These are either real constants or references to existing field definitions. CPE8. These can be either real constants or references to existing field definitions. If triangular element are found where reduced integration is requested. CPE6H. Tri/6. *ORIENTATION and *HOURGLASS STIFFNESS options may also be included. CPE4RH.

Quad/8 2D Solid General Plane Strain Main Index .270 Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide Element Properties . Quad/4 Tri/6. Generalized Plane Strain Analysis Type Structural Dimension 2D Type Option 1 Option 2 Standard Formulation Hybrid Hybrid/Reduced Integration Reduced Integration Incompatible Modes Hybrid/Incompatible Modes Topologies Tri/3.

X input file. CPEG6. *ORIENTATION and *HOURGLASS STIFFNESS options may also be included. CGPE6I. Otherwise. CPEG4IH. CGPE10R or CGPE10RH elements with *SOLID SECTION properties when writing an ABAQUS V5. CPEG6H. CPEG8. CPEG8H. they create CPEG3. CGPE6RH. CPEG4I. CGPE6.Chapter 2: Building A Model 271 Element Properties These options create CGPE5. CGPE8. CPEG3H. CGPE6H. CPEG4R. Main Index . CPEG4RH. If triangular elements are found where reduced integration is requested. CGPE10H. CGPE8H. CPEG8R or CPEG8RH elements with *SOLID SECTION properties. CGPE6R. CGPE6IH. CGPE5H. CPEG4. standard integration elements will be used. CPEG4H.X or V4. The thickness value on the *SOLID SECTION option is included. CGPE10. as required.

The third degree of freedom of this node defines the change in length between the bounding planes. Tri/6. standard integration elements will be used. *ORIENTATION and *HOURGLASS STIFFNESS options may also be created. Topologies Tri/3. [Node A: DOF<UZ>] V5. This property is required when generating an ABAQUS version 4 or 5 input file. CPS4. as required. The thickness value on the *SOLID SECTION option will be included. This property is required when generating an ABAQUS version 4 or 5 input file. Quad/8 Main Index . or CPS8R (depending on the selected options and topologies) elements with *SOLID SECTION properties.X+ Description Defines the REF NODE parameter on the *SOLID SECTION option. CPS4R. CPS8.X Plane Stress Analysis Type Dimension Structural 2D Type 2D Solid Option 1 Plane Stress Option 2 Standard Formulation Reduced Integration Incompatible Modes Tri/6 Modified Formulation Options above create CPS3. If triangular elements are found where reduced integration is requested.RY] V5. The fourth and fifth degrees of freedom of this node define the relative rotations of one bounding plane with respect to the other. Quad/4.X [Node B: DOF<RX.272 Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide Element Properties Property Name [Reference Node] V6. CPS6. CPS6M. This property is required when generating an ABAQUS version 6 or greater input file.

Quad/4.Chapter 2: Building A Model 273 Element Properties Axisymmetric Solid Analysis Type Structural Dimension 2D Type 2D Solid Option 1 Axisymmetric Option 2 Topologies Standard Formulation Tri/3. Tri/6. Quad/8 Reduced Integration Incompatible Modes Hybrid Tri/6 Modified Formulation Modified/Hybrid Tri/6 Main Index .

Axisymmetric Solid with Twist (General) Analysis Type Structural Dimension 2D Type 2D Solid Option 1 Option 2 Topologies Tri/3. Quad/8 General Standard Formulation Axisymmetric Hybrid Reduced Integration Hybrid/Reduced Integration Options above create CGAX3. CAX4R. CGAX8R. standard integration elements will be used. CAX6M. *ORIENTATION and ∗HOURGLASS STIFFNESS option may also be created. CAX4RH.274 Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide Element Properties Options above create CAX3. CAX6H. CGAX4RH. CGAX8H. CAX4. *ORIENTATION and ∗HOURGLASS STIFFNESS Main Index . or CAX8RH elements (depending on the selected options and topologies) with ∗plifa=pb`qflk properties. CGAX3H. CAX6MH. CAX8. Quad/8 Quad/4. CAX6. CAX8R. CGAX4. Quad/4. CGAX6. CGAX4H. or CGAX8RH elements (depending on the selected options and topologies) with ∗plifa=pb`qflk properties. CAX4H. CAX8H. Tri/6. If triangular elements are found where reduced integration is requested. as required. CAX3H. CGAX6H. CGAX4R. CGAX8.

M3D6. Tri/6. The thickness value on the ∗plifa=pb`qflk option is included. standard integration elements will be used. M3D4. as required. Quad/4.Chapter 2: Building A Model 275 Element Properties options may also be created. ∗lofbkq^qflk and ∗elrodi^pp= pqfcckbpp options may also be created. Main Index . If triangular elements are found where reduced integration is requested. standard integration elements will be used. as required. M3D4R. M3D8. M3D9 or M3D9R elements (depending on the selected options and topologies) with ∗plifa=pb`qflk properties. M3D8R. If triangular elements are found where reduced integration is requested. Quad/8 Membrane Standard Formulation Reduced Integration Options above create M3D3. Membrane Analysis Type Structural Dimension 2D Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies Tri/3.

276 Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide Element Properties Main Index .

Elastic Slip Soft Contact Quad/8 Elastic Slip Hard Contact Lagrange Soft Contact Lagrange Hard Contact Elastic Slip No Separation Lagrange No Separation Elastic Slip Vis Damping Elastic Slip Vis Damping No Separation Lagrange Vis Damping Lagrange Vis Damping No Separation Options above create INTER2 or INTER3 elements (depending on the selected topology) with ∗fkqboc^`b. These elements must be created from one contact surface to the other.Chapter 2: Building A Model 277 Element Properties Planar 2D Interface Analysis Type Structural Dimension 2D Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies 2D Interface Planar Quad/4. and ∗proc^`b=`lkq^`q properties. ∗cof`qflk. The SOFTENED parameter on the ∗proc^`b=`lkq^`q option may be included. This element defines an interface region between two portions of a planar model. Main Index . depending on the selected option.

This is the p 0 value on the ∗SURFACE CONTACT option. Defines the equivalent shear stress limit of the gap element. This is a real constant. Defines the pressure at zero clearance. This is a real constant. SOFTENED option. Chooses the Language multiplier formulation for sticking friction when completely rough (no slip) friction is desired. SOFTENED option. Property Name Elastic Slip Description Defines the absolute magnitude of the allowable maximum elastic slip to be used in the stiffness method for sticking friction. This is the c value on the ∗SURFACE CONTACT. This is the value of the TAUMAX parameter on the ∗FRICTION option.005. The default is . Defines the value of F f . all but the first will be ignored. Elastic Slip. This is a real constant. and No Sliding Contact are mutually exclusive. This property is only used for the Soft Contact option. Defines the maximum overclosure allowed in points not considered in contact.278 Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide Element Properties More data input is available for creating Planar 2D Interface elements by scrolling down the input properties menu bar on the previous page. This is the value of the ELASTIC SLIP parameter on the ∗FRICTION option. to redefine the ratio of allowable maximum elastic slip to characteristic element length dimension. If values are entered for more than one of these options. Damping coefficient at zero clearance. This is the value of the SLIP TOLERANCE parameter on the ∗FRICTION option. Clearance at which the damping coefficient is zero. Slip Tolerance. This is currently not used. Defines the clearance at which the contact pressure is 0. This is the c value on the ∗SURFACE CONTACT option. This property is only used for the Soft Contact option. This property is only used for the Soft Contact option. Defines the magnitude of the maximum negative pressure allowed to be carried across points in contact. This is a real constant. This is the p 0 value on the ∗SURFACE CONTACT. Listed below are the remaining options contained in this menu. This property is only used for the Hard Contact option. Fraction of the clearance interval over which the damping coefficient is constant. Slip Tolerance Stiffness in Stick Maximum Friction Stress Clearance Zero Pressure Pressure Zero Press Maximum Overclosure Maximum Negative Pressure No Sliding Contact Clearance Zero Damping Damping Zero Clearance Frac Clearance Const Damping Main Index .

Chapter 2: Building A Model 279
Element Properties

Axisymmetric 2D Interface Analysis Type Structural

Dimension 2D

Type

Option 1

Option 2

Topologies

2D Interface Axisymmetric Elastic Slip Soft Contact Quad/4, Quad/8 Elastic Slip Hard Contact Lagrange Soft Contact Lagrange Hard Contact Elastic Slip No Separation Lagrange No Separation Elastic Slip Vis Damping Elastic Slip Vis DampingNo Separation Lagrange Vis Damping Lagrange Vis Damping No Separation

Options above create INTER2A or INTER3A elements (depending on the selected topology) with *INTERFACE, *FRICTION, and *SURFACE CONTACT properties. The SOFTENED parameter on the *SURFACE CONTACT option may be included, depending on the selected option. This element

Main Index

280 Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Element Properties

defines an interface region between two portions of an axisymmetric model. These elements must be created from one contact surface to the other.

More data input is available for creating Axisymmetric 2D Interface elements by scrolling down the input properties menu bar on the previous page. Listed below are the remaining options contained in this menu. Elastic Slip, Slip Tolerance, and No Sliding Contact are mutually exclusive. If values are entered for more than one of these options, all but the first will be ignored.

Property Name Elastic Slip

Description Defines the absolute magnitude of the allowable maximum elastic slip to be used in the stiffness method for sticking friction. This is the value of the ELASTIC SLIP parameter on the ∗FRICTION option. Defines the value of F f , to redefine the ratio of allowable maximum elastic slip to characteristic element length dimension. The default is .005. This is the value of the SLIP TOLERANCE parameter on the ∗FRICTION option. This is currently not used.

Slip Tolerance

Stiffness in Stick

Maximum Friction Stress Defines the equivalent shear stress limit of the gap element. This is the value of the TAUMAX parameter on the ∗FRICTION option. Clearance Zero Pressure Defines the clearance at which the contact pressure is 0. This is the c value on the *SURFACE CONTACT, SOFTENED option. This property is only used for the Soft Contact option. This is a real constant.

Main Index

Chapter 2: Building A Model 281
Element Properties

Property Name Pressure Zero Clearance

Description Defines the pressure at zero clearance. This is the p 0 value on the ∗SURFACE CONTACT, SOFTENED option. This property is only used for the Soft Contact option. This is a real constant. Defines the maximum overclosure allowed in points not considered in contact. This is the c value on the ∗SURFACE CONTACT option. This property is only used for the Soft Contact option. This is a real constant. Defines the magnitude of the maximum negative pressure allowed to be carried across points in contact. This is the p 0 value on the ∗SURFACE CONTACT option. This property is only used for the Hard Contact option. This is a real constant. Chooses the Language multiplier formulation for sticking friction when completely rough (no slip) friction is desired. Clearance at which the damping coefficient is zero. Damping coefficient at zero clearance. Fraction of the clearance interval over which the damping coefficient is constant.

Maximum Overclosure

Maximum Negative Pressure

No Sliding Contact Clearance Zero Damping Damping Zero Clearance Frac Clearance Const Damping IRS (Shell/Solid) Analysis Type Structural

Dimensio n 2D

Type IRS (shell/solid)

Option 1 Elastic Slip Soft Contact Elastic Slip Hard Contact Lagrange Soft Contact Lagrange Hard Contact Elastic Slip No Separation Lagrange No Separation Elastic Slip Vis Damping Elastic Slip Vis Damping No Separation Lagrange Vis Damping Lagrange Vis Damping No Separation

Option 2

Topologie s Quad/4

Options above create IRS3, IRS4, and IRS9 elements (depending on the selected topology) with ∗INTERFACE, ∗FRICTION and ∗SURFACE CONTACT properties. The SOFTENED parameter on the ∗SURFACE CONTACT option may be included, depending on the selected option. This defines a rigid surface element for use with solid or shell elements.

Main Index

282 Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Element Properties

More data input is available for creating IRS (shell/solid) elements by scrolling down the input properties menu bar on the previous page. Listed below are the remaining options contained in this menu. Elastic Slip, Slip Tolerance, and No Sliding Contact are mutually exclusive. If values are entered for more than one of these options, all but the first will be ignored.

Property Name Reference Node Friction in Dir_1 Friction in Dir_2

Description Reference node common to the IRS elements and the rigid surface. Defines the sliding friction in the element’s 1 and 2 directions. These are the friction coefficients on the second card of the ∗FRICTION option. If Friction in Dir_2 is specified, then the ANISOTROPIC parameter is included on the ∗FRICTION option. These values can be either real constants or references to existing field definitions. Defines the absolute magnitude of the allowable maximum elastic slip to be used in the stiffness method for sticking friction. This is the value of the ELASTIC SLIP parameter on the ∗FRICTION option. Defines the value of F f , to redefine the ratio of allowable maximum elastic slip to characteristic element length dimension. The default is .005. This is the value of the SLIP TOLERANCE parameter on the ∗FRICTION option. This is currently not used.

Elastic Slip

Slip Tolerance

Stiffness in Stick

Main Index

Chapter 2: Building A Model 283
Element Properties

Property Name

Description

Maximum Friction Stress Defines the equivalent shear stress limit of the gap element. This is the value of the TAUMAX parameter on the ∗FRICTION option. Clearance Zero Pressure Defines the clearance at which the contact pressure is 0. This is the c value on the ∗SURFACE CONTACT, SOFTENED option. This property is only used for the Soft Contact option. This is a real constant. Defines the pressure at zero clearance. This is the p 0 value on the ∗SURFACE CONTACT, SOFTENED option. This property is only used for the Soft Contact option. This is a real constant. Defines the maximum overclosure allowed in points considered not in contact. This is the c value on the ∗SURFACE CONTACT option. This property is only used for the Hard Contact option. This is a real constant. Defines the magnitude of the maximum negative pressure allowed to be carried across points in contact. This is the p 0 value on the ∗SURFACE CONTACT option. This property is only used for the Hard Contact option. This is a real constant. Chooses the Language multiplier formulation for sticking friction when completely rough (no slip) friction is desired. Clearance at which the damping coefficient is zero. Damping coefficient at zero clearance. Fraction of the clearance interval over which the damping coefficient is constant.

Press Zero Clearance

Maximum Overclosure

Maximum Negative Pressure

No Sliding Contact Clearance Zero Damping Damping Zero Clearance Frac Clearance Const Damping Rigid Surface (Bezier 3D)

Analysis Type Dimension Structural 2D

Type Rigid Surf (Bz3D)

Option 1

Option 2

Topologies Quad 4

Options above create a ∗RIGID SURFACE, TYPE=BEZIER option for use in three-dimensional analysis (see Section 7.4.7 of the ABAQUS/Standard User’s manual). All trias forming up the rigid surface must have the normals pointing towards the contacting surface. Trias must all be connected.

Main Index

284 Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Element Properties

Rigid Surface (LBC) Analysis Type Structural Dimension 2D Type Rigid Surface(LBC) Option 1 Option 2 Topologies Quad4, Tria3 This property set is created when the Rigid-Deform contact lbc is created in the Loads/BCs menu. The creation or deletion of this property set is not required by the user. The elements associated with this property set are translated as R3D3 and R3D4 elements.

Main Index

Chapter 2: Building A Model 285
Element Properties

2D Rebar Analysis Type Structural Dimension 2D Type Rebar Option 1 Cylindrical General Reduced Integration Option 2 Standard Formulation Topologies Quad/9 Tri/3, Tri/6, Quad/4, Quad/8 Quad/4, Quad/8 The options above create SFM3D3, SFM3D4, SFM3D4R, SFM3D6, SFM3D8, SFM3D8R and SFMCL9 elements (depending on the selected options and topologies) with *SURFACE SECTION properties. The *EMBEDDED ELEMENT and *REBAR LAYER options are also created.

Main Index

286 Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Element Properties

Material Name

Defines the material to be used. When entering data here, a list of all isotropic materials in the database is displayed. You can either pick one from the list with the mouse or type in the name. This identifies the material that will be referenced on the *REBAR LAYER option. This property is required. Defines the area of the rebar cross-section. This is the cross-sectional area value on the *REBAR LAYER option. A real constant, a reference to an existing field definition, or a real list may be entered. A real list is used to specify the cross-sectional area for more than one rebar layer. This property is required. Defines the spacing of the rebars within a layer. This is the spacing value on the *REBAR LAYER option. A real constant, a reference to an existing field definition, or a real list may be entered. A real list is used to specify the spacing for more than one rebar layer. This property is required.

X-Sectional Area

Spacing

Main Index

Chapter 2: Building A Model 287
Element Properties

Spacing Unit Type

Defines the unit type for the spacing values. When “Angle” is specified, the ANGULAR SPACING parameter is used for the *REBAR LAYER option. “Distance” is the default value. This property is not required. Defines the angular orientation of the rebar from the local 1-direction in degrees. This is the angular orientation value on the *REBAR LAYER option. A real constant, a reference to an existing field definition, or a real list may be entered. A real list is used to specify the angular orientation for more than one rebar layer. This property is required. Defines the element property set of the elements that host the rebar elements. This is the “HOST ELSET” parameter on the *EMBEDDED ELEMENT option. A reference to an existing element property set may be specified. By default, the solver determines the host elements based on the position of the embedded elements within the model. This property is not required. Defines the value below which the weigh factors of the host element’s nodes will be zeroed out. This is the ROUNDOFF TOLERANCE parameter on the *EMBEDDED ELEMENT option. A real scalar may be specified. The default value is 1E+6. This property is not required. Defines a local coordinate system for orienting the rebars. This is a reference to an existing coordinate system. The referenced coordinate system defines the data used to create an *ORIENTATION option. The orientation name is then used for the ORIENTATION parameter on the *REBAR LAYER option. This property is not required. Defines the axis of rotation on the “Orientation System” to use for the additional rotation specified by the “Orientation Angle”. The axis should have a nonzero component in the direction of the normal to the surface. An integer value between 1 and 3 may be specified. The local 1-direction is the default value. This property is not required. Defines the additional rotation in degrees about the “Orientation Axis” of the “Orientation System”. Either a real scalar or a reference to an existing field definition may be specified. The default value is zero. This property is not required.

Rebar Orient. Angle

Host Property Set

Roundoff Tolerance

Orientation System

Orientation Axis

Orientation Angle

Plane Strain Gasket Analysis Type Structural Dimension 2D Type Option 1 Option 2 Gasket Behavior Model Topologies Quad4

2D Gasket Plane Strain

These options create GKPE4 elements. The *GASKET SECTION option is used to define the gasket thickness, out-of-plane thickness, initial gap and initial void values. The *GASKET THICKNESS BEHAVIOR option is used to define the behavior in the thickness direction. The *GASKET ELASTICITY option is used to define the transverse shear behavior.

Main Index

The Elastic Modulus and Poisson's Ratio may vary with temperature. This property defines the type of behavior for the thickness direction. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as the *GASKET THICKNESS BEHAVIOR option with the DIRECTION parameter set to LOADING. This property is not required. This property is required.288 Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide Element Properties Membrane Material This property defines the membrane material to be used. A non-spatial field created with the "Tabular Input" method must be used to define this property. The field's independent variables must be either Displacement or Displacement and Temperature. This property defines the pressure versus gasket closure for loading in the thickness direction. This value is translated to the ABAQUS input file as the TYPE parameter on the *GASKET THICKNESS BEHAVIOR option. Behavior Type P vs Closure (Loading) Main Index . It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as the *GASKET ELASTICITY option with the COMPONENT parameter set to MEMBRANE. It may be set to either "Damage" or "Elastic-Plastic". This property is required.

When this property is not specified. A non-spatial field created with the "Tabular Input" method must be used to define this property. This property defines the out-of-plane thickness of the of the gasket element. This property is not required. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the *GASKET SECTION option. This property is not required. This property defines the initial void in the thickness direction of the gasket element. Shear Stiffness Thickness Gasket Thickness Thickness Direction Initial Gap Initial Void Plane Strain Gasket (Material) Analysis Type Structural Dimension 2D Type Option 1 Option 2 Built-in Material Topologies Quad4 2D Gasket Plane Strain Main Index . A real constant or a spatially varying field may be used to define this property. A real constant or a non-spatial field may be used to define this property. The nonspatial fields that have been created with the "Tabular Input" method may be used to define shear stiffness that varies with temperature. The field's independent variables must be either displacement or displacement and temperature. A real constant or a spatially varying field may be used to define this property. This property defines the shear stiffness of the gasket elements. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as the *GASKET THICKNESS BEHAVIOR option with the DIRECTION parameter set to UNLOADING. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as the *GASKET ELASTICITY option with the COMPONENT parameter set to TRANSVERSE SHEAR. the gasket elements' thicknesses are determined from their nodal coordinates. A real vector or a spatially varying vector field may be used to define this property. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the *GASKET SECTION option. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the *GASKET SECTION option. A real constant or a spatially varying field may be used to define this property. This property defines the initial gap in the thickness direction of the gasket element. This property defines the thickness of the gasket elements. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file on the *GASKET SECTION option. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the *GASKET SECTION option. This property defines the thickness direction (local one direction) for the elements. This property is not required. This property is not required.Chapter 2: Building A Model 289 Element Properties P vs Closure (Unloading) This property defines the pressure versus gasket closure for unloading in the thickness direction. This property is not required. This property is not required. This property is not required. A real constant or a spatially varying field may be used to define this property.

This property is not required. This property defines the thickness of the gasket elements. A real constant or a spatially varying field may be used to define this property. This property defines the out-of-plane thickness of the of the gasket element. initial gap and initial void values. This property is not required. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the *GASKET SECTION option. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as the MATERIAL parameter on the *GASKET SECTION option. A real constant or a spatially varying field may be used to define this property. the gasket elements' thicknesses are determined from their nodal coordinates. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the *GASKET SECTION option.290 Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide Element Properties These options create GKPE4 elements. The gasket material is specified using the MATERIAL parameter on the *GASKET SECTION option. Material Name This property defines the material to be used. Thickness Gasket Thickness Main Index . When this property is not specified. The *GASKET SECTION option is used to define the gasket thickness. out-of-plane thickness. This property is required.

This property is not required. This property is not required. A real constant or a spatially varying field may be used to define this property. A real vector or a spatially varying vector field may be used to define this property. This property defines the initial void in the thickness direction of the gasket element. A real constant or a spatially varying field may be used to define this property. The *GASKET THICKNESS BEHAVIOR option is used to define the behavior in the thickness direction. The *GASKET ELASTICITY option is used to define the transverse shear behavior. initial gap and initial void values. Main Index . This property defines the initial gap in the thickness direction of the gasket element. The *GASKET SECTION option is used to define the gasket thickness. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file on the *GASKET SECTION option. This property is not required. out-of-plane thickness. Initial Gap Initial Void Plane Stress Gasket Analysis Type Structural Dimension 2D Type Option 1 Option 2 Gasket Behavior Model Topologies Quad4 2D Gasket Plane Stress These options create GKPS4 elements. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the *GASKET SECTION option.Chapter 2: Building A Model 291 Element Properties Thickness Direction This property defines the thickness direction (local one direction) for the elements. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the *GASKET SECTION option.

This property defines the type of behavior for the thickness direction. This property is not required. Behavior Type P vs Closure (Loading) Main Index . The Elastic Modulus and Poisson's Ratio may vary with temperature. This value is translated to the ABAQUS input file as the TYPE parameter on the *GASKET THICKNESS BEHAVIOR option. The field's independent variables must be either Displacement or Displacement and Temperature. This property defines the pressure versus gasket closure for loading in the thickness direction.292 Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide Element Properties Membrane Material This property defines the membrane material to be used. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as the *GASKET ELASTICITY option with the COMPONENT parameter set to MEMBRANE. A non-spatial field created with the "Tabular Input" method must be used to define this property. This property is required. It may be set to either "Damage" or "Elastic-Plastic". This property is required. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as the *GASKET THICKNESS BEHAVIOR option with the DIRECTION parameter set to LOADING.

It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the *GASKET SECTION option. A real constant or a non-spatial field may be used to define this property. This property is not required. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the *GASKET SECTION option. This property is not required. A real vector or a spatially varying vector field may be used to define this property. This property is not required. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the *GASKET SECTION option. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the *GASKET SECTION option. A real constant or a spatially varying field may be used to define this property. This property defines the initial gap in the thickness direction of the gasket element. A real constant or a spatially varying field may be used to define this property. A non-spatial field created with the "Tabular Input" method must be used to define this property. When this property is not specified. The field's independent variables must be either displacement or displacement and temperature. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as the *GASKET ELASTICITY option with the COMPONENT parameter set to TRANSVERSE SHEAR. A real constant or a spatially varying field may be used to define this property. This property defines the initial void in the thickness direction of the gasket element. Shear Stiffness Thickness Gasket Thickness Thickness Direction Initial Gap Initial Void Plane Stress Gasket (Thick only) Analysis Type Structural Dimension 2D Type Option 1 Option 2 Thickness Behavior Only Topologies Quad4 2D Gasket Plane Stress Main Index . This property is not required. This property is not required. This property defines the thickness of the gasket elements. This property defines the shear stiffness of the gasket elements. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as the *GASKET THICKNESS BEHAVIOR option with the DIRECTION parameter set to UNLOADING. the gasket elements' thicknesses are determined from their nodal coordinates. This property is not required. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file on the *GASKET SECTION option.Chapter 2: Building A Model 293 Element Properties P vs Closure (Unloading) This property defines the pressure versus gasket closure for unloading in the thickness direction. This property defines the thickness direction (local one direction) for the elements. This property is not required. A real constant or a spatially varying field may be used to define this property. This property defines the out-of-plane thickness of the of the gasket element. The nonspatial fields that have been created with the "Tabular Input" method may be used to define shear stiffness that varies with temperature.

This property is required. A non-spatial field created with the "Tabular Input" method must be used to define this property. The *GASKET THICKNESS BEHAVIOR option is used to define the behavior in the thickness direction. This value is translated to the ABAQUS input file as the TYPE parameter on the *GASKET THICKNESS BEHAVIOR option. P vs Closure (Loading) Main Index . The *GASKET SECTION option is used to define the gasket thickness. initial gap and initial void values. This property defines the pressure versus gasket closure for loading in the thickness direction. Behavior Type This property defines the type of behavior for the thickness direction. out-of-plane thickness. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as the *GASKET THICKNESS BEHAVIOR option with the DIRECTION parameter set to LOADING.294 Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide Element Properties These options create GKPS4N elements. The field's independent variables must be either Displacement or Displacement and Temperature. This property is required. It may be set to either "Damage" or "Elastic-Plastic".

It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the *GASKET SECTION option. A real constant or a spatially varying field may be used to define this property. This property is not required. This property is not required. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file on the *GASKET SECTION option. A real constant or a spatially varying field may be used to define this property. A non-spatial field created with the "Tabular Input" method must be used to define this property. A real vector or a spatially varying vector field may be used to define this property. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the *GASKET SECTION option. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the *GASKET SECTION option. out-of-plane thickness. The field's independent variables must be either displacement or displacement and temperature. When this property is not specified. the gasket elements' thicknesses are determined from their nodal coordinates. This property is not required. The *GASKET SECTION option is used to define the gasket thickness. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as the *GASKET THICKNESS BEHAVIOR option with the DIRECTION parameter set to UNLOADING. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the *GASKET SECTION option.Chapter 2: Building A Model 295 Element Properties P vs Closure (Unloading) This property defines the pressure versus gasket closure for unloading in the thickness direction. initial gap and initial void values. This property defines the thickness direction (local one direction) for the elements. Main Index . This property is not required. This property is not required. A real constant or a spatially varying field may be used to define this property. This property defines the thickness of the gasket elements. This property defines the initial gap in the thickness direction of the gasket element. This property defines the out-of-plane thickness of the of the gasket element. The gasket material is specified using the MATERIAL parameter on the *GASKET SECTION option. Thickness Gasket Thickness Thickness Direction Initial Gap Initial Void Plane Stress Gasket (Material) Analysis Type Structural Dimension 2D Type Option 1 Option 2 Built-in Material Topologies Quad4 2D Gasket Plane Stress These options create GKPS4 elements. This property is not required. A real constant or a spatially varying field may be used to define this property. This property defines the initial void in the thickness direction of the gasket element.

It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the *GASKET SECTION option. This property is not required.296 Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide Element Properties Material Name This property defines the material to be used. Thickness Gasket Thickness Main Index . A real constant or a spatially varying field may be used to define this property. This property is not required. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as the MATERIAL parameter on the *GASKET SECTION option. When this property is not specified. This property defines the thickness of the gasket elements. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the *GASKET SECTION option. A real constant or a spatially varying field may be used to define this property. This property defines the out-of-plane thickness of the of the gasket element. the gasket elements' thicknesses are determined from their nodal coordinates. This property is required.

This property is not required. This property is not required.Chapter 2: Building A Model 297 Element Properties Thickness Direction This property defines the thickness direction (local one direction) for the elements. This property defines the initial void in the thickness direction of the gasket element. The *GASKET THICKNESS BEHAVIOR option is used to define the behavior in the thickness direction. initial gap and initial void values. The *GASKET SECTION option is used to define the gasket thickness. A real constant or a spatially varying field may be used to define this property. This property defines the initial gap in the thickness direction of the gasket element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the *GASKET SECTION option. This property is not required. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the *GASKET SECTION option. Main Index . It is translated to the ABAQUS input file on the *GASKET SECTION option. Initial Gap Initial Void Axisymmetric Gasket Analysis Type Structural Dimension 2D Type 2D Gasket Option 1 Option 2 Topologies Quad4 Axisymmetric Gasket Behavior Model These options create GKAX4 elements. The *GASKET ELASTICITY option is used to define the transverse shear behavior. A real constant or a spatially varying field may be used to define this property. A real vector or a spatially varying vector field may be used to define this property.

This property is not required. This property is required. This property defines the pressure versus gasket closure for loading in the thickness direction. This value is translated to the ABAQUS input file as the TYPE parameter on the *GASKET THICKNESS BEHAVIOR option. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as the *GASKET THICKNESS BEHAVIOR option with the DIRECTION parameter set to LOADING. The field's independent variables must be either Displacement or Displacement and Temperature.298 Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide Element Properties Membrane Material This property defines the membrane material to be used. A non-spatial field created with the "Tabular Input" method must be used to define this property. It may be set to either "Damage" or "Elastic-Plastic". The Elastic Modulus and Poisson's Ratio may vary with temperature. This property is required. Behavior Type P vs Closure (Loading) Main Index . It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as the *GASKET ELASTICITY option with the COMPONENT parameter set to MEMBRANE. This property defines the type of behavior for the thickness direction.

This property is not required. A non-spatial field created with the "Tabular Input" method must be used to define this property. the gasket elements' thicknesses are determined from their nodal coordinates. This property defines the initial gap in the thickness direction of the gasket element. A real vector or a spatially varying vector field may be used to define this property. This property is not required. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the *GASKET SECTION option. A real constant or a spatially varying field may be used to define this property. A real constant or a spatially varying field may be used to define this property. This property is not required. This property defines the initial void in the thickness direction of the gasket element. Shear Stiffness Gasket Thickness Thickness Direction Initial Gap Initial Void Main Index . This property is not required. The nonspatial fields that have been created with the "Tabular Input" method may be used to define shear stiffness that varies with temperature. The field's independent variables must be either displacement or displacement and temperature. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the *GASKET SECTION option. This property defines the thickness direction (local one direction) for the elements.Chapter 2: Building A Model 299 Element Properties P vs Closure (Unloading) This property defines the pressure versus gasket closure for unloading in the thickness direction. This property defines the thickness of the gasket elements. A real constant or a spatially varying field may be used to define this property. This property is not required. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the *GASKET SECTION option. This property defines the shear stiffness of the gasket elements. This property is not required. When this property is not specified. A real constant or a non-spatial field may be used to define this property. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as the *GASKET THICKNESS BEHAVIOR option with the DIRECTION parameter set to UNLOADING. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as the *GASKET ELASTICITY option with the COMPONENT parameter set to TRANSVERSE SHEAR. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file on the *GASKET SECTION option.

The *GASKET SECTION option is used to define the gasket thickness. The *GASKET THICKNESS BEHAVIOR option is used to define the behavior in the thickness direction. Main Index .300 Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide Element Properties Axisymmetric Gasket (Thick only) Analysis Type Structural Dimension 2D Type Option 1 Option 2 Thickness Behavior Only Topologies Quad4 2D Gasket Axisymmetric These options create GKAX4N elements. initial gap and initial void values.

When this property is not specified. This property is not required. A real constant or a spatially varying field may be used to define this property. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as the *GASKET THICKNESS BEHAVIOR option with the DIRECTION parameter set to LOADING. A real constant or a spatially varying field may be used to define this property. This property is required. This property is not required. This property defines the thickness of the gasket elements. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file on the *GASKET SECTION option. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the *GASKET SECTION option. This property is not required. This property defines the pressure versus gasket closure for unloading in the thickness direction. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as the *GASKET THICKNESS BEHAVIOR option with the DIRECTION parameter set to UNLOADING. the gasket elements' thicknesses are determined from their nodal coordinates. This value is translated to the ABAQUS input file as the TYPE parameter on the *GASKET THICKNESS BEHAVIOR option. This property is required. This property defines the initial void in the thickness direction of the gasket element. The field's independent variables must be either Displacement or Displacement and Temperature. This property defines the pressure versus gasket closure for loading in the thickness direction. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the *GASKET SECTION option. A non-spatial field created with the "Tabular Input" method must be used to define this property. This property defines the initial gap in the thickness direction of the gasket element. P vs Closure (Loading) P vs Closure (Unloading) Gasket Thickness Thickness Direction Initial Gap Initial Void Main Index . The field's independent variables must be either displacement or displacement and temperature. This property is not required. This property defines the thickness direction (local one direction) for the elements. A non-spatial field created with the "Tabular Input" method must be used to define this property. A real vector or a spatially varying vector field may be used to define this property. This property is not required. It may be set to either "Damage" or "Elastic-Plastic". It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the *GASKET SECTION option. A real constant or a spatially varying field may be used to define this property.Chapter 2: Building A Model 301 Element Properties Behavior Type This property defines the type of behavior for the thickness direction.

The gasket material is specified using the MATERIAL parameter on the *GASKET SECTION option. Main Index . The *GASKET SECTION option is used to define the gasket thickness. initial gap and initial void values.302 Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide Element Properties Axisymmetric Gasket (Material) Dimensio n 2D Analysis Type Structural Type Option 1 Option 2 Built-in Material Topologies Quad4 2D Gasket Axisymmetri c These options create GKAX4 elements.

It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the *GASKET SECTION option. The *GASKET ELASTICITY option is used to define the transverse shear behavior. A real constant or a spatially varying field may be used to define this property. The *GASKET THICKNESS BEHAVIOR option is used to define the behavior in the thickness direction. This property defines the initial gap in the thickness direction of the gasket element. This property is not required. Main Index . It is translated to the ABAQUS input file on the *GASKET SECTION option. This property is required. This property defines the thickness direction (local one direction) for the elements. This property is not required. A real vector or a spatially varying vector field may be used to define this property. This property is not required. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as the MATERIAL parameter on the *GASKET SECTION option. This property is not required. A real constant or a spatially varying field may be used to define this property.Chapter 2: Building A Model 303 Element Properties Material Name This property defines the material to be used. When this property is not specified. width. the gasket elements' thicknesses are determined from their nodal coordinates. initial gap and initial void values. The *GASKET SECTION option is used to define the gasket thickness. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the *GASKET SECTION option. Gasket Thickness Thickness Direction Initial Gap Initial Void 3D Line Gaske t Analysis Type Structural Dimension 2D Type 2D Gasket Option 1 Line Option 2 Gasket Behavior Model Topologies Quad4 These options create GK3D4L elements. A real constant or a spatially varying field may be used to define this property. This property defines the initial void in the thickness direction of the gasket element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the *GASKET SECTION option. This property defines the thickness of the gasket elements.

This property is required. A non-spatial field created with the "Tabular Input" method must be used to define this property. Behavior Type F/L vs. This property defines the force per unit length versus gasket closure for loading in the thickness direction.304 Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide Element Properties Membrane Material This property defines the membrane material to be used. The Elastic Modulus and Poisson's Ratio may vary with temperature. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as the *GASKET ELASTICITY option with the COMPONENT parameter set to MEMBRANE. The field's independent variables must be either Displacement or Displacement and Temperature. This property defines the type of behavior for the thickness direction. It may be set to either "Damage" or "Elastic-Plastic". This property is not required. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as the *GASKET THICKNESS BEHAVIOR option with the DIRECTION parameter set to LOADING. Closure (Loading) Main Index . This value is translated to the ABAQUS input file as the TYPE parameter on the *GASKET THICKNESS BEHAVIOR option. This property is required.

This property defines the initial void in the thickness direction of the gasket element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the *GASKET SECTION option. This property is not required. This property is not required. A real constant or a spatially varying field may be used to define this property. A real constant or a non-spatial field may be used to define this property. The non-spatial fields that have been created with the "Tabular Input" method may be used to define shear stiffness that varies with temperature. Gasket Thickness Thickness Direction Width Initial Gap Initial Void Main Index . A real constant or a spatially varying field may be used to define this property. A real vector or a spatially varying vector field may be used to define this property. the gasket elements' thicknesses are determined from their nodal coordinates. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the *GASKET SECTION option. This property is not required. This property defines the thickness direction (local one direction) for the elements. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the *GASKET SECTION option. This property defines the initial gap in the thickness direction of the gasket element. When this property is not specified. This property defines the width of the gasket element. The field's independent variables must be either displacement or displacement and temperature. This property defines the thickness of the gasket elements.Chapter 2: Building A Model 305 Element Properties F/L vs. This property is not required. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the *GASKET SECTION option. Shear Stiffness This property defines the shear stiffness of the gasket elements. This property is not required. A real constant or a spatially varying field may be used to define this property. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as the *GASKET THICKNESS BEHAVIOR option with the DIRECTION parameter set to UNLOADING. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as the *GASKET ELASTICITY option with the COMPONENT parameter set to TRANSVERSE SHEAR. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file on the *GASKET SECTION option. Closure (Unloading) This property defines the force per unit length versus gasket closure for unloading in the thickness direction. A real constant or a spatially varying field may be used to define this property. This property is not required. A non-spatial field created with the "Tabular Input" method must be used to define this property. This property is required.

initial gap and initial void values. The *GASKET SECTION option is used to define the gasket thickness. Main Index . width. The *GASKET THICKNESS BEHAVIOR option is used to define the behavior in the thickness direction.306 Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide Element Properties 3D Line Gasket (Thick only) Analysis Type Structural Dimension 2D Type 2D Gasket Option 1 Line Option 2 Thickness Behavior Only Topologies Quad4 These options create GK3D4LN elements.

This property is required. It may be set to either "Damage" or "Elastic-Plastic". It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the *GASKET SECTION option. The field's independent variables must be either Displacement or Displacement and Temperature. the gasket elements' thicknesses are determined from their nodal coordinates. A real constant or a spatially varying field may be used to define this property. This property defines the force per unit length versus gasket closure for loading in the thickness direction. This property defines the width of the gasket element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the *GASKET SECTION option. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as the *GASKET THICKNESS BEHAVIOR option with the DIRECTION parameter set to UNLOADING.Chapter 2: Building A Model 307 Element Properties Behavior Type This property defines the type of behavior for the thickness direction. A non-spatial field created with the "Tabular Input" method must be used to define this property. A real vector or a spatially varying vector field may be used to define this property. This property defines the thickness direction (local one direction) for the elements. The field's independent variables must be either displacement or displacement and temperature. This property is not required. Gasket Thickness This property defines the thickness of the gasket elements. When this property is not specified. This property is not required. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as the *GASKET THICKNESS BEHAVIOR option with the DIRECTION parameter set to LOADING. Thickness Direction Width Main Index . This property is required. A real constant or a spatially varying field may be used to define this property. A non-spatial field created with the "Tabular Input" method must be used to define this property. This property is required. Closure (Loading) F/L vs. F/L vs. This property is not required. This value is translated to the ABAQUS input file as the TYPE parameter on the *GASKET THICKNESS BEHAVIOR option. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file on the *GASKET SECTION option. Closure (Unloading) This property defines the force per unit length versus gasket closure for unloading in the thickness direction.

Main Index . initial gap and initial void values. Initial Void 3D Line Gasket (Material) Analysis Type Structural Dimension 2D Type 2D Gasket Option 1 Line Option 2 Built-in Material Topologies Quad4 These options create GK3D4L elements.308 Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide Element Properties Initial Gap This property defines the initial gap in the thickness direction of the gasket element. The *GASKET SECTION option is used to define the gasket thickness. This property defines the initial void in the thickness direction of the gasket element. A real constant or a spatially varying field may be used to define this property. The gasket material is specified using the MATERIAL parameter on the *GASKET SECTION option. This property is not required. A real constant or a spatially varying field may be used to define this property. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the *GASKET SECTION option. width. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the *GASKET SECTION option. This property is not required.

When this property is not specified. the gasket elements' thicknesses are determined from their nodal coordinates. Gasket Thickness Thickness Direction This property defines the thickness direction (local one direction) for the elements. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file on the *GASKET SECTION option. This property is required. A real constant or a spatially varying field may be used to define this property. A real vector or a spatially varying vector field may be used to define this property. This property is not required. This property defines the thickness of the gasket elements. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as the MATERIAL parameter on the *GASKET SECTION option. Main Index .Chapter 2: Building A Model 309 Element Properties Material Name This property defines the material to be used. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the *GASKET SECTION option. This property is not required.

∗ORIENTATION and ∗HOURGLASS STIFFNESS options may also be created. C3D4H. standard integration elements will be used. Initial Gap Initial Void Solid Analysis Type Structural Dimension 3D Type Solid Option 1 Standard Formulation Hybrid Hybrid/Reduced Integration Reduced Integration Incompatible Modes Hybrid/Incompatible Modes Modified Formulation Modified/Hybrid Option 2 Laminate Topologies Tet/4. A real constant or a spatially varying field may be used to define this property. Hex/20. C3D27. C3D20RH. This property is required. A real constant or a spatially varying field may be used to define this property. C3D27R. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the *GASKET SECTION option. C3D6. Hex/8. C3D8. C3D20. C3D20H. A real constant or a spatially varying field may be used to define this property. Wedge/15. C3D20R. This property is not required. C3D8R. C3D10H. Main Index . It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the *GASKET SECTION option. Tet/10. as required. C3D6H.310 Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide Element Properties Width This property defines the width of the gasket element. C3D15H. C3D10. or C3D27RH elements (depending on the selected options and topologies) with ∗SOLID SECTION properties. C3D27H. This property is not required. C3D8H. C3D10MH. This property defines the initial gap in the thickness direction of the gasket element. If tetrahedral or wedge elements are found where reduced integration is requested. C3D15. C3D8RH. C3D10M. Hex/27 Tet/10 Tet/10 Options above create C3D4. Wedge/6. This property defines the initial void in the thickness direction of the gasket element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the *GASKET SECTION option.

An integer value of 1. This identifies the material which will be referenced on the *SOLID SECTION option. This property is not required.Chapter 2: Building A Model 311 Element Properties Material Name Defines the material to be used. You can either pick one from the list with the mouse or type the name in. Stack Direction This property defines the direction in which the material layers are stacked. This is the STACK DIRECTION parameter on the *SOLID SECTION option. When entering data. This property is required. 2 or 3 may be entered. a list of all materials in the database is displayed. Please see the section on defining composite solid elements in the ABAQUS Standard User’s Manual to determine the correct stack direction. This is a reference to an existing coordinate system. The default value is 3. Main Index . Orientation Axis This property defines the the orientation of the material within the shell element. The referenced coordinate system defines the data used to create the *ORIENTATION option.

Main Index . INTER8 or INTER9 elements (depending on the selected topology) with *INTERFACE. and *SURFACE CONTACT properties.312 Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide Element Properties 3D Interface Analysis Type Structural Dimension 3D Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies Hex/8. Hex/27 3D Interface Elastic Slip Soft Contact Elastic Slip Hard Contact Lagrange Soft Contact Lagrange Hard Contact Elastic Slip No Separation Lagrange No Separation Elastic Slip Vis Damping Elastic Slip Vis Damping No Separation Lagrange Vis Damping Lagrange Vis Damping No Separation Options above create INTER4. depending on the selected option. *FRICTION. Hex/20. This element defines an interface region between two portions of a spatial model. The SOFTENED parameter on the *SURFACE CONTACT option may be included. These elements must be created from one contact surface to the other.

Elastic Slip. If values are entered for more than one of these options.Chapter 2: Building A Model 313 Element Properties More data input is available for creating 3D Interface elements by scrolling down the input properties menu bar on the previous page. all but the first will be ignored. and No Sliding Contact are mutually exclusive. Slip Tolerance. Listed below are the remaining options contained in this menu. Main Index .

Defines the magnitude of the maximum negative pressure allowed to be carried across points in contact. Bar/3 Main Index . This property is only used for the Soft Contact option. This is a real constant. This is the value of the TAUMAX parameter on the ∗FRICTION option. SOFTENED option. Defines the maximum overclosure allowed in points considered not in contact. Slip Tolerance Stiffness in Stick Maximum Friction Stress Clearance Zero Pressure Pressure Zero Clearance Maximum Overclosure Maximum Negative Pressure No Sliding Contact Clearance Zero Damping Damping Zero Clearance Frac Clearance Const Damping Fraction of the clearance interval over which the damping coefficient is constant. Chooses the Language multiplier formulation for sticking friction when completely rough (no slip) friction is desired. This is a real constant. This is the p 0 value on the ∗SURFACE CONTACT. Defines the equivalent shear stress limit of the gap element. This is a real constant. Defines the pressure at zero clearance. This is the c value on the ∗SURFACE CONTACT. This property is only used for the Hard Contact option.314 Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide Element Properties Property Name Elastic Slip Description Defines the absolute magnitude of the allowable maximum elastic slip to be used in the stiffness method for sticking friction. This is the p 0 value on the ∗SURFACE CONTACT option. Damping coefficient at zero clearance. Thermal Link Analysis Type Dimension Thermal 1D Link Type Option 1 Option 2 Topologies Bar/2. This is the c value on the ∗SURFACE CONTACT option. This is a real constant. This is the value of the ELASTIC SLIP parameter on the ∗FRICTION option.005. Clearance at which the damping coefficient is zero. This is currently not used. SOFTENED option. This is the value of the SLIP TOLERANCE parameter on the ∗FRICTION option. Defines the clearance at which the contact pressure is 0. Defines the value of F f to redefine the ratio of allowable maximum elastic slip to characteristic element length dimension. This property is only used for the Soft Contact option. This property is only used for the Hard Contact option. The default is .

Main Index . depending on the specified topology with *SOLID SECTION properties. Thermal Axisymmetric Shell Analysis Type Thermal Dimension 1D Type Axisymmetric Shell Option 1 Homogeneous Option 2 Topologies Bar/2. The cross-sectional area value on the *SOLID SECTION option is included.Chapter 2: Building A Model 315 Element Properties Options above create DC1D2 or DC1D3 elements. Bar/3 Options above create DSAX1 or DSAX2 elements (depending on the specified topology) with *SHELL SECTION properties.

316 Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide Element Properties Thermal Axisymmetric Shell (Laminated) Analysis Type Thermal Dimension 1D Type Axisymmetric Shell Option 1 Laminate Option 2 Topologies Bar/2. COMPOSITE properties. Bar/3 Options above create DSAX1 or DSAX2 elements (depending on the specified topology) with ∗pebii= pb`qflk. Main Index .

as required.Chapter 2: Building A Model 317 Element Properties Thermal 1D Interface Analysis Type Dimension Thermal 1D Type 1D Interface Option 1 Option 2 Topologies Bar/2 Options above create DINTER1 elements with ∗fkqboc^`b properties. ∗GAP CONDUCTANCE and ∗GAP RADIATION options are also created. Main Index . These elements must be created from one contact surface to the other.

DS4. DS6 or DS8 elements (depending on the selected topology) with *SHELL SECTION properties. as required. Quad/8 Options above create DS3.318 Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide Element Properties Thermal Shell Analysis Type Dimension Thermal 2D Type Shell Option 1 Homogeneous Option 2 Topologies Quad/4. An *ORIENTATION option may also be created. Main Index .

Quad/8 Options above create DS3. as required. DS6 or DS8 elements (depending on the selected topology) with *SHELL SECTION. DS4. Main Index .Chapter 2: Building A Model 319 Element Properties Thermal Shell (Laminated) Analysis Type Thermal Dimension 2D Type Shell Option 1 Laminate Option 2 Topologies Quad/4. COMPOSITE properties. An *ORIENTATION option may also be created.

Main Index . DCAX6. DCAX8. as required. Quad/4. The thickness value on the ∗plifa=pb`qflk option is included.DCCAX4. DCC2D4. DCC2D4D. DCAX3. An ∗lofbkq^qflk option may also be created.320 Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide Element Properties Thermal Planar Solid Analysis Type Thermal Dimension 2D Type 2D Solid Option 1 Planar Axisymmetric Option 2 Standard Formulation Convection/Diffusion Convection/Diffusion w/Dispersion Control Topologies Tri/3. DC2D8. DCAX4. DC2D6. or DCCAX4D elements (depending on the selected options and topologies) with ∗plifa=pb`qflk properties. DC2D4. Quad/8 Quad/4 Quad/4 Options above create DC2D3.

These elements must be created from one Option 2 Topologies Quad/4. DINTER2A.Chapter 2: Building A Model 321 Element Properties Thermal Preference (Planar) Analysis Type Dimension Thermal 2D Type 2D Interface Option 1 Planar Axisymmetric Options above create DINTER2. Quad/8 Main Index . DINTER3. or DINTER3A elements (depending on the selected option and topology) with *INTERFACE properties.

as required. Main Index . *GAP CONDUCTANCE and ∗GAP RADIATION options are created.322 Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide Element Properties contact surface to the other.

DC3D6. An *ORIENTATION option may also be created. DC3D15. Wedge/15. DC3D20. DC3D10.Chapter 2: Building A Model 323 Element Properties Thermal Solid Analysis Type Thermal Dimension 3D Type Solid Option 1 Standard Formulation Convection/Diffusion Hex/8 Convection/Diffusion w/ Dispersion Control Options above create DC3D4. Wedge/6. DCC3D8. or DCC3D8D (depending on the selected options and topologies) elements with *SOLID SECTION properties. Topologies Tet/4. Hex/20 Main Index . as required. Hex/8. DC3D8. Tet/10.

as required. Hex/20 Options above create DINTER4 or DINTER8 elements (depending on the selected) with *INTERFACE properties.324 Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide Element Properties Thermal Preference (Solid) Analysis Type Dimension Thermal 3D Type 3D Interface Option 1 Option 2 Topologies Hex/8. Main Index . These elements must be created from one contact surface to the other. *GAP CONDUCTANCE and ∗GAP RADIATION options are also created.

Hex8 These options create GK3D8 or GK3D6 elements depending on the element topology. The *GASKET THICKNESS BEHAVIOR option is used to define the behavior in the thickness direction. Main Index . initial gap and initial void values.Chapter 2: Building A Model 325 Element Properties Solid Gasket Analysis Type Structural Dimension 3D Type Gasket Option 1 Gasket Behavior Model Option 2 Topologies Wedge6. The *GASKET ELASTICITY option is used to define the transverse shear behavior. The *GASKET SECTION option is used to define the gasket thickness.

A non-spatial field created with the "Tabular Input" method must be used to define this property. This property is required. The field's independent variables must be either displacement or displacement and temperature. This property is not required. the gasket elements' thicknesses are determined from their nodal coordinates. The nonspatial fields that have been created with the "Tabular Input" method may be used to define shear stiffness that varies with temperature. This property is not required. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as the *GASKET THICKNESS BEHAVIOR option with the DIRECTION parameter set to UNLOADING. The field's independent variables must be either Displacement or Displacement and Temperature. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as the *GASKET THICKNESS BEHAVIOR option with the DIRECTION parameter set to LOADING. When this property is not specified. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the *GASKET SECTION option. This property is not required. Behavior Type P vs Closure (Loading) P vs Closure (Unloading) Shear Stiffness Gasket Thickness Thickness Direction Main Index . This property defines the pressure versus gasket closure for unloading in the thickness direction. This property is required. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as the *GASKET ELASTICITY option with the COMPONENT parameter set to TRANSVERSE SHEAR. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as the *GASKET ELASTICITY option with the COMPONENT parameter set to MEMBRANE. This property defines the type of behavior for the thickness direction. This property is not required. A non-spatial field created with the "Tabular Input" method must be used to define this property.326 Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide Element Properties Membrane Material This property defines the membrane material to be used. This property defines the thickness of the gasket elements. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file on the *GASKET SECTION option. A real vector or a spatially varying vector field may be used to define this property. This property defines the shear stiffness of the gasket elements. This property defines the pressure versus gasket closure for loading in the thickness direction. This value is translated to the ABAQUS input file as the TYPE parameter on the *GASKET THICKNESS BEHAVIOR option. This property defines the thickness direction (local one direction) for the elements. The Elastic Modulus and Poisson's Ratio may vary with temperature. A real constant or a spatially varying field may be used to define this property. It may be set to either "Damage" or "Elastic-Plastic". This property is not required. A real constant or a non-spatial field may be used to define this property.

The default value is 1. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as an *ORIENTATION option that is referenced in the *GASKET SECTION option from the ORIENTATION parameter. Main Index . 2 or 3 may be used to define this property. The *GASKET SECTION option is used to define the gasket thickness. A real constant or a spatially varying field may be used to define this property. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as an *ORIENTATION option that is referenced in the *GASKET SECTION option from the ORIENTATION parameter. A real constant or a spatially varying field may be used to define this property. This property defines the axis of rotation of the Orientation System for the Orientation Angle. This property is not required. The *GASKET THICKNESS BEHAVIOR option is used to define the behavior in the thickness direction.Chapter 2: Building A Model 327 Element Properties Orientation System This property defines the coordinate system to use in defining the local two and three directions for the gasket elements. initial gap and initial void values. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the *GASKET SECTION option. An existing coordinate frame may be used to define this property. This property defines the initial void in the thickness direction of the gasket element. An integer value of 1. Orientation Axis Orientation Angle Initial Gap Initial Void Solid Gasket (Thick only) Analysis Type Structural Dimension 3D Type Gasket Option 1 Thickness Behavior Only Option 2 Topologies Wedge6. This property is not required. This property defines the initial gap in the thickness direction of the gasket element. This property is not required. A real constant or a spatially varying field may be used to define this property. This property is not required. This property defines the additional rotation about the Orientation Axis in degrees. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the *GASKET SECTION option. This property is not required. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as an *ORIENTATION option that is referenced in the *GASKET SECTION option from the ORIENTATION parameter. Hex8 These options create GK3D8N or GK3D6N elements depending on the element topology.

It may be set to either "Damage" or "Elastic-Plastic". The field's independent variables must be either Displacement or Displacement and Temperature. This property is required. P vs Closure (Loading) Main Index . This property is required. A non-spatial field created with the "Tabular Input" method must be used to define this property. This property defines the pressure versus gasket closure for loading in the thickness direction. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as the *GASKET THICKNESS BEHAVIOR option with the DIRECTION parameter set to LOADING. This value is translated to the ABAQUS input file as the TYPE parameter on the *GASKET THICKNESS BEHAVIOR option.328 Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide Element Properties Behavior Type This property defines the type of behavior for the thickness direction.

the gasket elements' thicknesses are determined from their nodal coordinates. This property is not required. This property is not required. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the *GASKET SECTION option. Hex8 These options create GK3D8 or GK3D6 elements depending on the element topology. Gasket Thickness Thickness Direction Initial Gap Initial Void Solid Gasket (Material) Analysis Type Structural Dimension 3D Type Gasket Option 1 Built-in Material Option 2 Topologies Wedge6. A real constant or a spatially varying field may be used to define this property. The *GASKET SECTION option is used to define the gasket thickness. The *GASKET ELASTICITY option is used to define the transverse shear behavior. A non-spatial field created with the "Tabular Input" method must be used to define this property. This property defines the thickness direction (local one direction) for the elements. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the *GASKET SECTION option. This property defines the thickness of the gasket elements. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as the *GASKET THICKNESS BEHAVIOR option with the DIRECTION parameter set to UNLOADING. This property is not required. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file on the *GASKET SECTION option. initial gap and initial void values. This property is not required. A real constant or a spatially varying field may be used to define this property. When this property is not specified. Main Index . This property is not required. The *GASKET THICKNESS BEHAVIOR option is used to define the behavior in the thickness direction. The field's independent variables must be either displacement or displacement and temperature. This property defines the initial void in the thickness direction of the gasket element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the *GASKET SECTION option.Chapter 2: Building A Model 329 Element Properties P vs Closure (Unloading) This property defines the pressure versus gasket closure for unloading in the thickness direction. This property defines the initial gap in the thickness direction of the gasket element. A real constant or a spatially varying field may be used to define this property. A real vector or a spatially varying vector field may be used to define this property.

This property defines the thickness direction (local one direction) for the elements. This property is not required. A real vector or a spatially varying vector field may be used to define this property. A real constant or a spatially varying field may be used to define this property. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the *GASKET SECTION option. This property defines the thickness of the gasket elements. When this property is not specified.330 Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide Element Properties Material Name This property defines the material to be used. This property is not required. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file on the *GASKET SECTION option. the gasket elements' thicknesses are determined from their nodal coordinates. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as the MATERIAL parameter on the *GASKET SECTION option. This property is required. Gasket Thickness Thickness Direction Main Index .

This property defines the axis of rotation of the Orientation System for the Orientation Angle. A real constant or a spatially varying field may be used to define this property. This property defines the initial void in the thickness direction of the gasket element. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as an *ORIENTATION option that is referenced in the *GASKET SECTION option from the ORIENTATION parameter. This property is not required. A real constant or a spatially varying field may be used to define this property. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as an *ORIENTATION option that is referenced in the *GASKET SECTION option from the ORIENTATION parameter. This property is not required. An existing coordinate frame may be used to define this property. The default value is 1. An integer value of 1. A real constant or a spatially varying field may be used to define this property. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the *GASKET SECTION option. This property defines the initial gap in the thickness direction of the gasket element. This property is not required. 2 or 3 may be used to define this property. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as an *ORIENTATION option that is referenced in the *GASKET SECTION option from the ORIENTATION parameter. This property defines the additional rotation about the Orientation Axis in degrees. This property is not required.Chapter 2: Building A Model 331 Element Properties Orientation System This property defines the coordinate system to use in defining the local two and three directions for the gasket elements. It is translated to the ABAQUS input file as an entry on the *GASKET SECTION option. Orientation Axis Orientation Angle Initial Gap Initial Void Main Index . This property is not required.

332 Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Loads and Boundary Conditions

Patran I nterface to ABAQU S Preference Gu ide

Loads and Boundary Conditions
When choosing the Loads/BCs toggle, the Loads and Boundary Conditions form will appear. The selections made will determine which loads and boundary form is presented, and ultimately, which ABAQUS loads and boundaries will be created. The following pages give an introduction to the Loads and Boundary Conditions form, followed by the details of all the loads and boundary conditions supported by the Patran ABAQUS Application Preference.

Loads & Boundary Conditions Form
The Loads & Boundary Conditions form shown below provides the following options for the purpose of creating ABAQUS loads and boundaries. The full functionality of the form is defined in Loads and Boundary Conditions Form (p. 27) in the Patran Reference Manual.

Main Index

Chapter 2: Building A Model 333
Loads and Boundary Conditions

The following table shows the allowable selections for all options when the Analysis Type is set to Structural.

Main Index

334 Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Loads and Boundary Conditions

Analysis Type Structural
• Force • Pressure

Object
• Displacement

Type Nodal Nodal Element Uniform Nodal Element Uniform Element Variable Element Uniform Nodal Nodal Nodal Element Uniform Element Uniform Element Uniform

• Temperature

• Inertial Load • Initial Velocity • Velocity • Acceleration • Contact (Deform-Deform) • Contact (Rigid-Deform) • Pre-Tension

The following table shows the allowable selections for all options when the Analysis Code is set to Thermal.

Analysis Type Thermal

Object
• Temperature (Thermal) • Convection • Heat Flux • Heat Source • Initial Temperature

Type Nodal Element Uniform Element Uniform Nodal Element Uniform Nodal

Input Data Clicking on the Input Data button generates either a Static or Transient Input Data form, depending on the current Load Case Type.
Static

This subordinate form appears whenever Load Case Type is set to Static and the Input Data button is clicked. The information contained on this form will vary according to the Object that has been selected. Information that remains standard to this form is defined below.

Main Index

Chapter 2: Building A Model 335
Loads and Boundary Conditions

Transient

This subordinate form appears whenever Load Case Type is set to Transient and the Input Data button is clicked. The information contained on this form will vary according to the Object that has been selected. Information that remains standard to this form is defined below.

Main Index

336 Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Loads and Boundary Conditions

Object Tables On the static and transient input data forms are areas where the load data values are defined. The data fields presented depend on the selected load Object and Type. In some cases, the data fields also depend on the selected Target Element Type. These Object Tables list and define the various input data that pertains strictly to a specific selected object:

Main Index

Chapter 2: Building A Model 337
Loads and Boundary Conditions

Displacement

Object Displacement

Type Nodal

Type Structural

Creates *BOUNDARY TYPE=DISPLACEMENT options.

Input Data Translations (T1,T2,T3) Rotations (R1,R2,R3)
Force

Description Defines the enforced translational displacement values. These are in model length units. Defines the enforced rotational displacement values. These are in radians.

Object Force

Type Nodal

Type Structural

Creates *CLOAD options.

Input Data Force (F1,F2,F3) Moment (M1,M2,M3)
Pressure

Description Defines the applied forces in the translation degrees-of-freedom. Defines the applied moments in the rotational degrees-of-freedom.

Object Pressure

Type

Type

Dimension 2D

Element Uniform Structural

Creates *DLOAD options.

Input Data Top Surf Pressure

Description Defines the magnitude of the pressure in the direction of the negative normal to the shell.

Main Index

338 Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Loads and Boundary Conditions

Input Data Bot Surf Pressure Edge Pressure

Description Defines the magnitude of the pressure in the direction of the positive normal to the shell. Defines the edge pressure value on axisymmetric, plane strain,and plane stress elements.

Object Pressure

Type

Type

Dimension 3D

Element Uniform Structural

Creates *DLOAD options.

Input Data Pressure
Temperature

Description Defines the face pressure value on solid elements.

Object Temperature

Type Nodal

Type Structural

Creates *TEMPERATURE options.

Input Data Temperature

Description Defines the nodal temperature value.

Object Temperature

Type Element Uniform

Type Structural

Dimension 1D 2D 3D

Creates *TEMPERATURE options.

Input Data Temperature

Description Defines the temperature on elements.

Main Index

Chapter 2: Building A Model 339
Loads and Boundary Conditions

Object Temperature

Type Element Variable

Type Structural

Dimension 1D 2D 3D

Creates *TEMPERATURE options.

Input Data Centroid Temp (1D) Axis-1 Gradient (1D) Axis-2 Gradient (1D)S Top Surf Temp (2D) Bot Surf Temp (2D) Temperature (3D)
Inertial Load

Description Defines the temperature at the centroid of the beam. Defines the temperature gradient along the axis-1 of the beam section. Defines the temperature gradient along the axis-2 of the beam section. Defines the temperature at the top of the shell element. Defines the temperature at the bottom of the shell element. Defines the temperature in the solid element.

Object Inertial Load

Type Element Uniform

Type Structural

Creates *DLOAD options with the load type set to GRAV, CENT, or CORIO as appropriate.

Input Data Trans Accel (A1,A2,A3) Rot Velocity (w1,w2,w3) Rot Accel (a1,a2,a3)
Initial Velocity

Description Defines the magnitude and direction of the gravity vector. This must be assigned to all elements which are to have gravity loads. Defines the centrifugal and Coriolis forces to be applied to the elements. These load terms are not currently supported by Patran ABAQUS.

Object Initial Velocity

Type Nodal

Type Structural

Main Index

340 Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide
Loads and Boundary Conditions

Creates *INITIAL CONDITIONS TYPE=VELOCITY options.

Input Data Trans Veloc (v1,v2,v3) Rot Veloc (w1,w2,w3)

Description Defines the initial velocity values for the translational degrees-offreedom. Defines the initial velocity values for the rotational degrees-offreedom.

Velocity

Object Velocity

Type Nodal

Type Structural

Creates *Boundary, Type=Velocity options.

Input Data Trans Veloc (v1,v2,v3) Rot Veloc (w1, w2, w3)
Acceleration

Description Defines the velocity values for the translational degrees-of-freedom. Defines the velocity values for the rotational degrees-of-freedom.

Object Acceleration

Type Nodal

Type Structural

Creates *Boundary, Type=Acceleration options.

Input Data Trans Accel (A1, A2, A3) Rot Accel (a1, a2, a3)

Description Defines the acceleration values for the translational degrees-of-freedom. Defines the acceleration values for the rotational degrees-of-freedom.

Main Index

*Surface Interaction: Contact Interaction properties between Master and Slave. *Tie: Tying of the Master and Slave Surfaces (version 6 and greater).Chapter 2: Building A Model 341 Loads and Boundary Conditions Contact (Deform-Deform) Object Contact Type Element Uniform Type Structural Defines the contact between two deformable structural bodies and creates the following ABAQUS input cards: *Surface Definition: Master and Slave surface definitions. *Contact Pair: Pairing of the Master and Slave Surfaces. *Contact Controls: Set the Automatic Tolerances parameter *Contact Inerference: Set the Shrink parameter Main Index .

The contact type can be General (contacting surfaces move relative to each other) or Tied (contacting surfaces remain fixed with respect to each other usually used in mesh refinement). Lagrange. Shrink Fit can be turned On to activate the *Contact Interference. Softened. The application region form is used to pick the master and slave surfaces. Penalty. This capability can be used only in the first step of an analysis. Automatic Tolerances parameter. Main Index . no data are required other than the contact pairs to which the option is applied. Modified Softened. Four types of contact surface behavior options are available. The sliding between the contacting surfaces can be Large or Small. Three types of friction formulations are available. Hard. and No Separation. Use this parameter to have ABAQUS automatically compute an overclosure tolerance and a separation pressure tolerance to prevent chattering in contact. For contact in 3D space the sliding is limited to Small sliding. The Penetration Type can be One Sided (Only the slave nodes are checked against the master surface) or Symmetric (Both the slave and master nodes are checked against each other by swapping the master and slave surfaces). The surfaces do not separate after contact in the case when No Separation option is used.342 Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide Loads and Boundary Conditions Defines the Master and Slave surface interaction properties. In the case of No Slip option there is no relative motion between the contacting surfaces after contact. When this parameter is invoked. Shrink parameter. The Contact Control can be turned On to activate the *Contact Control. and No Slip. Use this parameter to invoke the automatic shrink fit capability.

Main Index . Contact (Rigid-Deform) Object Contact Type Element Uniform Type Structural Defines the contact between the rigid surface and deformable structural body and creates the following ABAQUS input cards: *Surface Definition: Master and Slave surface definitions.Chapter 2: Building A Model 343 Loads and Boundary Conditions Application Region: Defines the Master and Slave contacting surfaces. *Contact Pair: Pairing of the Master and Slave Surfaces.

Softened. The surfaces do not separate after contact in the case when No Separation option is used. Modified Softened. Automatic Tolerances parameter. Use this parameter to have ABAQUS automatically compute an overclosure tolerance and a separation pressure tolerance to prevent chattering Main Index . Lagrange. and No Separation. The Contact Control can be turned On to activate the *Contact Control. Four types of contact surface behavior options are available. Hard. *Contact Controls: Set the Automatic Tolerances parameter *Contact Inerference: Set the Shrink parameter Defines the Master and Slave surface interaction properties. and No Slip.344 Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide Loads and Boundary Conditions *Surface Interaction: Contact Interaction properties between Master and Slave. In the case of No Slip option there is no relative motion between the contacting surfaces after contact. Penalty. The sliding between the contacting surfaces can be Large or Small. Three types of friction formulations are available.

The application region form is used to pick the master and slave surfaces. When this parameter is invoked. Shrink Fit can be turned On to activate the *Contact Interference. Shrink parameter. Main Index . Use this parameter to invoke the automatic shrink fit capability. A vector pointing from the rigid line to the slave surface must be defined. This vector is used to calculate the order of rigid bar elements. The vector should be defined such that the most of the vector markers point away from the rigid line. no data are required other than the contact pairs to which the option is applied. Application Region: Defines the Master and Slave contacting surfaces. This capability can be used only in the first step of an analysis.Chapter 2: Building A Model 345 Loads and Boundary Conditions in contact.

Main Index . and Master: is Rigid Surface.346 Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide Loads and Boundary Conditions Application Region: Defines the Master and Slave contacting surfaces. This form appears when Contact Type: is Rigid Geom.

Chapter 2: Building A Model 347 Loads and Boundary Conditions Pre-tension Object Pre-tension Type Element Uniform Option Displacement Type Structural Dimension 1D Creates *BOUNDARY and *PRE-TENSION SECTION options. 3D Creates *BOUNDARY. *SURFACE and *PRE-TENSION SECTION options. Object Pre-tension Type Element Uniform Option Force Type Structural Dimension 2D. Object Pre-tension Type Element Uniform Option Force Type Structural Dimension 1D Creates *CLOAD and *PRE-TENSION SECTION options. 3D Main Index . Input Data Description Relative Displacement Defines the relative displacement to apply to the length of the elements. Object Pre-tension Type Element Uniform Option Displacement Type Structural Dimension 2D. Input Data Relative Displacement Description Defines the relative displacement to apply to the underlying elements in the direction of the section's normal. Input Data Force Description Defines the pre-tension force to apply to the elements.

348 Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide Loads and Boundary Conditions Creates *CLOAD. Object Convection Type Element Uniform Type Thermal Dimension 2D Creates *FILM options. Object Convection Type Element Uniform Type Thermal Dimension 3D Main Index . Temperature (Thermal) Object Temp (Thermal) Type Nodal Type Thermal Creates *BOUNDARY options. Defines the ambient temperature. and plane stress type elements. Defines the convection coefficient for the bottom surface of a shell element. Defines the convection coefficient for the edges of axisymmetric. *SURFACE and *PRE-TENSION SECTION options. Input Data Force Description Defines the pre-tension force to apply to the underlying elements in the direction of the section's normal. plane strain. Input Data Top Surf Convection Bot Surf Convection Edge Convection Ambient Temp Description Defines the convection coefficient for the top surface of a shell element. Input Data Temperature Convection Description Defines the nodal temperature value.

plane strain. Defines the heat flux for the bottom surface of a shell element. Defines the ambient temperature. and plane stress type elements. Object Heat Flux Type Element Uniform Type Thermal Dimension 3D Creates *DFLUX options. Input Data Heat Flux Heat Source Description Defines the heat flux for the face of a solid element. Defines the heat flux for the edges of axisymmetric. Input Data Top Surf Heat Flux Bot Surf Heat Flux Edge Heat Flux Description Defines the heat flux for the top surface of a shell element. Input Data Convection Ambient Temp Heat Flux Description Defines the convection coefficient for the face of a solid element.Chapter 2: Building A Model 349 Loads and Boundary Conditions Creates *FILM options. Object Heat Flux Type Element Uniform Type Thermal Dimension 2D Creates *DFLUX options. Object Heat Source Type Nodal Type Thermal Main Index .

Object Heat Source Creates *DFLUX options. Main Index . Type Element Uniform Type Thermal Input Data Heat Source Initial Temperature Description Defines the reference magnitude for flux (units J T Ó 1 ).350 Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide Loads and Boundary Conditions Creates *CFLUX options. Object Initial Temperature Type Nodal Type Thermal Creates *INITIAL CONDITIONS TYPE=TEMPERATURE options Input Data Temperature Description Defines the initial temperature for a specified node. Input Data Heat Source Description Defines the reference magnitude for flux (units J T Ó 1 ).

A load case is selected when preparing an analysis.Chapter 2: Building A Model 351 Load Cases Load Cases Load Cases in Patran ABAQUS are used to group a series of Load sets into one load environment for the model. Main Index . not load sets. The individual load sets are translated into the input options described in the Object Tables of the section on Loads and Boundary Conditions form.

d Main Index .352 Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide Group Group Groups in Patran ABAQUS are used to create groups of nodes (*NSET) and groups of elements (*ELSET). A-Z). All the groups created in Patran will be translated as *NSETs and *ELSETs except for the “default_group” which always exists in the database. and group names which do not begin with an alphabetic character (a-z.

Chapter 3 : Running Analysis Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide 3 Running an Analysis Review of the Analysis Form Translation Parameters Restart Parameters Optional Controls Direct Text Input Step Creation Step Selection Read Input File 358 359 360 361 432 433 357 354 ABAQUS Input File Reader 435 Main Index .

It can also be used to incorporate the contents of an ABAQUS results file into the database. Main Index .Patran Reference Manual. See Read Results. This form is used to request an analysis of the model with the ABAQUS finite element program. 8) in the MSC. This is followed by detailed descriptions of the subordinate forms that can be displayed from the Analysis form.354 Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide Review of the Analysis Form Review of the Analysis Form The Analysis toggle located on the main form for Patran brings up The Analysis Form (p. The following page gives an introduction to the Analysis form used to prepare an ABAQUS analysis.

If only a part of the model is Main Index . If the whole model is to be analyzed. The Object indicates which part of the model is to be analyzed. It can be set to either Entire Model or Current Group. select Entire Model.Chapter 3 : Running Analysis 355 Review of the Analysis Form Analysis Form Setting the Action option menu on the Analysis Form to Analyze indicates that an analysis run is being prepared.

create a group of that part. Main Index . The method generates an ABAQUS input deck. The Method indicates how far the translation is to be taken. then select Current Group as the Object. set that as the current group.356 Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide Review of the Analysis Form to be analyzed. Currently only Analysis Deck is supported.

Note: The spatially varying field property values are compared within the band of +half of field properties tolerance and -half of field properties tolerance to group the elements. Main Index . The property values for this group of elements are added and divided by the number of elements in this group to get the average property value to be used. The parameters controlling the translation of the ABAQUS input deck are defined on this form.Chapter 3 : Running Analysis 357 Translation Parameters Translation Parameters This subordinate form appears whenever the Translation Parameters button is selected.

358 Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide Restart Parameters Restart Parameters This subordinate form appears whenever the Restart Parameters button is selected.1 of the ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual). Main Index . This form creates a *RESTART option (see Section 7.10.

Main Index .Chapter 3 : Running Analysis 359 Optional Controls Optional Controls This subordinate form appears whenever the Restart Parameters button is selected.

or xlxfonts commands to get the list of available fonts on a given system.360 Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide Direct Text Input Direct Text Input This subordinate form appears whenever the Direct Text Input button is selectedK This widget is to facilitate the input of the ABAQUS input data that cannot be created using the functionality available in Patran. Note: There is no checking available for invalid input. Use xfontsel. change the font specifications in the Patran file which should reside in your ~home directory. A default font is specified in app_defaults/Patran file: Patran*fixedFont: -misc-fixed-bold-r-normal--13-100-100-100-c-70-iso8859-1 For any problems with the text on a particular system. All data input here will be appended to the ABAQUS model data before the step history block. Note: The font for the text input may vary from one system to another. Main Index .

Main Index . There is no importance to the order in which the Job Steps are created on this form--they will be ordered for the job in the Step Selection form.Chapter 3 : Running Analysis 361 Step Creation Step Creation This subordinate form appears whenever the Step Creation button is selected on the Analysis form. with the ABAQUS analysis procedure that best addresses that load case. A step is defined by associating the load cases created and stored on the database. and the relevant associated parameters that guide the solution path for the chosen analysis procedure.

Output Requests This subordinate form appears whenever the Output Requests button is selected on the Step Create form. ∗MODAL PRINT.362 Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide Step Creation Select Load Cases This subordinate form appears whenever the Select Load Cases button is selected on the Step Creation form. ∗MODAL FILE. ∗PRINT. It is used for specifying the specific variables to be included in the output from ABAQUS options such as: ∗EL PRINT. ∗ENERGY FILE. and ∗NODE FILE *ELEMENT MATRIX OUTPUT. Main Index . An explanation of the output variables that can be requested is included in the Output Requests description for each solution type. ∗FILE FORMAT. ∗EL FILE. ∗NODE PRINT. ∗ENERGY PRINT.

The font for the text input may vary from one system to another. All data input here will be appended to the ABAQUS step history being created. Note: There is no checking available for invalid data.Chapter 3 : Running Analysis 363 Step Creation Direct Text Input This subordinate form appears whenever the Direct Text Input button is selectedK This widget is to facilitate the input of the ABAQUS input data that cannot be created using the functionality available in Patran menus. A default font is specified in app_defaults/Patran file: Main Index .

or xlxfonts commands to get the list of available fonts on a given system. This solution type uses eigenvalue techniques to extract the frequencies of the current system. Natural Frequency Main Index . the tangent elastic moduli in the base state is used. ABAQUS calls these analysis procedures. During a linear static step. Contact conditions cannot change during the step--they remain as they are defined in the base state. the model’s response is defined by the linear elastic stiffness at the base state. Parameter Type Linear Static Description Static stress analysis is used when inertia effects can be neglected.364 Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide Step Creation Patran*fixedFont: -misc-fixed-bold-r-normal--13-100-100-100-c-70-iso8859-1 For any problems with the text on a particular system. so that small vibrations of a preloaded structure can be modeled. Solution Types Each step has an associated Solution type. and the information that is requested on the Solution Parameters and Output Requests forms varies based on this selection. and the full explanations of these procedures can be found in Chapter 2 “Procedures Library” of the ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual. The stiffness determined at the end of the previous step is used as the basis for the extraction. the state of deformation and stress at the beginning of the step. Use xfontsel. change the font specifications in the Patran file which should reside in your ~home directory. For ∗HYPERELASTIC and ∗HYPERFOAM materials.

The number of modes extracted must be sufficient to model the dynamic response of the system adequately. “Euler” buckling) is often used to estimate the critical (buckling) load of “stiff” structures. by “Rayleigh” damping associated with materials. is unconditionally stable. such as a nonsymmetric stiffness case. This is a matter of judgment on the part of the user.. based on a given time dependent loading. and is significantly more expensive than modal methods for finding dynamic response for linear systems. The modal amplitudes are integrated through time and the response synthesized from these modal responses. This solution procedure integrates all of the equations of motion through time. Direct Linear Transient Direct Steady State Dynamics Calculates steady state response for the given range of frequencies. Classical eigenvalue buckling analysis (e. Modal Linear Transient This solution type gives the response of the model as a function of time. and by viscoelasticity included in the material definitions. “Stiff” structures are those that carry their design loads primarily by axial or membrane action.g. For linear systems. although ABAQUS also allows the response to be calculated directly from the system matrices for use in those cases where the eigenvalues cannot be extracted. Since the procedure uses a fixed time increment. using the Hilber-Hughes-Taylor operator. or models in which the behavior is itself a function of frequency.Chapter 3 : Running Analysis 365 Step Creation Parameter Type Bifurcation Buckling Description Eigenvalue buckling estimates are obtained. Their response usually involves very little deformation prior to buckling. Main Index . rather than by bending action. the dynamic method. which must first be extracted using the NATURAL FREQUENCY solution type. The damping may be created by dashpots. This procedure is usually preceded by extraction of the natural modes using the NATURAL FREQUENCY solution type. such as frequency dependent material damping. Modal Steady State Dynamics This solution type provides the response of the system when it is excited by harmonic loading at a given frequency. The procedure is based on using a subset of the eigenmodes of the system. meaning there is no mathematical limit on the size of the time increment that can be used to integrate a linear system. the HAFTOL parameter on the *DYNAMIC card is not required.

with iteration within each increment to obtain equilibrium. Random Vibration Nonlinear Static Main Index . for which ABAQUS uses Newton’s method. which must first be extracted using the NATURAL FREQUENCY solution type.366 Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide Step Creation Parameter Type Response Spectrum Description This solution type provides an estimate of the peak response of a structure to steady-state dynamic motion of its fixed points (“base motion”). The method is typically used when an approximate estimate of such peak response is required for design purposes. although direct user control is also provided for those cases where the user has experience with a particular problem. The procedure is based on using a subset of the eigenmodes of the system. Many problems involve history dependent response. This solution type predicts the response of a system which is subjected to a nondeterministic continuous excitation that is expressed in a statistical sense using a power spectral density function. the automatic incrementation provided by ABAQUS is preferred. Nonlinear static analysis requires the solution of nonlinear equilibrium equations. For most cases. which must first be extracted using the NATURAL FREQUENCY solution type. so that the solution is usually obtained as a series of increments. The procedure is based on using a subset of the eigenmodes of the system.

of the bulk viscoelasticity parameter k. For most cases. static. or will be selected automatically based on a user prescribed maximum nodal temperature change in a step. which is activated by a ∗STEADY STATE DYNAMICS. direct integration methods are generally significantly more expensive than modal methods. DIRECT procedure.Chapter 3 : Running Analysis 367 Step Creation Parameter Type Nonlinear Transient Dynamic Description This solution type is used when nonlinear dynamic response is being studied. either specified directly on the ∗VISCOELASTIC. This solution type is for pure heat transfer problems for which the ∗HEAT TRANSFER option is used and where the temperature field can be found without knowledge of stress and deformation of the bodies being studied. TIME material option. This is especially provided for the time domain analysis of materials which are described by the ∗VISCOELASTIC. FREQUENCY material option. Creep Viscoelastic (Time Domain) Viscoelastic (Frequency Domain) Steady State Heat Transfer Transient Heat Transfer Main Index . This analysis procedure performs a transient. although direct user control is also provided for those cases where the user has experience with a particular problem. Automatic time incrementation is generally preferred. the automatic incrementation provided by ABAQUS is preferred. This solution type is for pure transient heat transfer problems for which the ∗HEAT TRANSFER option is used and where the temperature field can be found without knowledge of stress and deformation of the bodies being studied. the time increments may be specified directly. It is especially provided for the analysis of materials which are described by the ∗CREEP material form. Because all of the equations of motion of the system must be integrated through time. or determined from user input relaxation test data. This is especially provided for the frequency domain analysis of materials which are described by the ∗VISCOELASTIC. for compressible materials. TIME material option. For all transient heat transfer cases. stress⁄displacement analysis.The dissipative part of the material behavior is defined by the real and imaginary parts of the Fourier transforms of the nondimensional shear viscoelasticity parameter g and. determined from user input creep test data. The dissipative part of the material behavior is defined through a Prony series representation of the normalized shear and bulk relaxation moduli.

Only one temperature results file is allowed in an analysis but the same file can be referenced by many steps. Main Index .368 Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide Step Creation Linear Static Read Temperature File= This option is used to specify temperatures via the results file which has been generated from a previous heat transfer analysis.

The strain energy per unit volume of each element. Hydrostatic pressure. as applicable. Main Index . see Chapter 3 of the ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual. S23). the truss element outputs the axial stress (S11) only. S23 while a three-dimensional solid element outputs all six components (S11. as applicable. ENER Stress Invariants Strain Components Elem Energy Densities Elem Energy Magnitudes Internal Stress Forces Section Forces ELEN NFORC Section forces are output for beam elements and include the axial SF force. The forces that are found at each node by summing the element stress contributions at the nodes. S12.Chapter 3 : Running Analysis 369 Step Creation Linear Static If the selected solution type is Linear Static then the following parameters may be defined on the Output Requests form. Tresca stress. S12. and. the von Mises and/or the Tresca stress invariants can be monitored to ensure that the analysis remains within the assumptions of linearity. S22.2 of the ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual. S33. and viscous dissipative energy densities should not be affected by linear static analysis. SINV The stress invariants output by ABAQUS are the Mises stress. third principal stress. For shell elements. For elastic analyses. analogous to the stress components.5. and moment forces per unit width. These quantities are scalar quantities which do not vary with a change of coordinate system. creep. For example. bending moments and bimoment about the local axes. or true stress. the total strain is equal to the elastic strain. S13. The strain energy of each element. For more information about element output. S22. Plastic. These are discussed in Section 3. creep. second principal stress. Note that. which is equal to the force per current area. Plastic. These are discussed in Section 3. This is the total strain value for each component output. Parameter Name Stress Components Description Output Variable Identifier The stress components output depend on the elements analyzed. the section forces include the direct membrane. The strain E components output depend on the elements analyzed. the shears. for linear elastic analyses.1 and Section 7. S11. S33. and viscous dissipative energy densities should not be affected by linear static analysis.5. and the third stress invariant.6 of the ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual. Note that ABAQUS always reports the Cauchy. S13. shear. first principal stress.

curvature changes. S4RF. The forces at the nodes resulting from the imposed loads (e. and twist about the local axes. The direction convention is the same as that for nodal output. CF Main Index . Rotation in the r-z plane Here x. SAX2. Note that the warping degreeof-freedom. Rotation about the x-axis 5. z-displacement 4.5.1 and Section 7. Reaction Forces Point Forces STH U The forces at the nodes which are constrained and therefore. SAXA2N). where the displacement and rotation degrees-of-freedom are: 1. these include the axial strain. x-displacement 2. transverse shear strains. Displacements Displacements are output at nodes and are referred to as follows: 1.These are discussed in Section 3. is not supported by Patran at this time. These are discussed in Section 3.. and r are global directions unless a coordinate transformation is used at the node. Rotation about the z-axis Except for axisymmetric elements. resist RF changes in the system. Rotation about the y-axis 6. and twist.SAX1. y. curvature changes.370 Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide Step Creation Parameter Name Section Strains Description Section strains are output for beam elements and. r-displacement 2. the section strains include the direct membrane. SAXA1N.5. shear. as applicable. the force at a node resulting from pressure distributions on adjacent elements). as applicable.g.6 of the ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual. z. y-displacement 3. For shell elements. the seventh displacement component of an open section beam element.2 of the ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual. Output Variable Identifier SE Shell Thickness Changes in thickness for shell elements (S3RF. z-displacement 3.

or MONOTONIC) are used. Note that the Natural Frequency solution type extracts the frequency and corresponding mode shapes (eigenvalues and eigenmodes).g. This generates ∗FREQUENCY procedures (see Section 9..3. Output Variable Identifier ALLEN Element Stiffness matrices output. Stiffness Matrix Natural Frequency This subordinate form appears whenever the Solution Parameters button is selected and the solution types is Natural Frequency. Mass matrices output. and viscous dissipation are reported. The optional NLGEOM parameter on the ∗STEP option may be included. Natural Frequency If the selected Solution Type is Natural Frequency. creep dissipation. as defined below. A complete discussion of the ABAQUS results file can be found in Chapter 6 of the ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual. INC. The kinetic. Response Spectrum). plastic dissipation.Chapter 3 : Running Analysis 371 Step Creation Parameter Name Whole Model Energies Element Mass Matrix Description The summation of all the energy of the model. None of the other optional parameters on the ∗pqbm option (AMPLITUDE. The stresses and strains corresponding to the mode shapes can be Main Index . recoverable (elastic) strain. then the following parameters may be defined on the Output Requests form.5 of the ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual). usually for use in a later analysis (e.

5. analogous to the stress components. as applicable. S12. and twist about the local axes.6 of the ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual. These are discussed in Section 3. and the third stress invariant. third principal stress.2 of the ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual. These are discussed in Section 3. but are usually of limited direct value except as a possible means for guiding mode limitations for future analyses. First principal stress. shear.These are discussed in Section 3. S33. These are discussed in Section 3. and.1 and Section 7. curvature changes. For shell elements. while a three-dimensional solid element outputs all six components (S11.2 of the ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual. S33. as applicable. curvature changes. The strain components output depend on the elements analyzed. the total strain is equal to the elastic strain. these include the axial strain.6 of the ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual. the shears. For shell elements. and moment forces per unit width. S22. S23 Stress Invariants The stress invariants output by ABAQUS are the Mises stress. Note that. Hydrostatic pressure. the section strains include the direct membrane. transverse shear strains. Section forces are output for beam elements and include the axial force. or true stress. S22. S13. which is equal to the force per current area.1 and Section 7. bending moments and bimoment about the local axes. SINV Tresca stress. Note that ABAQUS always reports the Cauchy. for linear elastic analyses.5. For more information about element output. SE Main Index .5. S12.5. second principal stress. S13. This is the total strain value for each component output. These quantities are scalar quantities which do not vary with a change of coordinate system. as applicable. shear. see Chapter 3 of the ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual. E Strain Components Section Forces SF Section Strains Section strains are output for beam elements and. Output Variable Identifier S11. S23). the truss element outputs the axial stress (S11) only. Parameter Name Stress Components Description The stress components output depend on the elements analyzed. as applicable. the section forces include the direct membrane. For example. and twist.372 Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide Step Creation output.

Rotation about the y-axis 6. SAX2. SAXA1N. The problem is a classical eigenvalue problem. This form defines the data required for a *BUCKLE command (see Section 9. the buckle sensitivity around the preloaded state is calculated. is not supported by Patran at this time. Mass matrices output. Rotation in the r-z plane Here x. and r are global directions unless a coordinate transformation is used at the node. The direction convention is the same as that for nodal output. RF Element Mass Matrix Element Stiffness Matrix Bifurcation Buckling This subordinate form appears whenever the Solution Parameters button is selected and the Solution Type is Bifurcation Buckling.2 of the ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual). Stiffness matrices output. SAXA2N). Output Variable Identifier STH U Reaction Forces The forces at the nodes which are constrained and therefore. Displacements are output at nodes and are referred to as follows: 1.Chapter 3 : Running Analysis 373 Step Creation Parameter Name Shell Thickness Displacements Description Changes in thickness for shell elements (S3RF. S4RF. x-displacement 2.3.SAX1. y-displacement 3. resist changes in the system. Rotation about the z-axis Except for axisymmetric elements. If the structure has been preloaded. the seventh displacement component of an open section beam element. z. Note that the warping degree-of-freedom. z-displacement 3. This step may be included either as the first step or when the structure has already been preloaded. with the Main Index . y. z-displacement 4. where the displacement and rotation degrees-of-freedom are: 1. r-displacement 2. Rotation about the x-axis 5.

and the third stress invariant. see Chapter 3 of the ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual. Stress Invariants Main Index . S33. third principal stress. The stress invariants output by ABAQUS are the Mises stress. Hydrostatic pressure. S23). Parameter Name Stress Components Description Output Variable Identifier The stress components output depend on the elements analyzed. For more information about element output. second principal stress. SINV Tresca stress. For example. S13. the von Mises and/or the Tresca stress invariants can be monitored to ensure that the analysis remains within the assumptions of linearity. S11. S22. For elastic analyses. first principal stress. which is equal to the force per current area. the truss element outputs the axial stress (S11) S13. S22. S12. Bifurcation Buckling If the selected Solution Type is Bifurcation Buckling then the following parameters may be defined on the Output Requests form. or true stress. S33. while a three-dimensional solid element outputs all six components (S11. S23 only.374 Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide Step Creation eigenvalues defined as the load multipliers of the load pattern for which buckling sensitivity is being investigated. These quantities are scalar quantities which do not vary with a change of coordinate system. S12. Note that ABAQUS always reports the Cauchy.

and moment forces per unit width. and twist about the local axes. shear. as applicable. as applicable. SAX2.SAX1. bending moments and bimoment about the local axes. transverse shear strains. curvature changes. as applicable. For shell elements.2 of the ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual. the section forces include the direct membrane.Chapter 3 : Running Analysis 375 Step Creation Parameter Name Strain Components Description This is the total strain value for each component output. Note that. These are discussed in Section 3. and. the total strain is equal to the elastic strain. The strain components output depend on the elements analyzed. and twist.5.These are discussed in Section 3. SE Shell Thickness Changes in thickness for shell elements (S3RF. SAXA2N).2 of the ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual. S4RF.5. E Output Variable Identifier Section Forces SF Section forces are output for beam elements and include the axial force.1 and Section 7. curvature changes. the section strains include the direct membrane. These are discussed in Section 3. analogous to the stress components. shear. for linear elastic analyses. STH Main Index .5. as applicable. SAXA1N.1 and Sectiono 7. these include the axial strain. These are discussed in Section 3.6 of the ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual. the shears.6 of the ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual.5. For shell elements. Section Strains Section strains are output for beam elements and.

z-displacement 3. Stiffness matrices output. Mass matrices output. This generates a *DYNAMIC procedure. Rotation about the z-axis except for axisymmetric elements. y. the seventh displacement component of an open section beam element.3. Rotation about the y-axis 6. where the displacement and rotation degrees-of-freedom are: 1. z-displacement 4. RF Element Mass Matrix Element Stiffness Matrix Direct Linear Transient This subordinate form appears whenever the Solution Parameters button is selected and the solution type is Direct Linear Transient. is not supported by Patran at this time. Note that the warping degree-of-freedom. and r are global directions unless a coordinate transformation is used at the node. Main Index . r-displacement 2.376 Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide Step Creation Parameter Name Displacements Description Displacements are output at nodes and are referred to as follows: 1. The direction convention is the same as that for nodal output.4 of the ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual). z. Many of the parameters described in the ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual for the *DYNAMIC option are not used for this option. with the optional DIRECT parameter included (see Section 9. Rotation about the x-axis 5. Output Variable Identifier U Reaction Forces The forces at the nodes which are constrained and therefore. y-displacement 3. Rotation in the r-z plane Here x. resist changes in the system. x-displacement 2. Note that modal methods are usually more economical for linear dynamic analysis.

S22. S22. Note that ABAQUS always reports the Cauchy. or true stress. SINV Strain Components This is the total strain value for each component output.Chapter 3 : Running Analysis 377 Step Creation Direct Linear Transient If the selected Solution Type is Direct Linear Transient then the following parameters may be defined on this form. S33. S12. second principal stress. S23). The strain components output depend on the elements analyzed. For example. the von Mises and/or the Tresca stress invariants can be monitored to ensure that the analysis remains within the assumptions of linearity. S13. and the third stress invariant. For more information about element output. which is equal to the force per current area. S12. Parameter Name Description Output Variable Identifier S11. Tresca stress. For elastic analyses. first principal stress. Stress Invariants The stress invariants output by ABAQUS are the Mises stress. Note that for linear elastic analyses. while a three-dimensional solid element outputs all six components (S11. see Chapter 3 of the ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual. S13. the truss element outputs the axial stress (S11) only. These quantities are scalar quantities which do not vary with a change of coordinate system. Hydrostatic pressure. E Main Index . the total strain is equal to the elastic strain. S23 Stress Components The stress components output depend on the elements analyzed. third principal stress. analogous to the stress components. S33.

and twist. SAX2. Output Variable Identifier ENER ELEN NFORC SF Section Strains Section strains are output for beam elements and.1 and Section 7. Section forces are output for beam elements and include the axial force.5. bending moments and bimoment about the local axes. S4RF. SAXA1N. as applicable. These are discussed in Section 3.5. STH Main Index . These are discussed in Section 3. transverse shear strains. shear.5. Shell Thickness Changes in thickness for shell elements (S3RF. the shears. For shell elements. The forces that are found at each node by summing the element stress contributions at the nodes.2 of the ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual. the section forces include the direct membrane. curvature changes.2 of the ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual. as applicable.SAX1. as applicable. SE these include the axial strain. curvature changes. as applicable. The strain energy of each element.6 of the ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual. and moment forces per unit width. and twist about the local axes. For shell elements. shear. SAXA2N). the section strains include the direct membrane. These are discussed in Section 3. and.These are discussed in Section 3.378 Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide Step Creation Parameter Name Elem Energy Densities Elem Energy Magnitudes Internal Stress Forces Section Forces Description The strain energy per unit volume of each element.1 and Section 7.6 of the ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual.5.

Note that the warping degree-of-freedom. the seventh displacement component of an open section beam element. and r are global directions unless a coordinate transformation is used at the node. The forces at the nodes which are constrained and therefore. The kinetic. Rotation about the x-axis 5. plastic dissipation. z-displacement 3. Rotation in the r-z plane Here x. z. The direction convention is the same as that for nodal output. Rotation about the z-axis Except for axisymmetric elements. y. x-displacement 2. y-displacement 3.. The forces at the nodes resulting from the imposed loads (e. Stiffness matrices output. Mass matrices output. where the displacement and rotation degrees-of-freedom are: 1.Chapter 3 : Running Analysis 379 Step Creation Parameter Name Displacements Description Displacements are output at nodes and are referred to as follows: 1. creep dissipation. resist changes in the system. z-displacement 4.g. following the same convention as for displacements. is not supported by Patran at this time. following the same convention as for displacements. and viscous dissipation are reported. r-displacement 2. Rotation about the y-axis 6. The summation of all the energy of the model. recoverable (elastic) strain. U Output Variable Identifier Velocities Accelerations Reaction Forces Nodal velocities. Nodal accelerations. the force at a node resulting from pressure distributions on adjacent elements). V A RF Point Forces CF Whole Model Energies Element Mass Matrix Element Stiffness Matrix ALLEN Main Index .

then the following parameters may be defined on the Output Requests form. the von Mises and/or the Tresca stress invariants can be monitored to ensure that the analysis remains within the assumptions of linearity. This generates a ∗STEADY STATE DYNAMIC procedure. while a three-dimensional solid element outputs all six components (S11. second principal stress. S23). Tresca stress. Hydrostatic pressure. or true stress. S22. The stress invariants output by ABAQUS are the Mises stress. S33. which is equal to the force per current area. and the third stress invariant. Note that ABAQUS always reports the Cauchy. The stress components output depend on the elements analyzed. For elastic analyses. S13.380 Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide Step Creation Direct Steady State Dynamics This subordinate form appears whenever the Solution Parameters button is selected and the solution type is Direct Steady State Dynamics. first principal stress. Direct Steady State Dynamics If the selected solution type is Direct Steady State Dynamics. the truss element outputs the axial S12. third principal stress. S13. see Chapter 3 of the ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual. S22. S23 stress (S11) only. S12. For more information about element output. For example. These quantities are scalar quantities which do not vary with a change of coordinate system. S33. The phase angle shift of the stress components. Parameter Name Stress Components Description Output Variable Identifier S11. SINV Stress Invariants Ph Angle Stress Components PHS Main Index .

Shell Thickness Changes in thickness for shell elements (S3RF. Section forces are output for beam elements and include the axial force. transverse shear strains. For shell elements.2 of the ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual. for linear elastic analyses. shear.6 of the ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual.6 of the ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual. as applicable. Note that.5.These are discussed in Section 3.Chapter 3 : Running Analysis 381 Step Creation Parameter Name Strain Components Description This is the total strain value for each component output. and moment forces per unit width. the section strains include the direct membrane. as applicable. these include the axial strain. curvature changes.5. as applicable.SAX1. These are discussed in Section 3. SAXA1N. S4RF. bending moments and bimoment about the local axes.2 of the ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual. SAX2. The phase angle shift of the strain components. E Output Variable Identifier Ph Angle Strain Components Section Forces PHE SF Section Strains SE Section strains are output for beam elements and.1 and Section 7. The strain components output depend on the elements analyzed.5. For shell elements. These are discussed in Section 3. the total strain is equal to the elastic strain. STH Main Index . and.1 and Section 7. curvature changes. shear. and twist about the local axes. the section forces include the direct membrane. as applicable. These are discussed in Section 3. analogous to the stress components.5. and twist. SAXA2N). the shears.

z-displacement 4. Note that the warping degree-of-freedom. is not supported by Patran at this time.g. and r are global directions unless a coordinate transformation is used at the node. following the same convention as for displacements. Stiffness matrices output. The forces at the nodes which are constrained and therefore. following the same convention as for displacements. the seventh displacement component of an open section beam element. Rotation about the y-axis 6. r-displacement 2. where the displacement and rotation degrees-of-freedom are: 1. resist changes in the system. y. z-displacement 3. Rotation about the z-axis except for axisymmetric elements. The phase angle shift of the reaction force components. z. y-displacement 3. The forces at the nodes resulting from the imposed loads (e. Displacements Reaction Forces Nodal velocities. x-displacement 2. Rotation in the r-z plane Here x. Mass matrices output. The direction convention is the same as that for nodal output.382 Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide Step Creation Parameter Name Displacements Description Displacements are output at nodes and are referred to as follows: 1. V A PU RF Phase Angle Reaction Forces Point Forces PRF CF Element Mass Matrix Element Stiffness Matrix Main Index . The phase angle shift of the relative displacement components. Nodal accelerations. U Output Variable Identifier Velocities Accelerations Phase Angle Rel.. the force at a node resulting from pressure distributions on adjacent elements). Rotation about the x-axis 5.

Main Index . A ∗MODAL DAMPING option will also be generated.Chapter 3 : Running Analysis 383 Step Creation Modal Linear Transient This subordinate form appears whenever the Solution Parameters button is selected and the solution type is Modal Linear Transient.3.8 of the ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual). Only one load case may be selected. as required.5 of the ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual) followed by a ∗MODAL DYNAMIC procedure (see Section 9.3. This generates a *FREQUENCY procedure (see Section 9.

S23). which is equal to the force per current area.5. S12. bending moments and bimoment about the local axes. For shell elements. the von Mises and/or the Tresca stress invariants can be monitored to ensure that the analysis remains within the assumptions of linearity. The stress invariants output by ABAQUS are the Mises stress. S22. as applicable. analogous to the stress components. These quantities are scalar quantities which do not vary with a change of coordinate system. and the third stress invariant. Parameter Name Stress Components Description Output Variable Identifier S11. For elastic analyses. S12. and the Solution Type is Modal Linear Transient.384 Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide Step Creation Modal Linear Transient This subordinate form appears whenever the Output Request button is selected on the Step Create form. These are discussed in Section 3. S23 stress (S11) only. S13. the shears. Section forces are output for beam elements and include the axial force.5. Hydrostatic pressure. second principal stress.2 of the ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual. as applicable. SINV Stress Invariants Strain Components E Section Forces SF Main Index . Tresca stress. third principal tress. The strain components output depend on the elements analyzed. first principal stress. Note that ABAQUS always reports the Cauchy. or true stress. These are discussed in Section 3. This is the total strain value for each component output. the section forces include the direct membrane. see Chapter 3 of the ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual. S33. and moment forces per unit width. and. For example. Note that for linear elastic analyses.1 and Section 7. the truss element outputs the axial S13. shear. For more information about element output. analyzed. the total strain is equal to the elastic strain. while a three-dimensional solid element outputs all six components (S11.6 of the ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual. S22. The stress components output depend on the elements S33.

and r are global directions unless a coordinate transformation is used at the node. z-displacement 4. and twist. V A Main Index . and twist about the local axes. SAXA1N. Rotation about the z-axis Except for axisymmetric elements. as applicable. STH U Velocities Acceleration Nodal velocities. y. Note that the warping degree-of-freedom. SAX2. curvature changes. Shell Thickness Displacements Changes in thickness for shell elements (S3RF. following the same convention as for displacements. Rotation about the x-axis 5. For shell elements. y-displacement 3. Rotation in the r-z plane Here x. x-displacement 2. is not supported by Patran at this time. z. curvature changes. the seventh displacement component of an open section beam element. the section strains include the direct membrane.6 of the ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual.5. where the displacement and rotation degrees-of-freedom are: 1. SAXA2N) Displacements are output at nodes and are referred to as follows: 1.Chapter 3 : Running Analysis 385 Step Creation Parameter Name Section Strains Description Output Variable Identifier SE Section strains are output for beam elements and. following the same convention as for displacements. S4RF. these include the axial strain. Nodal accelerations. as applicable.1 and Section 7. These are discussed in Section 3. transverse shear strains. Rotation about the y-axis 6.SAX1. r-displacement 2. shear.5.2 of the ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual.These are discussed in Section 3. z-displacement 3.

The direction convention is the same as that for nodal output. creep dissipation. Kinetic energy for the entire model per each mode.386 Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide Step Creation Parameter Name Total Displacements Description The summation of all individual modal components of displacement. Element Stiffness Matrix Main Index . External work for the entire model per each mode. velocity. resist changes in the system. The accelerations associated with the modes of vibration. The output follows the same convention as for the individual modal components.. The output follows the same convention as for the individual modal components. Stiffness matrices output. The base motion (displacement. The velocities associated with the modes of vibration. The summation of all individual modal components of acceleration. plastic dissipation. each of which have a shape (eigenmode) and associated frequency (eigenvalue). (e. Elastic strain energy for the entire model per each mode. The output follows the same convention as for the individual modal components. The forces at the nodes resulting from the imposed loads. Output Variable Identifier TU Total Velocities TV Total Accelerations TA Reaction Forces RF Point Forces CF Generalized Displacements Generalized Velocities Generalized Accelerations Strain Energy per Mode Kinetic Energy per Mode External Work per Mode Base Motion Whole Model Energies GU GV GA SNE KE T BM ALLEN Element Mass Matrix Mass matrices output. or acceleration). The summation of all individual modal components of velocity. and viscous dissipation are reported. the force at a node resulting from pressure distributions on adjacent elements). The displacements associated with the modes of vibrations.g. The summation of all the energy of the model. The forces at the nodes which are constrained and therefore. The kinetic. recoverable (elastic) strain.

The data is used to define the *MODAL DAMPING option (see Section 9. Main Index .Chapter 3 : Running Analysis 387 Step Creation Define Damping Direct When the type of Modal Damping selected is Direct. this subordinate form appears whenever Define Damping is selected.6 of the ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual) with the MODAL parameter set to DIRECT.6.

this subordinate form appears whenever Define Damping is selected. It defines the values on the ∗BASE MOTION option (see Section 9.6. Base Motion This subordinate form appears whenever Define Base Motion is selected from the Modal Linear Transient.6 of the ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual). This form defines the data required for the *MODAL DAMPING. Main Index .4. RAYLEIGH option (see Section 9.388 Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide Step Creation Define Damping Rayleigh When the type of Modal Damping selected is Rayleigh. Steady State Dynamics.2 of the ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual). or Viscoelasticity Frequency Domain Solution Parameter forms.

Main Index . if required.Chapter 3 : Running Analysis 389 Step Creation Steady State Dynamics This subordinate form appears whenever the Solution Parameters button is selected and the Solution Type is Steady State Dynamics.3. This generates a *STEADY STATE DYNAMICS procedure (see Section 9. A *FREQUENCY procedure may also be created prior to the *STEADY STATE DYNAMICS procedure.13 of the ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual).

For example. S23). The stress components output depend on the elements analyzed. see Chapter 3 of the ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual. S33. The phase angle shift of the stress components. For more information about element output. S22. S23 stress (S11) only. Note that ABAQUS always reports the Cauchy. or true stress. PHS Ph Angle Stress Component Main Index . the truss element outputs the axial S12. S22. S13. S13. which is equal to the force per current area. while a three-dimensional solid element outputs all six components (S11. S33. Parameter Name Stress Components Description Output Variable Identifier S11.390 Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide Step Creation Steady State Dynamics If the selected solution type is Steady State Dynamics. S12. then the following parameters may be defined on the Output Requests form.

SAX1. Output Variable Identifier SINV Strain Components E Ph Angle Strain Component Element Energy Magnitudes Section Forces PHE ELEN SF Section Strains Section strains are output for beam elements and. these include the axial strain. These are discussed in Section 3.5. and moment forces per unit width. For shell elements. as applicable. SAXA1N. third principal stress.2 of the ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual. the total strain is equal to the elastic strain. These are discussed in Section 3. Tresca stress. S4RF.Chapter 3 : Running Analysis 391 Step Creation Parameter Name Stress Invariants Description The stress invariants output by ABAQUS are the Mises stress. For elastic analyses.5. Section forces are output for beam elements and include the axial force.2 of the ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual. Hydrostatic pressure. the section strains include the direct membrane. These quantities are scalar quantities which do not vary with a change of coordinate system. the section forces include the direct membrane.1 and Section 7. second principal stress.1 and Section 7. and twist about the local axes. SE Shell Thickness Changes in thickness for shell elements (S3RF. bending moments and bimoment about the local axes. and. shear.5. This is the total strain value for each component output. SAX2.5. the shears. transverse shear strains.6 of the ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual. curvature changes. and twist. shear.6 of the ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual. STH Main Index . The phase angle shift of the strain components.These are discussed in Section 3. as applicable. Note that for linear elastic analyses. and the third stress invariant. The strain components output depend on the elements analyzed. For shell elements. These are discussed in Section 3. the von Mises and/or the Tresca stress invariants can be monitored to ensure that the analysis remains within the assumptions of linearity. as applicable. curvature changes. SAXA2N). first principal stress. as applicable. analogous to the stress components. A scalar value for the energy content of the element.

following the same convention as for A displacements. Displacements Phase Angle Total Displacements PU PTU Main Index . V Nodal accelerations. Rotation in the r-z plane Here x. All components of the phase angle of the displacements at the node. x-displacement 2. Rotation about the x-axis 5. The summation of all individual modal components of displacement. Rotation about the z-axis Except for axisymmetric elements. where the displacement and rotation degrees-of-freedom are: 1. The output follows the same convention as for the individual modal components. r-displacement 2. Rotation about the y-axis 6. The output follows the same convention as for the individual modal components. z-displacement 3. U Output Variable Identifier Velocities Accelerations Total Displacements Nodal velocities. z-displacement 4. y-displacement 3. the seventh displacement component of an open section beam element. and r are global directions unless a coordinate transformation is used at the node. Note that the warping degree-of-freedom.392 Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide Step Creation Parameter Name Displacements Description Displacements are output at nodes and are referred to as follows: 1. z. TU Total Velocities TV Total Accelerations TA Phase Angle Rel. is not supported by Patran at this time. y. The summation of all individual modal components of velocity. All components of the phase angle of the total displacements at the node. The summation of all individual modal components of acceleration. following the same convention as for displacements. The output follows the same convention as for the individual modal components.

(e.g. each of which have a shape (eigenmode) and associated frequency (eigenvalue). Element Mass Matrix Element Stiffness Matrix Main Index . Kinetic energy for the entire model per each mode. Output Variable Identifier RF Phase Angle Reaction Forces Point Forces PRF CF Generalized Displacements Generalized Velocities Generalized Accelerations Phase Angle Generalized Displacements Phase Angle Generalized Velocities Phase Angle Generalized Accelerations Strain Energy per Mode Kinetic Energy per Mode External Work per Mode Base Motion Whole Model Energies GU GV The accelerations associated with the modes of vibration. creep dissipation. therefore. The kinetic. The forces at the nodes resulting from the imposed loads. velocity. the force at a node resulting from pressure distributions on adjacent elements). Mass matrices output. plastic dissipation. The displacements associated with the modes of vibrations.. ALLEN recoverable (elastic) strain. The velocities associated with the modes of vibration. Stiffness matrices output. PGU The phase angle of velocities associated with the modes of PGV vibration. and viscous dissipation are reported. GA The phase angle of displacements associated with the modes of vibrations. The phase angle of accelerations associated with the modes of vibration. External work for the entire model per each mode. BM The summation of all the energy of the model. each of which have a shape (eigenmode) and associated frequency (eigenvalue).Chapter 3 : Running Analysis 393 Step Creation Parameter Name Reaction Forces Description The forces at the nodes which are constrained and so. resist changes in the system. All components of the phase angle of the reaction forces at the node. Elastic strain energy for the entire model per each mode. PGA SNE KE T The base motion (displacement. or acceleration). The direction convention is the same as that for nodal output.

respectively. and a *RESPONSE SPECTRUM procedure (see Sections 9.3.5 of the ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual).13 of the ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual). of the ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual). A ∗SPECTRUM option is also created (see Section 7.5 and 9.11. Response Spectrum This subordinate form appears whenever the Solution Parameters button is selected and the Solution Type is Response Spectrum.10.394 Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide Step Creation Define Frequencies The data on this form is used to define the input for the *STEADY STATE DYNAMICS option (see Section 9. Main Index .3.3. This generates a *FREQUENCY procedure.

Chapter 3 : Running Analysis 395 Step Creation Define Response Spectra (Response Spectrum) This subordinate form appears whenever the Define Response Spectra button is selected on the Response Spectrum Solution Parameter form. Main Index .

396 Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide Step Creation Define Spectrum (Response Spectrum) This form appears whenever the Define Spectrum button is selected on the Response Spectra form. which is itself subordinate to the Response Spectrum Solution Parameter Form.5 of the ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual).The data on this form will define the *SPECTRUM option (see Section 7. Similar forms are used for the second and third directions. Main Index .11.

Main Index . then the following parameters may be defined on the Output Requests form.Chapter 3 : Running Analysis 397 Step Creation Response Spectrum If the selected solution type is Response Spectrum.

6 of the ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual. Tresca stress. For more information about element output. second principal stress. SF Section Forces Main Index . third principal stress. Hydrostatic pressure. analogous to the stress components. These are discussed in Section 3. For shell elements. The stress invariants output by ABAQUS are the Mises stress. S23). and the third stress invariant. These are discussed in Section 3. Note that for linear elastic analyses. S33. Section forces are output for beam elements and include the axial force. while a three-dimensional solid element outputs all six components (S11. S23 Stress Invariants SINV Strain Components This is the total strain value for each component output. These quantities are scalar quantities which do not vary with a change of coordinate system. as applicable. S13. For example. S33.2 of the ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual.398 Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide Step Creation Parameter Name Stress Components Description The stress components output depend on the elements analyzed. S22. S22.5. the truss element outputs the axial stress (S11) only. and. see Chapter 3 of the ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual. The E strain components output depend on the elements analyzed. Output Variable Identifier S11. as applicable. the shears. and moment forces per unit width.1 and Section 7. or true stress. S13.5. the total strain is equal to the elastic strain. For elastic analyses. first principal stress. S12. which is equal to the force per current area. S12. the von Mises and/or the Tresca stress invariants can be monitored to ensure that the analysis remains within the assumptions of linearity. Note that ABAQUS always reports the Cauchy. the section forces include the direct membrane. shear. bending moments and bimoment about the local axes.

z-displacement 4. Rotation about the x-axis 5.5. where the displacement and rotation degrees-of-freedom are: 1. as applicable.These are discussed in Section 3. For shell elements.5. Displacements are output at nodes and are referred to as follows: 1. S4RF. Note that the warping degree-of-freedom. curvature changes.1 and Section 7. curvature changes. as applicable. Rotation in the r-z plane Here x. the section strains include the direct membrane. these include the axial strain. Nodal accelerations. and r are global directions unless a coordinate transformation is used at the node. y-displacement 3. Rotation about the y-axis 6.6 of the ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual. y. following the same convention as for displacements. and twist. These are discussed in Section 3. STH U Velocities Accelerations Nodal velocities. z. Rotation about the z-axis Except for axisymmetric elements. is not supported by Patran at this time. shear. transverse shear strains. Output Variable Identifier SE Shell Thickness Displacements Changes in thickness for shell elements (S3RF. the seventh displacement component of an open section beam element. following the same convention as for displacements. SAXA1N. r-displacement 2. and twist about the local axes.Chapter 3 : Running Analysis 399 Step Creation Parameter Name Section Strains Description Section strains are output for beam elements and.2 of the ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual. z-displacement 3.SAX1. SAXA2N). SAX2. x-displacement 2. V A Main Index .

CF Point Forces Main Index . the force at a node resulting from pressure distributions on adjacent elements). The direction convention is the same as that for nodal output. The forces at the nodes resulting from the imposed loads (e.g.400 Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide Step Creation Parameter Name Reaction Forces Description Output Variable Identifier The forces at the nodes which are constrained and therefore.. RF resist changes in the system.

recoverable (elastic) strain. creep dissipation. Elastic strain energy for the entire model per each mode. Stiffness matrices output. The kinetic. Element Mass Matrix Element Stiffness Matrix Mass matrices output. The accelerations associated with the modes of vibration. Kinetic energy for the entire model per each mode. and viscous dissipation are reported. Output Variable Identifier GU GV GA SNE KE T BM ALLEN Whole Model Energies The summation of all the energy of the model. The velocities associated with the modes of vibration. The base motion (displacement. External work for the entire model per each mode. or acceleration). velocity.Chapter 3 : Running Analysis 401 Step Creation Parameter Name Generalized Displacements Generalized Velocities Generalized Accelerations Strain Energy per Mode Kinetic Energy per Mode External Work per Mode Base Motion Description The displacements associated with the modes of vibrations. Main Index . each of which have a shape (eigenmode) and associated frequency (eigenvalue). plastic dissipation.

3. Main Index .402 Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide Step Creation Random Vibration This subordinate form appears whenever the Solution Parameters button is selected and the Solution Type is Random Vibration.9 of the ABAQUS⁄Standard User’s Manual).3. This generates a *FREQUENCY procedure and a *RANDOM RESPONSE procedure (see Sections 9.5 and 9.

3 of the ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual). Main Index .11.Chapter 3 : Running Analysis 403 Step Creation Define Spectrum (Random Vibration) The Spectrum Data Table form is used to define the power spectral density function data for the ∗PSDDEFINITION option (see Section 7.

Section forces are output for beam elements and include the axial force.5. These quantities are scalar quantities which do not vary with a change of coordinate system. the truss element outputs the axial stress (S11) only. The root mean square value of the strain components. the total strain is equal to the elastic strain. and moment forces per unit width.6 of the ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual. Stress Components Stress Invariants RA The stress invariants output by ABAQUS are the Mises stress. Output Variable Identifier S11.2 of the ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual. or true stress. S12. as applicable.S. analogous to the stress components. For shell elements. second principal stress. the section forces include the direct membrane. Note that for linear elastic analyses. S13.5. For elastic analyses. S13. S12. Hydrostatic pressure. as applicable. Strain Components Section Forces Main Index . These are discussed in Section 3. These are discussed in Section 3. S33. S23 R. first principal stress. The root mean square value of the stress components. This is the total strain value for each component output. RE SF Strain Components R. bending moments and bimoment about the local axes. S23).S. shear. Note that ABAQUS always reports the Cauchy. S33. S22. see Chapter 3 of the ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual. S22. For example. which is equal to the force per current area. the shears. and.M.M.1 and Section 7. SINV Tresca stress. the von Mises and/or the Tresca stress invariants can be monitored to ensure that the analysis remains within the assumptions of linearity. while a three-dimensional solid element outputs all six components (S11. For more information about element output. third principal stress.404 Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide Step Creation Random Vibration If the selected solution type is Random Vibration. Parameter Name Stress Components Description The stress components output depend on the elements analyzed. then the following parameters may be defined on the Output Requests form. The E strain components output depend on the elements analyzed. and the third stress invariant.

where the displacement and rotation degrees-of-freedom are: 1. The root mean square value of the displacement components relative to the base motion. SAX2.M. z.SAX1. following the same convention as for displacements.S. These are discussed in Section 3. curvature changes. the section strains include the direct membrane. Rotation in the r-z plane Here x.5. Note that the warping degree-of-freedom. Nodal accelerations. these include the axial strain. curvature changes. and twist. z-displacement 3. y-displacement 3. Rotation about the y-axis 6.5. and twist about the local axes. Relative Displacement Nodal velocities. the seventh displacement component of an open section beam element. SAXA2N). as applicable.1 and Section 7.2 of the ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual. Rotation about the z-axis Except for axisymmetric elements. STH U Velocities Accelerations R. For shell elements. following the same convention as for displacements. Output Variable Identifier SE Shell Thickness Displacements Changes in thickness for shell elements (S3RF.Chapter 3 : Running Analysis 405 Step Creation Parameter Name Section Strains Description Section strains are output for beam elements and. z-displacement 4. is not supported by Patran at this time. shear. and r are global directions unless a coordinate transformation is used at the node. V A RU Main Index . r-displacement 2. Rotation about the x-axis 5. Displacements are output at nodes and are referred to as follows: 1. transverse shear strains.6 of the ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual. y. S4RF. SAXA1N.These are discussed in Section 3. x-displacement 2. as applicable.

The kinetic.. The accelerations associated with the modes of vibrations. The displacements associated with the modes of vibrations. The direction convention is the same as that for nodal output. The total velocity (including base motion) of the nodes. The root mean square value of the acceleration components relative to the base motion. Relative Velocities R. each of GV which have a shape (eigenmode) and associated frequency (eigenvalue).M. GA BM ALLEN Main Index . and viscous dissipation is reported. The forces at the nodes which are constrained and therefore. Output Variable Identifier RV RA TU TV TA RTU RTV RTA RF Total Displacements The total displacement (including base motion) of the nodes. each of which have a shape (eigenmode) and associated frequency (eigenvalue).M. The root mean square value of the modal component of the reaction forces.S. The root mean square value of the acceleration components including the base motion.S.M. creep dissipation. Total Velocities R.S. The root mean square value of the velocity components including the base motion. The forces at the nodes resulting from the imposed loads (e. The summation of all the energy of the model. Total Velocities Total Acceleration R. the force at a node resulting from pressure distributions on adjacent elements). each of which have a shape (eigenmode) and associated frequency (eigenvalue). Relative Acceleration Description The root mean square value of the velocity components relative to the base motion.M.M.S. recoverable (elastic) strain. Reaction Forces Point Forces RRF CF Generalized Displacements Generalized Velocities Generalized Accelerations Base Motion Whole Model Energies GU The velocities associated with the modes of vibrations. resist changes in the system. The root mean square value of the displacement components including the base motion. The base motion (displacement. Total Accelerations Reaction Forces R.g.S.M.S. or acceleration). velocity.406 Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide Step Creation Parameter Name R. Total Displacements R. The total acceleration (including base motion) of the nodes. plastic dissipation.

Description Output Variable Identifier Stiffness matrices output. More data input is available for defining the Nonlinear Static Solution Parameters shown on the previous page. This subordinate form appears whenever the Solution Parameters button is selected and the Solution Type is Nonlinear Static. The NLGEOM parameter is included on the *STEP option. Listed below are the remaining parameters contained in this menu if the Riks method is not selected. Main Index . The NLGEOM parameter on the *STEP command is included.Chapter 3 : Running Analysis 407 Step Creation Parameter Name Element Mass Matrix Element Stiffness Matrix Nonlinear Static Mass matrices output. This generates a *STATIC procedure with the associated *STEP option.

Defines the total time period of the step. Defines the initial time increment to be used. This is a real constant. This can be set to “Max. It is only used for automatic time incrementation. Initial DELTA-T Minimum DELTA-T Maximum DELTA-T Time Duration of Step Listed below are the remaining parameters contained in this menu if the Riks method is selected. It is only used for automatic time incrementation. Defines the minimum load fraction which will be added during any increment. Parameter Name Initial Load Fraction Description Defines the initial load fraction to be applied to the model. If this value is not specified. This is a real constant. it will be used as a constant time increment. load multiplier”. This is the initial time increment data value on the ∗STATIC command. no upper limit is imposed. This is a real constant. the analysis is terminated. This is only used if “Max. increments”. These are real constants. load multiplier. Otherwise. This defines the maximum load multiplier allowed before the iteration will be stopped. This is a positive integer value. This will be modified as required if the automatic time stepping scheme is used. Defines the minimum time increment to be used. “Max. This is the optional INC parameter on the ∗STEP option. Indicates the node ID to be monitored. This is a real constant. Indicates which stopping condition is to be used.” or “Monitor a Node” are selected. or “Monitor a Node. These are real constants. no. If ABAQUS finds it needs a smaller time increment than this value. This is only used if “Monitor a Node” is selected.” This indicates which stopping condition data values are to be defined on the ∗STATIC option. This is a real constant.408 Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide Step Creation Parameter Name Max No of Increments Description Defines the maximum number of increments that can be used within a single step. Minimum Load Fraction Maximum Load Fraction Stopping Condition Max. Load Multiplier Node Number Main Index . Defines the maximum load fraction which will be added during any increment. Defines the maximum time increment to be used.

Output Variable Identifier S11. S33.Chapter 3 : Running Analysis 409 Step Creation Parameter Name Limit Value DOF Number Description Defines the limiting displacement at the node being monitored. E Strain Components Plastic Strains Creep Strains Elastic Strains PE CE EE Inelastic Strains IE Main Index . third principal stress. S13. The strain components output depend on the elements analyzed. and the third stress invariant. while a three-dimensional solid element outputs all six components (S11. S12. the truss element outputs the axial stress (S11) only. S12. Note that for linear elastic analyses. For more information about element output. which is equal to the force per current area. S13. The elastic strain component of the total strain. The total strain minus the elastic strain component. S22. Hydrostatic pressure. then the following parameters may be defined on the Output Requests form. This is only used if “Monitor a Node” is selected. This is only used if “Monitor a Node” is selected. the total strain is equal to the elastic strain. S22. The plastic strain component of the total strain. For elastic analyses. Parameter Name Stress Components Description The stress components output depend on the elements analyzed. see Chapter 3 of the ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual. S23 Stress Invariants The stress invariants output by ABAQUS are the Mises stress. Note that the elastic strain component is the component from which the stress is computed. S23). the von Mises and/or the Tresca stress invariants can be monitored to ensure that the analysis remains within the assumptions of linearity. These quantities are scalar quantities which do not vary with a change of coordinate system. Note that ABAQUS always reports the Cauchy. The creep strain component of the total strain. Nonlinear Static If the selected solution type is Nonlinear Static. S33. first principal stress. analogous to the stress components. SINV Tresca stress. This is the total strain value for each component output. or true stress. Indicates which degree-of-freedom at this node is to be monitored. For example. second principal stress.

410 Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide Step Creation Parameter Name Elem Energy Densities Elem Energy Magnitudes Internal Stress Forces Section Forces Description The energy per unit volume of each element.2 of the ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual. curvature changes. SF Section Strains SE Section strains are output for beam elements and. these include the axial strain. transverse shear strains. as applicable. as applicable.5. creep. and twist about the local axes. and twist. the section forces include the direct membrane. Strain. These are discussed in Section 3. Section forces are output for beam elements and include the axial force. Strain. as applicable. For shell elements. and ELEN viscous dissipative energies are reported. shear.5.1 and Section 7. the section strains include the direct membrane.6 of the ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual.SAX1.6 of the ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual. the shears. as applicable. plastic. and viscous dissipative energy densities are reported. plastic. curvature changes. SAXA1N. Shell Thickness Changes in thickness for shell elements (S3RF.5. and. creep.5.2 of the ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual. and moment forces per unit width. These are discussed in Section 3. STH Main Index . The forces that are found at each node by summing the element NFORC stress contributions at the nodes. kinetic. SAXA2N).1 and Section 7.These are discussed in Section 3. Output Variable Identifier ENER The energy of each element. For shell elements. shear. bending moments and bimoment about the local axes. SAX2. S4RF. These are discussed in Section 3.

the force at a node resulting from pressure distributions on adjacent elements). y. where the displacement and rotation degrees-of-freedom are: 1. The direction convention is the same as that for nodal output. z-displacement 4. Stiffness matrices output. recoverable (elastic) strain. Rotation about the x-axis 5. y-displacement 3. Output Variable Identifier U Reaction Forces The forces at the nodes which are constrained and therefore. Rotation about the z-axis Except for axisymmetric elements. and viscous dissipation is reported. The forces at the nodes resulting from the imposed loads (e. is not supported by Patran at this time. resist changes in the system. Rotation in the r-z plane Here x. z. z-displacement 3. Rotation about the y-axis 6.Chapter 3 : Running Analysis 411 Step Creation Parameter Name Displacement Description Displacements are output at nodes and are referred to as follows: 1. x-displacement 2. r-displacement 2. plastic dissipation. Note that the warping degree-of-freedom. and r are global directions unless a coordinate transformation is used at the node. Mass matrices output.g. RF Point Forces CF Whole Model Energies Element Mass Matrix Element Stiffness Matrix ALLEN Main Index .. The summation of all the energy of the model. creep dissipation. The kinetic. the seventh displacement component of an open section beam element.

This generates a ∗DYNAMIC procedure.412 Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide Step Creation Nonlinear Transient Dynamic This subordinate form appears whenever the Solution Parameters button is selected and the Solution Type is Nonlinear Transient Dynamic. Main Index . The DIRECT and HAFTOL parameters are available on the ∗DYNAMIC option. with the associated ∗STEP option.

Parameter Name Initial DELTA-T Description Defines the initial time increment to be used. If this value is not specified. See Section 9.1 of the ABAQUS/Standard Example Problems. Minimum DELTA-T Maximum DELTA-T Time Duration of Step Max Error in Mid Increment Residual Main Index .Chapter 3 : Running Analysis 413 Step Creation More data input is available for defining the Nonlinear Transient Dynamic Solution Parameters shown on the previous page. This is a real constant. This is a real constant. Listed below are the remaining parameters contained in this menu. the analysis is terminated. Defines the minimum time increment to be used. it will be used as a constant time increment. It is only used for automatic time incrementation.2. This is a real constant. This will be modified as required if the automatic time stepping scheme is used.3.4 of the ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual and Section 5. It is only used for automatic time incrementation. This is the HAFTOL parameter on the ∗DYNAMIC option. If ABAQUS finds it needs a smaller time increment than this value. Defines the maximum time increment to be used. Defines the total time period of the step. no upper limit is imposed. This is a real constant. Otherwise.

The strain components output depend on the elements analyzed. For elastic analyses. The plastic strain component of the total strain. This is the total strain value for each component output. S12. The elastic strain component of the total strain.414 Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide Step Creation Nonlinear Transient Dynamic If the selected solution type is Nonlinear Transient Dynamics. Note that. The forces that are found at each node by summing the element stress contributions at the nodes. first principal stress. Hydrostatic pressure. which is equal to the force per current area. plastic. These quantities are scalar quantities which do not vary with a change of coordinate system. and viscous dissipative energies are reported. the von Mises and/or the Tresca stress invariants can be monitored to ensure that the analysis remains within the assumptions of linearity. The stress invariants output by ABAQUS are the Mises stress. Strain. The total strain minus the elastic strain component. S33. S13. S13. ELEM NFORC Main Index . or true stress. the total strain is equal to the elastic strain. creep. Note that the elastic strain component is the component from which the stress is computed. and the third stress invariant. S33. Output Variable Identifier S11. analogous to the stress components. kinetic. S23 Stress Invariants SINV Strain Components E Plastic Strains Creep Strains Elastic Strains PE CE EE Inelastic Strains Elem Energy Densities Elem Energy Magnitudes Internal Stress Forces IE The energy per unit volume of each element. S22. For example. see Chapter 3 of the ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual. For more information about element output. Note that ABAQUS always reports the Cauchy. second principal stress. ENER creep. while a three-dimensional solid element outputs all six components (S11. Tresca stress. Strain. S23). third principal stress. for linear elastic analyses. elastic. the truss element outputs the axial stress (S11) only. The energy of each element. Parameter Name Stress Components Description The stress components output depend on the elements analyzed. The creep strain component of the total strain. S22. then the following parameters may be defined on the Output Requests form. S12. and viscous dissipative energy densities are reported.

SAX1.2 of the ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual.Chapter 3 : Running Analysis 415 Step Creation Parameter Name Section Forces Description Section forces are output for beam elements and include the axial force. curvature changes.5. SAXA2N). Main Index . and twist. SAXA1N. and. These are discussed in Section 3. For shell elements. the section forces include the direct membrane.2 of the ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual.These are discussed in Section 3. S4RF.1 and Section 7. as applicable. STH SAX2. shear.5. as applicable. transverse shear strains. as applicable. these include the axial strain.5. curvature changes. and moment forces per unit width.6 of the ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual. For shell elements. and twist about the local axes. as applicable.5. bending moments and bimoment about the local axes. These are discussed in Section 3.6 of the ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual. SW Shell Thickness Changes in thickness for shell elements (S3RF. shear. the shears.1 and Section 7. These are discussed in Section 3. Output Variable Identifier SF Section Strains Section strains are output for beam elements and. the section strains include the direct membrane.

resist changes in the system. ALLEN Whole Model Energies Element Mass Matrix Element Stiffness Matrix Main Index . Note that the warping degree-of-freedom.416 Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide Step Creation Parameter Name Displacements Description Displacements are output at nodes and are referred to as follows: 1. z-displacement 3. V A RF Point Forces The forces at the nodes resulting from the imposed loads CF (e. Rotation about the y-axis 6. following the same convention as for displacements. The direction convention is the same as that for nodal output. Mass matrices output. is not supported by Patran at this time.g. following the same convention as for displacements. plastic dissipation. z. the force at a node resulting from pressure distributions on adjacent elements). z-displacement 4. The summation of all the energy of the model. Rotation about the z-axis Except for axisymmetric elements.. x-displacement 2. the seventh displacement component of an open section beam element. Rotation in the r-z plane Here x. The forces at the nodes which are constrained and therefore. where the displacement and rotation degrees-of-freedom are: 1. y. r-displacement 2. Rotation about the x-axis 5. creep dissipation. y-displacement 3. Stiffness matrices output. U Output Variable Identifier Velocities Accelerations Reaction Forces Nodal velocities. and viscous dissipation is reported. The kinetic. Nodal accelerations. recoverable (elastic) strain. and r are global directions unless a coordinate transformation is used at the node.

This will be modified as required if the automatic time stepping scheme is used. Listed below are the remaining parameters contained in this menu. Otherwise. Defines the minimum time increment to be used. the analysis is terminated. Parameter Name Initial DELTA-T Description Defines the initial time increment to be used. it will be used as a constant time increment. with the associated ∗STEP option. If ABAQUS finds it needs a smaller time increment than this value. It is only used for automatic time incrementation. This is a real constant.Chapter 3 : Running Analysis 417 Step Creation Creep This subordinate form appears whenever the Solution Parameters button is selected and the Solution Type is Creep. This is a real constant. More data input is available for defining the Creep Solution Parameters shown on the previous page. This generates a ∗VISCO procedure. Minimum DELTA-T Main Index .

the total strain component can be separated into its contributory parts (e. the total strain is equal to the elastic strain. Parameter Name Stress Components Description The stress components output depend on the elements analyzed. The stress invariants output by ABAQUS are the Mises stress. The plastic strain component of the total strain. or true stress. If this value is not specified. analogous to the stress components. see Chapter 3 of the ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual. Tresca stress. S13. S33.418 Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide Step Creation Parameter Name Maximum DELTA-T Description Defines the maximum time increment to be used. elastic strain. Time Duration of Step Admissable Error in Strain Increment Creep The strain components output depend on the elements analyzed. the truss element outputs the axial stress (S11) only. Output Variable Identifier S11. analogous to the stress components. S33. These quantities are scalar quantities which do not vary with a change of coordinate system. For example.15 of the ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual. S23 Stress Invariants SINV Strain Components This is the total strain value for each component output. etc. S23). S22.) and these are reported separately. S22. Hydrostatic pressure. while a three-dimensional solid element outputs all six components (S11. The E strain components output depend on the elements analyzed.3. In addition. no upper limit is imposed. S13. S12. PE CE Plastic Strains Creep Strains Main Index . This is a real constant. S12. Defines the total time period of the step. For elastic analyses. This is a real constant. and the third stress invariant. third principal stress. For more information about element output. the von Mises and/or the Tresca stress invariants can be monitored to ensure that the analysis remains within the assumptions of linearity.. which is equal to the force per current area. Note that ABAQUS always reports the Cauchy.g. The creep strain component of the total strain. Note that for linear elastic analyses. plastic strains. first principal stress. second principal stress. It is only used for automatic time incrementation. See Section 9. This is the CETOL parameter on the ∗VISCO option.

These are discussed in Section 3.SAX1. transverse shear strains. These are discussed in Section 3. These are discussed in Section 3.2 of the ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual.1 and Section 7. and moment forces per unit width.5. STH Main Index . SAXA2N). elastic. Strain. plastic. SAXA1N. and twist about the local axes. as applicable. ENER creep. SE Shell Thickness Changes in thickness for shell elements (S3RF.6 of the ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual. creep. Section Strains Section strains are output for beam elements and. these include the axial strain. The energy of each element. kinetic. as applicable. ELEM NFORC Inelastic Strains Elem Energy Densities Elem Energy Magnitudes Internal Stress Forces Section Forces Section forces are output for beam elements and include the SF axial force.5. the shears. and twist. and. S4RF.6 of the ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual.5. IE The energy per unit volume of each element. as applicable.These are discussed in Section 3. Strain. The total strain minus the elastic strain component. shear. For shell elements. as applicable.2 of the ABAQUS/Standard User’s Manual. curvature changes. SAX2. the section forces include the direct membrane.5. the section strains include the direct membrane. The forces that are found at each node by summing the element stress contributions at the nodes. bending moments and bimoment about the local axes. and viscous dissipative energies are reported. curvature changes. For shell elements.1 and Section 7. shear.Chapter 3 : Running Analysis 419 Step Creation Parameter Name Elastic Strains Description Output Variable Identifier The elastic strain component of the total strain. and viscous dissipative energy densities are reported. Note that the EE elastic strain component is the component from which the stress is computed.

and r are global directions unless a coordinate transformation is used at the node. is not supported by Patran at this time. Note that the warping degree-of-freedom. Rotation about the z-axis Except for axisymmetric elements. z-displacement 4. y-displacement 3. x-displacement 2. recoverable (elastic) strain. the force at a node resulting from pressure distributions on adjacent elements). Rotation in the r-z plane Here x. The direction convention is the same as that for nodal output. The forces at the nodes resulting from the imposed loads (e.420 Patran Interface to ABAQUS Preference Guide Step Creation Parameter Name Displacements Description Displacements are output at nodes and are referred to as follows: 1. and viscous dissipation are reported.. y. creep dissipation. Stiffness matrices output. z-displacement 3. The summation of all the energy of the model. plastic dissipation.g. z. Rotation about the y-axis 6. r-displacement 2. The kinetic. RF resist changes in the system. where the displacement and rotation degrees-of-freedom are: 1. the seventh displacement component of an open section beam element. CF Point Forces Whole Model Energies Element Mass Matrix Element Stiffness Matrix ALLEN Main Index . Mass matrices output. Rotation about the x-axis 5. U Output Variable Identifier Reaction Forces The forces at the nodes which are constrained and therefore.

This generates a ∗VISCO procedure. with the associated ∗STEP command. Main Index .Chapter 3 : Running Analysis 421 Step Creation Viscoelastic (Time Domain) This subordinate form appears whenever Solution Parameters is selected and the Solution Type is Viscoelastic (Time Domain).

Listed below are the remaining parameters contained in this menu. S23 stress (S11) only. Note that ABAQUS always reports the Cauchy. no upper limit is imposed. second principal stress. This is a real constant. If this value is not specified. The stress components output depend on the elements analyzed. SINV The stress invariants output by ABAQUS are the Mises stress. For more information about element output. This is a real constant. These quantities are scalar quantities which do not vary with a change of coordinate system. or true stress. Parameter Name Stress Components Description Output Variable Identifier S11. S22. and the third stress invariant. It is only used for automatic time incrementation. Hydrostati